ML13304A802: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Richard St. Onge J          EDISON SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA Director. Nuclear Regulatory Affairs and Emergency Planning An EDISON INTERN4TIONAL Company October 29,   2013 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001
{{#Wiki_filter:J SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON An EDISON INTERN4TIONAL Company Richard St. Onge Director. Nuclear Regulatory Affairs and Emergency Planning October 29, 2013 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Line 22: Line 22:


==Dear Sir or Madam:==
==Dear Sir or Madam:==
Pursuant to 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V, Attachment 1 of this letter provides a copy of the following revised Emergency Plan documents:
Pursuant to 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V, Attachment 1 of this letter provides a copy of the following revised Emergency Plan documents:
Procedure                                 Rev.         Effective Date SO1 23-VIII-40.100 "DOSE 19        October 1, 2013 ASSESSMENT" SO123-VIII-40.200 "RADDOSE V DOSE ASSESSMENT"                             7        October 1, 2013 SO123-VIII-0.200 EMERGECY PLAN 17        October 2, 2013 DRILLS PL AN EXERCISES SO 123-VI II-EOF 1         October 8, 2013 For your convenience, Attachment 2 provides an updated index listing titles, revisions, and editorial corrections (ECs) of the SONGS Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs).
Procedure Rev.
A bar in the right margin indicates items changed since our previous submittal.
SO1 23-VIII-40.100 "DOSE ASSESSMENT" SO123-VIII-40.200 "RADDOSE V DOSE ASSESSMENT" SO123-VIII-0.200 EMERGECY PLAN DRILLS PL AN EXERCISES SO 123-VI I I-EOF 19 7
Attachment 3 lists the current Emergency Plan Manuals, Orders and Training Procedures that are referenced in the Emergency Plan. This document is unchanged since our previous submittal.
17 1
Effective Date October 1, 2013 October 1, 2013 October 2, 2013 October 8, 2013 For your convenience, Attachment 2 provides an updated index listing titles, revisions, and editorial corrections (ECs) of the SONGS Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs).
A bar in the right margin indicates items changed since our previous submittal. lists the current Emergency Plan Manuals, Orders and Training Procedures that are referenced in the Emergency Plan. This document is unchanged since our previous submittal.
As specified in 10 CFR 50.54(q)(iv)(5), Attachment 4 provides a report and analysis summary for these EPIP changes. These changes do not reduce the effectiveness of the Emergency Plan or the EPIPs.
As specified in 10 CFR 50.54(q)(iv)(5), Attachment 4 provides a report and analysis summary for these EPIP changes. These changes do not reduce the effectiveness of the Emergency Plan or the EPIPs.
P.O. Box 128                                                                                       -S52*
P.O. Box 128  
-S52*
San Clemente, CA 92674
San Clemente, CA 92674


Document Control Desk                                      October 29, 2013 There are no commitments contained in this letter or its attachments.
October 29, 2013 Document Control Desk There are no commitments contained in this letter or its attachments.
If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Dan Cleavenger, Emergency Planning Manager, at (949) 368-6643.
If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Dan Cleavenger, Emergency Planning Manager, at (949) 368-6643.
Sincerely, Attachments: 1. Revised Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures
Sincerely, Attachments:
: 1. Revised Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures
: 2. SONGS Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs) Index
: 2. SONGS Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs) Index
: 3. SONGS Emergency Plan Referenced Manuals, Orders and Training Procedures Index
: 3. SONGS Emergency Plan Referenced Manuals, Orders and Training Procedures Index
: 4. Report and Analysis Summaries cc:     Emergency Response Coordinator, NRC Region IV (2 copies of Attachment 1)
: 4. Report and Analysis Summaries cc:
S. A. Reynolds, Acting Regional Administrator, NRC Region IV B. Benney, NRC Project Manager, SONGS Units 2 and 3 G. G. Warnick, NRC Senior Resident Inspector, SONGS Units 2 and 3
Emergency Response Coordinator, NRC Region IV (2 copies of Attachment 1)
 
S. A. Reynolds, Acting Regional Administrator, NRC Region IV B. Benney, NRC Project Manager, SONGS Units 2 and 3 G. G. Warnick, NRC Senior Resident Inspector, SONGS Units 2 and 3 REVISED EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES
Attachment 1 REVISED EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES


Procedure Usage Requirements                                 I       Sections Information Use
Procedure Usage Requirements I
* The user may complete the task from memory. However, the             Sections 1.0-3.0, user is responsible for performing the activity according to the       7.0-9.0, and procedure.                                                             Attachment 2
Sections Information Use The user may complete the task from memory. However, the Sections 1.0-3.0, user is responsible for performing the activity according to the 7.0-9.0, and procedure.
* Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.
Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.
Reference Use
Reference Use Review and understand the procedure before performing any Sections 4.0-6.0, and steps, including the prerequisite section.
* Review and understand the procedure before performing any           Sections 4.0-6.0, and steps, including the prerequisite section.                             Attachment 1 0 Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.
0 Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.
0 Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.
0 Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.
0 If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.
0 If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.
* Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.
Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.
* Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.
Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.
Color Usage This Document Does Not Contain Relevant Color QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / RX DNA Procedure Type                                       Procedure Owner General                                          Larry McCann
Color Usage This Document Does Not Contain Relevant Color QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / RX DNA Procedure Type General Procedure Owner Larry McCann


TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                                                                                                                                       Page 1.0     PURPOSE AND SCOPE ..............................................................................................                                 ....... 3 2.0     RESPONSIBILITIES ..........................................................................................................................               3 3.0     DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................         3 4.0     PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIONS ..........................................................................................                                 5 5.0     PREREQUISITES ..............................................................................................................................             5 6.0     PROCEDURE ....................................................................................................................................           6 6.1     Obtaining a Source Term ...................................................................................................                       6 6.2     Source Term Estim ate Using Radiation Monitor Data .......................................................                                       6 6.3     Source Term Assessm ent from Field Team Measurements ..............................................                                               8 6.4     Calculating a Dose Assessment ......................................................................................                             10 6.5     Verification of Calculations ...............................................................................................                     12 7.0     ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ..........................................................................................................                           13 8.0     RETENTIO N OF RECO RDS .....................................................................................................                             13
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE..............................................................................................
3 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES..........................................................................................................................
3 3.0 DEFINITIONS....................................................................................................................................
3 4.0 PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIONS..........................................................................................
5 5.0 PREREQUISITES..............................................................................................................................
5 6.0 PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................
6 6.1 Obtaining a Source Term...................................................................................................
6 6.2 Source Term Estim ate Using Radiation Monitor Data.......................................................
6 6.3 Source Term Assessm ent from Field Team Measurements..............................................
8 6.4 Calculating a Dose Assessment......................................................................................
10 6.5 Verification of Calculations...............................................................................................
12 7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA..........................................................................................................
13 8.0 RETENTIO N OF RECO RDS.....................................................................................................
13


==9.0     REFERENCES==
==9.0 REFERENCES==
  / COM MITM ENTS ..............................................................................................                               13 Section                                                                                                                                                       Page ATTACHMENT 1       Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet ...................................................................                                     16 2       Sum m ary of Changes .....................................................................................................................               16 INFORMATION USE
  / COM M ITM ENTS..............................................................................................
13 Section Page ATTACHMENT 1
Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation W orksheet...................................................................
16 2
Sum m ary of Changes.....................................................................................................................
16 INFORMATION USE


1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1.1 Identify resources for obtaining a source term and provide a manual method for Technical Support Center (TSC) Radiation Protection Leader (RPL) to determine an offsite dose in an accident situation.
1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1.1 Identify resources for obtaining a source term and provide a manual method for Technical Support Center (TSC) Radiation Protection Leader (RPL) to determine an offsite dose in an accident situation.
1.2 This procedure is intended to provide guidance to calculate a dose assessment from a gross activity source term. The procedure is intended for use as an alternate to the Dose Assessment Computer. As a quick method, it is not intended to exactly duplicate the Dose Assessment Computer results 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Describe the individual and organization(s) that have responsibilities concerning the accomplishment of tasks or activities relative to the implementation of the procedure.
1.2 This procedure is intended to provide guidance to calculate a dose assessment from a gross activity source term. The procedure is intended for use as an alternate to the Dose Assessment Computer. As a quick method, it is not intended to exactly duplicate the Dose Assessment Computer results 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Describe the individual and organization(s) that have responsibilities concerning the accomplishment of tasks or activities relative to the implementation of the procedure.
3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 ARM:                   Area Radiation Monitor 3.2 CAPR:                 Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurrence 3.3 CED:                   Corporate Emergency Director 3.4 CEDE:                 Committed Effective Dose Equivalent 3.5 CDE:                   Committed Dose Equivalent 3.6 CR:                   Control Room 3.7 DAC:                   Derived Airborne Concentration 3.8 EAB                   Exclusion Area Boundary 3.9 DACS                   Dose Assessment Computer System 3.10 EOC:                   Emergency Operations Center 3.11 EOF:                   Emergency Operations Facility 3.12 EP:                     Emergency Plan 3.13 EPC:                   Emergency Planning Coordinator REFERENCE USE
3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 ARM:
Area Radiation Monitor 3.2 CAPR:
Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurrence 3.3 CED:
Corporate Emergency Director 3.4 CEDE:
Committed Effective Dose Equivalent 3.5 CDE:
Committed Dose Equivalent 3.6 CR:
Control Room 3.7 DAC:
Derived Airborne Concentration 3.8 EAB Exclusion Area Boundary 3.9 DACS Dose Assessment Computer System 3.10 EOC:
Emergency Operations Center 3.11 EOF:
Emergency Operations Facility 3.12 EP:
Emergency Plan 3.13 EPC:
Emergency Planning Coordinator REFERENCE USE


3.14 EPIP:   Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 3.15 ERDS:   Emergency Response Data System 3.16 ERF:     Emergency Response Facility 3.17 ERO:     Emergency Response Organization 3.18 ERTD:   Emergency Response Telephone Directory 3.19 GCC:     Grid Control Center 3.20 IOC:     Irvine Operations Center 3.21 KI:     Potassium Iodide 3.22 NRC:     Nuclear Regulatory Commission 3.23 OCA:     Owner Controlled Area 3.24 ODAC:   Offsite Dose Assessment Center 3.25 OSLD     Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 3.26 PA:     Protected Area 3.27 PAR:     Protective Action Recommendation 3.28 PASS:   Post-Accident Sampling System 3.29 PAZ:     Protective Action Zone 3.30 RP:     Radiation Protection 3.31 SCE:     Southern California Edison 3.32 SM:     Shift Manager 3.33 SONGS:   San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 3.34 TSC:     Technical Support Center REFERENCE USE
3.14 EPIP:
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 3.15 ERDS:
Emergency Response Data System 3.16 ERF:
Emergency Response Facility 3.17 ERO:
Emergency Response Organization 3.18 ERTD:
Emergency Response Telephone Directory 3.19 GCC:
Grid Control Center 3.20 IOC:
Irvine Operations Center 3.21 KI:
Potassium Iodide 3.22 NRC:
Nuclear Regulatory Commission 3.23 OCA:
Owner Controlled Area 3.24 ODAC:
Offsite Dose Assessment Center 3.25 OSLD Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 3.26 PA:
Protected Area 3.27 PAR:
Protective Action Recommendation 3.28 PASS:
Post-Accident Sampling System 3.29 PAZ:
Protective Action Zone 3.30 RP:
Radiation Protection 3.31 SCE:
Southern California Edison 3.32 SM:
Shift Manager 3.33 SONGS:
San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 3.34 TSC:
Technical Support Center REFERENCE USE


3.35 YPS:                   Yellow Phone System 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Precautions 4.1.1       An elevated release (lofted plume) may occur during cold, stable atmospheric conditions, or during an energetic release (e.g., expelled by fans, steam dumps or steam safety valves). If these conditions occur, plume readings close to the plant (0-2 miles, or so) may be lower than expected for a ground level release. Although quantitative changes to dose estimates are not needed, consideration should be made for effects of plume loft when directing field teams.
3.35 YPS:
4.1.2       S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Actions Recommendations, requires decisions based on Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) and Thyroid Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) dose assessments for the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB).
Yellow Phone System 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Precautions 4.1.1 An elevated release (lofted plume) may occur during cold, stable atmospheric conditions, or during an energetic release (e.g., expelled by fans, steam dumps or steam safety valves). If these conditions occur, plume readings close to the plant (0-2 miles, or so) may be lower than expected for a ground level release. Although quantitative changes to dose estimates are not needed, consideration should be made for effects of plume loft when directing field teams.
4.2 Limitations 4.2.1       None 5.0 PREREQUISITES 5.1 WHEN NOT in a declared emergency or drill, THEN personnel are responsible for verifying this is the current copy of this document using one of the methods described in S0123-XV-HU-3.
4.1.2 S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Actions Recommendations, requires decisions based on Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) and Thyroid Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) dose assessments for the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB).
5.2 VERIFY level of use requirements on the first page of the document.
4.2 Limitations 4.2.1 None 5.0 PREREQUISITES 5.1 WHEN NOT in a declared emergency or drill, THEN personnel are responsible for verifying this is the current copy of this document using one of the methods described in S0123-XV-HU-3.
5.3 Emergency Planning is responsible for ensuring current copy of this document is in emergency notebooks for use during declared emergencies and drills.
5.2 VERIFY level of use requirements on the first page of the document.
5.3.1       ERO members must maintain the following task qualifications 0   7L1QWT, TSC RP Leader Qual. Walkthrough (Radiation Protection Leader)
5.3 Emergency Planning is responsible for ensuring current copy of this document is in emergency notebooks for use during declared emergencies and drills.
5.3.1 ERO members must maintain the following task qualifications 0
7L1QWT, TSC RP Leader Qual. Walkthrough (Radiation Protection Leader)
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.0 PROCEDURE NOTE
6.0 PROCEDURE NOTE
: 1)     Each section of this procedure may be performed independently.
: 1)
: 2)     Potential releases from Unit 2 FHB and Unit 3 FHB utilize a common plenum before exhausting past their respective RE7865 monitors.
Each section of this procedure may be performed independently.
: 2)
Potential releases from Unit 2 FHB and Unit 3 FHB utilize a common plenum before exhausting past their respective RE7865 monitors.
Therefore, this procedure section and Attachment 1 can be used for single or multiple unit accidents.
Therefore, this procedure section and Attachment 1 can be used for single or multiple unit accidents.
CAUTION Failure to maintain effective communications with ERO members providing information to you and requiring your input may result in errors in Dose Assessment, Emergency Classifications and/or Protective Action Recommendation.
CAUTION Failure to maintain effective communications with ERO members providing information to you and requiring your input may result in errors in Dose Assessment, Emergency Classifications and/or Protective Action Recommendation.
6.1 Obtaining a Source Term 6.1.1       OBTAIN total (Unit 2 and Unit 3) Source Term from TSC Technical Leader or TSC Technical Team Mitigator, AND PROCEED to Section 6.2.4 of this procedure.
6.1 Obtaining a Source Term 6.1.1 6.1.1.1 6.1.1.2 6.1.1.3 OBTAIN total (Unit 2 and Unit 3) Source Term from TSC Technical Leader or TSC Technical Team Mitigator, AND PROCEED to Section 6.2.4 of this procedure.
6.1.1.1          IF TSC Technical Leader or TSC Technical Team Mitigator is NOT available, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.2 of this procedure.
IF TSC Technical Leader or TSC Technical Team Mitigator is NOT available, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.2 of this procedure.
6.1.1.2          IF release is unmonitored, or affected radiation monitors are not available for source term calculations, THEN PROCEED to Section 6. 6.3 of this procedure.
IF release is unmonitored, or affected radiation monitors are not available for source term calculations, THEN PROCEED to Section 6. 6.3 of this procedure.
6.1.1.3          IF release is from Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI), THEN PROCEED to Section 6.3 of this procedure.
IF release is from Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI), THEN PROCEED to Section 6.3 of this procedure.
6.2 Source Term Estimate Using Radiation Monitor Data 6.2.1       IF accident is a FHB, THEN USE PVS radiation monitor for source term calculation.
6.2 Source Term Estimate Using Radiation Monitor Data 6.2.1 6.2.1.1 6.2.1.2 IF accident is a FHB, THEN USE PVS radiation monitor for source term calculation.
6.2.1.1          IF PVS radiation monitor does NOT show an increase, THEN REQUEST a survey for an unmonitored release.
IF PVS radiation monitor does NOT show an increase, THEN REQUEST a survey for an unmonitored release.
6.2.1.2          IF survey results indicate an unmonitored release, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.3 of this procedure.
IF survey results indicate an unmonitored release, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.3 of this procedure.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


NOTE
NOTE
: 1. For Wide Range Gas Monitors (WRGMs), the [iCi/sec value on "Eff" channel is preferred when calculating a source term. If that channel is not available, then displayed itCi/cc value for "Lo", "Med" or "Hi" channel should be used as long as those values are in the range of 1E-7 to 1E-1, 1E-4 to 1E+2, or 1E-1 to 1E+6 pCi/cc, respectively.
: 1.
: 2. If the effluent release flow is not known or readily available, then 82,000 cfm should be assumed for each monitor 2(3)RE7685, or 164,000 cfm should be assumed for monitor 2/3RE7808 at the start of the release.
For Wide Range Gas Monitors (WRGMs), the [iCi/sec value on "Eff" channel is preferred when calculating a source term. If that channel is not available, then displayed itCi/cc value for "Lo", "Med" or "Hi" channel should be used as long as those values are in the range of 1 E-7 to 1 E-1, 1 E-4 to 1 E+2, or 1 E-1 to 1 E+6 pCi/cc, respectively.
: 2.
If the effluent release flow is not known or readily available, then 82,000 cfm should be assumed for each monitor 2(3)RE7685, or 164,000 cfm should be assumed for monitor 2/3RE7808 at the start of the release.
CAUTION Unit 2 and Unit 3 PVSs have a common header, therefore the total release source term can be determined using monitor 2/3RE7808 (if on scale), or the sum of monitors 2(3)RE7865.
CAUTION Unit 2 and Unit 3 PVSs have a common header, therefore the total release source term can be determined using monitor 2/3RE7808 (if on scale), or the sum of monitors 2(3)RE7865.
6.2.2       OBTAIN the following radiation monitor data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer, RADDOSE-V, Control Room instrumentation or any other available source AND RECORD on Section 1, Noble Gas Source Term Calculation, of Attachment 1, Units 2(3)
6.2.2 OBTAIN the following radiation monitor data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer, RADDOSE-V, Control Room instrumentation or any other available source AND RECORD on Section 1, Noble Gas Source Term Calculation, of Attachment 1, Units 2(3)
Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet.
Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet.
                  "    Radiation monitor(s)
Radiation monitor(s)
* Activity (pCi/sec or pCI/cc)
Activity (pCi/sec or pCI/cc)
* Effluent Flow if pCi/sec data is not available 6.2.2.1           IF using Control Room instrumentation and WRGM Effluent channel is available, THEN PRESS "Eff" button and RECORD displayed pCi/sec reading in Attachment 1, Section 1.
Effluent Flow if pCi/sec data is not available 6.2.2.1 IF using Control Room instrumentation and WRGM Effluent channel is available, THEN PRESS "Eff" button and RECORD displayed pCi/sec reading in Attachment 1, Section 1.
6.2.2.2           IF using Control Room instrumentation and WRGM Effluent channel is NOT available, THEN PRESS "Lo" or "Med" or "Hi" button AND RECORD displayed pCi/cc reading. PRESS "Mon", "0", "2","9", and "Item" buttons AND RECORD displayed cfm reading in Attachment 1, Section 1.
6.2.2.2 IF using Control Room instrumentation and WRGM Effluent channel is NOT available, THEN PRESS "Lo" or "Med" or "Hi" button AND RECORD displayed pCi/cc reading. PRESS "Mon", "0", "2","9", and "Item" buttons AND RECORD displayed cfm reading in Attachment 1, Section 1.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


CAUTION Uneven mixing can occur in the common exhaust plenum. The results using the following step may underestimate total release source term. Field monitoring results should be immediately used to validate calculation results.
CAUTION Uneven mixing can occur in the common exhaust plenum. The results using the following step may underestimate total release source term. Field monitoring results should be immediately used to validate calculation results.
6.2.2.3         IF using monitors 2(3)RE7865 and one of them is NOT available, THEN DOUBLE the value of the working monitor in the calculation AND ANNOTATE on Attachment 1 which radiation monitor was NOT available.
6.2.2.3 IF using monitors 2(3)RE7865 and one of them is NOT available, THEN DOUBLE the value of the working monitor in the calculation AND ANNOTATE on which radiation monitor was NOT available.
6.2.3       PERFORM calculations for applicable radiation monitor(s) and RECORD in Attachment 1, Section 1.
6.2.3 PERFORM calculations for applicable radiation monitor(s) and RECORD in, Section 1.
6.2.4       RECORD Noble Gas Source Term in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.
6.2.4 RECORD Noble Gas Source Term in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of.
6.2.5       PROCEED to Section 6.4 of this procedure to perform steps needed to calculate a dose assessment.
6.2.5 PROCEED to Section 6.4 of this procedure to perform steps needed to calculate a dose assessment.
6.3 Source Term Assessment from Field Team Measurements CAUTION This method assumes field samples are taken in centerline of plume and at EAB. Off axis samples will underestimate source term. Samples taken at locations not exactly on the EAB can result in significant errors in calculated source term because concentration decreases exponentially with distance between release point and sample point.
6.3 Source Term Assessment from Field Team Measurements CAUTION This method assumes field samples are taken in centerline of plume and at EAB. Off axis samples will underestimate source term. Samples taken at locations not exactly on the EAB can result in significant errors in calculated source term because concentration decreases exponentially with distance between release point and sample point.
6.3.1       Effective Dose Equivalent (EDE) Rate @ EAB 6.3.1.1         OBTAIN a Close Window Reading in mrem/hour at Waist Level, centerline of the plume at the EAB.
6.3.1 Effective Dose Equivalent (EDE) Rate @ EAB 6.3.1.1 OBTAIN a Close Window Reading in mrem/hour at Waist Level, centerline of the plume at the EAB.
6.3.1.2         RECORD EAB Field Reading (mR/hr) in Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.
6.3.1.2 RECORD EAB Field Reading (mR/hr) in Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.
6.3.2       OBTAIN the following meteorological data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer or RADDOSE-V AND RECORD on Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1, Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet:
6.3.2 OBTAIN the following meteorological data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer or RADDOSE-V AND RECORD on Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1, Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet:
* Delta T
Delta T Wind speed Wind direction 6.3.2.1 IF wind speed or wind direction is unavailable, then OBTAIN data from EOF meteorological tower or from references listed in ERTD to obtain meteorological information.
* Wind speed
* Wind direction 6.3.2.1         IF wind speed or wind direction is unavailable, then OBTAIN data from EOF meteorological tower or from references listed in ERTD to obtain meteorological information.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.3.2.2     IF Delta T is unavailable, THEN USE Stability Class D for daytime conditions or Stability Class F for nighttime conditions.
6.3.2.2 IF Delta T is unavailable, THEN USE Stability Class D for daytime conditions or Stability Class F for nighttime conditions.
6.3.3   CONVERT wind speed to seconds-per-meter using calculation in Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1, and RECORD.
6.3.3 CONVERT wind speed to seconds-per-meter using calculation in Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1, and RECORD.
6.3.4   RECORD Wind Speed Factor from Section 2, Technical Information, to Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.
6.3.4 RECORD Wind Speed Factor from Section 2, Technical Information, to Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.
6.3.5   IDENTIFY Stability Class using Delta T identified in Section 2, Stability Information, of Attachment 1.
6.3.5 IDENTIFY Stability Class using Delta T identified in Section 2, Stability Information, of.
6.3.5.1     IDENTIFY proper EAB XpJ/Q using Stability Class.
6.3.5.1 IDENTIFY proper EAB XpJ/Q using Stability Class.
6.3.5.2     RECORD identified XpIQ values in Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.
6.3.5.2 RECORD identified XpIQ values in Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.
6.3.6   PERFORM Attachment 1, Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet, Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings.
6.3.6 PERFORM Attachment 1, Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet, Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings.
6.3.7   RECORD Noble Gas Source Term in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.
6.3.7 RECORD Noble Gas Source Term in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of.
6.3.8   PROCEED to Section 6.4 of this procedure to PERFORM steps needed to calculate a dose assessment if not already performed in Section 6.3, REFERENCE USE
6.3.8 PROCEED to Section 6.4 of this procedure to PERFORM steps needed to calculate a dose assessment if not already performed in Section 6.3, REFERENCE USE


6.4 Calculating a Dose Assessment 6.4.1     OBTAIN the following meteorological data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer or RADDOSE-V and RECORD on Section 2, Technical Information of Attachment 1:
6.4 Calculating a Dose Assessment 6.4.1 OBTAIN the following meteorological data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer or RADDOSE-V and RECORD on Section 2, Technical Information of Attachment 1:
* Delta T
Delta T Wind speed Wind direction 6.4.1.1 IF wind speed or wind direction is unavailable, then OBTAIN data from EOF meteorological tower or from references listed in ERTD to obtain meteorological information.
* Wind speed
6.4.1.2 IF Delta T is unavailable, THEN USE Stability Class D for daytime conditions or Stability Class F for nighttime conditions.
* Wind direction 6.4.1.1       IF wind speed or wind direction is unavailable, then OBTAIN data from EOF meteorological tower or from references listed in ERTD to obtain meteorological information.
6.4.2 IF a release is in progress or there is a potential for a release, THEN OBTAIN an estimated release duration from SM or Operations Leader AND RECORD in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.
6.4.1.2       IF Delta T is unavailable, THEN USE Stability Class D for daytime conditions or Stability Class F for nighttime conditions.
6.4.2.1 IF not already performed in Section 6.3, THEN CONVERT wind speed to seconds-per-meter using calculation in Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1 and RECORD.
6.4.2     IF a release is in progress or there is a potential for a release, THEN OBTAIN an estimated release duration from SM or Operations Leader AND RECORD in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.
6.4.2.2 RECORD Wind Speed Factor from Section 2, Technical Information, to Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.
6.4.2.1       IF not already performed in Section 6.3, THEN CONVERT wind speed to seconds-per-meter using calculation in Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1 and RECORD.
6.4.2.2       RECORD Wind Speed Factor from Section 2, Technical Information, to Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


NOTE Protective Action Zones (PAZs) should be used within Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) and Sectors should be used outside the EPZ.
NOTE Protective Action Zones (PAZs) should be used within Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) and Sectors should be used outside the EPZ.
6.4.3       DETERMINE affected Sector(s) or PAZs using the following table(s):
6.4.3 DETERMINE affected Sector(s) or PAZs using the following table(s):
SECTORS Degrees       From          To        Affected (from)       Sector      Sector        Sector 170-191         S          N            A 192-214       SSW          NNE            B 215-236       SW          NE            C 237-259       WSW          ENE            D 260-281         W            E            E 282-304       WNW          ESE            F 305-326       NW          SE            G 327-349       NNW          SSE            H 350-11         N          S            J 12-34       NNE        SSW            K 35-56         NE        SW              L 57-79       ENE        WSW            M 80-101         E          W            N 102-124       ESE        WNW            P 125-146         SE        NW            Q 147-169       SSE       NNW             R PAZs WIND DIRECTION (From)                   DOWNWIND PAZ 00- 1000                                 PAZs 1 and 2 1010                                     PAZs 1, 2, and 4 1020 -2130                               PAZs 1 and 4 2140                                     PAZs 1, 3, and 4 2150-3260                               PAZs 1 and 3 3270                                     PAZs 1, 2, and 3 3280 - 3600                             PAZs 1 and 2 6.4.3.1         RECORD Affected Sector or PAZ in Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1.
Degrees (from) 170-191 192-214 215-236 237-259 260-281 282-304 305-326 327-349 350-11 12-34 35-56 57-79 80-101 102-124 125-146 147-169 From Sector S
SSW SW WSW W
WNW NW NNW N
NNE NE ENE E
ESE SE SSE SECTORS To Affected Sector N
NNE NE ENE E
ESE SE SSE S
SSW SW WSW W
WNW NW NNW Sector A
B C
D E
F G
H J
K L
M N
P Q
R PAZs WIND DIRECTION (From)
DOWNWIND PAZ 00- 1000 PAZs 1 and 2 1010 PAZs 1, 2, and 4 1020 -2130 PAZs 1 and 4 2140 PAZs 1, 3, and 4 2150-3260 PAZs 1 and 3 3270 PAZs 1, 2, and 3 3280 - 3600 PAZs 1 and 2 6.4.3.1 RECORD Affected Sector or PAZ in Section 2, Technical Information, of.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.4.4     IDENTIFY Stability Class using Delta T identified in Section 2, Stability Information, of Attachment 1.
6.4.4 IDENTIFY Stability Class using Delta T identified in Section 2, Stability Information, of.
6.4.4.1       IDENTIFY proper EAB XIt/Q using Stability Class.
6.4.4.1 IDENTIFY proper EAB XIt/Q using Stability Class.
6.4.4.2       RECORD identified XpQ values in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.
6.4.4.2 RECORD identified XpQ values in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of.
6.4.5     PERFORM calculations indicated for EAB in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1, and RECORD Noble Gas EDE (mrem).
6.4.5 PERFORM calculations indicated for EAB in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of, and RECORD Noble Gas EDE (mrem).
6.5 Verification of Calculations 6.5.1     SIGN Attachment(s) used AND PROVIDE worksheet(s) to another qualified individual, as time permits, to verify mathematical calculations and correct use of X[I/Q constants and conversion factors.
6.5 Verification of Calculations 6.5.1 SIGN Attachment(s) used AND PROVIDE worksheet(s) to another qualified individual, as time permits, to verify mathematical calculations and correct use of X[I/Q constants and conversion factors.
6.5.1.1       RESOLVE discrepancies AND ENSURE individual signs VERIFIED BY section of worksheet.
6.5.1.1 RESOLVE discrepancies AND ENSURE individual signs VERIFIED BY section of worksheet.
6.5.2     REQUEST dispatch of onsite and offsite monitoring teams to validate dose projections and to detect and quantify unmonitored releases.
6.5.2 REQUEST dispatch of onsite and offsite monitoring teams to validate dose projections and to detect and quantify unmonitored releases.
6.5.3     PROVIDE dose projections to Station Emergency Director or Emergency Coordinator.
6.5.3 PROVIDE dose projections to Station Emergency Director or Emergency Coordinator.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 7.1 None 8.0 RETENTION OF RECORDS 8.1  Deliver all logs and worksheet to Emergency Planning Coordinator at conclusion of emergency.
7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 7.1 8.0 8.1 9.0 None RETENTION OF RECORDS Deliver all logs and worksheet to Emergency Planning Coordinator at conclusion of emergency.
 
REFERENCES / COMMITMENTS 9.1 Implementingq Reference 9.1.1 Procedures 9.1.1.1 SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Ac 9.1.1.2 SO 123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommends 9.1.1.3 SO123-XV-109, Procedure and Instruction Form 9.1.2 Drawings 9.1.2.1 None 9.1.3 Manuals 9.1.3.1 None 9.1.4 Other 9.1.5 Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD) 9.2 Developmental References 9.2.1 Commitments 9.2.1.1 None 9.2.2 Corrective Actions to Prevent Recurrence (CAPR)
==9.0  REFERENCES==
Iherence ations at and Content 9.2.2.1 9.2.3 9.2.3.1 None Procedures SO123-VII1-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations INFORMATION USE
/ COMMITMENTS 9.1 Implementingq Reference 9.1.1       Procedures 9.1.1.1         SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Ac Iherence 9.1.1.2         SO 123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommendsations 9.1.1.3         SO123-XV-109, Procedure and Instruction Form at and Content 9.1.2       Drawings 9.1.2.1         None 9.1.3       Manuals 9.1.3.1         None 9.1.4       Other 9.1.5       Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD) 9.2 Developmental References 9.2.1       Commitments 9.2.1.1         None 9.2.2       Corrective Actions to Prevent Recurrence (CAPR) 9.2.2.1         None 9.2.3       Procedures 9.2.3.1         SO123-VII1-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations INFORMATION USE


9.2.4   Drawinqs 9.2.4.1   None 9.2.5   Manuals 9.2.5.1   None 9.2.6   Other 9.2.6.1   Memorandum for File from R.A. Garcia Dated September 23, 2013, SO 123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment" Revision 19 Calculation Methodology 9.2.6.2   Technical Team Notebook, Revision 1.12 9.2.6.3   EPA 400 92-001, May 1992,Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents INFORMATION USE
9.2.4 Drawinqs 9.2.4.1 None 9.2.5 Manuals 9.2.5.1 None 9.2.6 Other 9.2.6.1 Memorandum for File from R.A. Garcia Dated September 23, 2013, SO 123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment" Revision 19 Calculation Methodology 9.2.6.2 Technical Team Notebook, Revision 1.12 9.2.6.3 EPA 400 92-001, May 1992,Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents INFORMATION USE


Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet                                                     Attachment I Date                                                             Time (Section 1) NOBLE GAS SOURCE TERM CALCULATION Release               Radiation           Activity       x       Effluent             Conversion             Noble Gas Path                 Monitors                                   Flow         x       Factor =           Source Term Units 2/3 Plant     2RE7865 Eff       OR           pci/sec               1 cfm           1.00 E-6                   Ci/sec Vent Stack         2RE7865 L, M,H AND                 pci/cc                     cfm       4.72 E-4                   Ci/sec
Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet Attachment I Date Time (Section 1) NOBLE GAS SOURCE TERM CALCULATION Release Radiation Activity x
[Sum Both Units' 2(3)7865s]         3RE7865 Eff       OR           pci/sec                 1   cfm         1.00 E-6                   Ci/sec 3RE7865 L,M,H                       ici/cc                   cfm       4.72 E-4                   Ci/sec 2/3RE7808 Eff                   pci/sec               1   cfm         1.00 E-6                   Ci/sec 2/3RE7808                           pci/cc                   cfm         4.72 E-4                   Ci/sec Total Unit 2/3 Noble Gas Source Term                       Ci/sec (Section 2) ASSESSMENT iNFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION                                   IF       STABILITY INFORMATION Unit 2, 3, or 2/3 (circle one)                                                 [         Delta T           Class EAB Xgt/Q Wind Speed Factor 2.24                     mph =               sec/m                       <      -0.57 A           1.3E-5 or               1.961   knots                           sec/m           -0.56     to     -0.51     B     4.6E-5 Delta T (40m-10m)                                               C/30m             -0.50     to     -0.45     C     9.4E-5 Wind Direction (from)                                         degrees             -0.44     to     -0.15     D       1.3E-4 Affected Sector or PAZ                                                           -0.14     to       0.45     E       3.1E-4 0.46     to       1.20     F       5.8E-4
Effluent Conversion Noble Gas Path Monitors Flow x
                                                                                              >      1.20     G       1.2E-3 (Section 3) DOSE ASSESSMENT CALCULATION Noble Gas             Wind                                               Release                     Noble Gas Source Term             Speed                         Noble Gas           Duration                       EDE (Ci/sec)           x Factor       x X[L/Q       x EDE CF             x (hrs)             =         (mrem) x               x             x       1.3E3       x                   =                       (mrem)
Factor  
(Section 4) SOURCE TERM CALCULATION FROM EAB FIELD READINGS EAB Field Reading                 Wind (mR/hr) /                   Speed                                                                         Nobel Gas (Factor                 x Xp/Q                     Noble Gas               Source Term x   EDE CF             ) = (Ci/sec) ix                             x       1.3E3     )       =       (Ci/sec)
=
I Calculation PERFORMED BY                                                 VERIFIED BY REFERENCE USE                                       Attachment 1                                                  Page 1 of 1
Source Term Units 2/3 Plant 2RE7865 Eff OR pci/sec 1
cfm 1.00 E-6 Ci/sec Vent Stack 2RE7865 L, M, H AND pci/cc cfm 4.72 E-4 Ci/sec
[Sum Both Units' 2(3)7865s]
3RE7865 Eff OR pci/sec 1
cfm 1.00 E-6 Ci/sec 3RE7865 L,M,H ici/cc cfm 4.72 E-4 Ci/sec 2/3RE7808 Eff pci/sec 1
cfm 1.00 E-6 Ci/sec 2/3RE7808 pci/cc cfm 4.72 E-4 Ci/sec Total Unit 2/3 Noble Gas Source Term Ci/sec (Section 2) ASSESSMENT iNFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION IF STABILITY INFORMATION Unit 2, 3, or 2/3 (circle one)
[
Delta T Class EAB Xgt/Q Wind Speed Factor 2.24 mph =
sec/m  
-0.57 A
1.3E-5 or 1.961 knots sec/m  
-0.56 to  
-0.51 B
4.6E-5 Delta T (40m-10m)
C/30m  
-0.50 to  
-0.45 C
9.4E-5 Wind Direction (from) degrees  
-0.44 to  
-0.15 D
1.3E-4 Affected Sector or PAZ  
-0.14 to 0.45 E
3.1E-4 0.46 to 1.20 F
5.8E-4 1.20 G
1.2E-3 (Section 3) DOSE ASSESSMENT CALCULATION Noble Gas Wind Release Noble Gas Source Term Speed Noble Gas Duration EDE (Ci/sec) x Factor x
X[L/Q x
EDE CF x
(hrs)  
=
(mrem) x x
x 1.3E3 x  
=
(mrem)
(Section 4) SOURCE TERM CALCULATION FROM EAB FIELD READINGS EAB Field Reading Wind (mR/hr)  
/
Speed Nobel Gas (Factor x Xp/Q Noble Gas Source Term x
EDE CF  
) =
(Ci/sec) ix x
1.3E3 )  
=
(Ci/sec)
I Calculation PERFORMED BY VERIFIED BY REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1


Summary of Changes                                                                 Attachment 2 Author:   Richard Garcia                         PAX:           83845 N      .. N,         O            .              ..          50.59       Step,,
Summary of Changes Author:
NN, Order,                                          rdersecti6*n, or Other.                 . Description of Change       ...          Reviewer(s) rrPage 202596380   Added additional guidance on source term calculation.
Richard Garcia PAX:
Added additional guidance on source term                   See Table   DNA     Throughout assessment from field readings to Section 6.3 and         below Attachment 1.
83845 NN, Order, 50.59 Step,,
N N,
O rdersecti6*n, or Other.  
. Description of Change Reviewer(s) rrPage 202596380 Added additional guidance on source term calculation.
Added additional guidance on source term See Table DNA Throughout assessment from field readings to Section 6.3 and below.
Miscellaneous editorial corrections.
Miscellaneous editorial corrections.
Document Reviewers:               Name:
Document Reviewers:
RP                                 Sandra Sewell RP                                 Andrew Martinez EP                                 Lucia Sischo Cognizant Supervisor               Larry McCann Approvers:
Name:
CFDM Final Approval:               Deborah Lindbeck INFORMATION USE                               Attachment 2                                    Page 1 of 1
RP Sandra Sewell RP Andrew Martinez EP Lucia Sischo Cognizant Supervisor Larry McCann Approvers:
CFDM Final Approval:
Deborah Lindbeck INFORMATION USE Page 1 of 1


Procedure Usage Requirements                                         Sections Information Use @ The user may complete the task from memory. However, the           Sections 1.0-3.0, 7.0-user is responsible for performing the activity according to the   9.0 and Attachment 4 procedure.
Procedure Usage Requirements Sections Information Use  
* Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.
@ The user may complete the task from memory. However, the Sections 1.0-3.0, 7.0-user is responsible for performing the activity according to the 9.0 and Attachment 4 procedure.
Reference Use
Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.
* Review and understand the procedure before performing any             Sections 4.0-6.0, steps, including the prerequisite section.                           Attachments 1-3
Reference Use Review and understand the procedure before performing any Sections 4.0-6.0, steps, including the prerequisite section.
* Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.
Attachments 1-3 Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.
0 Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.
0 Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.
* If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.
If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.
0 Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.
0 Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.
* Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.
Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.
Color Usage This Document Does Not Contain Relevant Color QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / RX DNA Procedure Type                                       Procedure Owner General                                          Mayra Alvarado
Color Usage This Document Does Not Contain Relevant Color QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / RX DNA Procedure Type General Procedure Owner Mayra Alvarado


TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                                                                                                                                   Paae 1.0     PURPOSE AND SCO PE ...................................................................................................................               3 2.0     RESPO NSIBILITIES ..........................................................................................................................           3 3.0     DEFINITIO NS ....................................................................................................................................     3 4.0     PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIO NS ................................................................................................                       5 5.0     PREREQUISITES ..............................................................................................................................           5 6.0     PROCEDURE ....................................................................................................................................         6 6.1     SYSTEM START UP ..............................................................................................................               6 6.2     METEO RO LOG ICAL DATA ENTRY ................................................................................                               10 6.3     SO URCE TERM DATA ENTRY ......................................................................................                               11 6.4     PERFO RM ING A CALCULATIO N ..................................................................................                               12 6.5     PERFORMING A BACK CALCULATION USING FIELD DATA .....................................                                                         13 6.6     PERFO RM ING A FO RECAST ........................................................................................                           14 6.7     MULTIPLE UNIT DO SE ASSESSM ENT ..........................................................................                                   15 6.8     SYSTEM SHUTDOW N ...................................................................................................                         16 7.0     ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ..............................................................................................................                   17 8.0     RETENTIO N O F RECO RDS ...........................................................................................................                 17
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Paae 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCO PE...................................................................................................................
3 2.0 RESPO NSIBILITIES..........................................................................................................................
3 3.0 DEFINITIO NS....................................................................................................................................
3 4.0 PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIO NS................................................................................................
5 5.0 PREREQ UISITES..............................................................................................................................
5 6.0 PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................
6 6.1 SYSTEM START UP..............................................................................................................
6 6.2 M ETEO RO LOG ICAL DATA ENTRY................................................................................
10 6.3 SO URCE TERM DATA ENTRY......................................................................................
11 6.4 PERFO RM ING A CALCULATIO N..................................................................................
12 6.5 PERFORMING A BACK CALCULATION USING FIELD DATA.....................................
13 6.6 PERFO RM ING A FO RECAST........................................................................................
14 6.7 M ULTIPLE UNIT DO SE ASSESSM ENT..........................................................................
15 6.8 SYSTEM SHUTDOW N...................................................................................................
16 7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA..............................................................................................................
17 8.0 RETENTIO N O F RECO RDS...........................................................................................................
17


==9.0     REFERENCES==
==9.0 REFERENCES==
  / CO MMITM ENTS ............................................................................................                             17 Section                                                                                                                                                   Page ATTACHMENT 1       Supplem ental Raddose-V Inform ation ........................................................................................                       19 2       PAR Assessm ents Beyond 10 Miles ...........................................................................................                         20 3       Multiple Unit Dose Assessm ent W orksheet ................................................................................                           21 4       Sum m ary of Changes .....................................................................................................................           22 INFORMATION USE
  / CO M M ITM ENTS............................................................................................
17 Section Page ATTACHMENT 1
Supplem ental Raddose-V Inform ation........................................................................................
19 2
PAR Assessm ents Beyond 10 M iles...........................................................................................
20 3
M ultiple Unit Dose Assessm ent W orksheet................................................................................
21 4
Sum m ary of Changes.....................................................................................................................
22 INFORMATION USE


        . J,,O,[                                                                     S0123-VIII-40.200 RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment                             REV: 7 SON                                                                         Page 3 of 22 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1.1 Provide operating instructions for the Raddose-V Dose Assessment computer code on the Radiation Protection (RP) computers in the TSC and EOF.
J,,O, [
2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 This procedure should be used by personnel qualified to ENCODE HPLDAC, to operate Raddose-V on HP Computers located in the TSC and EOF as primary dose assessment tool as directed in SO123-VIII-TSC, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Technical Support Center Position Instructions, and S0123-VIII-EOF, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists. S0123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment, describes a manual dose assessment methodology that should only be used when the computer system is not available (due to inoperability or lack of qualified operators) or for backup calculations.
S0123-VIII-40.200 RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment REV: 7 SON Page 3 of 22 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1.1 Provide operating instructions for the Raddose-V Dose Assessment computer code on the Radiation Protection (RP) computers in the TSC and EOF.
3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Cal OES:               California Office of Emergency Services 3.2 CAPR:                   Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurrence 3.3 CEDE:                   Committed Effective Dose Equivalent 3.4 CDE:                   Committed Dose Equivalent 3.5 CFMS                   Critical Function Monitoring System 3.6 DAC:                   Derived Airborne Concentration 3.7 DACS                   Dose Assessment Computer System 3.8 EAL:                   Emergency Action Level 3.9 EP:                     Emergency Plan 3.10 EPIP:                   Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 3.11 ERDS:                   Emergency Response Data System 3.12 ERF:                   Emergency Response Facility 3.13 ERO:                   Emergency Response Organization REFERENCE USE
2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 This procedure should be used by personnel qualified to ENCODE HPLDAC, to operate Raddose-V on HP Computers located in the TSC and EOF as primary dose assessment tool as directed in SO123-VIII-TSC, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Technical Support Center Position Instructions, and S0123-VIII-EOF, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists. S0123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment, describes a manual dose assessment methodology that should only be used when the computer system is not available (due to inoperability or lack of qualified operators) or for backup calculations.
3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Cal OES:
3.2 CAPR:
3.3 CEDE:
3.4 CDE:
3.5 CFMS 3.6 DAC:
3.7 DACS 3.8 EAL:
3.9 EP:
3.10 EPIP:
3.11 ERDS:
3.12 ERF:
3.13 ERO:
California Office of Emergency Services Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurrence Committed Effective Dose Equivalent Committed Dose Equivalent Critical Function Monitoring System Derived Airborne Concentration Dose Assessment Computer System Emergency Action Level Emergency Plan Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Emergency Response Data System Emergency Response Facility Emergency Response Organization REFERENCE USE


3.14 ERTD:   Emergency Response Telephone Directory 3.15 ISFSI:   Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation 3.16 KI:     Potassium Iodide 3.17 NRC:     Nuclear Regulatory Commission 3.18 OCA:     Owner Controlled Area 3.19 ODAC:   Offsite Dose Assessment Center 3.20 OSLD     Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 3.21 PA:     Protected Area 3.22 PAPA:   Protected Area Personnel Accountability 3.23 PAR:     Protective Action Recommendation 3.24 PASS:   Post Accident Sampling System 3.25 PAZ:     Protective Action Zone 3.26 RP:     Radiation Protection 3.27 SCE:     Southern California Edison 3.28 SONGS:   San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 3.29 TEDE:   Total Effective Dose Equivalent 3.30 TLD:     Thermoluminescent Device 3.31 TSC:     Technical Support Center 3.32 VNF:     Verbal Notification Form 3.33 YPS:     Yellow Phone System REFERENCE USE
3.14 ERTD:
Emergency Response Telephone Directory 3.15 ISFSI:
Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation 3.16 KI:
Potassium Iodide 3.17 NRC:
Nuclear Regulatory Commission 3.18 OCA:
Owner Controlled Area 3.19 ODAC:
Offsite Dose Assessment Center 3.20 OSLD Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 3.21 PA:
Protected Area 3.22 PAPA:
Protected Area Personnel Accountability 3.23 PAR:
Protective Action Recommendation 3.24 PASS:
Post Accident Sampling System 3.25 PAZ:
Protective Action Zone 3.26 RP:
Radiation Protection 3.27 SCE:
Southern California Edison 3.28 SONGS:
San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 3.29 TEDE:
Total Effective Dose Equivalent 3.30 TLD:
Thermoluminescent Device 3.31 TSC:
Technical Support Center 3.32 VNF:
Verbal Notification Form 3.33 YPS:
Yellow Phone System REFERENCE USE


4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Precautions 4.1.1       S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Actions Recommendations, requires decisions based on Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) dose assessments for the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB).
4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Precautions 4.1.1 S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Actions Recommendations, requires decisions based on Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) dose assessments for the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB).
4.1.2       An elevated release (lofted plume) may occur during cold, stable atmospheric conditions, or during an energetic release (e.g., expelled by fans, steam dumps or steam safety valves). If these conditions occur, plume readings close to the plant (within approximately 2 miles) may be lower than expected for a ground level release.
4.1.2 An elevated release (lofted plume) may occur during cold, stable atmospheric conditions, or during an energetic release (e.g., expelled by fans, steam dumps or steam safety valves). If these conditions occur, plume readings close to the plant (within approximately 2 miles) may be lower than expected for a ground level release.
Although quantitative changes to dose estimates are not needed, consideration should be made for the effects of plume loft when directing field teams.
Although quantitative changes to dose estimates are not needed, consideration should be made for the effects of plume loft when directing field teams.
4.1.3       This procedure is intended to provide operating instructions for using Raddose-V Computer Code to calculate a dose assessment. SO123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment, describes a manual dose assessment methodology that can be used if Raddose-V cannot be executed or if an independent backup assessment is desired.
4.1.3 This procedure is intended to provide operating instructions for using Raddose-V Computer Code to calculate a dose assessment. SO123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment, describes a manual dose assessment methodology that can be used if Raddose-V cannot be executed or if an independent backup assessment is desired.
4.1.4       When operating in slave mode, verify the control station has performed the calculation before printing any reports to prevent the report from containing results from previous calculations.
4.1.4 When operating in slave mode, verify the control station has performed the calculation before printing any reports to prevent the report from containing results from previous calculations.
4.1.5       WHEN performing a Back Calculate Source Term/Dose Assessment, be sure to use field data location where the plume has arrived. OTHERWISE, IF the plume has NOT reached the distance from which you are back calculating RADDOSE V will calculate zero dose at that point.
4.1.5 WHEN performing a Back Calculate Source Term/Dose Assessment, be sure to use field data location where the plume has arrived. OTHERWISE, IF the plume has NOT reached the distance from which you are back calculating RADDOSE V will calculate zero dose at that point.
4.2 Limitations 4.2.1       None 5.0 PREREQUISITES 5.1 Before using this procedure user should know which operating mode to select.
4.2 Limitations 4.2.1 None 5.0 PREREQUISITES 5.1 Before using this procedure user should know which operating mode to select.
Raddose-V provides a Control/Slave mode to allow one work station to run the model as the control station and other stations to "watch" results (from control station) as slave stations. The model also provides an Independent mode where the station works independently from the Control/Slave functions.
Raddose-V provides a Control/Slave mode to allow one work station to run the model as the control station and other stations to "watch" results (from control station) as slave stations. The model also provides an Independent mode where the station works independently from the Control/Slave functions.
5.2 Emergency Planning is responsible for ensuring the current copy of this Document is in emergency notebooks for use during declared emergencies and drills.
5.2 Emergency Planning is responsible for ensuring the current copy of this Document is in emergency notebooks for use during declared emergencies and drills.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


5.3 Personnel are responsible for ensuring they use the current copy of this document when not in a declared emergency or drill by verifying this document is current using one of the methods described in S0123-XV-HU-3 5.4 ERO members must maintain one of the following task qualifications
5.3 Personnel are responsible for ensuring they use the current copy of this document when not in a declared emergency or drill by verifying this document is current using one of the methods described in S0123-XV-HU-3 5.4 ERO members must maintain one of the following task qualifications 7L1QWT, TSC RP Leader Qual. Walkthrough (Radiation Protection Leader) 7L5QWT, EOF RP Leader Qual Walkthrough NOTE Section 6.7 should be referred to for dose assessment instructions when there are accidents involving both Units 2 and 3.
    "  7L1QWT, TSC RP Leader Qual. Walkthrough (Radiation Protection Leader)
6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 SYSTEM START UP 6.1.1 IF computer equipment is not already energized, THEN start up system by turning on power switches for computer, monitor, and printer. WHEN the computer's start up sequence has completed, THEN the Dose Assessment Computer System (DACS) program icons will be on the Windows XP desktop.
* 7L5QWT, EOF RP Leader Qual Walkthrough NOTE Section 6.7 should be referred to for dose assessment instructions when there are accidents involving both Units 2 and 3.
6.1.2 SELECT the icon on the XP desktop for the unit for which dose assessments are required (Unit 2 or 3). "DACS: Raddose-V" title screen is displayed indicating work station identity code XXXX, e.g., EOF1 6.1.3 SELECT [Continue] button.
6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 SYSTEM START UP 6.1.1       IF computer equipment is not already energized, THEN start up system by turning on power switches for computer, monitor, and printer. WHEN the computer's start up sequence has completed, THEN the Dose Assessment Computer System (DACS) program icons will be on the Windows XP desktop.
6.1.2       SELECT the icon on the XP desktop for the unit for which dose assessments are required (Unit 2 or 3). "DACS: Raddose-V" title screen is displayed indicating work station identity code XXXX, e.g., EOF1 6.1.3       SELECT [Continue] button.
(Raddose-V prompts: "Do you want to use automatic data from the network or manual data entry?)
(Raddose-V prompts: "Do you want to use automatic data from the network or manual data entry?)
NOTE In an actual emergency the data is pulled from Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) computer. In event that ERDS is not functioning or communicating to DACS properly, manual entry of data will be required.
NOTE In an actual emergency the data is pulled from Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) computer. In event that ERDS is not functioning or communicating to DACS properly, manual entry of data will be required.
6.1.4       SELECT [Automatic] to enable automatic entry of actual data from ERDS database.
6.1.4 SELECT [Automatic] to enable automatic entry of actual data from ERDS database.
OR SELECT [Manual] to enable manual entry of meteorological and radiological data.
OR SELECT [Manual] to enable manual entry of meteorological and radiological data.
(Raddose-V prompts: "Do you want to run in Control/Slave or Independent Mode?")
(Raddose-V prompts: "Do you want to run in Control/Slave or Independent Mode?")
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.1.5       SELECT [ControllSlave] to take control of system or to receive dose assessments as a slave station.
6.1.5 SELECT [ControllSlave] to take control of system or to receive dose assessments as a slave station.
OR SELECT [Independent] to run Raddose-V independent from control station.
OR SELECT [Independent] to run Raddose-V independent from control station.
(ff no one is on the system as controller, then computer will prompt: "No one is in control, do you want control? Slave mode cannot be used since there is no control station)".
(ff no one is on the system as controller, then computer will prompt: "No one is in control, do you want control? Slave mode cannot be used since there is no control station)".
6.1.6       To assume control SELECT [Yes]. This will permit data you calculate to be viewed by other slave computers on the system. (LF another work station already has taken control of system, THEN computer will prompt: "XXXX is in control. Do you want to be a slave, or run independently?")
6.1.6 6.1.6.
To assume control SELECT [Yes]. This will permit data you calculate to be viewed by other slave computers on the system. (LF another work station already has taken control of system, THEN computer will prompt: "XXXX is in control. Do you want to be a slave, or run independently?")
NOTE A slave station cannot perform real-time calculations. A slave station can watch results from control station and perform forecasts after initial calculations have been made at control station.
NOTE A slave station cannot perform real-time calculations. A slave station can watch results from control station and perform forecasts after initial calculations have been made at control station.
6.1.6. 1         SELECT [Slave] to be put on system as a slave station.
1 SELECT [Slave] to be put on system as a slave station.
6.1.6.1.1           SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] to view data from control station.
6.1.6.1.1 6.1.6.1.2 6.1.6.2 6.1.6.2.1 6.1.6.2.2 SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] to view data from control station.
6.1.6.1.2          To perform forecasts REFER to Section 6.6 OR 6.1.6.2          SELECT [Independent] to take over control of system from current control station.
To perform forecasts REFER to Section 6.6 OR SELECT [Independent] to take over control of system from current control station.
Raddose-V "Main Menu" is displayed 6.1.6.2.1          CONTACT station that has control of system AND INFORM them you are taking control of system.
Raddose-V "Main Menu" is displayed CONTACT station that has control of system AND INFORM them you are taking control of system.
6.1.6.2.2          SELECT [Take Control] from Main Menu. Computer will prompt: "XXXX is in control. Are you sure you want to be in control?"
SELECT [Take Control] from Main Menu. Computer will prompt: "XXXX is in control. Are you sure you want to be in control?"
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.1.6.2.3           SELECT [Yes] to complete process. (Computer will prompt, "Do you want to run in Drill Mode or Accident Mode?" SELECT [Drill] or [Accident] mode, "Inventory Listing" screen is displayed.)
6.1.6.2.3 SELECT [Yes] to complete process. (Computer will prompt, "Do you want to run in Drill Mode or Accident Mode?" SELECT [Drill] or [Accident] mode, "Inventory Listing" screen is displayed.)
NOTE Selecting [Drill] will cause program to take radiological and meteorological data from a database developed by drill planner for specific drill. Selecting
NOTE Selecting [Drill] will cause program to take radiological and meteorological data from a database developed by drill planner for specific drill. Selecting
[Accident] will cause program to take radiological and meteorological data from ERDS database of actual plant and meteorological data.
[Accident] will cause program to take radiological and meteorological data from ERDS database of actual plant and meteorological data.
6.1.6.3         SELECT [Continue]. "Start-Up Menu" is displayed.
6.1.6.3 6.1.7 6.1.7.1 6.1.7.2 6.1.7.3 6.1.8 6.1.8.1 6.1.8.2 6.1.9 SELECT [Continue]. "Start-Up Menu" is displayed.
6.1.7      DETERMINE which of the following conditions apply and go to designated procedure step 6.1.7.1        To start a new assessment with system in proper configuration (neither of the following Steps 6.1.7.2 or 6.1.7.3 apply), GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.8.
DETERMINE which of the following conditions apply and go to designated procedure step To start a new assessment with system in proper configuration (neither of the following Steps 6.1.7.2 or 6.1.7.3 apply), GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.8.
6.1.7.2        To recover from a computer error that led to an unplanned program termination, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.9.
To recover from a computer error that led to an unplanned program termination, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.9.
To recover system after computer was improperly shut down by a previous user NOT 6.1.7.3 in this scenario, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.10.
To recover system after computer was improperly shut down by a previous user NOT in this scenario, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.10.
6.1.8      SELECT [Begin New Incident] from Start-Up Menu to start a new assessment 6.1.8.1        SELECT [Yes] to erase all previous data.
SELECT [Begin New Incident] from Start-Up Menu to start a new assessment SELECT [Yes] to erase all previous data.
6.1.8.2        GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.11.
GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.11.
6.1.9      SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] from Start-Up Menu to recover from a computer error that led to an unplanned program termination. ("Continuation Data" screen will be displayed.)
SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] from Start-Up Menu to recover from a computer error that led to an unplanned program termination. ("Continuation Data" screen will be displayed.)
NOTE The Continuation Data screen will display the date and time of the reactor shutdown, the date and time of the release, and the operators initials.
NOTE The Continuation Data screen will display the date and time of the reactor shutdown, the date and time of the release, and the operators initials.
6.1.9.1         VERIFY accuracy of input data on Continuation Data screen.
6.1.9.1 6.1.9.2 6.1.9.3 VERIFY accuracy of input data on Continuation Data screen.
6.1.9.2        SELECT [Continue] to return to Main Menu.
SELECT [Continue] to return to Main Menu.
6.1.9.3        GO TO Procedure Step 6.2.1.
GO TO Procedure Step 6.2.1.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.1.10     SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] from Start Up Menu to recover system after computer was improperly shut down by a previous user NOT IN THIS SCENARIO.
6.1.10 SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] from Start Up Menu to recover system after computer was improperly shut down by a previous user NOT IN THIS SCENARIO.
6.1.10.1       SELECT [Continue] on Continuation Data Screen.
6.1.10.1 SELECT [Continue] on Continuation Data Screen.
6.1.10.2       SELECT [Go to Start Up Menu].
6.1.10.2 SELECT [Go to Start Up Menu].
6.1.10.3       SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].
6.1.10.3 SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].
6.1.10.4       To restart Raddose-V program, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.2. "Accident Scenario Definition" screen should now be displayed.
6.1.10.4 To restart Raddose-V program, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.2. "Accident Scenario Definition" screen should now be displayed.
6.1.11     PERFORM the following:
6.1.11 PERFORM the following:
NOTE Trip date/time may be entered as a future time or time after release in the unlikely event of a release without a reactor trip. Decay correction of source term does not occur until reactor trip occurs.
NOTE Trip date/time may be entered as a future time or time after release in the unlikely event of a release without a reactor trip. Decay correction of source term does not occur until reactor trip occurs.
6.1.11.1       ENTER date and time of reactor trip (Use a Date of 1/1/2012 and a Time of 0000 for a Fuel Handling Accident (FHB) Only).
6.1.11.1 6.1.11.2 6.1.11.3 6.1.11.4 6.1.11.5 ENTER date and time of reactor trip (Use a Date of 1/1/2012 and a Time of 0000 for a Fuel Handling Accident (FHB) Only).
6.1.11.2        ENTER date and time of start of release.
ENTER date and time of start of release.
6.1.11.3        ENTER your initials as operator.
ENTER your initials as operator.
6.1.11.4        VERIFY accuracy of input data on Accident Scenario Definition screen.
VERIFY accuracy of input data on Accident Scenario Definition screen.
6.1.11.5        SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
NOTE
NOTE
: 1) DACS must be restarted in order that correct reactor trip time and/or radiological release time is being inputted. This will require all operators in "Slave" mode to logoff until DACS is restarted.
: 1)
: 2) DACS should be updated with a new time step every 15 to 30-minutes, in order to keep time step current. This should be done even if source term has not changed.
DACS must be restarted in order that correct reactor trip time and/or radiological release time is being inputted. This will require all operators in "Slave" mode to logoff until DACS is restarted.
6.1.12     IF an accident related release of radioactive material begins, THEN CALCULATE an emergency dose projection every 15-30 minutes based on latest source term provided by the TSC Technical Team Mitigator.
: 2)
6.1.13     POLL AND PRINT meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data approximately every 15 minutes. This should occur automatically if [Automatic Rad Report] button is enabled on Main Menu screen.
DACS should be updated with a new time step every 15 to 30-minutes, in order to keep time step current. This should be done even if source term has not changed.
6.1.12 IF an accident related release of radioactive material begins, THEN CALCULATE an emergency dose projection every 15-30 minutes based on latest source term provided by the TSC Technical Team Mitigator.
6.1.13 POLL AND PRINT meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data approximately every 15 minutes. This should occur automatically if [Automatic Rad Report] button is enabled on Main Menu screen.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.1.13.1       To access meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data, GO TO Windows XP desktop.
6.1.13.1 6.1.13.2 To access meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data, GO TO Windows XP desktop.
6.1.13.2        SELECT [Historical Data].
SELECT [Historical Data].
NOTE
NOTE
: 1) The following procedure steps describe how to input meteorological and radiological data to perform a dose assessment. Determination of appropriate Radiological data should be made in direct consultation with TSC Technical Leader.
: 1) The following procedure steps describe how to input meteorological and radiological data to perform a dose assessment. Determination of appropriate Radiological data should be made in direct consultation with TSC Technical Leader.
: 2) Raddose-V can be used to track or forecast an "empty" plume which can be used to pre-stage field teams in anticipation of an actual accident related release. To simulate an "empty" plume use use a very low plant vent stack Noble Gas release rate such as 2.OE-14 Curies/sec to avoid hypothetical release data being interpreted as an actual release.
: 2) Raddose-V can be used to track or forecast an "empty" plume which can be used to pre-stage field teams in anticipation of an actual accident related release. To simulate an "empty" plume use use a very low plant vent stack Noble Gas release rate such as 2.OE-14 Curies/sec to avoid hypothetical release data being interpreted as an actual release.
6.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA ENTRY 6.2.1       SELECT [EnterlEdit Meteorological Data] from Main Menu. "Meteorological Data Input" screen will be displayed. (Lf Raddose-V is in automatic mode, then Raddose-V will download appropriate meteorological data.)
6.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA ENTRY 6.2.1 SELECT [EnterlEdit Meteorological Data] from Main Menu. "Meteorological Data Input" screen will be displayed. (Lf Raddose-V is in automatic mode, then Raddose-V will download appropriate meteorological data.)
6.2.2       IF Raddose V is in automatic mode, THEN GO TO Procedure Step 6.2.5.
6.2.2 IF Raddose V is in automatic mode, THEN GO TO Procedure Step 6.2.5.
6.2.2.1         IF Raddose-V is not in automatic mode, THEN CLICK on [OK] to enable manual entry.
6.2.2.1 IF Raddose-V is not in automatic mode, THEN CLICK on [OK] to enable manual entry.
6.2.3       Manually ENTER the following data by highlighting blank data field (displayed as ..... )
6.2.3 Manually ENTER the following data by highlighting blank data field (displayed as..... )
AND manually INPUTTING desired value.
AND manually INPUTTING desired value.
NOTE Double clicking on an existing value will allow value to be edited. Data is accepted by using enter key.
NOTE Double clicking on an existing value will allow value to be edited. Data is accepted by using enter key.
6.2.3.1         ENTER Wind Speed.
6.2.3.1 6.2.3.2 6.2.3.3 6.2.3.4 ENTER Wind Speed.
6.2.3.2         ENTER Wind Direction.
ENTER Wind Direction.
6.2.3.3         ENTER Delta T.
ENTER Delta T.
6.2.3.4         IF Delta T is not available, THEN Stability class can be estimated and entered directly.
IF Delta T is not available, THEN Stability class can be estimated and entered directly.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


NOTE Unless better information is available use Stability Class D for daytime conditions and Stability Class F for night time conditions.
NOTE Unless better information is available use Stability Class D for daytime conditions and Stability Class F for night time conditions.
6.2.3.5         ENTER Air Temperature.
6.2.3.5 6.2.3.6 6.2.4 ENTER Air Temperature.
6.2.3.6         ENTER Precipitation.
ENTER Precipitation.
6.2.4       VERIFY input data.
VERIFY input data.
6.2.5       SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.2.5 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.3 SOURCE TERM DATA ENTRY 6.3.1       SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data] from Main Menu. "Source Term Data Input" screen will be displayed. Click on [OK] to enable manual entry.
6.3 SOURCE TERM DATA ENTRY 6.3.1 SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data] from Main Menu. "Source Term Data Input" screen will be displayed. Click on [OK] to enable manual entry.
NOTE
NOTE
: 1) Accident type should be a Fuel Handling Building (FHB) accident unless otherwise determined by TSC Technical Team.
: 1)
: 2)   Raddose-V can evaluate three separate release paths simultaneously.
Accident type should be a Fuel Handling Building (FHB) accident unless otherwise determined by TSC Technical Team.
6.3.2       ENTER accident type by clicking the mouse in the cell for release path of concern in Accident Type Column. A drop down menu will appear.
: 2)
6.3.3       SELECT accident type from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of accident type.
Raddose-V can evaluate three separate release paths simultaneously.
6.3.2 ENTER accident type by clicking the mouse in the cell for release path of concern in Accident Type Column. A drop down menu will appear.
6.3.3 SELECT accident type from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of accident type.
NOTE
NOTE
: 1. For Wide Range Gas Monitors (WRGMs), the pCi/cc value for "Lo",
: 1.
                    "Med", or "Hi" channel should be used as long as those values are in the range of 1E-7 to 1E-1, 1 E-4 to 1 E+2, or 1 E-1 to 1E+6 pCi/CC, respectively.
For Wide Range Gas Monitors (WRGMs), the pCi/cc value for "Lo",
: 2. For the Unit 2 and 3 Plant Vent Stacks (PVSs), if a pCi/sec is unavailable, then average the pCi/cc of both PVSs (use the pCi/cc of one monitor if only one PVS is available) and use 164,000 cfm release rate.
"Med", or "Hi" channel should be used as long as those values are in the range of 1 E-7 to 1 E-1, 1 E-4 to 1 E+2, or 1 E-1 to 1 E+6 pCi/CC, respectively.
6.3.4       SELECT Noble Gas entry method by first clicking in cell in NG Method column.
: 2.
For the Unit 2 and 3 Plant Vent Stacks (PVSs), if a pCi/sec is unavailable, then average the pCi/cc of both PVSs (use the pCi/cc of one monitor if only one PVS is available) and use 164,000 cfm release rate.
6.3.4 6.3.4.1 SELECT Noble Gas entry method by first clicking in cell in NG Method column.
A drop down menu will appear.
A drop down menu will appear.
6.3.4.1        SELECT Noble Gas entry method from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of Noble Gas entry method.
SELECT Noble Gas entry method from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of Noble Gas entry method.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.3.4.2         If Direct (DRECT) is selected as Noble Gas entry method, THEN ENTER Noble Gas release rate in Curies per second in NG Rel Rate (Ci/s) field.
6.3.4.2 If Direct (DRECT) is selected as Noble Gas entry method, THEN ENTER Noble Gas release rate in Curies per second in NG Rel Rate (Ci/s) field.
6.3.4.3         ENSURE Noble Gas source term data is entered using units specified in Noble Gas entry method drop down menu.
6.3.4.3 ENSURE Noble Gas source term data is entered using units specified in Noble Gas entry method drop down menu.
6.3.5       SELECT Iodine entry method by first clicking in cell in I Method column. A drop down menu will appear.
6.3.5 SELECT Iodine entry method by first clicking in cell in I Method column. A drop down menu will appear.
6.3.5.1         SELECT the Direct (DRECT) Iodine entry method from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of Iodine entry method.
6.3.5.1 SELECT the Direct (DRECT) Iodine entry method from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of Iodine entry method.
6.3.6       ENTER Iodine release rate as '0' in Curies per second in I Rel Rate (Ci/s) field.
6.3.6 ENTER Iodine release rate as '0' in Curies per second in I Rel Rate (Ci/s) field.
6.3.7       VERIFY accuracy of inputs on Source Term Data Input Screen.
6.3.7 VERIFY accuracy of inputs on Source Term Data Input Screen.
6.3.7.1         SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.3.7.1 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.4 PERFORMING A CALCULATION 6.4.1       From Main Menu, SELECT [Perform Calculations].
6.4 PERFORMING A CALCULATION 6.4.1 From Main Menu, SELECT [Perform Calculations].
NOTE
NOTE
: 1) Computer will calculate dose rates for defined plume segment, and will calculate dose rates and plume segment movement for plume segments already released. Once completed, program displays 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) map.
: 1) Computer will calculate dose rates for defined plume segment, and will calculate dose rates and plume segment movement for plume segments already released. Once completed, program displays 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) map.
: 2) After calculation has been performed, slave computer will be able to view data.
: 2) After calculation has been performed, slave computer will be able to view data.
6.4.2       SELECT [Continue] to remove map. ("Output Menu" will be displayed).
6.4.2 SELECT [Continue] to remove map. ("Output Menu" will be displayed).
6.4.3       From Output Menu, SELECT [Go to Report Menu].
6.4.3 From Output Menu, SELECT [Go to Report Menu].
NOTE
6.4.4 6.4.5 NOTE
: 1) Unless other options have been requested, print the following reports from Report Menu.
: 1) Unless other options have been requested, print the following reports from Report Menu.
: 2) Selecting [Print reports ODAC Forms and Maps] will print a multi-page report of greater than 10 pages.
: 2) Selecting [Print reports ODAC Forms and Maps] will print a multi-page report of greater than 10 pages.
6.4.4      From Report Menu, SELECT [Print Header Pages].
From Report Menu, SELECT [Print Header Pages].
6.4.5      From Report Menu, SELECT [Print 2-mile Map].
From Report Menu, SELECT [Print 2-mile Map].
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.4.6       CLICK on [Return to Output Menu].
6.4.6 CLICK on [Return to Output Menu].
6.4.7       From Output Menu, SELECT [Return to Main Menu] to return to Main Menu.
6.4.7 From Output Menu, SELECT [Return to Main Menu] to return to Main Menu.
NOTE
NOTE
[Continue Calculations] also returns to Main Menu.
[Continue Calculations] also returns to Main Menu.
6.4.8       CONTINUE running dose assessments on 15 minute plume segments approximately every 15 minutes with source term data provided by TSC Technical Team Mitigator or TSC Technical Leader.
6.4.8 CONTINUE running dose assessments on 15 minute plume segments approximately every 15 minutes with source term data provided by TSC Technical Team Mitigator or TSC Technical Leader.
6.4.9       ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.
6.4.9 ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.
6.5 PERFORMING A BACK CALCULATION USING FIELD DATA NOTE
6.5 PERFORMING A BACK CALCULATION USING FIELD DATA NOTE
: 1) To perform a back calculation at least one plume segment must have been entered and calculated. Distance and bearing where field measurement is taken is critical to calculation of proper X/Q value. Bearing is expressed in "degrees to" field location and will be 1800 out of phase with wind direction which is expressed as "degrees from".
: 1) To perform a back calculation at least one plume segment must have been entered and calculated. Distance and bearing where field measurement is taken is critical to calculation of proper X/Q value. Bearing is expressed in "degrees to" field location and will be 1800 out of phase with wind direction which is expressed as "degrees from".
: 2) Back calculation assumes actual field or PIC readings are centerline of plume. If this assumption is not correct, Raddose-V calculated values and field or PIC value comparisons may not match.
: 2) Back calculation assumes actual field or PIC readings are centerline of plume. If this assumption is not correct, Raddose-V calculated values and field or PIC value comparisons may not match.
CAUTION When performing a back calculation from field data, Raddose-V uses Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from previous plume step. This value must be checked to ensure it is still applicable or significant miscalculations could occur.
CAUTION When performing a back calculation from field data, Raddose-V uses Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from previous plume step. This value must be checked to ensure it is still applicable or significant miscalculations could occur.
6.5.1       From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data].
6.5.1 From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data].
6.5.2       At "Source Term Data Input Screen", SELECT (BACK) from drop down menu for Noble Gas method. This will open "Back Calculation of Release Rate" screen.
6.5.2 At "Source Term Data Input Screen", SELECT (BACK) from drop down menu for Noble Gas method. This will open "Back Calculation of Release Rate" screen.
6.5.3       SELECT Noble Gas method (either PIC or actual field measurements).
6.5.3 SELECT Noble Gas method (either PIC or actual field measurements).
6.5.4       SELECT Iodine 1-131 concentration method.
6.5.4 SELECT Iodine 1-131 concentration method.
6.5.5       IF field measurement data is being used, THEN ENTER distance and bearing from the plant for field reading.
6.5.5 6.5.5.1 IF field measurement data is being used, THEN ENTER distance and bearing from the plant for field reading.
6.5.5.1          ENTER Closed Window field measurement in mR/hr.
ENTER Closed Window field measurement in mR/hr.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


44ft- O                                                                         501 23-VIII-40.200 (t'Th*.                       RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment                             REV: 7 SONGs                                                                         Page 14 of 22 6.5.5.2 6.5.5.2.1           ENTER [LCi/CC 1-131 value of "0".
44ft-O 501 23-VIII-40.200 (t'Th*.
6.5.6       IF PIC data is being used, THEN ENTER PIC ID# and PIC reading in mR/hr.
RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment REV: 7 SONGs Page 14 of 22 6.5.5.2 6.5.5.2.1 ENTER [LCi/CC 1-131 value of "0".
6.5.6.1         VERIFY input data.
6.5.6 IF PIC data is being used, THEN ENTER PIC ID# and PIC reading in mR/hr.
6.5.6.2         SELECT [OK] to return to Source Term Data Input Screen.
6.5.6.1 VERIFY input data.
6.5.7       SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.5.6.2 SELECT [OK] to return to Source Term Data Input Screen.
6.5.8       PERFORM calculations AND PRINT reports as described in Section 6.4.
6.5.7 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.5.9       CONTINUE to poll meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data as time allows.
6.5.8 PERFORM calculations AND PRINT reports as described in Section 6.4.
6.5.10     ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.
6.5.9 CONTINUE to poll meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data as time allows.
6.6 PERFORMING A FORECAST NOTE
6.5.10 ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.
6.6 PERFORMING A FORECAST NOTE
: 1) At least one plume segment must be calculated before forecasts can be performed.
: 1) At least one plume segment must be calculated before forecasts can be performed.
: 2) Tracking or forecasting an "empty" plume may be used to pre-stage field teams in anticipation of an actual accident related release. To simulate an "empty" plume use a very low plant vent stack Noble Gas release rate such as 2.OE-14 Curies/sec to avoid hypothetical release data being interpreted as an actual release.
: 2) Tracking or forecasting an "empty" plume may be used to pre-stage field teams in anticipation of an actual accident related release. To simulate an "empty" plume use a very low plant vent stack Noble Gas release rate such as 2.OE-14 Curies/sec to avoid hypothetical release data being interpreted as an actual release.
: 3) All printouts of "empty" plume calculations should be clearly identified with phrase "No Release" written on printout(s).
: 3) All printouts of "empty" plume calculations should be clearly identified with phrase "No Release" written on printout(s).
: 4) All "WHAT IF" plume calculations should be clearly identified with "WHAT IF" written on printout(s).
: 4) All "WHAT IF" plume calculations should be clearly identified with "WHAT IF" written on printout(s).
6.6.1       VERIFY accuracy of meteorological and source term data.
6.6.1 VERIFY accuracy of meteorological and source term data.
6.6.1.1         From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Meteorological Data].
6.6.1.1 From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Meteorological Data].
6.6.1.1.1           ENTER meteorological data for forecast period in current time step.
6.6.1.1.1 ENTER meteorological data for forecast period in current time step.
6.6.1.1.2           SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.6.1.1.2 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.6.1.2         From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data].
6.6.1.2 From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data].
6.6.1.2.1           ENTER source term data for forecast period in current time step.
6.6.1.2.1 ENTER source term data for forecast period in current time step.
6.6.1.2.2           SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
6.6.1.2.2 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


NOTE When proceeding with real-time calculations after having performed "WHAT IF",
NOTE When proceeding with real-time calculations after having performed "WHAT IF",
be certain data in new plume segment is correct (edited) for real time data. A warning pop up box will appear to remind you.
be certain data in new plume segment is correct (edited) for real time data. A warning pop up box will appear to remind you.
6.6.2       SELECT [Perform Forecast] from Main Menu. A pop up box appears asking operator to verify forecast period. A default time of 2 hours is displayed.
6.6.2 SELECT [Perform Forecast] from Main Menu. A pop up box appears asking operator to verify forecast period. A default time of 2 hours is displayed.
6.6.2.1         ACCEPT default value if 2 hours is appropriate; OR ENTER a different forecast period in hours.
6.6.2.1 ACCEPT default value if 2 hours is appropriate; OR ENTER a different forecast period in hours.
6.6.2.2         SELECT [OK] to perform forecast calculations. [Upon completion of calculations, 10-mile EPZ map for forecast period is displayed along with PAG (Protective Action Guideline) information].
6.6.2.2 SELECT [OK] to perform forecast calculations. [Upon completion of calculations, 10-mile EPZ map for forecast period is displayed along with PAG (Protective Action Guideline) information].
6.6.3       SELECT [Continue] to remove map. "Output Menu" is displayed.
6.6.3 SELECT [Continue] to remove map. "Output Menu" is displayed.
6.6.4       From Output Menu SELECT [Go to Report Menu] to obtain dose reports.
6.6.4 From Output Menu SELECT [Go to Report Menu] to obtain dose reports.
6.6.5       SELECT [Return to Output Menu].
6.6.5 SELECT [Return to Output Menu].
6.6.6       From Output Menu SELECT [Return to Main Menu] to continue calculations or perform another forecast.
6.6.6 From Output Menu SELECT [Return to Main Menu] to continue calculations or perform another forecast.
6.6.7       ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.
6.6.7 ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.
6.7 MULTIPLE UNIT DOSE ASSESSMENT 6.7.1       COMPLETE U2 Dose Assessment following sections 6.1.through 6.4.
6.7 MULTIPLE UNIT DOSE ASSESSMENT 6.7.1 COMPLETE U2 Dose Assessment following sections 6.1.through 6.4.
6.7.1.1         ENTER TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on Attachment 3.
6.7.1.1 ENTER TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on Attachment 3.
6.7.1.2         ENTER two hour estimate TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on Attachment 3.
6.7.1.2 ENTER two hour estimate TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on.
6.7.2       COMPLETE U3 Dose Assessment following steps in 6.1.through 6.4.
6.7.2 COMPLETE U3 Dose Assessment following steps in 6.1.through 6.4.
6.7.2.1         ENTER TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on Attachment 3.
6.7.2.1 ENTER TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on Attachment 3.
6.7.2.2         ENTER two hour Estimate TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on Attachment 3.
6.7.2.2 ENTER two hour Estimate TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on.
6.7.3       ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 Dose Assessment TEDE on Attachment 3:
6.7.3 ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 Dose Assessment TEDE on Attachment 3:
6.7.3.1         ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 TEDE values AND ENTER the total on Attachment 3.
6.7.3.1 ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 TEDE values AND ENTER the total on Attachment 3.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


6.7.3.2           ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 two hour Estimate TEDE values AND ENTER the total on Attachment 3.
6.7.3.2 ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 two hour Estimate TEDE values AND ENTER the total on.
6.7.4       SIGN AND DATE Performed By on Attachment 3.
6.7.4 6.7.5 6.7.6 6.8 SYSTEM SIGN AND DATE Performed By on Attachment 3.
6.7.5        ENSURE Attachment 3 is peer checked and the reviewed by line is signed.
ENSURE Attachment 3 is peer checked and the reviewed by line is signed.
6.7.6        ATTACH Header Report and 2 Mile Map for each Unit to Attachment 3.
ATTACH Header Report and 2 Mile Map for each Unit to Attachment 3.
6.8  SYSTEM SHUTDOWN NOTE The dose associated with a radiological plume should be completely assessed to the maximum credible distance before the RP Leader determines the Raddose-V program will no longer be needed and system may be shut down.
SHUTDOWN NOTE The dose associated with a radiological plume should be completely assessed to the maximum credible distance before the RP Leader determines the Raddose-V program will no longer be needed and system may be shut down.
6.8.1         IF your station has been in control, THEN SELECT [Relinquish Control] from Main Menu.
6.8.1 6.8.1.1 6.8.1.2 6.8.1.3 6.8.1.4 6.8.2 6.8.2.1 IF your station has been in control, THEN SELECT [Relinquish Control] from Main Menu.
6.8.1.1          Model will prompt "Are you sure?"
Model will prompt "Are you sure?"
6.8.1.2          SELECT [Yes].
SELECT [Yes].
6.8.1.3          SELECT [Go to Start Up Menu].
SELECT [Go to Start Up Menu].
6.8.1.4          SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].
SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].
IF your station has been running in either slave or independent mode, THEN SELECT 6.8.2
IF your station has been running in either slave or independent mode, THEN SELECT
[Go to Start Up Menu] from Main Menu.
[Go to Start Up Menu] from Main Menu.
6.8.2.1          SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].
SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 7.1 None.
7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 7.1 None.
8.0 RETENTION OF RECORDS 8.1 Deliver all logs and worksheets used during response activities to EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or TSC Manager at conclusion of emergency.
8.0 RETENTION OF RECORDS 8.1 Deliver all logs and worksheets used during response activities to EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or TSC Manager at conclusion of emergency.


==9.0 REFERENCES==
==9.0 REFERENCES==
  / COMMITMENTS 9.1 Implementing Reference 9.1.1       Procedures 9.1.1.1         SO123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations 9.1.1.2         SO1 23-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment 9.1.1.3         SO123-XV-109, Procedure and Instruction Format and Content 9.1.1.4         SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Adherence 9.1.1.5         SO123-VIII-TSC, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Technical Support Center Position Checklist 9.1.1.6         SO123-VIII-EOF, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists 9.1.2       Drawings 9.1.2.1         None 9.1.3       Manuals 9.1.3.1         Operator's Manual for DACS/RADDOSE-V, Rev. 3, June 1998 9.1.4       Other 9.1.4.1         None 9.2 Developmental References 9.2.1       Commitments 9.2.1.1         None INFORMATION USE
  / COMMITMENTS 9.1 Implementing Reference 9.1.1 Procedures 9.1.1.1 SO123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations 9.1.1.2 SO1 23-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment 9.1.1.3 SO123-XV-109, Procedure and Instruction Format and Content 9.1.1.4 SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Adherence 9.1.1.5 SO123-VIII-TSC, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Technical Support Center Position Checklist 9.1.1.6 SO123-VIII-EOF, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists 9.1.2 Drawings 9.1.2.1 None 9.1.3 Manuals 9.1.3.1 Operator's Manual for DACS/RADDOSE-V, Rev. 3, June 1998 9.1.4 Other 9.1.4.1 None 9.2 Developmental References 9.2.1 Commitments 9.2.1.1 None INFORMATION USE


9.2.2   Corrective Actions to Prevent Recurrence (CAPR) 9.2.2.1   None 9.2.3   Procedures 9.2.3.1   S0123-VIII-40.3, EOF Radiation Protection (RP) Leader Duties.
9.2.2 Corrective Actions to Prevent Recurrence (CAPR) 9.2.2.1 None 9.2.3 Procedures 9.2.3.1 S0123-VIII-40.3, EOF Radiation Protection (RP) Leader Duties.
9.2.3.2   S0123-VIII-40, TSC Radiation Protection (RP) Leader Duties.
9.2.3.2 S0123-VIII-40, TSC Radiation Protection (RP) Leader Duties.
9.2.4   Drawings 9.2.4.1   None 9.2.5   Manuals 9.2.5.1   Operator's Manual for DACS/RADDOSE-V, Rev. 3, June 1998 9.2.6   Other.
9.2.4 Drawings 9.2.4.1 None 9.2.5 Manuals 9.2.5.1 Operator's Manual for DACS/RADDOSE-V, Rev. 3, June 1998 9.2.6 Other.
9.2.6.1   Action Request 060301941, Assignment 3 INFORMATION USE
9.2.6.1 Action Request 060301941, Assignment 3 INFORMATION USE


Supplemental Raddose-V Information                                                   I Attachment 1 InormtionAttchmntI SuppemetalRaddse-
Supplemental Raddose-V Information I Attachment 1 SuppemetalRaddse-InormtionAttchmntI
: 1. All DACS databases "time stamp" data from the beginning of the interval. For the case of the 15-minute average data, intervals begin on the quarter hour. The data represent an average of the following 15 one-minute readings.
: 1. All DACS databases "time stamp" data from the beginning of the interval. For the case of the 15-minute average data, intervals begin on the quarter hour. The data represent an average of the following 15 one-minute readings.
: 2. For the 09:00 record, the one-minute average for 09:00, 09:01, and 09:02...09:14 are averaged and reported. The one-minute average is actually the average of fifteen readings taken at 4-second intervals. As such, the actual time period of the 09:00 fifteen-minute average is really 09:00:00 to 09:14:56.
: 2. For the 09:00 record, the one-minute average for 09:00, 09:01, and 09:02...09:14 are averaged and reported. The one-minute average is actually the average of fifteen readings taken at 4-second intervals. As such, the actual time period of the 09:00 fifteen-minute average is really 09:00:00 to 09:14:56.
Line 412: Line 591:
: 7. The accident type can change during an accident. Make sure this change is properly recorded in Raddose-V even if the source term values remain the same.
: 7. The accident type can change during an accident. Make sure this change is properly recorded in Raddose-V even if the source term values remain the same.
: 8. In the [Enter/Edit Source Term Data] screen do not attempt to enter rad data unless an entry method has been selected. Attempting to enter rad data without specifying an entry method will produce an error message "Subscript out of Range". When the error message is acknowledged the program will terminate. The user will need to restart the program from the Raddose-V icon in the DACS Program group.
: 8. In the [Enter/Edit Source Term Data] screen do not attempt to enter rad data unless an entry method has been selected. Attempting to enter rad data without specifying an entry method will produce an error message "Subscript out of Range". When the error message is acknowledged the program will terminate. The user will need to restart the program from the Raddose-V icon in the DACS Program group.
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 1                                    Page 1 of 1
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1


_J *'Di'O                                                                   SO123-VIII-40.200 RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment                           REV: 7 SoNGS                                                                 Page 20 of 22 PAR Assessments Beyond 10 Miles                                                       Attachment 2 In an extreme radiological release under adverse meteorological conditions there is a potential that Plume exposure PAR's may need to be evaluated at distances beyond 10 miles. Raddose-V can assess dose rates beyond 10 miles by utilizing the Point-of-Interest Doses screen. This screen can be accessed from the Main Menu by selecting [Display Point-of-Interest Doses].
_J *'Di'O SO123-VIII-40.200 RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment REV: 7 SoNGS Page 20 of 22 PAR Assessments Beyond 10 Miles In an extreme radiological release under adverse meteorological conditions there is a potential that Plume exposure PAR's may need to be evaluated at distances beyond 10 miles. Raddose-V can assess dose rates beyond 10 miles by utilizing the Point-of-Interest Doses screen. This screen can be accessed from the Main Menu by selecting [Display Point-of-Interest Doses].
The Point-of-Interest screen allows a user the ability to obtain dose rates and deposition rates at any point within the 50-mile Ingestion Pathway Zone (IPZ). When the screen is first entered, the maximum dose rates and deposition rates at each ring distance (EAB, 1, 2, 5 and 10 miles) are displayed. For any other location, the radial distance in miles and the bearing in degrees can be entered to assess the plume EDE dose rate, TEDE dose rate, as well as a deposition rate.
The Point-of-Interest screen allows a user the ability to obtain dose rates and deposition rates at any point within the 50-mile Ingestion Pathway Zone (IPZ). When the screen is first entered, the maximum dose rates and deposition rates at each ring distance (EAB, 1, 2, 5 and 10 miles) are displayed. For any other location, the radial distance in miles and the bearing in degrees can be entered to assess the plume EDE dose rate, TEDE dose rate, as well as a deposition rate.
When protective action guideline doses are exceeded at 10 miles (i.e., 21 rem TEDE) an evaluation should be made to determine the distance to which the Protective Action Recommendations should be extended.
When protective action guideline doses are exceeded at 10 miles (i.e., 21 rem TEDE) an evaluation should be made to determine the distance to which the Protective Action Recommendations should be extended.
The Point-of-Interest Doses feature of Raddose-V can be utilized together with an estimated release duration to determine the distance where protective action guideline doses will not be exceeded.
The Point-of-Interest Doses feature of Raddose-V can be utilized together with an estimated release duration to determine the distance where protective action guideline doses will not be exceeded.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 2                                      Page 1 of 1
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1


Multiple Unit Dose Assessment Worksheet                           I Attachment 3 One hour estimate:
Multiple Unit Dose Assessment Worksheet I Attachment 3 One hour estimate:
U2 TEDE (mrem/hour) from page 3 of header report                         (mrem/hour)
U2 TEDE (mrem/hour) from page 3 of header report U3 TEDE (mrem/hour) from page 3 of header report Total (mrem/hour) add unit 2 + unit 3 Two hour estimate:
U3 TEDE (mrem/hour) from page 3 of header report                         (mrem/hour)
U2 TEDE (mrem) from page 3 of header report U3 TEDE (mrem) from page 3 of header report Total (mrem) add unit 2 + unit 3 Performed by:
Total (mrem/hour) add unit 2 + unit 3                                   (mrem/hour)
(mrem/hour)
Two hour estimate:
(mrem/hour)
U2 TEDE (mrem) from page 3 of header report                             (mrem)
(mrem/hour)
U3 TEDE (mrem) from page 3 of header report                     (mrem)
(mrem)
Total (mrem) add unit 2 + unit 3                                       (mrem)
(mrem)
Performed by:                                          Date:
(mrem)
Reviewed by:                                                 Date:
Date:
REFERENCE USE                               Attachment 3                        Page 1 of 1
Reviewed by:
Date:
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1


Summary of Changes                                                             Attachment 4 Author:   Richard Garcia                       PAX:         83845 Step, NN, OrderjPr ot.her.                                                             50 59 I. LrSection, 4 Acton               c-Description of Change   >qf,     Reviewer(s),7.8
Summary of Changes Author:
                                                                    .        r        "'  or Page 202596380             Removed references to SGTR, LOCA and Thyroid dose as they are no longer applicable.                                 See Table     DNA     Throughout Below Added additional guidance on entering Iodine release rates.
Richard Garcia PAX:
Document Reviewers:               Name:
83845
RP                                 Andrew Martinez RP                                 Sandy Sewell EP                                 Lucia Sischo EP                                 Dan Cleavenger Cognizant Supervisor               Larry McCann Approvers:
: Step, NN, OrderjPr ot.her.
CFDM Final Approval:               Deborah Lindbeck INFORMATION USE                               Attachment 4                                Page 1 of 1
50 59 I. LrSection, 4 Acton c-Description of Change >qf, Reviewer(s),7.8 r
or Page 202596380 Removed references to SGTR, LOCA and Thyroid dose as they are no longer applicable.
See Table DNA Throughout Below Added additional guidance on entering Iodine release rates.
Document Reviewers:
Name:
RP Andrew Martinez RP Sandy Sewell EP Lucia Sischo EP Dan Cleavenger Cognizant Supervisor Larry McCann Approvers:
CFDM Final Approval:
Deborah Lindbeck INFORMATION USE Page 1 of 1


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                               EPIP                                                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                                   REVISION 17                                                                 PAGE 1 OF 73 EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION                                                                                                                                     PAGE 1.0   O BJECTIVES .......................................................................................................................       2
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 1 OF 73 EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 O BJECTIVES.......................................................................................................................
2


==2.0   REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==
......................................................................................................................         2 3.0  PREREQ UISITES .................................................................................................................           3 4.0   PRECAUTIO NS ....................................................................................................................         3 5.0  RESPO NSIBILITIES ....................................................................................................                     4 6.0  PRO CEDURE .......................................................................................................................         6 7.0  RECO RDS ..........................................................................................................................       21 ATTACHMENTS 1    Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirem ents .....................................................................                         22 2    Matrix of Drill and Exercise O bjectives ..........................................................................                     23 3    Scenario Developm ent Team and Responsibilities ........................................................                                29 4    Drill Planning Checklist .................................................................................................               33 5    Controller Evaluator O rganization .................................................................................                     40 6    Drill Preparation Flowchart .............................................................................................               45 7    Exercise Preparation Flowchart .....................................................................................                     46 8    Controller and Evaluator Briefing ...................................................................................                   47 9    Controller Training ........................................................................................................             48 10    Controller / Evaluator G uidelines ...................................................................................                   50 11    O bserver G uidelines .....................................................................................................             59 12    Security/Confidentiality Agreem ent ...............................................................................                     60 13    Participant Briefing ........................................................................................................           61 14    Drill Report ......................................................................................................................... 65 15    Definitions .......................................................................................................................... 68 16    Developm ental Resources ............................................................................................                    70 17    Sum m ary of Changes ...................................................................................................                71 REFERENCE USE QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA/72.48 DNA
2 3.0 PREREQ UISITES.................................................................................................................
3 4.0 PRECAUTIO NS....................................................................................................................
3 5.0 RESPO NSIBILITIES....................................................................................................
4 6.0 PRO CEDURE.......................................................................................................................
6 7.0 RECO RDS..........................................................................................................................
21 ATTACHMENTS 1
Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirem ents.....................................................................
22 2
M atrix of Drill and Exercise O bjectives..........................................................................
23 3
Scenario Developm ent Team and Responsibilities........................................................
29 4
Drill Planning Checklist.................................................................................................
33 5
Controller Evaluator O rganization.................................................................................
40 6
Drill Preparation Flowchart.............................................................................................
45 7
Exercise Preparation Flowchart.....................................................................................
46 8
Controller and Evaluator Briefing...................................................................................
47 9
Controller Training........................................................................................................
48 10 Controller / Evaluator G uidelines...................................................................................
50 11 O bserver G uidelines.....................................................................................................
59 12 Security/Confidentiality Agreem ent...............................................................................
60 13 Participant Briefing........................................................................................................
61 14 Drill Report.........................................................................................................................
65 15 Definitions..........................................................................................................................
68 16 Developm ental Resources............................................................................................
70 17 Sum m ary of Changes...................................................................................................
71 REFERENCE USE QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA/72.48 DNA


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                               PAGE 2 OF 73 EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES 1.0 OBJECTIVES 1.1     Identify requirements for periodic Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises by references in Section 2.0.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 2 OF 73 EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES 1.0 OBJECTIVES 1.1 Identify requirements for periodic Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises by references in Section 2.0.
1.2     Provide guidelines for development, conduct, evaluation, and records maintenance of Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises.
1.2 Provide guidelines for development, conduct, evaluation, and records maintenance of Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises.
1.3     Establish a system for correcting deficiencies and weaknesses identified by Emergency Plan Drill and Exercise evaluations.
1.3 Establish a system for correcting deficiencies and weaknesses identified by Emergency Plan Drill and Exercise evaluations.


==2.0 REFERENCES==
==2.0 REFERENCES==
2.1 NRC Commitment 2.1.1 SONGS Emergency Plan, Units 1, 2 and 3 2.2 Procedures 2.2.1 SO123-VIII-0.201, Emergency Plan Equipment Surveillance Program (EPESP) 2.2.2 S0123-XXI-1.11.3, Emergency Plan Training Program Description 2.2.3 SO123-XV-1 09, Procedure and Instruction Format and Content 2.2.4 SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Adherence 2.2.5 S0123-XV-50, Corrective Action Program 2.2.6 S023-XXI-REC, Training Records 2.2.7 S0123-VIII-0.100, Maintenance and Control of Emergency Planning Documents 2.2.8 S0123-XV-50.CAP-1, Writing Nuclear Notifications for Problem Identification and Resolution 2.2.9 SO123-XV-ERO-2, Emergency Planning Oversight 2.2.10 SO123-VIII-0.210, Emergency Planning Drill Objectives and Demonstration Criteria


2.1      NRC Commitment 2.1.1    SONGS Emergency Plan, Units 1, 2 and 3 2.2      Procedures 2.2.1   SO123-VIII-0.201, Emergency Plan Equipment Surveillance Program (EPESP) 2.2.2   S0123-XXI-1.11.3, Emergency Plan Training Program Description 2.2.3   SO123-XV-1 09, Procedure and Instruction Format and Content 2.2.4   SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Adherence 2.2.5   S0123-XV-50, Corrective Action Program 2.2.6   S023-XXI-REC, Training Records 2.2.7   S0123-VIII-0.100, Maintenance and Control of Emergency Planning Documents 2.2.8    S0123-XV-50.CAP-1, Writing Nuclear Notifications for Problem Identification and Resolution 2.2.9    SO123-XV-ERO-2, Emergency Planning Oversight 2.2.10  SO123-VIII-0.210, Emergency Planning Drill Objectives and Demonstration Criteria
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 3 OF 73 2.3 Other 2.3.1 NUREG-0654, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants 2.3.2 FEMA Interim Radiological Emergency Preparedness (REP) Program Manual April, 2012 2.3.3 NRC Inspection Manual Chapter 0609, Appendix B, Emergency Preparedness Significance Determination Process, 02/24/12 2.3.4 Form EP (123) 20, Emergency Planning Document Review Sheet 2.3.5 NN 201944331, Exercise Scheduling 2.3.6 NN 201974817, Identification of Drill Weaknesses 2.3.7 NN 202044191, 10CFR50.47(b) Identification of Deficiencies Identified as a Result of Periodic Exercises.
3.0 PREREQUISITES 3.1 Verify this document is current by using one of the methods described in SO123-XV-HU-3.
3.2 Verify level of use requirements on page one of this document.
4.0 PRECAUTIONS 4.1 Drills and exercises shall minimize interference with plant operations, maintenance and construction activities, consistent with achieving objectives.
4.2 Drills and exercises shall be developed such that interactions with the actual control room are minimized. When interaction with the actual control room is necessary, it shall be done in such a manner as to minimize control room distractions.
4.3 Security procedures shall remain in effect during drills and exercises.
4.4 Drill or exercise activities shall be suspended in the event of an actual emergency.
4.5 Electronic communications and data relating to the drill or exercise should be identified as drill or exercise information by prefacing them with the statement, "This is a drill." This statement should also be repeated periodically on communication lines (telephone, radio) which are kept open for extended periods or could be monitored or overheard by non-participants.
4.6 Scenarios shall maintain the safety of employees and the public and meet approved objectives.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                               PAGE 3 OF 73 2.3    Other 2.3.1    NUREG-0654, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants 2.3.2    FEMA Interim Radiological Emergency Preparedness (REP) Program Manual April, 2012 2.3.3    NRC Inspection Manual Chapter 0609, Appendix B, Emergency Preparedness Significance Determination Process, 02/24/12 2.3.4    Form EP (123) 20, Emergency Planning Document Review Sheet 2.3.5    NN 201944331, Exercise Scheduling 2.3.6    NN 201974817, Identification of Drill Weaknesses 2.3.7    NN 202044191, 10CFR50.47(b) Identification of Deficiencies Identified as a Result of Periodic Exercises.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 4 OF 73 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM) is responsible to:
3.0  PREREQUISITES 3.1    Verify this document is current by using one of the methods described in SO123-XV-HU-3.
Ensure the emergency preparedness drill/exercise program maintains the level of proficiency of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO).
3.2    Verify level of use requirements on page one of this document.
Implement the site emergency preparedness drill/exercise program.
4.0  PRECAUTIONS 4.1    Drills and exercises shall minimize interference with plant operations, maintenance and construction activities, consistent with achieving objectives.
" Assign an individual to perform the functions of and serve as Drill/Exercise Coordinator.
4.2    Drills and exercises shall be developed such that interactions with the actual control room are minimized. When interaction with the actual control room is necessary, it shall be done in such a manner as to minimize control room distractions.
Ensure drills and exercises required by the Emergency Plan are scheduled, conducted and evaluated.
4.3    Security procedures shall remain in effect during drills and exercises.
" Coordinate with site management for resource assignment to a Scenario Development Team (SDT).
4.4    Drill or exercise activities shall be suspended in the event of an actual emergency.
Ensure drill/exercise six-year plan is maintained and up-to-date.
4.5    Electronic communications and data relating to the drill or exercise should be identified as drill or exercise information by prefacing them with the statement, "This is a drill." This statement should also be repeated periodically on communication lines (telephone, radio) which are kept open for extended periods or could be monitored or overheard by non-participants.
Ensure corrective actions are identified and resolved for objectives "not met" and for weaknesses or improvement areas.
4.6    Scenarios shall maintain the safety of employees and the public and meet approved objectives.
Ensure lessons-learned are disseminated or available to all ERO personnel.
 
Approve all drill/exercise objectives, critiques, and reports for each drill and exercise.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                  EPIP                                      SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                      REVISION 17                                PAGE 4 OF 73 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1   Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM) is responsible to:
Brief the site management team and the NRC inspection team of the exercise evaluation results.
* Ensure the emergency preparedness drill/exercise program maintains the level of proficiency of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO).
Ensure distribution or availability of the drill/exercise report.
* Implement the site emergency preparedness drill/exercise program.
5.2 Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement is responsible to:
          " Assign an individual to perform the functions of and serve as Drill/Exercise Coordinator.
Provide personnel from the training staff to assist with the development, validation and execution of drill scenarios.
* Ensure drills and exercises required by the Emergency Plan are scheduled, conducted and evaluated.
Coordinate with the EP Department to schedule the use of the simulator for drills or exercises.
          " Coordinate with site management for resource assignment to a Scenario Development Team (SDT).
Provide remediation training for personnel demonstrating unsatisfactory performance during drills or exercises.
* Ensure drill/exercise six-year plan is maintained and up-to-date.
5.3 Site Management team is responsible to:
* Ensure corrective actions are identified and resolved for objectives "not met" and for weaknesses or improvement areas.
* Ensure lessons-learned are disseminated or available to all ERO personnel.
* Approve all drill/exercise objectives, critiques, and reports for each drill and exercise.
          " Brief the site management team and the NRC inspection team of the exercise evaluation results.
* Ensure distribution or availability of the drill/exercise report.
5.2   Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement is responsible to:
* Provide personnel from the training staff to assist with the development, validation and execution of drill scenarios.
* Coordinate with the EP Department to schedule the use of the simulator for drills or exercises.
          " Provide remediation training for personnel demonstrating unsatisfactory performance during drills or exercises.
5.3   Site Management team is responsible to:
Schedule personnel to participate in the Scenario Development Team and participate in drills and exercises as controllers, evaluators, and drill or exercise participants.
Schedule personnel to participate in the Scenario Development Team and participate in drills and exercises as controllers, evaluators, and drill or exercise participants.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                                 PAGE 5 OF 73 5.4   Drill/Exercise Coordinator is responsible to:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 5 OF 73 5.4 Drill/Exercise Coordinator is responsible to:
                "  Develop and maintain the drill/exercise schedule
Develop and maintain the drill/exercise schedule Coordinate all activities of the drill/exercise from planning through the final report.
* Coordinate all activities of the drill/exercise from planning through the final report.
Select the drill/exercise program and performance objectives from the six-year plan and update the plan after the demonstration.
* Select the drill/exercise program and performance objectives from the six-year plan and update the plan after the demonstration.
Lead the development, validation and approval of scenarios.
* Lead the development, validation and approval of scenarios.
Coordinate the assembly of the drill/exercise package and coordinate the distribution to the assigned controllers and evaluators.
* Coordinate the assembly of the drill/exercise package and coordinate the distribution to the assigned controllers and evaluators.
Ensure scenario security and submit to the applicable government agencies when required.
* Ensure scenario security and submit to the applicable government agencies when required.
Ensure drill/exercise controllers, evaluators, and participants are identified and notified of the drill schedule.
* Ensure drill/exercise controllers, evaluators, and participants are identified and notified of the drill schedule.
Manage the overall conduct of the drill/exercise (typically as the Drill Coordinator).
* Manage the overall conduct of the drill/exercise (typically as the Drill Coordinator).
5.5 Scenario Development Team is responsible to:
5.5   Scenario Development Team is responsible to:
Develop the scenario and drill/exercise package using the scenario development checklist in Attachment 3.
* Develop the scenario and drill/exercise package using the scenario development checklist in Attachment 3.
Participate in the drill/exercise as controllers.
* Participate in the drill/exercise as controllers.
5.6 Emergency Planning Department staff is responsible to:
5.6   Emergency Planning Department staff is responsible to:
" Assist in the development and validation of the scenario.
                " Assist in the development and validation of the scenario.
" Assist in the preparation of the drill/exercise scenario packages.
                " Assist in the preparation of the drill/exercise scenario packages.
" Support the selection and notification of controllers, evaluators and participants.
                " Support the selection and notification of controllers, evaluators and participants.
Verify equipment readiness before the drill or exercise.
* Verify equipment readiness before the drill or exercise.
Support drills and exercises in the role of a Facility Lead Controller or controller Support in developing and maintaining the six-year plan.
* Support drills and exercises in the role of a Facility Lead Controller or controller
* Support in developing and maintaining the six-year plan.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                       EPIP                                       SO 123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                          REVISION 17                                PAGE 6 OF 73 6.0   PROCEDURE 6.1   EP DRILL/EXERCISE SCHEDULE NOTE The meaning of "drills" in this usage is intended to include performance enhancing experiences (exercises, functional drills, simulator drills, tabletop drills, mini drills, etc.) that reasonably simulate the interactions between appropriate centers and/or individuals that would be expected to occur during emergencies. For example, control room interaction with offsite agencies could be simulated by instructors or OSC interaction could be simulated by a control cell simulating the TSC functions, and damage control teams.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 SO 123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 6 OF 73 6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 EP DRILL/EXERCISE SCHEDULE NOTE The meaning of "drills" in this usage is intended to include performance enhancing experiences (exercises, functional drills, simulator drills, tabletop drills, mini drills, etc.) that reasonably simulate the interactions between appropriate centers and/or individuals that would be expected to occur during emergencies. For example, control room interaction with offsite agencies could be simulated by instructors or OSC interaction could be simulated by a control cell simulating the TSC functions, and damage control teams.
Exercises must provide the opportunity for the ERO to demonstrate proficiency in the key skills necessary to implement the principal functional areas of emergency response, including activities such as:
Exercises must provide the opportunity for the ERO to demonstrate proficiency in the key skills necessary to implement the principal functional areas of emergency response, including activities such as:
* Event classification
Event classification Notification of offsite authorities Protective action recommendation development Accident assessment Management and coordination of emergency response Assessment of the onsite and offsite impact of radiological releases Protective action decision making Plant system repair and mitigation action implementation Additionally, each exercise must provide the opportunity for the ERO to demonstrate key skills specific to emergency response duties in the Control Room, TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC.
* Notification of offsite authorities
6.1.1 The drill/exercise coordinator will develop and maintain a rolling six-year schedule of drill/exercise dates or approximate dates that allows demonstration of all major portions of the emergency plan over a six-year period.
* Protective action recommendation development
.1 An annual drill and exercise schedule for the coming year should be developed before the end of each year.
* Accident assessment
* Management and coordination of emergency response
* Assessment of the onsite and offsite impact of radiological releases
* Protective action decision making
* Plant system repair and mitigation action implementation Additionally, each exercise must provide the opportunity for the ERO to demonstrate key skills specific to emergency response duties in the Control Room, TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC.
6.1.1     The drill/exercise coordinator will develop and maintain a rolling six-year schedule of drill/exercise dates or approximate dates that allows demonstration of all major portions of the emergency plan over a six-year period.
              .1           An annual drill and exercise schedule for the coming year should be developed before the end of each year.
* Determine drill dates that involve outside government or supporting agencies by consulting the IPC, NRC, FEMA, and other NRC Region IV utilities.
* Determine drill dates that involve outside government or supporting agencies by consulting the IPC, NRC, FEMA, and other NRC Region IV utilities.
* Obtain Nuclear Organization management approval of the proposed drill/exercise dates.
* Obtain Nuclear Organization management approval of the proposed drill/exercise dates.
* Confirm the drill/exercise dates with all affected internal and external organizations.
* Confirm the drill/exercise dates with all affected internal and external organizations.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                                 PAGE 7 OF 73 6.1.2   Schedule annual/periodic drills to meet the minimum drill frequencies and types in Attachment 1 during any six-year period.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 7 OF 73 6.1.2 Schedule annual/periodic drills to meet the minimum drill frequencies and types in Attachment 1 during any six-year period.
6.1.3   The EPM will identify which drill objectives will be evaluated prior to the drill.
6.1.3 The EPM will identify which drill objectives will be evaluated prior to the drill.
6.1.4   Coordinate the required resources with planning and scheduling / work control at least 20 weeks in advance to include in the 20 week work schedule when possible.
6.1.4 Coordinate the required resources with planning and scheduling / work control at least 20 weeks in advance to include in the 20 week work schedule when possible.
6.1.5   Notify ERO members selected to control, evaluate, and participate approximately 4 to 6 weeks in advance of the scheduled drill/exercise.
6.1.5 Notify ERO members selected to control, evaluate, and participate approximately 4 to 6 weeks in advance of the scheduled drill/exercise.
6.1.6   Ensure the drill schedule provides the opportunity for all ERO members to maintain proficiency.
6.1.6 Ensure the drill schedule provides the opportunity for all ERO members to maintain proficiency.
6.1.7   Any changes to the exercise or drill schedule shall be confirmed with all affected internal and external organizations, and approved by the Manager, Emergency Planning (EP).
6.1.7 Any changes to the exercise or drill schedule shall be confirmed with all affected internal and external organizations, and approved by the Manager, Emergency Planning (EP).
6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES 6.2.1   Emergency planning program objectives in SO123-VIII-0.210 are the planning standard elements that are demonstrated annually or over a six-year period during drills/exercises, in accordance with NUREG 0654, Section I1.
6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES 6.2.1 Emergency planning program objectives in SO123-VIII-0.210 are the planning standard elements that are demonstrated annually or over a six-year period during drills/exercises, in accordance with NUREG 0654, Section I1.
6.2.2   Emergency planning performance objectives are criteria or measures that are intended to be achieved, by the ERO, during emergency planning drills/exercises to demonstrate the capability to meet the planning standards.
6.2.2 Emergency planning performance objectives are criteria or measures that are intended to be achieved, by the ERO, during emergency planning drills/exercises to demonstrate the capability to meet the planning standards.
6.2.3   The selection of objectives shall be based upon:
6.2.3 The selection of objectives shall be based upon:
              " Objectives that support the offsite agencies demonstration of scheduled FEMA REP evaluation areas
" Objectives that support the offsite agencies demonstration of scheduled FEMA REP evaluation areas
* Areas of improvement / weaknesses identified in previous drills/exercises (facility and/or team performance)
* Areas of improvement / weaknesses identified in previous drills/exercises (facility and/or team performance)
* Review NNs/Inspection Reports/Drill Critiques
* Review NNs/Inspection Reports/Drill Critiques
              " Site or industry operating experience lessons learned located in CAP, INPO web site, NRC web site, NEI or RUG peer group communication or recommendations from site management.
" Site or industry operating experience lessons learned located in CAP, INPO web site, NRC web site, NEI or RUG peer group communication or recommendations from site management.
              " Revisions to the E-plan and major EPIP revisions
" Revisions to the E-plan and major EPIP revisions
              " Six-year schedule and objective demonstration tracking.
" Six-year schedule and objective demonstration tracking.
6.2.4   Ensuring drill objectives provide for the verification of the effectiveness of corrective actions initiated from previous drills.
6.2.4 Ensuring drill objectives provide for the verification of the effectiveness of corrective actions initiated from previous drills.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 8 OF 73 6.2.5     Update Attachment 2, 'Matrix of Periodic Drill and Exercises Objectives' following each drill/exercise.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 8 OF 73 6.2.5 Update Attachment 2, 'Matrix of Periodic Drill and Exercises Objectives' following each drill/exercise.
6.2.6     Inform the Emergency Planning Manager of any objectives that have not been performed within their periodicity per the SONGS Emergency Plan.
6.2.6 Inform the Emergency Planning Manager of any objectives that have not been performed within their periodicity per the SONGS Emergency Plan.
6.3     SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT NOTE "Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements," Attachment 2, describes the specific drills required by the SONGS Emergency Plan.
6.3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT NOTE "Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements," Attachment 2, describes the specific drills required by the SONGS Emergency Plan.
6.3.1     Acceptance policy for a scenario
6.3.1 Acceptance policy for a scenario
                .1     Acceptable exercise scenarios include:
.1 Acceptable exercise scenarios include:
* Newly created scenarios.
Newly created scenarios.
* Re-use of an existing scenario provided:
Re-use of an existing scenario provided:
o   Participants have not seen the scenario as a participant, evaluator, controller, observer or scenario developer/reviewer within the previous 12 months OR o   The scenario is revised such that the scenario is changed substantially by any of the following:
o Participants have not seen the scenario as a participant, evaluator, controller, observer or scenario developer/reviewer within the previous 12 months OR o
                                -  Initial plant conditions and components out of service
The scenario is revised such that the scenario is changed substantially by any of the following:
                                -  Classification level and emergency action levels (EAL)
Initial plant conditions and components out of service Classification level and emergency action levels (EAL)
                                -  Specific component failures/malfunctions/indications resulting in escalation of the classification and EAL
Specific component failures/malfunctions/indications resulting in escalation of the classification and EAL Specific component failures/malfunctions/indications resulting in the loss of a safety system function(s)
                                -  Specific component failures/malfunctions/indications resulting in the loss of a safety system function(s)
Plant radiological conditions Offsite release failure mechanism, release magnitude and/or release duration Meteorological data Initial protective action recommendation (PAR) and/or PAR upgrade Other as determined by scenario sequence
                                -  Plant radiological conditions
                                -  Offsite release failure mechanism, release magnitude and/or release duration
                                -  Meteorological data
                                -  Initial protective action recommendation (PAR) and/or PAR upgrade
                                -  Other as determined by scenario sequence


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                               PAGE 9 OF 73 6.3.2   The Biennial Exercise scenario must be substantially different from the previous biennial exercise and all integrated scenarios conducted between exercises that the key exercise participants have observed. (Failures and event classifications may be similar but the timing, basis for the classification and offsite radiological release should vary from the previous biennial exercise.)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 9 OF 73 6.3.2 The Biennial Exercise scenario must be substantially different from the previous biennial exercise and all integrated scenarios conducted between exercises that the key exercise participants have observed. (Failures and event classifications may be similar but the timing, basis for the classification and offsite radiological release should vary from the previous biennial exercise.)
6.3.3   The scenario shall be developed for each Emergency Plan site-wide drill and exercise conducted by EP.
6.3.3 The scenario shall be developed for each Emergency Plan site-wide drill and exercise conducted by EP.
6.3.4   Assemble a scenario development team from any or all of the desired positions described in Attachment 4.
6.3.4 Assemble a scenario development team from any or all of the desired positions described in Attachment 4.
6.3.5   Utilize the drill/exercise scenario package development checklist in Attachment 3 and develop the scenario and supporting data and messages.
6.3.5 Utilize the drill/exercise scenario package development checklist in and develop the scenario and supporting data and messages.
* Ensure the timeline allows the opportunity to demonstrate the selected objectives.
Ensure the timeline allows the opportunity to demonstrate the selected objectives.
* Verify the scenario and timeline in the simulator and develop a simulator guide if desired.
Verify the scenario and timeline in the simulator and develop a simulator guide if desired.
* Review EALs used during previous drills/exercises to ensure a variety of EALs are being utilized.
Review EALs used during previous drills/exercises to ensure a variety of EALs are being utilized.
6.3.6   The scenario shall provide the necessary information and guidance to achieve the identified objectives.
6.3.6 The scenario shall provide the necessary information and guidance to achieve the identified objectives.
6.3.7   Scope of the drill or exercise should be developed to indicate:
6.3.7 Scope of the drill or exercise should be developed to indicate:
                " Participants
" Participants Types and extent of responses by the Emergency Response organization including extent of notifications and degree of simulation
* Types and extent of responses by the Emergency Response organization including extent of notifications and degree of simulation
" Offsite participation 6.3.8 Guidelines for Drill or Exercise Conduct should be developed and distributed for review by selected site personnel, including participants, prior to the drill.
                " Offsite participation 6.3.8   Guidelines for Drill or Exercise Conduct should be developed and distributed for review by selected site personnel, including participants, prior to the drill.
6.3.9 After validation, the EPM will approve the scenario prior to commencement of the drill or exercise.
6.3.9   After validation, the EPM will approve the scenario prior to commencement of the drill or exercise.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                                   PAGE 10 OF 73 6.4     SCENARIO PACKAGE NOTE The scenario package varies with the type of drill/exercise, simple for a single facility tabletop drill and very detailed for a full scale drill or exercise. Performance indicator and federally required scenarios must include enough information to adequately evaluate those types of drills. Simulator generated scenario data is not included.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 10 OF 73 6.4 SCENARIO PACKAGE NOTE The scenario package varies with the type of drill/exercise, simple for a single facility tabletop drill and very detailed for a full scale drill or exercise. Performance indicator and federally required scenarios must include enough information to adequately evaluate those types of drills. Simulator generated scenario data is not included.
6.4.1     The scenario package may contain any or all of the elements listed in this section.
6.4.1 The scenario package may contain any or all of the elements listed in this section.
                "  Sequence of Events: Time-line listing of all cue cards and activities that drive drill and controller actions. Included in the scenario are the initial conditions, a description of all predicted events with the expected time of the event and any associated anticipated actions the participants will take. This section is used by the evaluators and controllers during the drill/exercise as a prompt for issuing drill/exercise messages
Sequence of Events: Time-line listing of all cue cards and activities that drive drill and controller actions. Included in the scenario are the initial conditions, a description of all predicted events with the expected time of the event and any associated anticipated actions the participants will take. This section is used by the evaluators and controllers during the drill/exercise as a prompt for issuing drill/exercise messages
                "   Messages and Cue Cards: Messages/cue cards are used to provide information to participants concerning simulated conditions or events.
" Messages and Cue Cards: Messages/cue cards are used to provide information to participants concerning simulated conditions or events.
Messages/cue cards are delivered to participants per the timeline by the controller.
Messages/cue cards are delivered to participants per the timeline by the controller.
o   Message/cue cards will inform the participant of an event, conditions in an area, what they are seeing when they arrive or simulate a task or inform them of task completion.
o Message/cue cards will inform the participant of an event, conditions in an area, what they are seeing when they arrive or simulate a task or inform them of task completion.
o   They are normally delivered to the participant when the information is earned but may be given earlier to keep the scenario on the timeline.
o They are normally delivered to the participant when the information is earned but may be given earlier to keep the scenario on the timeline.
o   They may be communicated to the participants using the written message sheet or verbally as determined by the controller. If messages are delivered verbally, the controller must assure no communication error occurs.
o They may be communicated to the participants using the written message sheet or verbally as determined by the controller. If messages are delivered verbally, the controller must assure no communication error occurs.
o   Contingency messages/cue cards are delivered by Drill Coordinator or Facility Lead Controller to keep the scenario on the timeline when a major event has been missed or not completed.
o Contingency messages/cue cards are delivered by Drill Coordinator or Facility Lead Controller to keep the scenario on the timeline when a major event has been missed or not completed.
o   The scenario should document any expected data for classification, notification, and protective action recommendations (PAR).
o The scenario should document any expected data for classification, notification, and protective action recommendations (PAR).
o   Prepared preliminary notification forms may be included in the evaluator package as an evaluator aid to grade the PI opportunities.
o Prepared preliminary notification forms may be included in the evaluator package as an evaluator aid to grade the PI opportunities.
o   Contingencies are identified for actions or times where the potential may exist for the progression of the drill/exercise to depart from the scenario.
o Contingencies are identified for actions or times where the potential may exist for the progression of the drill/exercise to depart from the scenario.
                "  Drill ControllerList: List of controllers, assignments, locations and contact information.
Drill Controller List: List of controllers, assignments, locations and contact information.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                                 PAGE 11 OF 73 6.4.1 The scenario package may contain any or all of the elements listed in this section.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 11 OF 73 6.4.1 The scenario package may contain any or all of the elements listed in this section.
(continued)
(continued)
              " Evaluation Forms: This material provides the demonstration criteria for each objective being evaluated.
" Evaluation Forms: This material provides the demonstration criteria for each objective being evaluated.
              " Meteorological,radiologicaland chemistry data: support data for both onsite and offsite.
" Meteorological, radiological and chemistry data: support data for both onsite and offsite.
              "  Objectives: List of objectives to be demonstrated, applicable facility or organization, and extent of play (anticipated participant response to scenario events developed to provide a measure to assure that the objectives are met).
Objectives: List of objectives to be demonstrated, applicable facility or organization, and extent of play (anticipated participant response to scenario events developed to provide a measure to assure that the objectives are met).
* Summary: Time-line, narrative summary, sequence of events, hypothetical data, messages, and contingency messages.
Summary: Time-line, narrative summary, sequence of events, hypothetical data, messages, and contingency messages.
              "  ControllerInstruction: Controller organization, communication network, allowable simulations, precautions, safety considerations, and lessons learned.
Controller Instruction: Controller organization, communication network, allowable simulations, precautions, safety considerations, and lessons learned.
              " ParticipantInstruction: General instruction to participants, including safety considerations, controller interface, how data will be available, and response expectations.
" Participant Instruction: General instruction to participants, including safety considerations, controller interface, how data will be available, and response expectations.
* Joint Information Centersupport data: JIC material may be in a separate package from the scenario package.
Joint Information Center support data: JIC material may be in a separate package from the scenario package.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION               EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                   REVISION 17                                   PAGE 12 OF 73 6.5     SCENARIO SECURITY 6.5.1   Scenario security shall be maintained for drill/exercise evaluated objectives and unannounced drills. (e.g., Secure drill manual out of sight when stored at your work location and your work location is unattended, maintain control of drill manual or have other drill controllers assist, do not leave it unattended or open for view by drill participants during an exercise or drill).
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 12 OF 73 6.5 SCENARIO SECURITY 6.5.1 Scenario security shall be maintained for drill/exercise evaluated objectives and unannounced drills. (e.g., Secure drill manual out of sight when stored at your work location and your work location is unattended, maintain control of drill manual or have other drill controllers assist, do not leave it unattended or open for view by drill participants during an exercise or drill).
6.5.2   Individuals involved in scenario development and drill/exercise control and evaluation need to ensure drill/exercise participants do not have advance information about the scenario to ensure the evaluations are equitably and consistently administrated.
6.5.2 Individuals involved in scenario development and drill/exercise control and evaluation need to ensure drill/exercise participants do not have advance information about the scenario to ensure the evaluations are equitably and consistently administrated.
6.5.3   Individuals who assist in the scenario development and validation may not participate as a participant for the associated scenario or drill.
6.5.3 Individuals who assist in the scenario development and validation may not participate as a participant for the associated scenario or drill.
6.5.4   Each individual, except Federal, State, and Local agency representatives, knowledgeable of the scenario scheduled for a biennial exercise are expected to sign a confidentiality agreement. A typical agreement can be found in Attachment 12.
6.5.4 Each individual, except Federal, State, and Local agency representatives, knowledgeable of the scenario scheduled for a biennial exercise are expected to sign a confidentiality agreement. A typical agreement can be found in 2.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                   PAGE 13 OF 73 6.6     CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND EXERCISES 6.6.1   Before the drill/exercise starts:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 13 OF 73 6.6 CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND EXERCISES 6.6.1 Before the drill/exercise starts:
* If offsite agencies are participating ensure objectives and extent of play by offsite agencies have been determined.
If offsite agencies are participating ensure objectives and extent of play by offsite agencies have been determined.
                  "  Notify facility participants and drill/exercise controllers of their participation and conduct briefs. See guidelines in Attachment 10 for controller/evaluator and observer briefing and Attachment 13 for participant briefing.
Notify facility participants and drill/exercise controllers of their participation and conduct briefs. See guidelines in Attachment 10 for controller/evaluator and observer briefing and Attachment 13 for participant briefing.
                  "  Ensure preliminary activities needed for conduct of the drill or exercises are taken. Use Attachment 4 to conduct drill/exercise readiness checks.
Ensure preliminary activities needed for conduct of the drill or exercises are taken. Use Attachment 4 to conduct drill/exercise readiness checks.
* Ensure controllers are at their assigned location, at least 30 minutes prior to start of scenario.
Ensure controllers are at their assigned location, at least 30 minutes prior to start of scenario.
* Ensure controllers establish drill control communications at least 15 minutes prior to start of scenario.
Ensure controllers establish drill control communications at least 15 minutes prior to start of scenario.
* Inform offsite agencies and/or offsite controllers of the start of the exercise or drill.
Inform offsite agencies and/or offsite controllers of the start of the exercise or drill.
* Inform the on-shift control room crew and the CAS/SAS operator of the drill and start time and any extent of play which may or may not involve the actual staff.
Inform the on-shift control room crew and the CAS/SAS operator of the drill and start time and any extent of play which may or may not involve the actual staff.
* Make a plant announcement of the drill/exercise start and instructions for non-participants.
Make a plant announcement of the drill/exercise start and instructions for non-participants.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                                 PAGE 14 OF 73 6.6.2   During the drill/exercise:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 14 OF 73 6.6.2 During the drill/exercise:
* Start the drill/exercise at the scheduled timeline and following the Simulator Operations crew taking the shift.
Start the drill/exercise at the scheduled timeline and following the Simulator Operations crew taking the shift.
* Ensure the simulator events are run according to the scenario timeline and that the data is flowing to the emergency response facilities.
Ensure the simulator events are run according to the scenario timeline and that the data is flowing to the emergency response facilities.
* The Drill Coordinator controller may determine the need for modification of scenario information, or if necessary, with concurrence of the Emergency Planning Manager, the suspension or termination of the drill/exercise.
The Drill Coordinator controller may determine the need for modification of scenario information, or if necessary, with concurrence of the Emergency Planning Manager, the suspension or termination of the drill/exercise.
* The lead simulator controller will inform the facility controllers when major events are about to occur.
The lead simulator controller will inform the facility controllers when major events are about to occur.
* If plant or personnel safety issues develop or ERO performance does not meet expectations, all Facility Lead Controllers shall inform the Drill Coordinator.
If plant or personnel safety issues develop or ERO performance does not meet expectations, all Facility Lead Controllers shall inform the Drill Coordinator.
* The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.
The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.
                "  Facility Lead Controllers may resolve discrepancies in data or field information with concurrence of the Drill Coordinator.
Facility Lead Controllers may resolve discrepancies in data or field information with concurrence of the Drill Coordinator.
* Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.
Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.
                " All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.
All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.
* Controllers will inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participant informs the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.
Controllers will inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participant informs the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.
* Evaluators and controllers will maintain a chronological record of sequence of events and participant responses in a sufficient detail in their assigned area to provide an accurate record of activities.
Evaluators and controllers will maintain a chronological record of sequence of events and participant responses in a sufficient detail in their assigned area to provide an accurate record of activities.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                               PAGE 15 OF 73 6.6.3   Termination of the drill/exercise:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 15 OF 73 6.6.3 Termination of the drill/exercise:
* The Drill Coordinator shall obtain concurrence from the Simulator Controller, Facility Lead Controllers, tfie Lead Offsite Controller and any participating agency (local, state, and federal) that all applicable objectives were demonstrated and evaluated.
The Drill Coordinator shall obtain concurrence from the Simulator Controller, Facility Lead Controllers, tfie Lead Offsite Controller and any participating agency (local, state, and federal) that all applicable objectives were demonstrated and evaluated.
                  "  Once concurrence is obtained, all controllers will agree on a termination time.
Once concurrence is obtained, all controllers will agree on a termination time.
                  "  Drill/exercise coordinator shall inform the control room and CAS/SAS that the exercise or drill is terminated.
Drill/exercise coordinator shall inform the control room and CAS/SAS that the exercise or drill is terminated.
* An announcement should be made over the plant paging system that the drill/exercise is terminated.
An announcement should be made over the plant paging system that the drill/exercise is terminated.
* The lead EOF facility controller will ensure participating federal, state and local agencies and any state or federal agency controller/evaluators are notified that the drill/exercise is terminated.
The lead EOF facility controller will ensure participating federal, state and local agencies and any state or federal agency controller/evaluators are notified that the drill/exercise is terminated.
                  "  The Facility Lead Controllers will coordinate the following activities:
The Facility Lead Controllers will coordinate the following activities:
                      -    Verify all participants, controllers, and evaluators have signed an attendance sheet and collect all the sheets. (Observers may sign a separate attendance sheet if a record is desired. Observers do not get credit for drill participation.)
Verify all participants, controllers, and evaluators have signed an attendance sheet and collect all the sheets. (Observers may sign a separate attendance sheet if a record is desired. Observers do not get credit for drill participation.)
                      -    Ensure that all drill/exercise paperwork is collected from each participant and ensure drill phone lists and all material stamped "This is a drill" is removed.
Ensure that all drill/exercise paperwork is collected from each participant and ensure drill phone lists and all material stamped "This is a drill" is removed.
                      -    Hand out drill/exercise critique or feedback sheets to all participants with direction to complete the critique and focus on performance based issues. Collect all completed sheets after the critique is complete.
Hand out drill/exercise critique or feedback sheets to all participants with direction to complete the critique and focus on performance based issues. Collect all completed sheets after the critique is complete.
6.7     DRILL AND EXERCISE EVALUATION 6.7.1   Drills and exercises should be evaluated against criteria identified by the specific objectives.
6.7 DRILL AND EXERCISE EVALUATION 6.7.1 Drills and exercises should be evaluated against criteria identified by the specific objectives.
6.7.2   Other observations of drill or exercise performance that require corrective action should be identified.
6.7.2 Other observations of drill or exercise performance that require corrective action should be identified.
6.7.3   Corrective actions should be recommended for any findings identified by the evaluation.
6.7.3 Corrective actions should be recommended for any findings identified by the evaluation.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                 PAGE 16 OF 73 6.7.4   Immediately after the drill or exercise, controllers should:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 16 OF 73 6.7.4 Immediately after the drill or exercise, controllers should:
                .1       Distribute Comment Sheets to participants following the termination of the drill or exercise.
.1 Distribute Comment Sheets to participants following the termination of the drill or exercise.
                .2       Forward completed Comment Sheets to the Facility Lead Controller or EP.
.2 Forward completed Comment Sheets to the Facility Lead Controller or EP.
6.7.5   EP will compile the information from the evaluation forms, response records, drill data, participant comments, and other drill records and then should conduct a controller debrief to discuss these preliminary findings.
6.7.5 EP will compile the information from the evaluation forms, response records, drill data, participant comments, and other drill records and then should conduct a controller debrief to discuss these preliminary findings.
6.7.6   Manager, EP or designee should ensure the Controller debrief remains focused on evaluation of objectives, NOT the development of Corrective Action Plans.
6.7.6 Manager, EP or designee should ensure the Controller debrief remains focused on evaluation of objectives, NOT the development of Corrective Action Plans.
6.7.7   At the controller debrief, determine if the items in the preliminary findings are critique report items, other findings, or not a finding.
6.7.7 At the controller debrief, determine if the items in the preliminary findings are critique report items, other findings, or not a finding.
6.7.8   The preliminary status of each objective is listed on a "tally sheet" in order to facilitate a synopsis review at the end of the Controller debrief.
6.7.8 The preliminary status of each objective is listed on a "tally sheet" in order to facilitate a synopsis review at the end of the Controller debrief.
6.7.9   Initiation of Nuclear Notifications should be assigned to the cognizant Controller.
6.7.9 Initiation of Nuclear Notifications should be assigned to the cognizant Controller.
6.7.10 Facility Critique - A critique meeting shall be conducted with personnel in each facility at the conclusion of the drill/exercise. Players should be provided the opportunity to self-identify errors and performance deficiencies.
6.7.10 Facility Critique - A critique meeting shall be conducted with personnel in each facility at the conclusion of the drill/exercise. Players should be provided the opportunity to self-identify errors and performance deficiencies.
Controllers should then provide additional observations and evaluations.
Controllers should then provide additional observations and evaluations.
6.7.11 Drill participants unable to attend the post-drill critique should be provided an opportunity to provide feedback using the Comment Sheet.
6.7.11 Drill participants unable to attend the post-drill critique should be provided an opportunity to provide feedback using the Comment Sheet.
6.7.12 Conduct Management Critique in accordance with S0123-XV-ERO-2.
6.7.12 Conduct Management Critique in accordance with S0123-XV-ERO-2.
6.7.13 Emergency Supplies - Emergency response supplies and equipment, including forms and procedures, shall be restored and maintained following drills and exercises in accordance with Reference 2.2.1.
6.7.13 Emergency Supplies - Emergency response supplies and equipment, including forms and procedures, shall be restored and maintained following drills and exercises in accordance with Reference 2.2.1.
6.7.14 Maintenance shall be notified of drill and exercise dates to allow them to schedule emergency tool kit inventories within 14 days following a drill or exercise.
6.7.14 Maintenance shall be notified of drill and exercise dates to allow them to schedule emergency tool kit inventories within 14 days following a drill or exercise.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                          REVISION 17                              PAGE 17 OF 73 6.8     CORRECTIVE ACTIONS/EVENT TRENDING NOTE Per Reference 2.2.9, all SONGS employees and supplemental personnel are responsible for promptly identifying, reporting, and documenting problems by writing an NN prior to leaving the site for the day.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 17 OF 73 6.8 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS/EVENT TRENDING NOTE Per Reference 2.2.9, all SONGS employees and supplemental personnel are responsible for promptly identifying, reporting, and documenting problems by writing an NN prior to leaving the site for the day.
6.8.1     Observations identified as the result of drills and exercises shall be evaluated.
6.8.1 Observations identified as the result of drills and exercises shall be evaluated.
* In relation to applicable federal regulations, the SONGS Emergency Plan, and Emergency Plan implementing procedures, and
In relation to applicable federal regulations, the SONGS Emergency Plan, and Emergency Plan implementing procedures, and Using the Significance Determination Process (SDP) specified in NRC Inspection Manual Chapter 0609, Appendix B.
* Using the Significance Determination Process (SDP) specified in NRC Inspection Manual Chapter 0609, Appendix B.
.1 Observations are grouped in three categories as follows:
              .1     Observations are grouped in three categories as follows:
Deficiencies: Items which identify that the EP program or procedures do not conform to the provisions of applicable federal regulations.
                    "  Deficiencies: Items which identify that the EP program or procedures do not conform to the provisions of applicable federal regulations.
Weaknesses: Items of documented performance that could have precluded effective implementation of the Emergency Plan in the event of an actual emergency.
* Weaknesses: Items of documented performance that could have precluded effective implementation of the Emergency Plan in the event of an actual emergency.
Other Issues: Items not quality affecting or of regulatory concern. These are items noted for trending purposes and actions intended to improve the emergency preparedness program.
* Other Issues: Items not quality affecting or of regulatory concern. These are items noted for trending purposes and actions intended to improve the emergency preparedness program.
.2 EP personnel are to generate Nuclear Notifications (NNs) for issues related to 10CFR50.74(b) planning standards (Reference 2.3.7).
              .2     EP personnel are to generate Nuclear Notifications (NNs) for issues related to 10CFR50.74(b) planning standards (Reference 2.3.7).
.2.1 Include the following information in the NN:
              .2.1   Include the following information in the NN:
Is it a risk significant planning standard (RSPS)?
* Is it a risk significant planning standard (RSPS)?
Is it a deficiency, weakness, or other issue?
* Is it a deficiency, weakness, or other issue?
The Division responsible for resolution.
* The Division responsible for resolution.
.3 Disposition an identified weakness, deficiency, or other issue per Reference 2.2.5.
              .3     Disposition an identified weakness, deficiency, or other issue per Reference 2.2.5.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                      REVISION 17                                PAGE 18 OF 73 NOTE The Risk Significant Planning Standards are 10CFR50.47(b)(4), 50.47(b)(5),
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 18 OF 73 NOTE The Risk Significant Planning Standards are 10CFR50.47(b)(4), 50.47(b)(5),
50.46(b)(9), and 50.49(b)(10). All other 10CFR50.57(b) planning standards are not risk significant.
50.46(b)(9), and 50.49(b)(10). All other 10CFR50.57(b) planning standards are not risk significant.
6.8.2     A Risk Significant [50.47(b)] Planning Standard (RSPS)-related drill/exercise performance weakness is corrected within 90 days of.identification or before the next ERO site wide drill/exercise, whichever is sooner (Reference 2.3.5).
6.8.2 A Risk Significant [50.47(b)] Planning Standard (RSPS)-related drill/exercise performance weakness is corrected within 90 days of.identification or before the next ERO site wide drill/exercise, whichever is sooner (Reference 2.3.5).
6.8.3     A Planning Standard-related drill/exercise performance weakness is corrected within 180 days of identification.
6.8.3 A Planning Standard-related drill/exercise performance weakness is corrected within 180 days of identification.
6.8.4     Resolution of other drill/exercise issues (betterment) will be resolved within the next biennial exercise cycle.
6.8.4 Resolution of other drill/exercise issues (betterment) will be resolved within the next biennial exercise cycle.
6.8.5     Findings identified as Other Issues should be entered into the yearly drill Operating Experience (OE) Rollup Report.
6.8.5 Findings identified as Other Issues should be entered into the yearly drill Operating Experience (OE) Rollup Report.
              .1     IF a trend indicating a potential weakness is identified, THEN corrective action shall be taken per Reference 2.2.5.
.1 IF a trend indicating a potential weakness is identified, THEN corrective action shall be taken per Reference 2.2.5.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 19 OF 73 6.9     TABLETOP AND MINI-DRILL TRAINING NOTES
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 19 OF 73 6.9 TABLETOP AND MINI-DRILL TRAINING NOTES
: 1)   Tabletop training is presented in a lecture and/or discussion format without exercising or evaluating the players.
: 1)
: 2)   Mini-drill training includes player participation and evaluation, simulating elements of drills or special topics.
Tabletop training is presented in a lecture and/or discussion format without exercising or evaluating the players.
6.9.1       Tabletops/mini-drills should be conducted periodically to provide training to Emergency Response Personnel and to correct identified drill weaknesses or deficiencies.
: 2)
6.9.2       Develop an outline and determine the objectives of the tabletop/mini-drill.
Mini-drill training includes player participation and evaluation, simulating elements of drills or special topics.
6.9.1 Tabletops/mini-drills should be conducted periodically to provide training to Emergency Response Personnel and to correct identified drill weaknesses or deficiencies.
6.9.2 Develop an outline and determine the objectives of the tabletop/mini-drill.
Consider the following topics:
Consider the following topics:
* Lessons learned from previous drills, focusing on the "Top Three" past drill weaknesses
Lessons learned from previous drills, focusing on the "Top Three" past drill weaknesses Facility changes Computer system changes Key personnel changes EPIP changes Training issues Resource materials update Telecommunications changes Administrative changes Emergency planning topics Industry events 6.9.3 Mini-drill preparation should incorporate the applicable elements of Section 6.3.
                    "    Facility changes
* Computer system changes
* Key personnel changes
* EPIP changes
* Training issues
* Resource materials update
* Telecommunications changes
* Administrative changes
* Emergency planning topics
* Industry events 6.9.3       Mini-drill preparation should incorporate the applicable elements of Section 6.3.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                      REVISION 17                                PAGE 20 OF 73 6.10   DRILL AND EXERCISE REPORT GENERATION 6.10.1   The preliminary report for the biennial exercise should be completed prior to the agreed upon NRC exit meeting.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 20 OF 73 6.10 DRILL AND EXERCISE REPORT GENERATION 6.10.1 The preliminary report for the biennial exercise should be completed prior to the agreed upon NRC exit meeting.
NOTE Remedial Exercises will be required on a case-by-case basis when any of the following conditions associated with the biennial exercise occurs:
NOTE Remedial Exercises will be required on a case-by-case basis when any of the following conditions associated with the biennial exercise occurs:
Confidentiality is compromised to an extent that broadly affects ERO performance The scenario does not provide the opportunity for demonstration of key skills The scenario is not implemented in such a way that provides the opportunity for demonstration of key skills ERO performance does not provide the NRC with a basis to determine that key skills have been maintained Additionally, the extent of State and Local participation must be sufficient to show that appropriate corrective measures have been taken regarding the elements of the plan not properly tested in previous exercises.
Confidentiality is compromised to an extent that broadly affects ERO performance The scenario does not provide the opportunity for demonstration of key skills The scenario is not implemented in such a way that provides the opportunity for demonstration of key skills ERO performance does not provide the NRC with a basis to determine that key skills have been maintained Additionally, the extent of State and Local participation must be sufficient to show that appropriate corrective measures have been taken regarding the elements of the plan not properly tested in previous exercises.
6.10.2   The final biennial exercise report should be approved by the Manager, Emergency Planning and distributed within 30 days of the exercise.
6.10.2 The final biennial exercise report should be approved by the Manager, Emergency Planning and distributed within 30 days of the exercise.
6.10.3 Reports for drills involving the formal evaluation of NRC DEP performance indicators and/or performance objectives should be completed, approved by the Manager- Emergency Planning, and distributed within 30 days of the drill.
6.10.3 Reports for drills involving the formal evaluation of NRC DEP performance indicators and/or performance objectives should be completed, approved by the Manager-Emergency Planning, and distributed within 30 days of the drill.
6.10.4 Reports for training drills not involving the evaluation of ERO performance (designated objectives or DEP) are not required. Actions may be generated per the corrective action process in EN-LI-102 to address facility, equipment, process or procedure issues identified during the training session.
6.10.4 Reports for training drills not involving the evaluation of ERO performance (designated objectives or DEP) are not required. Actions may be generated per the corrective action process in EN-LI-102 to address facility, equipment, process or procedure issues identified during the training session.
6.10.5 Attachment 14 provides an example of a typical drill/exercise drill report to show the desired minimum report content.
6.10.5 4 provides an example of a typical drill/exercise drill report to show the desired minimum report content.
6.10.6 The EPM, or designee, will distribute the report electronically to site management team members and emergency response facility leads.
6.10.6 The EPM, or designee, will distribute the report electronically to site management team members and emergency response facility leads.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 21 OF 73 7.0 RECORDS 7.1     Drill and Exercise Records - Data records, logs, etc., used by participants to transmit or record information shall be collected by the controllers at the end of the mini-drill, drill or exercise and forwarded to the Facility Lead Controller.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 21 OF 73 7.0 RECORDS 7.1 Drill and Exercise Records - Data records, logs, etc., used by participants to transmit or record information shall be collected by the controllers at the end of the mini-drill, drill or exercise and forwarded to the Facility Lead Controller.
7.1.1     All controllers and participants including trainees, shall sign training attendance records in accordance with Reference 2.2.6.
7.1.1 All controllers and participants including trainees, shall sign training attendance records in accordance with Reference 2.2.6.
7.1.2     Attendance records shall be forwarded to NTD for recording attendance.
7.1.2 Attendance records shall be forwarded to NTD for recording attendance.
7.1.3     Additional pertinent records (Response records, data records and logs, participant comments etc.), shall be kept until the end of the current 2-year EP Program Inspection Cycle.
7.1.3 Additional pertinent records (Response records, data records and logs, participant comments etc.), shall be kept until the end of the current 2-year EP Program Inspection Cycle.
7.1.4     Scenarios used to conduct drills and exercises by EP in accordance with Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements (Attachment 2) shall be maintained in EP files.
7.1.4 Scenarios used to conduct drills and exercises by EP in accordance with Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements (Attachment 2) shall be maintained in EP files.
7.2     The completed written critique report shall be sent to CDM-SONGS within three months of the date it is signed.
7.2 The completed written critique report shall be sent to CDM-SONGS within three months of the date it is signed.
7.2.1     The critique report transmittal shall include the signed critique report containing a list of drill objectives and the drill summary document.
7.2.1 The critique report transmittal shall include the signed critique report containing a list of drill objectives and the drill summary document.
7.2.2     A copy of the written critique report shall be kept on file at EP for a period of six years.
7.2.2 A copy of the written critique report shall be kept on file at EP for a period of six years.
7.2.3     The written critique report should be made available to members of the ERO.
7.2.3 The written critique report should be made available to members of the ERO.


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                       S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 22 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 1 Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements A. BIENNIAL
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 22 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 1 Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements A.
: 1. FEMA graded exercise - each State within the 10-mile EPZ of a commercial nuclear power site shall fully participate in an exercise jointly with the licensee and appropriate local governments at least every two years (Reference 2.3.2) (EP, OEP).
BIENNIAL
: 2. Integrated NRC Graded Exercise - tests the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements of the Emergency Plan (EP, OEP).
: 1.
: a. Off-hours activation once every 6 years.
FEMA graded exercise - each State within the 10-mile EPZ of a commercial nuclear power site shall fully participate in an exercise jointly with the licensee and appropriate local governments at least every two years (Reference 2.3.2) (EP, OEP).
: b. Unannounced exercise once every 6 years.
: 2.
: c. Federal Agency participation once every 6 years.
Integrated NRC Graded Exercise - tests the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements of the Emergency Plan (EP, OEP).
B. ANNUAL
: a.
: 1. Medical Emergency Drill - participation by some, if not all, of the local medical support personnel and organizations (e.g., physicians, ambulance services, and hospitals) and shall involve one or more contaminated/injured individual(s)(EP, RP, SCE Medical).
Off-hours activation once every 6 years.
: 2. Environmental Monitoring Drill - collection and analysis of radiological sample media (e.g., water, air, soil and vegetation) both onsite and offsite (should include record keeping and communications). Does not necessarily include analysis of samples with actual elevated levels of radiation (EP, Chemistry, RP, Environmental Monitoring).
: b.
: 3. Field Team Communications Drill - communications links between SONGS EOF and State and local Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) and field assessment teams (OEP, EP).
Unannounced exercise once every 6 years.
: 4. Fire Drill - participation by Camp Pendleton Fire Department (San Onofre Fire Department).
: c.
C. SEMI-ANNUAL
Federal Agency participation once every 6 years.
: 1. Health Physics Drills - response to simulated abnormal airborne and liquid samples and direct radiation measurements in the site environs, and analysis of these samples.
B.
ANNUAL
: 1.
Medical Emergency Drill - participation by some, if not all, of the local medical support personnel and organizations (e.g., physicians, ambulance services, and hospitals) and shall involve one or more contaminated/injured individual(s)(EP, RP, SCE Medical).
: 2.
Environmental Monitoring Drill - collection and analysis of radiological sample media (e.g., water, air, soil and vegetation) both onsite and offsite (should include record keeping and communications). Does not necessarily include analysis of samples with actual elevated levels of radiation (EP, Chemistry, RP, Environmental Monitoring).
: 3.
Field Team Communications Drill - communications links between SONGS EOF and State and local Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) and field assessment teams (OEP, EP).
: 4.
Fire Drill - participation by Camp Pendleton Fire Department (San Onofre Fire Department).
C.
SEMI-ANNUAL
: 1.
Health Physics Drills - response to simulated abnormal airborne and liquid samples and direct radiation measurements in the site environs, and analysis of these samples.
Does not necessarily include analysis of samples with actual elevated levels of radiation (EP, Chemistry, HP).
Does not necessarily include analysis of samples with actual elevated levels of radiation (EP, Chemistry, HP).
D. QUARTERLY
D.
: 1. Fire Drill - at least one drill per shift per calendar quarter for SONGS Fire Department.
QUARTERLY
: 1.
Fire Drill - at least one drill per shift per calendar quarter for SONGS Fire Department.
These drills are conducted in accordance with the Firefighters Training Program (Drills meet NFPA Code 600) (San Onofre Fire Department).
These drills are conducted in accordance with the Firefighters Training Program (Drills meet NFPA Code 600) (San Onofre Fire Department).
E. MONTHLY
E.
: 1. Communications Drill - communication links with Federal, State, and local governments within the plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone in accordance with surveillance procedures. The surveillance procedure, when completed, will serve as a written critique (Operations, EP).
MONTHLY
ATTACHMENT 1                               PAGE 1 OF 1
: 1.
Communications Drill - communication links with Federal, State, and local governments within the plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone in accordance with surveillance procedures. The surveillance procedure, when completed, will serve as a written critique (Operations, EP).
ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 1


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                        REVISION 17                              PAGE 23 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 2 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS     __  (year)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 23 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS (year)
#                  Objective                       Ref.       Freq   Drill Num. Next   Drill Num.
Objective Ref.
Last   Year   Scheduled Performed   Due 1   Exercise must reach SAE or                     A           B GE 2   Exercise tests offsite                         A           B emergency response which simulates conditions resulting in offsite radiological releases which would require protective response by offsites 3   Exercise conducted back-shift                   L         A between 1800 - 0400                           A         6Y NOTE: Document requests for offsite participation and responses in the COMMENTS Section.
Freq Drill Num.
4   Unannounced drill                               L         A C         6Y N.1.b 5   Exercise conducted under                       C         6Y various simulated weather                     N.1.b conditions 6   Exercise includes participation                 A         B by 1+ offsite agency 7   Exercise (should) include State                 A         6Y of CA participation, w/offsites participating 8   Exercise (should) include                       A         6Y Federal Agencies 9   Contaminated/injured person                     A         A drill w/some local medical                     B         6Y support personnel participating         03.02.b.5 C
Next Drill Num.
L.1, L.4, N.2.c, O.4.h 10   Environmental Monitoring Drill,                 A         A sampling water AND air AND                     C soil AND vegetation from onsite               N.2.d AND offsite sources, and should include record-keeping AND communications 11   Sampling AND analysis of                       A         S abnormal airborne samples             IIII_                                                   I ATTACHMENT 2                             PAGE 1 OF 6
Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 1
Exercise must reach SAE or A
B GE 2
Exercise tests offsite A
B emergency response which simulates conditions resulting in offsite radiological releases which would require protective response by offsites 3
Exercise conducted back-shift L
A between 1800 - 0400 A
6 Y NOTE: Document requests for offsite participation and responses in the COMMENTS Section.
4 Unannounced drill L
A C
6Y N.1.b 5
Exercise conducted under C
6 Y various simulated weather N.1.b conditions 6
Exercise includes participation A
B by 1+ offsite agency 7
Exercise (should) include State A
6 Y of CA participation, w/offsites participating 8
Exercise (should) include A
6 Y Federal Agencies 9
Contaminated/injured person A
A drill w/some local medical B
6 Y support personnel participating 03.02.b.5 C
L.1, L.4, N.2.c, O.4.h 10 Environmental Monitoring Drill, A
A sampling water AND air AND C
soil AND vegetation from onsite N.2.d AND offsite sources, and should include record-keeping AND communications 11 Sampling AND analysis of A
S abnormal airborne samples IIII_
I ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 6


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                      REVISION 17                              PAGE 24 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 2 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS __     (year)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 24 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS __
Objective                     Ref.       Freq   Drill Num. Next   Drill Num.
(year)
Last   Year   Scheduled Performed   Due 12 Sampling AND analysis of                     A         S abnormal liquid samples 13 Direct radiation measurement                 A         S in the site environs (may be satisfied by #11 or 12) 14 Field team communications                   A         A between: EOF-State AND                   8.1.3.7 EOF-local EOCs AND EOF-field teams 15 Exercise should include:                     B         A accident detection and               03.02.a.1 assessment                                   C 1.1, 1.2 16 Exercise should include:                     B         A emergency classification             03.02.a.2 C
Objective Ref.
D.1, D.2 17 Exercise should include:                     B         A notification of onsite and offsite   03.02.a.3 emergency responders                         C E.1, E.2, E.3, J.1 18 Exercise should include:                     B         A communications                       03.02.a.4 C
Freq Drill Num.
Next Drill Num.
Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 12 Sampling AND analysis of A
S abnormal liquid samples 13 Direct radiation measurement A
S in the site environs (may be satisfied by #11 or 12) 14 Field team communications A
A between: EOF-State AND 8.1.3.7 EOF-local EOCs AND EOF-field teams 15 Exercise should include:
B A
accident detection and 03.02.a.1 assessment C
1.1, 1.2 16 Exercise should include:
B A
emergency classification 03.02.a.2 C
D.1, D.2 17 Exercise should include:
B A
notification of onsite and offsite 03.02.a.3 emergency responders C
E.1, E.2, E.3, J.1 18 Exercise should include:
B A
communications 03.02.a.4 C
E.2, E.4, F.1, F.2,H.6 D
E.2, E.4, F.1, F.2,H.6 D
8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 19 Exercise should include:                     B         A radiological exposure control       03.02.a.5 C
8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 19 Exercise should include:
J.3, J.6, K.1, K.2, K.3, K.5, K.6, ATTACHMENT 2                             PAGE 2 OF 6
B A
radiological exposure control 03.02.a.5 C
J.3, J.6, K.1, K.2, K.3, K.5, K.6, ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 6


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                        REVISION 17                              PAGE 25 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 2 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Objectives SONGS __ (year)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 25 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Objectives SONGS __ (year)
  #                Objective                       Ref.       Freq   Drill Num. Next   Drill Num.
Objective Ref.
Last   Year   Scheduled Performed Due 20 Exercise should include:                       B         A protective action                     03.02.a.6 recommendations                               C J.7 21 Exercise should include: staff                 B         A augmentation                           03.02.a.7 C
Freq Drill Num.
A.1, A.3, A.4, B.7, B.8, B.9 22 Exercise should include: shift                 B         A staffing                               03.02.a.8 C
Next Drill Num.
Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 20 Exercise should include:
B A
protective action 03.02.a.6 recommendations C
J.7 21 Exercise should include: staff B
A augmentation 03.02.a.7 C
A.1, A.3, A.4, B.7, B.8, B.9 22 Exercise should include: shift B
A staffing 03.02.a.8 C
B.1, B.2, B.3, B.5 D
B.1, B.2, B.3, B.5 D
Table 2 23 Exercise w/Off-hours staffing                   L         A (1800 -0400)                                   B         6Y 03.02.b.1 NOTE: Document requests for                   C offsite participation and     N.1.b responses in the               (Rev. 1, COMMENTS Section.             Supp. 1) 24   Exercise w/Activation of Joint               G         B Information Center                         Table 4 B         6Y 03.02.b.2 C
Table 2 23 Exercise w/Off-hours staffing L
G.3, G.4 25   Exercise w/Use of Fire Control               B         6Y Teams                                 03.02.b.3 C
A (1800 -0400)
N.2.b, O.4.d 26   Exercise w/Use of First Aid                   B       6Y and/or rescue teams                   03.02.b.4 C
B 6 Y 03.02.b.1 NOTE: Document requests for C
K.1, K.2, K.3, K.4, K.5, L.2, O.4.f ATTACHMENT 2                             PAGE 3 OF 6
offsite participation and N.1.b responses in the (Rev. 1, COMMENTS Section.
Supp. 1) 24 Exercise w/Activation of Joint G
B Information Center Table 4 B
6Y 03.02.b.2 C
G.3, G.4 25 Exercise w/Use of Fire Control B
6 Y Teams 03.02.b.3 C
N.2.b, O.4.d 26 Exercise w/Use of First Aid B
6 Y and/or rescue teams 03.02.b.4 C
K.1, K.2, K.3, K.4, K.5, L.2, O.4.f ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 6


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                      REVISION 17                              PAGE 26 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 2 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Obiectives SONGS       __ (year)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 26 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Obiectives SONGS (year)
#              Objective                       Ref.       Freq   Drill Num. Next   Drill Num.
Objective Ref.
Last   Year   Scheduled Performed   Due 27 Exercise w/security personnel                 B         6Y providing prompt access for         03.02.b.7 emergency equipment and                       C support                             O.4.d 28 Exercise w/use of backup                     B         6Y communications                       03.02.b.8 C
Freq Drill Num.
F. 1 29 Exercise w/rumor control                     G           B Table 4 B         6Y 03.02.b.9 C
Next Drill Num.
G.4.c 30 Exercise w/use of emergency                   B         6Y power (where not a part of           03.02.b.10 plant safety systems, e.g.,                   D TSC)                                 8.2.1 31 Exercise w/evacuation of                     B         6Y Emergency Response Facilities       03.02.b. 11 and relocation to backup ERFs                 E 3.2 32 Exercise w/ingestion pathway                 B         6Y exercise                             03.02.b.12 C
Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 27 Exercise w/security personnel B
J.9, J.11 NOTE: State of CA rotates this               G 6Y frequency between nuclear             Table 4 sites 33 Exercise w/field monitoring,                 B         6Y including soil, vegetation, and     03.02.b.13 water sampling                               C 1.7,1.8,1.11 34 Exercise w/capability for                     B         6Y determining the magnitude and       03.02.b.14 impact of the particular                     C components of a release             1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8,1.9, 1.10 ATTACHMENT 2                             PAGE 4 OF 6
6 Y providing prompt access for 03.02.b.7 emergency equipment and C
support O.4.d 28 Exercise w/use of backup B
6 Y communications 03.02.b.8 C
F. 1 29 Exercise w/rumor control G
B Table 4 B
6Y 03.02.b.9 C
G.4.c 30 Exercise w/use of emergency B
6 Y power (where not a part of 03.02.b.10 plant safety systems, e.g.,
D TSC) 8.2.1 31 Exercise w/evacuation of B
6 Y Emergency Response Facilities 03.02.b. 11 and relocation to backup ERFs E
3.2 32 Exercise w/ingestion pathway B
6 Y exercise 03.02.b.12 C
J.9, J.11 NOTE: State of CA rotates this G
6Y frequency between nuclear Table 4 sites 33 Exercise w/field monitoring, B
6 Y including soil, vegetation, and 03.02.b.13 water sampling C
1.7,1.8,1.11 34 Exercise w/capability for B
6 Y determining the magnitude and 03.02.b.14 impact of the particular C
components of a release 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8,1.9, 1.10 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 6


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                     SO1123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                          REVISION 17                              PAGE 27 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 2 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS __       (year)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO1123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 27 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS __
  #                  Objective                       Ref.       Freq   Drill Num. Next   Drill Num.
(year)
Last   Year   Scheduled Performed Due 35   Exercise w/use of potassium                   B         6Y iodide                                 03.02. b. 16 C
Objective Ref.
J.6.c 36   Exercise w/assembly and                       B         6Y accountability                         03.02.b. 17 C
Freq Drill Num.
J.5 37   Exercise w/recovery and                       B         6Y reentry                               03.02.b.18 C
Next Drill Num.
M.1 38   Exercise with Severe Accident                 H         3Y Management 39   Exercise with Hostile                         J         6Y Action-Based Scenario 40   Exercise with Extensive                       K         6Y Damage Mitigation 41   Exercise with B.5.b Time-                     M         8Y Sensitive Action
Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 35 Exercise w/use of potassium B
      - Depressurize and Make Up to Steam Generators (2 hrs) 42   Exercise with B.5.b Time-                     M         8Y Sensitive Action
6 Y iodide 03.02. b. 16 C
      - Make up to Spent Fuel Pool from External Source (2 hrs) 43   Exercise with B.5.b Time-                     M         8Y Sensitive Action
J.6.c 36 Exercise w/assembly and B
      - Spray Spent Fuel Pool from External Source (2 hrs) 44   Exercise with B.5.b Time-                     M         8Y Sensitive Action
6 Y accountability 03.02.b. 17 C
      - Manually Operate Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Water Pump (1 hour) yy = last two digits of the year xx = last two digits of the drill number zz = specific drill objective number Freq. B=biennial, S=semi-annual, A=annual, Y=years ATTACHMENT 2                             PAGE 5 OF 6
J.5 37 Exercise w/recovery and B
6 Y reentry 03.02.b.18 C
M.1 38 Exercise with Severe Accident H
3 Y Management 39 Exercise with Hostile J
6 Y Action-Based Scenario 40 Exercise with Extensive K
6Y Damage Mitigation 41 Exercise with B.5.b Time-M 8Y Sensitive Action
- Depressurize and Make Up to Steam Generators (2 hrs) 42 Exercise with B.5.b Time-M 8Y Sensitive Action
- Make up to Spent Fuel Pool from External Source (2 hrs) 43 Exercise with B.5.b Time-M 8Y Sensitive Action
- Spray Spent Fuel Pool from External Source (2 hrs) 44 Exercise with B.5.b Time-M 8Y Sensitive Action
- Manually Operate Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Water Pump (1 hour) yy = last two digits of the year xx = last two digits of the drill number zz = specific drill objective number Freq. B=biennial, S=semi-annual, A=annual, Y=years ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 6


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                 PAGE 28 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 2 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Objectives SONGS     __  (year)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 28 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 2 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Objectives SONGS (year)
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:


==References:==
==References:==
 
A -
A-     Emergency Plan B-     NRC Inspection Manual, Inspection Procedure 82302, "Review of Exercise Objectives and Scenarios for Power Reactors" (Superseded by NRC Inspection Procedures 71114.01 and 71151. Retained as reference for response to CAR 971100692-8 and AR 970601893, only.
Emergency Plan B -
C -     NUREG 0654, "Criteria for Preparedness and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants" D-     NUREG 0737, Supplement 1 E-     NUREG-0696, "Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities" F-     MOSAIC/RCTS commitment (provide commitment number)
NRC Inspection Manual, Inspection Procedure 82302, "Review of Exercise Objectives and Scenarios for Power Reactors" (Superseded by NRC Inspection Procedures 71114.01 and 71151. Retained as reference for response to CAR 971100692-8 and AR 970601893, only.
G -     FEMA Interim Radiological Emergency Preparedness (REP) Program Manual, August 2002 H -   AR 060200801-01 J -     NRC Bulletin 2005-02: Emergency Preparedness and Response Actions for Security-Based Events K-     NN 200105582-19 L-     Annual, unannounced, drive-in response drill, NN 201809145-CA0002 (beginning calendar year 2013)
C -
M-     NN 201866328-CA0001 NOTE:         Review that all major elements are tested within 6 years.
NUREG 0654, "Criteria for Preparedness and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants" D -
NUREG 0737, Supplement 1 E -
NUREG-0696, "Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities" F -
MOSAIC/RCTS commitment (provide commitment number)
G -
FEMA Interim Radiological Emergency Preparedness (REP) Program Manual, August 2002 H -
AR 060200801-01 J -
NRC Bulletin 2005-02: Emergency Preparedness and Response Actions for Security-Based Events K-NN 200105582-19 L -
Annual, unannounced, drive-in response drill, NN 201809145-CA0002 (beginning calendar year 2013)
M -
NN 201866328-CA0001 NOTE:
Review that all major elements are tested within 6 years.
All objective(s) due this year are scheduled.
All objective(s) due this year are scheduled.
PREPARED BY:
PREPARED BY:
Line 784: Line 1,092:
REVIEWED BY:
REVIEWED BY:
Emergency Planning Staff Member APPROVED BY:
Emergency Planning Staff Member APPROVED BY:
Manager, Emergency Planning ATTACHMENT 2                                 PAGE 6 OF 6
Manager, Emergency Planning ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 6 OF 6


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 29 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES NOTE The Scenario Development Team (SDT) is chaired by the Drill/Exercise Coordinator, as designated by the Emergency Planning Manager, who has overall responsibility for the drill and scenario. The team size and members may vary and will be dictated by the desired objectives and extent of play of the drill/exercise. The following are recommended team member responsibilities. Team members will be selected and assigned responsibilities based on their area of expertise 1.0     Emergency Planner/Drill Coordinator
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 29 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES NOTE The Scenario Development Team (SDT) is chaired by the Drill/Exercise Coordinator, as designated by the Emergency Planning Manager, who has overall responsibility for the drill and scenario. The team size and members may vary and will be dictated by the desired objectives and extent of play of the drill/exercise. The following are recommended team member responsibilities. Team members will be selected and assigned responsibilities based on their area of expertise 1.0 Emergency Planner/Drill Coordinator Select performance objectives, extent of play, and evaluation criteria.
* Select performance objectives, extent of play, and evaluation criteria.
Responsible for ensuring that all data required to drive the scenario or to enhance ERO participant's demonstration of objectives, is provided in the scenario package.
* Responsible for ensuring that all data required to drive the scenario or to enhance ERO participant's demonstration of objectives, is provided in the scenario package.
Develop the scenario narrative, events and expected response.
* Develop the scenario narrative, events and expected response.
Identify and coordinate additional resources, as necessary, for participant, controller or evaluator positions (e.g., offsite fire department, emergency medical services, peers from other licensees, federal agents).
* Identify and coordinate additional resources, as necessary, for participant, controller or evaluator positions (e.g., offsite fire department, emergency medical services, peers from other licensees, federal agents).
Compile scenario data / materials in a standardized format.
* Compile scenario data / materials in a standardized format.
Provide a peer review of scenario content to assure expected ERO response and technical content is accurate.
* Provide a peer review of scenario content to assure expected ERO response and technical content is accurate.
Identify operating experience, lessons learned, or improvement actions to incorporate into the scenario.
* Identify operating experience, lessons learned, or improvement actions to incorporate into the scenario.
2.0 Emergency Planning Staff Assist in the development of the scenario and provide input to the Drill Coordinator.
2.0     Emergency Planning Staff
Coordinate the simulator data capture and deliver to the EP group in a useable format for input to the scenario package.
* Assist in the development of the scenario and provide input to the Drill Coordinator.
Schedule simulator development and validation sessions in the Learning Management System.
* Coordinate the simulator data capture and deliver to the EP group in a useable format for input to the scenario package.
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
* Schedule simulator development and validation sessions in the Learning Management System.
Provide a peer review of scenario content to assure expected ERO response and technical content is accurate.
* Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
Identify operating experience, lessons learned, or improvement actions to incorporate into the scenario.
* Provide a peer review of scenario content to assure expected ERO response and technical content is accurate.
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 4
* Identify operating experience, lessons learned, or improvement actions to incorporate into the scenario.
ATTACHMENT 3                                 PAGE 1 OF 4


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                                 PAGE 30 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.0   Operations Senior Reactor Operator/Certified Fuel Handler
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 30 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.0 Operations Senior Reactor Operator/Certified Fuel Handler Select and verify the accuracy of EALs in the scenario.
* Select and verify the accuracy of EALs in the scenario.
Provide details and develop all messages to be given to the operations crews members participating in the drill.
* Provide details and develop all messages to be given to the operations crews members participating in the drill.
Determine probable and possible operator actions in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that the scenario anticipates actions and all actions are considered.
* Determine probable and possible operator actions in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that the scenario anticipates actions and all actions are considered.
" Attend Simulator development sessions, as available.
      " Attend Simulator development sessions, as available.
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
* Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
Create 'normal' Control Room paperwork, (e.g. shift turnover logs, Tech Spec log, Night Orders, and Danger Tag series) as applicable and ensure paperwork indicates "DRILL.".
      " Create 'normal' Control Room paperwork, (e.g. shift turnover logs, Tech Spec log, Night Orders, and Danger Tag series) as applicable and ensure paperwork indicates "DRILL.".
Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.
      " Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.
* Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.
4.0 Training Instructor Attend or conduct simulator development sessions.
4.0   Training Instructor
Provide Simulator capabilities, limitations, and options to model given desired events.
* Attend or conduct simulator development sessions.
Capture simulated data and prepare a hard copy of the simulator data for the scenario package.
* Provide Simulator capabilities, limitations, and options to model given desired events.
Ensure a qualified booth operator is available to setup and run the simulator for the drill development and validation.
* Capture simulated data and prepare a hard copy of the simulator data for the scenario package.
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
* Ensure a qualified booth operator is available to setup and run the simulator for the drill development and validation.
For exercises, prepare a hard copy of the simulator data in case of simulator failure.
* Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
5.0 Radiation Protection(RP)
* For exercises, prepare a hard copy of the simulator data in case of simulator failure.
Review radiological data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator or other dose models.
5.0   Radiation Protection(RP)
Provide details to be included in any radiological messages to be given out during the drill.
      "  Review radiological data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator or other dose models.
Determine probable and possible radiation protection actions in response to scenario events. (This is to ensure the scenario anticipates all possible and probable actions and all such 'paths' are provided for.)
      "  Provide details to be included in any radiological messages to be given out during the drill.
" Attend Scenario development/validation sessions Provide on-site/in-plant radiological data to include re-entry team maps, if it is being demonstrated.
      "  Determine probable and possible radiation protection actions in response to scenario events. (This is to ensure the scenario anticipates all possible and probable actions and all such 'paths' are provided for.)
Assist in creating data for off-site monitoring team controllers, to include; plume maps, field team data, and open/closed meter readings.
      "   Attend Scenario development/validation sessions
" Assist in converting off-site data for use by state team controllers (e.g. efficiencies, instrumentation, etc.)
* Provide on-site/in-plant radiological data to include re-entry team maps, if it is being demonstrated.
Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.
* Assist in creating data for off-site monitoring team controllers, to include; plume maps, field team data, and open/closed meter readings.
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.
      "   Assist in converting off-site data for use by state team controllers (e.g. efficiencies, instrumentation, etc.)
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 4
      "  Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.
      "  Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.
ATTACHMENT 3                                   PAGE 2 OF 4


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                         S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                                 PAGE 31 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 6.0   Dose Assessment (may be the same RP as above)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 31 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 6.0 Dose Assessment (may be the same RP as above)
      "  Review radiological data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator or other dose models.
Review radiological data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator or other dose models.
* Provide details to be included in any Field Monitoring Team or dose assessment messages to be given out during the drill.
Provide details to be included in any Field Monitoring Team or dose assessment messages to be given out during the drill.
      "  Determine probable and possible radiation releases in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that the scenario anticipates all possible and probable release paths.
Determine probable and possible radiation releases in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that the scenario anticipates all possible and probable release paths.
      "  Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
      "  Assist in creating on-site/in-plant radiological data to include re-entry team maps.
Assist in creating on-site/in-plant radiological data to include re-entry team maps.
* Create data for off-site monitoring team controllers, to include; plume maps, field team data, and open/closed meter readings.
Create data for off-site monitoring team controllers, to include; plume maps, field team data, and open/closed meter readings.
* Assist in converting off-site data for use by state team controllers (e.g. efficiencies, instrumentation, etc.)
Assist in converting off-site data for use by state team controllers (e.g. efficiencies, instrumentation, etc.)
* Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios such as collection and analysis of samples.
Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios such as collection and analysis of samples.
* Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.
7.0   Maintenance (MM, EM, I&C)
7.0 Maintenance (MM, EM, I&C)
* Provide routine maintenance forms (e.g., WOs, PMs, surveillances, work packages etc.) for the scenario equipment.
Provide routine maintenance forms (e.g., WOs, PMs, surveillances, work packages etc.) for the scenario equipment.
* Provide static information on work-in progress at the time the scenario begins (as required).
Provide static information on work-in progress at the time the scenario begins (as required).
* Provide details to be included in any maintenance messages to be given to maintenance personnel during the drill.
Provide details to be included in any maintenance messages to be given to maintenance personnel during the drill.
* Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
* Assist in determining probable and possible maintenance actions in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that actions anticipated by the scenario are considered.
Assist in determining probable and possible maintenance actions in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that actions anticipated by the scenario are considered.
* Provide or recommend mock-ups to be used to provide realism for applicable maintenance personnel.
Provide or recommend mock-ups to be used to provide realism for applicable maintenance personnel.
* Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.
Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.
* Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
8.0   Joint Information/News Center Representative
8.0 Joint Information/News Center Representative Develop messages to test the media monitoring, call centers, and/or public inquiry/rumor control of the Joint Information/News Center Provide the applicable controllers with the expected protective actions and probable EAS messages.
      "  Develop messages to test the media monitoring, call centers, and/or public inquiry/rumor control of the Joint Information/News Center
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
      "  Provide the applicable controllers with the expected protective actions and probable EAS messages.
Coordinate media monitoring scripts and expectations with the simulated media participants.
* Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
* Coordinate media monitoring scripts and expectations with the simulated media participants.
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 4
* Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
ATTACHMENT 3                                   PAGE 3 OF 4


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                       S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                                 PAGE 32 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 9.0   Engineering (Mechanical, Electrical, and Reactor)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 32 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 9.0 Engineering (Mechanical, Electrical, and Reactor)
      "  Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field teams.
Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field teams.
* Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios or scenario content.
Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios or scenario content.
* Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
* Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
10.0 Chemistry (as required by the scenario)
10.0 Chemistry (as required by the scenario)
      "  Review chemistry data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator.
Review chemistry data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator.
      "  Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field team.
Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field team.
      "  Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned scenario data.
Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned scenario data.
      "  Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
* Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
11.0 Security / Fire and/or Medical team (as required by the scenario)
11.0 Security / Fire and/or Medical team (as required by the scenario)
* Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field teams.
Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field teams.
      "  Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.
Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.
      "  Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
      "  Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).
12.0 Senior ERO Leader (Preferable CED or SED)
12.0 Senior ERO Leader (Preferable CED or SED)
      " Provide oversight on the Scenario Selection and flow
Provide oversight on the Scenario Selection and flow Provide concurrence on initiating events and correct responses for Classification, Notification and PAR related events.
* Provide concurrence on initiating events and correct responses for Classification, Notification and PAR related events.
Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
* Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.
ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 4
ATTACHMENT 3                                 PAGE 4 OF 4


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                       EPIP                               SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                          REVISION 17                        PAGE 33 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 4 Owner Status Lead Due   Comments     Completed Description                       or FIC       Date / Restraints     Date 1 Develop Drill Checklist (A)                               -105 Provide Drill date or change of Drill 2   date to Assistant On-Line Work Mgr in                     -105 15-Week Work Window (SSR) (A)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 33 OF 73 Owner Status Lead Due Comments Completed Description or FIC Date  
Choose Scenario Development Team (A)                                                       -84 Schedule Simulator time for line items 25, 32 and 140 (C)                                         -84 Coordinate EP Sim. Dev. Sched. w/
/ Restraints Date 1
OPS & NTD (B)                                             -84 66  Review (A)      Drill Requirements/Objectives                   -56 Review NNs/Inspection Reports (A)                         -56 8 Develop Confidentiality Form (A)                           -56 Meet to Develop Original Scope (A) 10  Draft Mock NRC Team Roster                                 -56 Determine if state will participate on Blue Phone (B)                                             -49 Determine YPS stations that will 12   participate in drill (B)                                   -49 13   Develop Drill-Specific Objectives (A) 14   Develop Offsite Objectives (A)-49 15   Develop JIC Objectives (A)                                 -49 16   Design Basic Scenario (G)                                 -49 17   Prepare (B)        draft Drill Participant Roster                   49 18  Drill Planning Meeting (P)                                 -49 Sched. Rooms for Controller Debrief 19   (C)                                                       -42 20   Sched.
Develop Drill Checklist (A)  
Critique Rooms (C)     for Management                          -42 Sched. Room for Controller Pre-drill 21   Brief (C)                                                 -42 22   Sched. Venues for Pre-drill Briefing (C)                   -42 23   Sched. Venues for Walkthroughs (C)                         -42 Schedule VP/Station Mgr. Pre & Post                         42 24   Drill Briefing (C)                                         -42 ATTACHMENT 4                       PAGE 1 OF 7
-105 Provide Drill date or change of Drill 2
date to Assistant On-Line Work Mgr in  
-105 15-Week Work Window (SSR) (A)
Choose Scenario Development Team (A)  
-84 Schedule Simulator time for line items 25, 32 and 140 (C)  
-84 Coordinate EP Sim. Dev. Sched. w/
OPS & NTD (B)  
-84 6
Review Drill Requirements/Objectives  
-56 6
(A)
Review NNs/Inspection Reports (A) 7
-56 8
Develop Confidentiality Form (A)  
-56 Meet to Develop Original Scope (A)
Draft Mock NRC Team Roster 10
-56 Determine if state will participate on Blue Phone (B)  
-49 Determine YPS stations that will 12 participate in drill (B)  
-49 13 Develop Drill-Specific Objectives (A) 14 Develop Offsite Objectives (A)-49 15 Develop JIC Objectives (A)  
-49 16 Design Basic Scenario (G)  
-49 17 Prepare draft Drill Participant Roster 49 (B)
Drill Planning Meeting (P) 18
-49 Sched. Rooms for Controller Debrief 19 (C)  
-42 20 Sched. Rooms for Management
-42 Critique (C)
Sched. Room for Controller Pre-drill 21 Brief (C)  
-42 22 Sched. Venues for Pre-drill Briefing (C)  
-42 23 Sched. Venues for Walkthroughs (C)  
-42 Schedule VP/Station Mgr. Pre & Post 42 24 Drill Briefing (C)  
-42 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 7


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                           SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                        REVISION 17                    PAGE 34 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 4 Status     Due   Comments     Completed Description                     or F/C     Date / Restraints     Date 25   Simulator Run #1 (Verification) (G)                   -42 26   Drill Planning Meeting (P)                             -42 27   Finalize Mock NRC Team Roster                         -42 28   Schedule Offsite Controller Briefing (C)               35 Identify Required Drill Controller 29   Positions (B)                                         -35 30   Schedule Required Drill Controllers (B)               -35 31   Draft/Submit VP letter to Mgr./Supv. (K)               35 32   Notify Meteorologist of Drill (D)                     -35 Simulator Run #2 (Validation) (G)                       35 34   Identify/Develop Props (G)                             -35 35   Identify/Develop Casualty Props (G)                   -35 36   Drill Planning Meeting (P)                             -35 Email Evacuation Drill EPB to Site Personnel (K)                                         -28 38   MTCE Develop. Session (P)                             -28 39   OPS / SIM Develop. Session (P)                         -28 40   Admin. Develop. Session (P)                           -28 41  ENG Develop Session (P)                               -28 42   Security Develop. Session (P)                         -28 Develop Controller/Observer Roster and List (G)                                           28 Develop Offsite Cue Cards, including 44   additional "rumor control" for the ENC                 -28 (G)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 34 OF 73 Status Due Comments Completed Description or F/C Date  
Inspect Evacuation Signs and Routes 45  (K)                                                   -28 Identify Local Assembly Area 46__ Supervisors (K)
/ Restraints Date 25 Simulator Run #1 (Verification) (G)  
Check Local Assembly Area Signs/E-                     -28 kits (K) 48   Develop Patient Algorithms (M)                         -28 ATTACHMENT 4                       PAGE 2 OF 7
-42 26 Drill Planning Meeting (P)  
-42 27 Finalize Mock NRC Team Roster  
-42 28 Schedule Offsite Controller Briefing (C) 35 Identify Required Drill Controller 29 Positions (B)  
-35 30 Schedule Required Drill Controllers (B)  
-35 31 Draft/Submit VP letter to Mgr./Supv. (K) 35 32 Notify Meteorologist of Drill (D)  
-35 Simulator Run #2 (Validation) (G) 35 34 Identify/Develop Props (G)  
-35 35 Identify/Develop Casualty Props (G)  
-35 36 Drill Planning Meeting (P)  
-35 Email Evacuation Drill EPB to Site Personnel (K)  
-28 38 MTCE Develop. Session (P)  
-28 39 OPS / SIM Develop. Session (P)  
-28 40 Admin. Develop. Session (P)  
-28 ENG Develop Session (P) 41
-28 42 Security Develop. Session (P)  
-28 Develop Controller/Observer Roster and List (G) 28 Develop Offsite Cue Cards, including 44 additional "rumor control" for the ENC  
-28 (G) 45 Inspect Evacuation Signs and Routes (K)
-28 Identify Local Assembly Area 46__
Supervisors (K)
Check Local Assembly Area Signs/E-  
-28 kits (K) 48 Develop Patient Algorithms (M)  
-28 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 7


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                       EPIP                             SO 123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                          REVISION 17                      PAGE 35 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 4 Owner Status Ld   Due   Comments   Completed Description                         or FIC     Date /Restraints     Date 49   Drill Planning Meeting (P)                                 -28 Coordinate SSR with Security for Fire 50   Dept support                                               -21 51   Identify Site/Mesaand(K)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO 123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 35 OF 73 Owner Status Ld Due Comments Completed Description or FIC Date  
Train Vanpool Drivers for                      21 52   Update Assembly Area Instructions (K)                       -21 Email Assembly Area Supv.
/Restraints Date 49 Drill Planning Meeting (P)  
Responsibilities (K)                                       -21 Email to Vanpoolers re: action @ Alert                     -21 (K) 55   PRA Analysis of Scenario (P)                               -21 Notify GOC of Drill (realtimesm@sce.com) (D) 57   Notify GCC of Drill (John Bocka) (D)                       -21 58   Notify SDG&E of Drill       (Mike                         -21 DeMarco) (D)
-28 Coordinate SSR with Security for Fire 50 Dept support  
Notify ANI of Drill (Ed Everett 860-682-                   -21 1301- ext. 238) (D) 60   Notify Saddleback
-21 51 Identify and Train Vanpool Drivers for 21 Site/Mesa (K) 52 Update Assembly Area Instructions (K)  
      & Reserve   JIC (D) District Office of Drill              -21 61   Drill Planning Meeting (P)                                 -21 62   Chemistry Development Session (P)                           -21 63   Develop/Transmit Package (N)         Communications                        -21 Develop Cue Cards/Sequence of 64   Events (G)                                                 -21 65   Develop Evaluation Forms (G)                               -21 66   Develop Forms (G)Morning Report / Shift Relief                     -21 67   Develop Participant Comment Sheet                           -21 (G)                                                         -21 68   Develop Response Record (G)                                 -21 69   Develop   Instructions to Drill Controllers                 -21 (G) 70   Develop (G)      Guidelines for Drill Conduct                     -21 71   Develop Objectives Document (G)                             -21 72   Develop Extent of Play Document (G)                         -21 ATTACHMENT 4                       PAGE 3 OF 7
-21 Email Assembly Area Supv.
Responsibilities (K)  
-21 Email to Vanpoolers re: action @ Alert  
-21 (K) 55 PRA Analysis of Scenario (P)  
-21 Notify GOC of Drill (realtimesm@sce.com) (D) 57 Notify GCC of Drill (John Bocka) (D)  
-21 58 Notify SDG&E of Drill (Mike  
-21 DeMarco) (D)
Notify ANI of Drill (Ed Everett 860-682-  
-21 1301-ext. 238) (D) 60 Notify Saddleback District Office of Drill
-21
& Reserve JIC (D) 61 Drill Planning Meeting (P)  
-21 62 Chemistry Development Session (P)  
-21 63 Develop/Transmit Communications
-21 Package (N)
Develop Cue Cards/Sequence of 64 Events (G)  
-21 65 Develop Evaluation Forms (G)  
-21 66 Develop Morning Report / Shift Relief  
-21 Forms (G) 67 Develop Participant Comment Sheet  
-21 (G)  
-21 68 Develop Response Record (G)  
-21 69 Develop Instructions to Drill Controllers  
-21 (G) 70 Develop Guidelines for Drill Conduct  
-21 (G) 71 Develop Objectives Document (G)  
-21 72 Develop Extent of Play Document (G)  
-21 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 7


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                             SO 123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                          REVISION 17                      PAGE 36 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 4 Owner Status Lead Due   Comments     Completed Description                     or F/C       Date / Restraints     Date 73   Develop Raddose V Database (H)                           -21 74   Develop MET Data (H)                                     -21 75   Develop Survey Maps (Onsite) (H)                         -21 76   Develop Plant Data (Cont & Player) (H)                   -21 77   Develop Rad Monitor Data (H)                             -21 78   DevelopNalidate PIC Data (H)                             -21 Develop Survey Maps and Data 79   (Offsite) (H)                                           -21 Develop Drill Participants Roster (D) 80                                                           -21 81 81_  Check (G)    Objectives Against Cue Cards                     -21 82   Develop Chemistry Data (H)                               -21 83 Review 83__ (Offsite) Survey (H)   Maps and Data                          -21 84   Develop   Attendance Records (Facility Positions)(G)                                           -21 85   Final Review Prior to       of Scenario Copying   (I) (P) Documents                    -20 Notify Managers of Managers Critique 86   Meeting (D)                                             -14 87   Sched PrebriefE50 andClassroom Debrief (C)for Simulator                  -14 88   Coordinate (Manager 3 Food     Service/Catering Approval  Required) (D)                 -14 89   Add Observers to Controller List (I)                     -14 90   Notify EOF Personnel of Drill                           -14 Date/Time (D) 91   Notify Work Window Manager (D)                           -14 Obtain site access for offsite controllers 92   (M)                                                     -14 Develop Participant and Controller e-                   -14 mail Lists (E) 94   Update Non-ERP Coloring Books (K)                       -14 List of Exempt PA Personnel (K)                         -14 96   Coordinate (L)          Siren Surveillance. (0.302)               -14
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO 123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 36 OF 73 Owner Status Lead Due Comments Completed Description or F/C Date  
                                                                -14 ATTACHMENT 4                       PAGE 4 OF 7
/ Restraints Date 73 Develop Raddose V Database (H)  
-21 74 Develop MET Data (H)  
-21 75 Develop Survey Maps (Onsite) (H)  
-21 76 Develop Plant Data (Cont & Player) (H)  
-21 77 Develop Rad Monitor Data (H)  
-21 78 DevelopNalidate PIC Data (H)  
-21 Develop Survey Maps and Data 79 (Offsite) (H)  
-21 Develop Drill Participants Roster (D) 80  
-21 81 Check Objectives Against Cue Cards  
-21 81_
(G) 82 Develop Chemistry Data (H)  
-21 83 Review Survey Maps and Data
-21 83__ (Offsite) (H) 84 Develop Attendance Records (Facility  
-21 Positions)(G) 85 Final Review of Scenario Documents
-20 Prior to Copying (I) (P)
Notify Managers of Managers Critique 86 Meeting (D)  
-14 87 Sched E50 Classroom for Simulator
-14 Prebrief and Debrief (C) 88 Coordinate Food Service/Catering (D)  
-14 (Manager 3 Approval Required) 89 Add Observers to Controller List (I)  
-14 90 Notify EOF Personnel of Drill  
-14 Date/Time (D) 91 Notify Work Window Manager (D)  
-14 Obtain site access for offsite controllers 92 (M)  
-14 Develop Participant and Controller e-  
-14 mail Lists (E) 94 Update Non-ERP Coloring Books (K)  
-14 List of Exempt PA Personnel (K)  
-14 96 Coordinate Siren Surveillance. (0.302)  
-14 (L)
-14 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 7


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                       EPIP                           SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                          REVISION 17                    PAGE 37 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 4 Owner Status     Due   Comments     Completed Description                       or F/C     Date / Restraints     Date 97 Complete Moulage Training (M)                           -14 98 Issue final EPIP changes (M)                             -14 Schedule Venue for Mock NRC 99 Training                                                 -14 100 Drill Planning Meeting (P)                               -14 101
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 37 OF 73 Owner Status Due Comments Completed Description or F/C Date  
__01 Final Review Copying  (H) of Plant Data Prior to                     -14 102 Develop Pre-drill Briefing (J)                           -12 103 Final Review Pre-drill Briefing package 103_ (J) 104 Develop and test drill recall message                     -9 Assemble Controller Notebooks/Data                       -8 105 books (1) 106 Email (D) Reminder re: Controllers Meeting                     -8 107 ODAC Pre-Job Briefing (J)                                 -7 108 Coordinate Closure of 70' lunchroom                       7 (Jimenez) (D)                                             -7 109 Verify Casualty Scene Setup (M)                           -7 110 Assemble Observer Package (I)                             -7 ill Verify Simulator Setup (L)                               -7 112 Notify (D) Edison Operator of drill date/time                     7 113 Notify Local Sirens and On-site   & State(D)
/ Restraints Date 97 Complete Moulage Training (M)  
Authorities of Date                7 114 Notify On-siteTCC  (949-587-5500)
-14 98 Issue final EPIP changes (M)  
Sirens (D)           of Date and                7
-14 Schedule Venue for Mock NRC 99 Training  
                                                                -7 115 Notify of DateO.C.
-14 100 Drill Planning Meeting (P)  
and 911 Center On-site      (714-628-7008)
-14 101 Final Review of Plant Data Prior to  
Sirens (D)                         7 116 Notify On-siteUSMC/State Sirens (D) Parks of Date and                     7 117  Notify On-siteMarine SirensRec.
-14
(JohnFacility of Date Preston)   (D) and                7 118 Drill Planning Meeting (P)                               -5 119 TSC Controller Walkthrough (M)                           -2 120 OSC Controller Walkthrough (M)                           -2 ATTACHMENT 4                     PAGE 5 OF 7
__01 Copying (H) 102 Develop Pre-drill Briefing (J)  
-12 103 Final Review Pre-drill Briefing package 103_
(J) 104 Develop and test drill recall message  
-9 Assemble Controller Notebooks/Data  
-8 105 books (1) 106 Email Reminder re: Controllers Meeting  
-8 (D) 107 ODAC Pre-Job Briefing (J)  
-7 108 Coordinate Closure of 70' lunchroom 7
(Jimenez) (D)  
-7 109 Verify Casualty Scene Setup (M)  
-7 110 Assemble Observer Package (I)  
-7 ill Verify Simulator Setup (L)  
-7 112 Notify Edison Operator of drill date/time 7
(D) 113 Notify Local & State Authorities of Date 7
and On-site Sirens (D) 114 Notify TCC (949-587-5500) of Date and 7
On-site Sirens (D)  
-7 115 Notify O.C. 911 Center (714-628-7008) 7 of Date and On-site Sirens (D) 116 Notify USMC/State Parks of Date and 7
On-site Sirens (D) 117 Notify Marine Rec. Facility of Date and 7
On-site Sirens (John Preston) (D) 118 Drill Planning Meeting (P)  
-5 119 TSC Controller Walkthrough (M)  
-2 120 OSC Controller Walkthrough (M)  
-2 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 7


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                             SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                          REVISION 17                      PAGE 38 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 4 Owner Status Lead Due   Comments     Completed Description                     or F/C     Date / Restraints     Date 121 EOF Controller Walkthrough (M)                           -2 OPS / Simulator Controller 122 Walkthrough (M)                                         -2 123 Sim Cell Walkthrough (M)                                 -2 124 TSC Pre-Job Briefing (J)                                 -2 125 OSC Pre-Job Briefing (J)                                 -2 126 EOF Pre-Job Briefing (J)                                 -2 127 Brief NRC Resident Inspector                             -2 128 Brief On-shift SM                                       -2 129 Raddose Check (M)V Computer Operational                         -1 130 Pre-Drill CFMS Test (M)                                 -1 HP Computer Data Entry (M)                               -1 131                                                           -
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 38 OF 73 Owner Status Lead Due Comments Completed Description or F/C Date  
132 Disable Emergency Recall System                           1 0810 Daily Test (M) 133 Pre-Job Controller Briefing (M)                           0 134 OPS Crew Pre-shift Briefing (M)                           0 135 CONDUCT DRILL                                             0 Sched. Mgmt. Critique Pre-Meetings as 136 required (N)                                             1 Post Drill Briefing of VP & Station 137 Manager (N)
/ Restraints Date 121 EOF Controller Walkthrough (M)  
Determine Number of Teams 138 Dispatched (N)                                           1 139 Develop (N)       Offsite Notification Timeline Develop Anticipated/Actual Timeline 140 (N)                                                       1 141 Develop Source Term Projection (N)                       2 Correlate Actual vs. Prepared Drill Data 142 (N)                                                       2 143 Controller De-Briefing (N)                               2 144 Apply ProcessSignificance  Determination to Drill Findings (N)                         2 2
-2 OPS / Simulator Controller 122 Walkthrough (M)  
ATTACHMENT 4                       PAGE 6 OF 7
-2 123 Sim Cell Walkthrough (M)  
-2 124 TSC Pre-Job Briefing (J)  
-2 125 OSC Pre-Job Briefing (J)  
-2 126 EOF Pre-Job Briefing (J)  
-2 127 Brief NRC Resident Inspector  
-2 128 Brief On-shift SM  
-2 129 Raddose V Computer Operational  
-1 Check (M) 130 Pre-Drill CFMS Test (M)  
-1 HP Computer Data Entry (M)  
-1 131 132 Disable Emergency Recall System 1
0810 Daily Test (M) 133 Pre-Job Controller Briefing (M) 0 134 OPS Crew Pre-shift Briefing (M) 0 135 CONDUCT DRILL 0
Sched. Mgmt. Critique Pre-Meetings as 136 required (N) 1 Post Drill Briefing of VP & Station 137 Manager (N)
Determine Number of Teams 138 Dispatched (N) 1 139 Develop Offsite Notification Timeline (N)
Develop Anticipated/Actual Timeline 140 (N) 1 141 Develop Source Term Projection (N) 2 Correlate Actual vs. Prepared Drill Data 142 (N) 2 143 Controller De-Briefing (N) 2 144 Apply Significance Determination 2
Process to Drill Findings (N) 2 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 6 OF 7


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                       EPIP                             SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                            REVISION 17                      PAGE 39 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 4 Owner Status Lead Due   Comments   Completed Description                         or FIC     Date /Restraints     Date Develop Management Critique Meeting 145 Package (N) 146 Conduct (N)      Management Critique Meeting                       7 Schedule NRC Critique Debrief 147 Meeting (N) 148 Post-Drill E-Kit Survey (N)                                 14 149 Post-Drill Notebooks Survey (N)                             14 150 Submit (N)    Attendance Sheets to T2000                         14 151 Update SO123-VIII-0.200 Objective                           14 Matrix (N) 152 Post Drill Checklist Meeting (N)                           14 153 Develop/Distribute Report (N)           Final Drill Critique                  30 154 Archive Records (N)                                         42 (A) Preparatory Work (B) Preliminary Items (C) Scheduling (D) Notifications (E) Initial Controller Package - PDF Files (F) Initial Player Package - PDF Files (G) Developing the Scenario and Drill Documents (H)  Developing Drill Data (I)    Assemble Drill Packages (J)  Training Activities (K)  Evacuation Drill Preparations (L)  Check Misc. Equipment (M)  Final Preparations and Drill (N)  Post-Drill Activities (0)  Drill Specific Misc.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 39 OF 73 Owner Status Lead Due Comments Completed Description or FIC Date  
(P)  Planning Activities ATTACHMENT 4                     PAGE 7 OF 7
/Restraints Date Develop Management Critique Meeting 145 Package (N) 146 Conduct Management Critique Meeting 7
(N)
Schedule NRC Critique Debrief 147 Meeting (N) 148 Post-Drill E-Kit Survey (N) 14 149 Post-Drill Notebooks Survey (N) 14 150 Submit Attendance Sheets to T2000 14 (N) 151 Update SO123-VIII-0.200 Objective 14 Matrix (N) 152 Post Drill Checklist Meeting (N) 14 153 Develop/Distribute Final Drill Critique 30 Report (N) 154 Archive Records (N) 42 (A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Files (F)
(G)
Documents (H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
(L)
(M)
(N)
(0)
(P)
Preparatory Work Preliminary Items Scheduling Notifications Initial Controller Package - PDF Initial Player Package - PDF Files Developing the Scenario and Drill Developing Drill Data Assemble Drill Packages Training Activities Evacuation Drill Preparations Check Misc. Equipment Final Preparations and Drill Post-Drill Activities Drill Specific Misc.
Planning Activities ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 7 OF 7


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                           S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                   PAGE 40 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 1.0   Controllers/Evaluators shall be qualified by completing controller/evaluator training within the last 12 months prior to participating in a drill/exercise.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 40 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 1.0 Controllers/Evaluators shall be qualified by completing controller/evaluator training within the last 12 months prior to participating in a drill/exercise.
2.0   Controller general rules
2.0 Controller general rules Training and mentoring/coaching is not permitted during NRC graded biennial exercises or drills where the EPM determines performance indicators or other objectives may be evaluated.
* Training and mentoring/coaching is not permitted during NRC graded biennial exercises or drills where the EPM determines performance indicators or other objectives may be evaluated.
Controller interface with participants is limited to:
* Controller interface with participants is limited to:
o Messages and communications planned in the scenario o
o   Messages and communications planned in the scenario o   After the participant has attempted to perform a task, the controller determines the incorrect method should be corrected on the spot (site training drills only) with necessary instructions to maintain the scenario schedule. Coaching for correction on the spot should only be for significant procedure steps or processes and should be noted on the controller timeline.
After the participant has attempted to perform a task, the controller determines the incorrect method should be corrected on the spot (site training drills only) with necessary instructions to maintain the scenario schedule. Coaching for correction on the spot should only be for significant procedure steps or processes and should be noted on the controller timeline.
o   Any inject to stop an industrial safety, radiological or security unsafe practice o   To keep the scenario on track or correct information that can negatively impact the scenario o   Communications between controllers shall be performed in a way that does not provide unintended cueing to drill players.
o Any inject to stop an industrial safety, radiological or security unsafe practice o
o   Any inject determined necessary to advance the scenario in the intended direction must be approved by the Drill Coordinator.
To keep the scenario on track or correct information that can negatively impact the scenario o
o   The individual designated by the EPM to coordinate the conduct of the drill or exercise is the Drill Coordinator. All drill/exercise controllers, evaluators and observers are responsible to the Drill Coordinator.
Communications between controllers shall be performed in a way that does not provide unintended cueing to drill players.
o Any inject determined necessary to advance the scenario in the intended direction must be approved by the Drill Coordinator.
o The individual designated by the EPM to coordinate the conduct of the drill or exercise is the Drill Coordinator. All drill/exercise controllers, evaluators and observers are responsible to the Drill Coordinator.
Drill Coordinator is responsible for:
Drill Coordinator is responsible for:
* The safe conduct of the drill/exercise.
The safe conduct of the drill/exercise.
* Controller and evaluator pre-drill/exercise brief.
Controller and evaluator pre-drill/exercise brief.
* Establishing start time for the drill/exercise and coordinate the start with the controller/evaluator staff.
Establishing start time for the drill/exercise and coordinate the start with the controller/evaluator staff.
Interfacing with the Facility Lead Controllers to resolve any inter-facility questions concerning the drill/exercise scenario.
Interfacing with the Facility Lead Controllers to resolve any inter-facility questions concerning the drill/exercise scenario.
The Drill Coordinator should be stationed in an area where they cannot be seen or heard by drill players to prevent unintended cueing to drill players.
The Drill Coordinator should be stationed in an area where they cannot be seen or heard by drill players to prevent unintended cueing to drill players.
Line 932: Line 1,387:
Terminating the drill/exercise upon receiving verification from the Facility Lead Controllers (and State lead controller in an exercise) that the objectives have been demonstrated.
Terminating the drill/exercise upon receiving verification from the Facility Lead Controllers (and State lead controller in an exercise) that the objectives have been demonstrated.
Stopping the drill/exercise if events have occurred which require that resources be directed to the resolution of an actual problem or emergency.
Stopping the drill/exercise if events have occurred which require that resources be directed to the resolution of an actual problem or emergency.
ATTACHMENT 5                                   PAGE 1 OF 5
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 5


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                       EPIP                                           SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                           REVISION 17                                   PAGE 41 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 3.0 (continued)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 41 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 3.0 (continued)
Advising Facility Lead Controllers of unanticipated simulator problems and scenario deviations / time adjustments, as necessary, (Only the Drill Coordinator can authorize adjustments in the sequence of events.)
Advising Facility Lead Controllers of unanticipated simulator problems and scenario deviations / time adjustments, as necessary, (Only the Drill Coordinator can authorize adjustments in the sequence of events.)
Ensuring the following handouts are prepared prior to the drill and distributed, as necessary, to the controllers and evaluators during their final briefing:
Ensuring the following handouts are prepared prior to the drill and distributed, as necessary, to the controllers and evaluators during their final briefing:
o       List of drill/exercise controllers and evaluators o       List of controller phone numbers o       List of drill/exercise participants for the applicable facility (optional) o       Attendance sheets (Facility Lead Controller) o       Evaluation checklists o       Scenario, messages, and timeline o   A controller will be assigned to each participating Emergency Response Facility (ERF) to be responsible for all scenario related activities in that facility and will be designated as the Facility Lead Controller.
o List of drill/exercise controllers and evaluators o
List of controller phone numbers o
List of drill/exercise participants for the applicable facility (optional) o Attendance sheets (Facility Lead Controller) o Evaluation checklists o
Scenario, messages, and timeline o
A controller will be assigned to each participating Emergency Response Facility (ERF) to be responsible for all scenario related activities in that facility and will be designated as the Facility Lead Controller.
Facility Lead Controller is responsible for:
Facility Lead Controller is responsible for:
* All controller, evaluator and observer activities for that facility and its associated ERO team.
All controller, evaluator and observer activities for that facility and its associated ERO team.
* Monitoring issuance of scenario messages and completion of scenario inputs with Drill Coordinator
Monitoring issuance of scenario messages and completion of scenario inputs with Drill Coordinator Maintaining a comprehensive log of events to aid in compiling event reconstruction for the drill report.
* Maintaining a comprehensive log of events to aid in compiling event reconstruction for the drill report.
Assuming the roles of simulated representatives for NRC and other agencies not participating in the drill.
* Assuming the roles of simulated representatives for NRC and other agencies not participating in the drill.
Ensuring attendance sheets are completed for the facility.
* Ensuring attendance sheets are completed for the facility.
Modify drill messages if required after approval by the Drill Coordinator.
* Modify drill messages if required after approval by the Drill Coordinator.
Summarizing all participant/evaluator/controller comments and evaluations on performance.
* Summarizing all participant/evaluator/controller comments and evaluations on performance.
Preparing the drill report for their facility.
Preparing the drill report for their facility.
o   Controllers are responsible for:
o Controllers are responsible for:
* Verifying or completing controller/evaluator briefing and training.
Verifying or completing controller/evaluator briefing and training.
* Maintaining scenario confidentiality and signing a security agreement.
Maintaining scenario confidentiality and signing a security agreement.
* Providing drill injects to the participants and keeping the scenario on track by ensuring that the actions of the participants do not jeopardize the rest of the scenario.
Providing drill injects to the participants and keeping the scenario on track by ensuring that the actions of the participants do not jeopardize the rest of the scenario.
* Keeping a chronological timeline of events/problems for the area controlling.
Keeping a chronological timeline of events/problems for the area controlling.
* Ensuring the work place and facilities are left in a restored state when the drill/exercise is over.
Ensuring the work place and facilities are left in a restored state when the drill/exercise is over.
Attending the facility critique, unless excused ATTACHMENT 5                                     PAGE 2 OF 5
Attending the facility critique, unless excused ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 5


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 42 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION o   Controller Instructions
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 42 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION o
* Before the drill/exercise o   Be familiar with the overall exercise scenario and the performance objectives for the assigned area.
Controller Instructions Before the drill/exercise o
o   Review the appropriate procedures and protocols.
Be familiar with the overall exercise scenario and the performance objectives for the assigned area.
o   Attend the required controller and evaluator briefing.
o Review the appropriate procedures and protocols.
o   Maintain scenario confidentially.
o Attend the required controller and evaluator briefing.
o   Report to the assigned location approximately 30 minutes before start time.
o Maintain scenario confidentially.
o   Establish controller communications (bridge line and/or radio approximately 15 minutes before start time.
o Report to the assigned location approximately 30 minutes before start time.
o   Clearly identify yourself as a controller or evaluator at the beginning of the drill/exercise and/or wear controller identification.
o Establish controller communications (bridge line and/or radio approximately 15 minutes before start time.
o   Remind participants to use identification tools (e.g., badges, vests, arm bands).
o Clearly identify yourself as a controller or evaluator at the beginning of the drill/exercise and/or wear controller identification.
During the drill/exercise o   Avoid personal conversations with any participant.
o Remind participants to use identification tools (e.g., badges, vests, arm bands).
o   Do not provide information unless it is requested or earned by the participants and then, only within the limits of the scenario.
During the drill/exercise o
o   Do not give information to the participants regarding event progress or resolution of problems encountered by others. Participants are expected to obtain information through their own resources.
Avoid personal conversations with any participant.
o   Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.
o Do not provide information unless it is requested or earned by the participants and then, only within the limits of the scenario.
o   All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.
o Do not give information to the participants regarding event progress or resolution of problems encountered by others. Participants are expected to obtain information through their own resources.
o   Do not accelerate the drill/exercise by providing information ahead of schedule.
o Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.
o   Suspend local play for safety reasons and, if necessary, recommend to the Drill Coordinator the suspension of the whole drill.
o All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.
o   Inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participants inform the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.
o Do not accelerate the drill/exercise by providing information ahead of schedule.
o   Controller in the simulator should communicate with the EP facility controllers, using the controller phones, to verify the sequence of events are occurring as planned and adequate time is given for objective demonstration and evaluation.
o Suspend local play for safety reasons and, if necessary, recommend to the Drill Coordinator the suspension of the whole drill.
o   The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.
o Inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participants inform the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.
o   Ensure the use of "This is a drill" in communications to outside of the facility by controllers, evaluators, and participants and coach on-the-spot, if necessary, for plant announcements or communication offsite.
o Controller in the simulator should communicate with the EP facility controllers, using the controller phones, to verify the sequence of events are occurring as planned and adequate time is given for objective demonstration and evaluation.
0   Maintain a chronological log and ensure key events and times are captured.
o The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.
o   Log any scenario discrepancies.
o Ensure the use of "This is a drill" in communications to outside of the facility by controllers, evaluators, and participants and coach on-the-spot, if necessary, for plant announcements or communication offsite.
ATTACHMENT 5                                 PAGE 3 OF 5
0 Maintain a chronological log and ensure key events and times are captured.
o Log any scenario discrepancies.
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 3 OF 5


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                       EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                           REVISION 17                               PAGE 43 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 6.0 (continued)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 43 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 6.0 (continued)
* After the drill/exercise o   Ensure the facility is restored to a readiness condition.
After the drill/exercise o
o   Attend meeting held by the Facility Lead Controller to identify control issues that may have affected the performance of participants.
Ensure the facility is restored to a readiness condition.
o   Distribute and collect copies of participant feedback forms (coordinate with the lead controller in the facility).
o Attend meeting held by the Facility Lead Controller to identify control issues that may have affected the performance of participants.
o   Collect the completed logs and procedure checklists at the end of the drill/exercise.
o Distribute and collect copies of participant feedback forms (coordinate with the lead controller in the facility).
o   If asked for impressions of how things went before the participant self-critique, specific issues or problems should not be discussed.
o Collect the completed logs and procedure checklists at the end of the drill/exercise.
o   Attend the facility critique and provide feedback at the end of the participant self-critique on issues not identified and critiqued by the participants. Evaluate the effectiveness of the participant self-critique o   Summarize notes and prepare for the controller and evaluator debrief.
o If asked for impressions of how things went before the participant self-critique, specific issues or problems should not be discussed.
o   Summarize all participantlevaluator/controller comments and evaluations on facility performance for the report.
o Attend the facility critique and provide feedback at the end of the participant self-critique on issues not identified and critiqued by the participants. Evaluate the effectiveness of the participant self-critique o
o   Evaluators are responsible for:
Summarize notes and prepare for the controller and evaluator debrief.
* Determining gaps or weaknesses in response capability. One or more evaluators will be assigned to each facility.
o Summarize all participantlevaluator/controller comments and evaluations on facility performance for the report.
* Evaluating the performance of the entire organization and plan as opposed to that of individuals and focus on results not processes.
o Evaluators are responsible for:
* Evaluating Individual performance of key decision-makers or of critical tasks (e.g.,
Determining gaps or weaknesses in response capability. One or more evaluators will be assigned to each facility.
Evaluating the performance of the entire organization and plan as opposed to that of individuals and focus on results not processes.
Evaluating Individual performance of key decision-makers or of critical tasks (e.g.,
notification, dose assessment) may be evaluated to assess training or remedial training needs.
notification, dose assessment) may be evaluated to assess training or remedial training needs.
* Objectively observinge response actions and make detailed notes on the sequence of events that can later be analyzed to identify response problems and their cause.
Objectively observinge response actions and make detailed notes on the sequence of events that can later be analyzed to identify response problems and their cause.
o   Evaluator Instructions Before the drill/exercise o   Be familiar with the overall exercise scenario and the performance objectives for the assigned area.
o Evaluator Instructions Before the drill/exercise o
o   Review the appropriate procedures and protocols.
Be familiar with the overall exercise scenario and the performance objectives for the assigned area.
o   Attend the required controller and evaluator briefing.
o Review the appropriate procedures and protocols.
o   Maintain scenario confidentially.
o Attend the required controller and evaluator briefing.
o   Report to the assigned location approximately 30 minutes before start time.
o Maintain scenario confidentially.
o   Establish controller communications (bridge line and/or radio approximately 15 minutes before start time.
o Report to the assigned location approximately 30 minutes before start time.
o   Clearly identify yourself as a controller or evaluator at the beginning of the drill/exercise and/or wear controller identification.
o Establish controller communications (bridge line and/or radio approximately 15 minutes before start time.
            "    Remind participants to use identification tools (e.g., badges, vests, arm bands).
o Clearly identify yourself as a controller or evaluator at the beginning of the drill/exercise and/or wear controller identification.
ATTACHMENT 5                               PAGE 4 OF 5
Remind participants to use identification tools (e.g., badges, vests, arm bands).
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 4 OF 5


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                       SO123-VI 11-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 44 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 8.0 (continued)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VI 11-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 44 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 8.0 (continued)
During the drill/exercise o   Avoid personal conversations with any participant.
During the drill/exercise o
o   Do not provide information unless it is requested or earned by the participants and then, only within the limits of the scenario.
Avoid personal conversations with any participant.
o   Do not give information to the participants regarding event progress or resolution of problems encountered by others. Participants are expected to obtain information through their own resources.
o Do not provide information unless it is requested or earned by the participants and then, only within the limits of the scenario.
o   Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.
o Do not give information to the participants regarding event progress or resolution of problems encountered by others. Participants are expected to obtain information through their own resources.
o   All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.
o Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.
o   Do not accelerate the drill/exercise by providing information ahead of schedule.
o All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.
o   Suspend local play for safety reasons and, if necessary, recommend to the Drill Coordinator the suspension of the whole drill.
o Do not accelerate the drill/exercise by providing information ahead of schedule.
o   Inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participants inform the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.
o Suspend local play for safety reasons and, if necessary, recommend to the Drill Coordinator the suspension of the whole drill.
o   Controller in the simulator should communicate with the EP facility controllers, using the controller phones, to verify the sequence of events are occurring as planned and adequate time is given for objective demonstration and evaluation.
o Inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participants inform the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.
o   The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.
o Controller in the simulator should communicate with the EP facility controllers, using the controller phones, to verify the sequence of events are occurring as planned and adequate time is given for objective demonstration and evaluation.
o   Ensure the use of "This is a drill" in communications to outside of the facility by controllers, evaluators, and participants and coach on-the-spot, if necessary, for plant announcements or communication offsite.
o The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.
o   Maintain a chronological log and ensure key events and times are captured.
o Ensure the use of "This is a drill" in communications to outside of the facility by controllers, evaluators, and participants and coach on-the-spot, if necessary, for plant announcements or communication offsite.
o   Log any scenario discrepancies.
o Maintain a chronological log and ensure key events and times are captured.
* After the drill/exercise o   Ensure the facility is restored to a readiness condition.
o Log any scenario discrepancies.
o   Attend meeting held by the Facility Lead Controller to identify control issues that may have affected the performance of participants.
After the drill/exercise o
o   Distribute and collect copies of participant feedback forms (coordinate with the lead controller in the facility).
Ensure the facility is restored to a readiness condition.
o   Collect the completed logs and procedure checklists at the end of the drill/exercise.
o Attend meeting held by the Facility Lead Controller to identify control issues that may have affected the performance of participants.
o   If asked for impressions of how things went before the participant self-critique, specific issues or problems should not be discussed.
o Distribute and collect copies of participant feedback forms (coordinate with the lead controller in the facility).
o   Attend the facility critique and provide feedback at the end of the participant self-critique on issues not identified and critiqued by the participants. Evaluate the effectiveness of the participant self-critique o   Summarize notes and prepare for the controller and evaluator debrief.
o Collect the completed logs and procedure checklists at the end of the drill/exercise.
o   Summarize all participant/evaluator/controller comments and evaluations on facility performance for the report.
o If asked for impressions of how things went before the participant self-critique, specific issues or problems should not be discussed.
ATTACHMENT 5                                 PAGE 5 OF 5
o Attend the facility critique and provide feedback at the end of the participant self-critique on issues not identified and critiqued by the participants. Evaluate the effectiveness of the participant self-critique o
Summarize notes and prepare for the controller and evaluator debrief.
o Summarize all participant/evaluator/controller comments and evaluations on facility performance for the report.
ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 5 OF 5


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION         EPIP                                               SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3              REVISION 17                                        PAGE 45 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 6 Drill Preparation Flowchart Coordinate / Verify         Determine objectives and Drill/Exercise Date         extent of play by offsite agencies.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 6 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 45 OF 73 Drill Preparation Flowchart Coordinate / Verify Drill/Exercise Date Determine objectives and extent of play by offsite agencies.
4, Assemble         Select and I
4, Assemble Scenario Development
Select and I
: Team4, Prepare Scenario Select and Notify Drill Participants Participant Brief /
If desired, Scenario        Notify Drill                Notify                 Arrange for Development      Participants                Controllers           Offsite Peer Team                                        & Evaluators           Evaluators 4,
Tabletop I
Prepare                                      Controller /
Select and Notify Controllers
Participant Evaluator Scenario        Brief /
& Evaluators Controller /
Training (if Tabletop needed)
Evaluator Training (if needed)
Submit scenario to 4
I If desired, Arrange for Offsite Peer Evaluators Submit scenario to NRC Resident Inspector when requested 4
Drill/Exercise Readiness NRC Resident                                  Checklist Attachment 9.8 Inspector when requested 4
Drill/Exercise Readiness Checklist Attachment 9.8 4
__  _                            SITE DRILL Drill Report and   Facility Leads               Lead                 Facility Corrective         Critique           of       Controller           Critique Actions                                         Critique ATTACHMENT 6                                       PAGE 1 OF 1
SITE DRILL Drill Report and Facility Leads Lead Facility Corrective Critique of Controller Critique Actions Critique ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION               EPIP                                               SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                  REVISION 17                                        PAGE 46 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 7 Exercise Preparation Flowchart Coordinate / Verify             Determine objectives                 Submit objectives and Exercise Date                   offsite agencies.                   extent of play to T-360 days                       T-10 Dag     es.                   FEMA T-90 days T-2     Dy L
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 7 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 46 OF 73 Exercise Preparation Flowchart Coordinate / Verify Determine objectives Submit objectives and Exercise Date offsite agencies.
Assemble               Select and                 Select and               Solicit /
extent of play to T-360 days T-10 Dag es.
Scenario                Notify                     Notify                   Arrange for Development            Exercise                   Controllers &           Offsite Peer Team Participants               Evaluators               Evaluators Prepare Scenario Participant Brief /
FEMA T-90 days T-2 Dy L
Tabletop Fotole ControllerI Evaluator Training (if needed)
Assemble Scenario Development Team Prepare Scenario Select and Select and Solicit /
Submit Scenario to FEMA at T-60 days prior to Miscellaneous Exercise Assignments &
Notify Notify Arrange for Exercise Controllers &
4 Controller / Evaluator Scenario Briefing exercise            Arrangements Drill/Exercise Readiness Submit scenario                                        Checklist Attachment 9.8 to NRC T-60 days prior to exercise FEMA & NRC scenario briefing Utility             NRC Debrief       FEMA debrief Critiques           Exit             Exit Exercise Report and Corrective Actions ATTACHMENT 7                                         PAGE 1 OF 1
Offsite Peer Participants Evaluators Evaluators Participant Brief /
Tabletop F
otole ControllerI Evaluator Training (if needed)4 Submit Scenario Miscellaneous to FEMA at Exercise T-60 days prior to Assignments &
exercise Arrangements Submit scenario to NRC T-60 days prior to exercise Controller / Evaluator Scenario Briefing Drill/Exercise Readiness Checklist Attachment 9.8 FEMA & NRC scenario briefing Exercise Report and Corrective Actions Utility NRC Debrief FEMA debrief Critiques Exit Exit ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 1


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                           S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                        REVISION 17                                    PAGE 47 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 8 CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING An essential component of a successful drill and exercise program is the selection and briefing of a controller/evaluator organization. Personnel to serve in this organization shall be chosen based on their knowledge in specific areas. It is desirable to use ERO personnel as controllers and evaluators whenever possible.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 8 S0123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 47 OF 73 CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING An essential component of a successful drill and exercise program is the selection and briefing of a controller/evaluator organization. Personnel to serve in this organization shall be chosen based on their knowledge in specific areas. It is desirable to use ERO personnel as controllers and evaluators whenever possible.
Quality Assurance personnel observing the drill are not required to complete the controller/evaluator briefing, but should receive the observer guidelines.
Quality Assurance personnel observing the drill are not required to complete the controller/evaluator briefing, but should receive the observer guidelines.
Controller Briefing Checklist/Walk-Through Ensure all controllers have signed the current year's Confidentiality Agreement and that the current year's Confidentiality Agreement list is updated.
Controller Briefing Checklist/Walk-Through Ensure all controllers have signed the current year's Confidentiality Agreement and that the current year's Confidentiality Agreement list is updated.
1       Drill/exercise scenario package Each controller/evaluator receives the scenario material (1)
1 Drill/exercise scenario package Each controller/evaluator receives the scenario material (1)
Briefed on scenario security and signs security agreement for package 2       Review purpose and objectives of the drill/exercise. Include whether coaching from controllers will be allowed and if so when it is appropriate.
Briefed on scenario security and signs security agreement for package 2
Review purpose and objectives of the drill/exercise. Include whether coaching from controllers will be allowed and if so when it is appropriate.
Evaluators do not coach.
Evaluators do not coach.
or
" Activities for which PI credit will be taken CANNOT be guided or coached.
                  " Activities for which PI credit will be taken CANNOT be guided coached.
" Coaching is not allowed during a Graded EXERCISE 3
                  " Coaching is not allowed during a Graded EXERCISE 3       Review scenario timeline - review expected conditions for EAL, classifications and time frame for facility activation, accountability, protective       0 action recommendations, etc.
Review scenario timeline - review expected conditions for EAL, classifications and time frame for facility activation, accountability, protective 0
4       Bases for scenario events - explain the rationale for each event with respect to industry and previous site experience.
action recommendations, etc.
5       Review each player message and controller information sheet contained in the scenario package.(2) 6       Review any past ERO team strengths and weaknesses that should receive special controller/evaluator scrutiny. Discuss any risk significant standards           o that were not met during the last drill/exercise.
4 Bases for scenario events - explain the rationale for each event with respect to industry and previous site experience.
7       Drill/exercise ground rules - emphasize the need to not interfere with participant decisions and actions. Ensure each controller/evaluator has                 o reviewed Controller Organization and/or Evaluator Organization.
5 Review each player message and controller information sheet contained in the scenario package.(2) 6 Review any past ERO team strengths and weaknesses that should receive special controller/evaluator scrutiny. Discuss any risk significant standards o
8       Facility and/or participant evaluation checklist from EN-EP-308 - ensure each controller/evaluator understands the objectives for their facility and the         0 proper method for completing the checklists.
that were not met during the last drill/exercise.
9       Review schedule and responsibilities for post-drill/exercise critiques.                 E0 10       Review any past controller or participant strengths and weaknesses that 0
7 Drill/exercise ground rules - emphasize the need to not interfere with participant decisions and actions. Ensure each controller/evaluator has o
should receive special awareness from the controllers.
reviewed Controller Organization and/or Evaluator Organization.
ATTACHMENT 8                                     PAGE 1 OF 1
8 Facility and/or participant evaluation checklist from EN-EP-308 - ensure each controller/evaluator understands the objectives for their facility and the 0
proper method for completing the checklists.
9 Review schedule and responsibilities for post-drill/exercise critiques.
E0 10 Review any past controller or participant strengths and weaknesses that should receive special awareness from the controllers.
0 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 1


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1,2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                 PAGE 48 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 1.0   Controller Training - Training shall be conducted annually for all controllers.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1,2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 48 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 1.0 Controller Training - Training shall be conducted annually for all controllers.
The training should include the following subjects:
The training should include the following subjects:
* Establishing initial conditions and briefing the drill participants
Establishing initial conditions and briefing the drill participants Specifying extent of play and activities to be simulated Intervention by controllers to ensure the actions of drill participants do not cause the drill to deviate from the scenario.
* Specifying extent of play and activities to be simulated
Use of cue cards Use of props and staging of simulated plant conditions and events Distribution of data Coaching in order to provide training Prompting of actions to maintain the scenario time line Documentation requirements including all interactions with drill participants.
* Intervention by controllers to ensure the actions of drill participants do not cause the drill to deviate from the scenario.
Adherence to all HP, Safety, and Security rules Evaluation Criteria Evaluation Techniques Critique Process o
* Use of cue cards
Conduct of player debriefings o
* Use of props and staging of simulated plant conditions and events
Review of identified deficiencies o
* Distribution of data
Eliciting player comments in the course of a comparison and analysis of anticipated versus actual responses 2.0 Controllers Materials and Meetings - Initial controller packages should be distributed approximately two weeks prior to the drill/exercise.
* Coaching in order to provide training
* Prompting of actions to maintain the scenario time line
* Documentation requirements including all interactions with drill participants.
* Adherence to all HP, Safety, and Security rules
* Evaluation Criteria
* Evaluation Techniques
* Critique Process o Conduct of player debriefings o Review of identified deficiencies o Eliciting player comments in the course of a comparison and analysis of anticipated versus actual responses 2.0   Controllers Materials and Meetings - Initial controller packages should be distributed approximately two weeks prior to the drill/exercise.
The initial controller package should contain:
The initial controller package should contain:
* Confidentiality Form
Confidentiality Form Sequence of Events Summary Instructions to Controllers Controller Walkthrough Meeting Schedule 3.0 Upon receipt of the initial controller package, controllers should identify their drill responsibilities in accordance with the summary and sequence of events.
* Sequence of Events
4.0 Controllers should attend the meetings identified on the controller schedule.
* Summary
5.0 Instructions to controllers should include the following:
* Instructions to Controllers
Steps for drill or exercise preparation Steps for drill conduct Steps for drill evaluation and record keeping Instructions for correcting and demonstrating proper emergency response Modification of PA announcements and other notifications for appropriate drill response ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 2
* Controller Walkthrough Meeting Schedule 3.0   Upon receipt of the initial controller package, controllers should identify their drill responsibilities in accordance with the summary and sequence of events.
4.0   Controllers should attend the meetings identified on the controller schedule.
5.0   Instructions to controllers should include the following:
* Steps for drill or exercise preparation
* Steps for drill conduct
* Steps for drill evaluation and record keeping
* Instructions for correcting and demonstrating proper emergency response
* Modification of PA announcements and other notifications for appropriate drill response ATTACHMENT 9                                   PAGE 1 OF 2


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                 PAGE 49 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 6.0   Each controller package should contain the following:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 49 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 6.0 Each controller package should contain the following:
* Objectives
Objectives Sequence of events Drill summary List of Controllers and communications information (PAX phone numbers, etc.)
* Sequence of events
Instructions to Controllers Guidelines for Drill Conduct Response record sheets for note-taking Participant comment sheets Evaluation form Individual cue cards which the controller will distribute Survey data for field team controllers 7.0 Each Facility Lead Controller should be provided a data book from which data shall be used or distributed and should contain the following:
* Drill summary
Plant Data Health Physics Data Complete set of cue cards 8.0 The walkthrough should:
* List of Controllers and communications information (PAX phone numbers, etc.)
Provide detailed orientation of controllers on the particular scenario Highlight critical scenario sequences and review anticipated responses Resolve scenario conflicts or inconsistencies Review the manner of presentation of information or data to players Identify necessary props Identify procedures for review Identify controllers responsibility for evaluating players' performance against specific objectives 9.0 A final pre-drill or exercise meeting should be conducted just prior to the drill or exercise to finalize the preparations, pre-stage controllers and to synchronize controller watches as directed by the Drill Coordinator.
* Instructions to Controllers
10.0 Late changes to the controller packages should be identified.
* Guidelines for Drill Conduct
ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 2
* Response record sheets for note-taking
* Participant comment sheets
* Evaluation form
* Individual cue cards which the controller will distribute
* Survey data for field team controllers 7.0   Each Facility Lead Controller should be provided a data book from which data shall be used or distributed and should contain the following:
* Plant Data
* Health Physics Data
* Complete set of cue cards 8.0   The walkthrough should:
* Provide detailed orientation of controllers on the particular scenario
* Highlight critical scenario sequences and review anticipated responses
* Resolve scenario conflicts or inconsistencies
* Review the manner of presentation of information or data to players
* Identify necessary props
* Identify procedures for review
* Identify controllers responsibility for evaluating players' performance against specific objectives 9.0   A final pre-drill or exercise meeting should be conducted just prior to the drill or exercise to finalize the preparations, pre-stage controllers and to synchronize controller watches as directed by the Drill Coordinator.
10.0 Late changes to the controller packages should be identified.
ATTACHMENT 9                                   PAGE 2 OF 2


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                 PAGE 50 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES The following information, as augmented, should be used to instruct controller/evaluators on functions and responsibilities for conduct during drills or exercises. Personnel assigned as controller/evaluators should be proficient in the area they are evaluating and briefed on these guidelines prior to any scheduled drill or exercise.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 50 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES The following information, as augmented, should be used to instruct controller/evaluators on functions and responsibilities for conduct during drills or exercises. Personnel assigned as controller/evaluators should be proficient in the area they are evaluating and briefed on these guidelines prior to any scheduled drill or exercise.
: 1.     The controller/evaluator organization is coordinated through a chain of command. Controllers report to their Facility Lead Controller who reports to the Drill Coordinator. This chain of command is vital for accurate and timely information flow and message issue through the controller organization; and allows for rapid dissemination of changes, if required.
1.
: 2.     Evaluators are individuals assigned to key functional areas to document and evaluate emergency response actions. Evaluators have no responsibility or authority for controlling or impacting scenario simulation.
The controller/evaluator organization is coordinated through a chain of command. Controllers report to their Facility Lead Controller who reports to the Drill Coordinator. This chain of command is vital for accurate and timely information flow and message issue through the controller organization; and allows for rapid dissemination of changes, if required.
: 3.     Written messages are used to initiate, modify, and/or complete events posed by the scenario.
: 2.
Evaluators are individuals assigned to key functional areas to document and evaluate emergency response actions. Evaluators have no responsibility or authority for controlling or impacting scenario simulation.
: 3.
Written messages are used to initiate, modify, and/or complete events posed by the scenario.
Controllers issue messages to pre-designated individuals, or distribute information sheets at pre-designated locations after demonstration of ability to obtain the information, as stipulated by the scenario timeline. Message/information delivery is assigned to specific controllers responsible for issuing the message. Controllers may ensure that ERO participants understand the content of all messages. There are two types of messages:
Controllers issue messages to pre-designated individuals, or distribute information sheets at pre-designated locations after demonstration of ability to obtain the information, as stipulated by the scenario timeline. Message/information delivery is assigned to specific controllers responsible for issuing the message. Controllers may ensure that ERO participants understand the content of all messages. There are two types of messages:
            " Controlling messages are messages that pose hypothetical events or communicate data necessary to promote a response. Controlling messages are the primary means of implementing scenario events if any automated data source is not available.
" Controlling messages are messages that pose hypothetical events or communicate data necessary to promote a response. Controlling messages are the primary means of implementing scenario events if any automated data source is not available.
            " Contingency messages are messages that prevent, correct, or direct certain responses.
" Contingency messages are messages that prevent, correct, or direct certain responses.
Contingency messages should be clearly marked and are to be used by controllers to maintain the scenario continuity or correct the timeliness of scenario activities.
Contingency messages should be clearly marked and are to be used by controllers to maintain the scenario continuity or correct the timeliness of scenario activities.
Controllers should always obtain approval from the Drill Coordinator prior to issuing a contingency message and must record times such messages are issued. Contingency messages may be printed on colored paper.
Controllers should always obtain approval from the Drill Coordinator prior to issuing a contingency message and must record times such messages are issued. Contingency messages may be printed on colored paper.
: 4.     Scenario messages generally include the following, as appropriate:
: 4.
* Sequential number and type of message, either controlling or contingency.
Scenario messages generally include the following, as appropriate:
* Message Delivery Time - Approximate time the message is delivered.
Sequential number and type of message, either controlling or contingency.
* From - Message origination and controller responsible for delivery.
Message Delivery Time - Approximate time the message is delivered.
* To - ERO participant or facility to receive the message.
From - Message origination and controller responsible for delivery.
* TEXT - Clear, concise verbal or written picture that should prompt a response.
To - ERO participant or facility to receive the message.
* Controller note - Notes including precautions; actions required to be completed by ERO participants before receiving message; subsequent controller actions, and additional information, etc.
TEXT - Clear, concise verbal or written picture that should prompt a response.
* Expected response - Generic narrative of expected minimum actions (i.e. inform management of the situation presented, mitigating actions the responder could take, etc.).
Controller note - Notes including precautions; actions required to be completed by ERO participants before receiving message; subsequent controller actions, and additional information, etc.
ATTACHMENT 10                                 PAGE 1 OF 9
Expected response - Generic narrative of expected minimum actions (i.e. inform management of the situation presented, mitigating actions the responder could take, etc.).
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                               PAGE 51 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 51 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES
: 5. Controllers must not provide scenario information to the ERO participants or resolve problems encountered, unless ERO participants take actions necessary to obtain information. In the event of incorrect or incomplete responses; or if an ERO participant indicates lack of knowledge of how to proceed, controllers may find it necessary to coach the ERO participant with necessary instructions to maintain the scenario schedule. Prompting or coaching must be noted. When this lack of knowledge on how to proceed occurs in an exercise the participant is expected to be reliant upon his/her resources; however if it is necessary controllers may intercede only after is it determined actions cannot be completed and the action is necessary to advance the scenario as intended. Controllers shall take note and discuss actions during the post drill critique to resolve any confusion after the drill/exercise is terminated.
: 5.
: 6. The controller should confer with their lead to determine whether a prompt should be made. A contingency message indicates the anticipation by the SDT that an inject message in the scenario may be necessary. All prompting must be approved by the Drill Coordinator and must be included in the critique.
Controllers must not provide scenario information to the ERO participants or resolve problems encountered, unless ERO participants take actions necessary to obtain information. In the event of incorrect or incomplete responses; or if an ERO participant indicates lack of knowledge of how to proceed, controllers may find it necessary to coach the ERO participant with necessary instructions to maintain the scenario schedule. Prompting or coaching must be noted. When this lack of knowledge on how to proceed occurs in an exercise the participant is expected to be reliant upon his/her resources; however if it is necessary controllers may intercede only after is it determined actions cannot be completed and the action is necessary to advance the scenario as intended. Controllers shall take note and discuss actions during the post drill critique to resolve any confusion after the drill/exercise is terminated.
: 7. Controllers may have responsibilities for issuing time - related process or radiological parameters. This information should only be issued if ERO participants' actions would allow them access to the information if it were an actual event.
: 6.
: 8. Scenario data must not be issued prior to ERO participants performing the necessary actions required to obtain the data.
The controller should confer with their lead to determine whether a prompt should be made. A contingency message indicates the anticipation by the SDT that an inject message in the scenario may be necessary. All prompting must be approved by the Drill Coordinator and must be included in the critique.
: 9. Scenario material is to be treated as confidential and must not be provided to ERO participants prematurely; i.e., scenario books and messages must not be left unattended.
: 7.
: 10. Scenario events are hypothetical. NO actions or reactions involving operation of plant systems or affecting operability or emergency preparedness should be initiated.
Controllers may have responsibilities for issuing time - related process or radiological parameters. This information should only be issued if ERO participants' actions would allow them access to the information if it were an actual event.
: 11. Some ERO participants may insist that events or times are unrealistic. The scenario should be based on real world failures when possible. Controllers have the authority to clarify questions critical to the continuity of the simulation or demonstration of objectives. It may be necessary to state, "This is due to requirements of the scenario for the ERO to demonstrate emergency plan implementation ". Ensure that ERO participants are aware they are being given credit for all actions.
: 8.
: 12. NRC Performance Indicators of classification, notification, and protective action recommendations should be discussed with controllers and times documented by each facility.
Scenario data must not be issued prior to ERO participants performing the necessary actions required to obtain the data.
: 9.
Scenario material is to be treated as confidential and must not be provided to ERO participants prematurely; i.e., scenario books and messages must not be left unattended.
: 10.
Scenario events are hypothetical. NO actions or reactions involving operation of plant systems or affecting operability or emergency preparedness should be initiated.
: 11.
Some ERO participants may insist that events or times are unrealistic. The scenario should be based on real world failures when possible. Controllers have the authority to clarify questions critical to the continuity of the simulation or demonstration of objectives. It may be necessary to state, "This is due to requirements of the scenario for the ERO to demonstrate emergency plan implementation ". Ensure that ERO participants are aware they are being given credit for all actions.
: 12.
NRC Performance Indicators of classification, notification, and protective action recommendations should be discussed with controllers and times documented by each facility.
Controllers shall not intervene, prompt or provide guidance during these opportunities of the scenario timeline.
Controllers shall not intervene, prompt or provide guidance during these opportunities of the scenario timeline.
ATTACHMENT 10                                 PAGE 2 OF 9
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 2 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                 PAGE 52 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 52 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES
: 13. Do not coach the following if NRC performance indicators are being evaluated and counted:
: 13.
        "  Classification of emergencies or indications that lead to classification. If indications that an EAL initiating condition exists but is not recognized by the ERO, coaching that the indication exists (not EAL) may occur after the time for classification (15 minutes) has expired and the classification is required for the progression of the drill. Do not coach missed classifications, the ERO as a team should recognize this.
Do not coach the following if NRC performance indicators are being evaluated and counted:
        " Timeliness of classification.
Classification of emergencies or indications that lead to classification. If indications that an EAL initiating condition exists but is not recognized by the ERO, coaching that the indication exists (not EAL) may occur after the time for classification (15 minutes) has expired and the classification is required for the progression of the drill. Do not coach missed classifications, the ERO as a team should recognize this.
        " State and local notifications of classification or PARs or timeliness of the notification. Do not coach on errors on the notification form or call or the missed time limit.
" Timeliness of classification.
        " Protective Action Recommendations or indications that lead to a PAR or re-evaluation/upgrade of a PAR.
State and local notifications of classification or PARs or timeliness of the notification. Do not coach on errors on the notification form or call or the missed time limit.
: 14. Drills designated as non-evaluated training drills may have mentor/coaches assigned to specific positions to ensure positive training occurs. Coaching may be used to:
" Protective Action Recommendations or indications that lead to a PAR or re-evaluation/upgrade of a PAR.
* Ensure the participant adheres to the communications standard.
: 14.
* Coach or train the participant in the understanding of position responsibility, position procedures, interface with other positions or facilities, how to obtain information, or equipment required for the position.
Drills designated as non-evaluated training drills may have mentor/coaches assigned to specific positions to ensure positive training occurs. Coaching may be used to:
* Identify good performance or areas needing improvement or additional training.
Ensure the participant adheres to the communications standard.
: 15. Controllers are not allowed to arbitrarily inject free play into the scenario. Any deviation from the scenario must be approved by the Drill Coordinator.
Coach or train the participant in the understanding of position responsibility, position procedures, interface with other positions or facilities, how to obtain information, or equipment required for the position.
: 16. The controller/evaluator organization must synch clocks to ensure messages are delivered at the prescribed time.
Identify good performance or areas needing improvement or additional training.
: 17. Phone and radio communications associated with the drill begin and end with the phrase "This is a drill". Controllers are encouraged to interrupt and prompt participants with "This is a drill" if not used. Three way communications is the standard during drills.
: 15.
: 18. Controllers and evaluators must ensure that they are at their assigned positions and are easily identifiable to ERO participants.
Controllers are not allowed to arbitrarily inject free play into the scenario. Any deviation from the scenario must be approved by the Drill Coordinator.
: 19. Controllers are thoroughly familiar with the ERO participant guidelines which establish the scope of simulation and emergency response. When any questions arise during the conduct of a drill or exercise, contact your Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator for guidance.
: 16.
: 20. As part of the controller evaluator briefing facility controllers should group together in a tabletop to walk-through and validate events and associated control activities.
The controller/evaluator organization must synch clocks to ensure messages are delivered at the prescribed time.
ATTACHMENT 10                                   PAGE 3 OF 9
: 17.
Phone and radio communications associated with the drill begin and end with the phrase "This is a drill". Controllers are encouraged to interrupt and prompt participants with "This is a drill" if not used. Three way communications is the standard during drills.
: 18.
Controllers and evaluators must ensure that they are at their assigned positions and are easily identifiable to ERO participants.
: 19.
Controllers are thoroughly familiar with the ERO participant guidelines which establish the scope of simulation and emergency response. When any questions arise during the conduct of a drill or exercise, contact your Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator for guidance.
: 20.
As part of the controller evaluator briefing facility controllers should group together in a tabletop to walk-through and validate events and associated control activities.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 3 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                               PAGE 53 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 53 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES
: 21. Some reminders:
: 21.
* Maintain professional conduct during drills/exercises and critiques.
Some reminders:
* Become familiar with the controller/evaluator organization.
Maintain professional conduct during drills/exercises and critiques.
      " Perform a walk-down of the facility and areas you will control/evaluate prior to the drill /
Become familiar with the controller/evaluator organization.
Perform a walk-down of the facility and areas you will control/evaluate prior to the drill /
exercise.
exercise.
* Make sure you understand the scenario.
Make sure you understand the scenario.
* Know what the ERO participants' required actions are.
Know what the ERO participants' required actions are.
* Give yourself time to set up at your location
Give yourself time to set up at your location Controllers shall locate the communications equipment to be used for drill/exercise control.
* Controllers shall locate the communications equipment to be used for drill/exercise control.
Position yourself to maximize your effectiveness in issuing messages, observing the ERO participants, or conducting your evaluation without interfering.
* Position yourself to maximize your effectiveness in issuing messages, observing the ERO participants, or conducting your evaluation without interfering.
Identify yourself to the ERO participants. Wear the identification provided.
* Identify yourself to the ERO participants. Wear the identification provided.
Issue messages on time. Make sure that ERO participants understand the content.
* Issue messages on time. Make sure that ERO participants understand the content.
Verify that the scenario is running on schedule.
      " Verify that the scenario is running on schedule.
Document demonstration of objectives.
      " Document demonstration of objectives.
Allow ERO participants reasonable flexibility to perform their functions and demonstrate their ability, knowledge and initiative.
      " Allow ERO participants reasonable flexibility to perform their functions and demonstrate their ability, knowledge and initiative.
Take accurate, detailed notes on strengths, deficiencies, weaknesses, and improvement items. State facts, not opinions.
* Take accurate, detailed notes on strengths, deficiencies, weaknesses, and improvement items. State facts, not opinions.
Complete any evaluation forms provided. Resist the tendency to draw conclusions.
* Complete any evaluation forms provided. Resist the tendency to draw conclusions.
Attend all scheduled critique functions and be ready to contribute.
* Attend all scheduled critique functions and be ready to contribute.
Do not leave your scenario package unattended.
* Do not leave your scenario package unattended.
Do not leave your post at key times.
* Do not leave your post at key times.
Do not criticize ERO participants' actions during the simulation.
* Do not criticize ERO participants' actions during the simulation.
Do not allow external influences to distract ERO participants' emergency response.
* Do not allow external influences to distract ERO participants' emergency response.
Do not allow simulation of equipment or supplies if they are actually available, without authorization from the Drill Coordinator.
* Do not allow simulation of equipment or supplies if they are actually available, without authorization from the Drill Coordinator.
Do not carry on conversations in the facility that may distract ERO participants.
* Do not carry on conversations in the facility that may distract ERO participants.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 4 OF 9
ATTACHMENT 10                               PAGE 4 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                       S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                               PAGE 54 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES BEFORE THE EXERCISE
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 54 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES BEFORE THE EXERCISE
: 1. Read the Exercise Summary and Sequence of Events to understand Cue Card distribution and the anticipated responses.
: 1.
: 2. Read the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct and Exercise Extent of Play to understand what responses are to be simulated, and how far actual responses are to be carried out.
Read the Exercise Summary and Sequence of Events to understand Cue Card distribution and the anticipated responses.
: 3. Review procedures to be implemented by participants you will be observing to identify critical steps and error-likely situations.
: 2.
: 4. Note any additional information you think you will need to give the participants, including props and other staging materials. Identify this information to the Exercise Coordinator as early as possible.
Read the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct and Exercise Extent of Play to understand what responses are to be simulated, and how far actual responses are to be carried out.
: 5. Review the Exercise Objectives and Evaluation Form. These are the performance areas you must pay particular attention to during the Exercise.
: 3.
: 6. Ensure that your Radiological and Security access levels are current and adequate for the areas you must enter during the Exercise.
Review procedures to be implemented by participants you will be observing to identify critical steps and error-likely situations.
: 7. Prior to the day of the Exercise, contact any participants you expect to interact with to coordinate times and locations for briefings, etc.
: 4.
: 8. On the day of the Exercise, assemble and brief any participants who require staging. Review the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct and simulated plant conditions with them.
Note any additional information you think you will need to give the participants, including props and other staging materials. Identify this information to the Exercise Coordinator as early as possible.
: 9. Direct any participants who are pre-staged without authorization to leave the area.
: 5.
: 10. Inform participants assigned to OSC field teams that they MUST check with a Controller to obtain simulated Exercise conditions. If they are assigned to a team without a Controller, participants must check with a Controller in the OSC for simulated conditions prior to reporting status to other Exercise participants.
Review the Exercise Objectives and Evaluation Form. These are the performance areas you must pay particular attention to during the Exercise.
ATTACHMENT 10                                 PAGE 5 OF 9
: 6.
Ensure that your Radiological and Security access levels are current and adequate for the areas you must enter during the Exercise.
: 7.
Prior to the day of the Exercise, contact any participants you expect to interact with to coordinate times and locations for briefings, etc.
: 8.
On the day of the Exercise, assemble and brief any participants who require staging. Review the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct and simulated plant conditions with them.
: 9.
Direct any participants who are pre-staged without authorization to leave the area.
: 10.
Inform participants assigned to OSC field teams that they MUST check with a Controller to obtain simulated Exercise conditions. If they are assigned to a team without a Controller, participants must check with a Controller in the OSC for simulated conditions prior to reporting status to other Exercise participants.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 5 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                               PAGE 55 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES DURING THE EXERCISE
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 55 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES DURING THE EXERCISE
: 1. Identify the Exercise participants in your area. Ensure they understand the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct. Participants need to sign attendance sheets to document their participation.
: 1.
: 2. CONFIDENTIALITY is crucial. Ensure that Controller Notebooks and other Exercise data are never left unattended or uncontrolled. Ensure your conversations with other Controllers or Observers regarding the scenario elements and timing cannot be overheard by participants.
Identify the Exercise participants in your area. Ensure they understand the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct. Participants need to sign attendance sheets to document their participation.
: 2.
CONFIDENTIALITY is crucial. Ensure that Controller Notebooks and other Exercise data are never left unattended or uncontrolled. Ensure your conversations with other Controllers or Observers regarding the scenario elements and timing cannot be overheard by participants.
Give participants Exercise conditions and plant and equipment status only when they take appropriate steps to EARN the information.
Give participants Exercise conditions and plant and equipment status only when they take appropriate steps to EARN the information.
: 3. Instruct participants that they are to carry out assignments as follows:
: 3.
* Walk through the assignment, performing such steps as retrieving tools, equipment and procedures, reporting to supervision and the Control Room Simulator (via radio or phone),
Instruct participants that they are to carry out assignments as follows:
Walk through the assignment, performing such steps as retrieving tools, equipment and procedures, reporting to supervision and the Control Room Simulator (via radio or phone),
and wearing protective gear, WITHOUT manipulating plant equipment or controls, unless directed by a Controller.
and wearing protective gear, WITHOUT manipulating plant equipment or controls, unless directed by a Controller.
* Observe all Security, RP, Safety and Administrative controls.
Observe all Security, RP, Safety and Administrative controls.
* Assume equipment works normally, unless told otherwise by a Controller or indicated by Exercise guidelines, props or signs.
Assume equipment works normally, unless told otherwise by a Controller or indicated by Exercise guidelines, props or signs.
* Describe all actions and communications to the Controller or Evaluator observing their response.
Describe all actions and communications to the Controller or Evaluator observing their response.
: 4. Record the actions of Exercise participants on the Exercise Response Record. Try to record a BRIEF OBSERVATION every 2 - 3 minutes. Document thoroughly but do not attempt to formally evaluate participant performance at this time. Note the following:
: 4.
* Time at which information associated with classification or PAR determination is available to Exercise participants.
Record the actions of Exercise participants on the Exercise Response Record. Try to record a BRIEF OBSERVATION every 2 - 3 minutes. Document thoroughly but do not attempt to formally evaluate participant performance at this time. Note the following:
* Time of event classification or PAR determination.
Time at which information associated with classification or PAR determination is available to Exercise participants.
* Time of notification, and verbiage used.
Time of event classification or PAR determination.
* Time at which recalled personnel arrive.
Time of notification, and verbiage used.
* Information flow between Exercise participants.
Time at which recalled personnel arrive.
* Procedure implementation.
Information flow between Exercise participants.
* Actions taken in response to Exercise scenario.
Procedure implementation.
* Use of "THIS IS A DRILL" with all electronic communications.
Actions taken in response to Exercise scenario.
* Audibility and accuracy of PA announcements.
Use of "THIS IS A DRILL" with all electronic communications.
* Location of any defective or muted PA speakers.
Audibility and accuracy of PA announcements.
: 5. Contact the Drill Coordinator or Facility Lead Controller if problems arise, especially if:
Location of any defective or muted PA speakers.
* Timing of Cue Cards or responses is in question.
: 5.
* Response to Exercise conditions is different from expected
Contact the Drill Coordinator or Facility Lead Controller if problems arise, especially if:
* Questions arise about how far to carry Exercise responses.
Timing of Cue Cards or responses is in question.
ATTACHMENT 10                                 PAGE 6 OF 9
Response to Exercise conditions is different from expected Questions arise about how far to carry Exercise responses.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 6 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                 PAGE 56 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES DURING THE EXERCISE (continued)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 56 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES DURING THE EXERCISE (continued)
: 6. Direct RP Technicians to use normal instruments for response inside the Radiological Controlled Area (RCA), and to use Emergency Kit instruments for response outside the RCA.
: 6.
: 7. If required, direct participants to use GMRI canisters marked "Drill Use Only."
Direct RP Technicians to use normal instruments for response inside the Radiological Controlled Area (RCA), and to use Emergency Kit instruments for response outside the RCA.
: 8. OSC Controllers:
: 7.
        " Ensure Controllers accompany dispatched teams. Track assignments of teams already in the field, in case they are redirected to locations requiring specific Controllers.
If required, direct participants to use GMRI canisters marked "Drill Use Only."
* If any additional teams must be dispatched without Controllers, then give them the instructions for participant response listed in item 3, above. Instruct them to contact you from the field if they have any questions, and to report their actions to you before reporting in to the OSC for debriefing.
: 8.
          " If there are no radiological survey maps prepared for an area, then indicate that the readings are "as read." If uncertain, contact the OSC HP Controller.
OSC Controllers:
          " While the participant's instrument is moving closer to the source of radiation indicate the reading as rising, while the participant's instrument is moving further from the source indicate the reading as lowering, and when the instrument is stationary provide the appropriate value.
Ensure Controllers accompany dispatched teams. Track assignments of teams already in the field, in case they are redirected to locations requiring specific Controllers.
: 9. Remind Observers not to interfere with participants. Their questions should be directed to Exercise Controllers or Evaluators only.
If any additional teams must be dispatched without Controllers, then give them the instructions for participant response listed in item 3, above. Instruct them to contact you from the field if they have any questions, and to report their actions to you before reporting in to the OSC for debriefing.
: 11. The Exercise will be terminated when all objectives have been tested and play at all locations has reached a logical stopping point. Facility Lead Controllers will be notified about 10 minutes before the Exercise is terminated, and should inform other Controllers and Evaluators.
If there are no radiological survey maps prepared for an area, then indicate that the readings are "as read." If uncertain, contact the OSC HP Controller.
: 12. The Exercise may need to be terminated due to an actual emergency or at the direction of management. If the Exercise is terminated due to an actual emergency, the Shift Manager will declare the event in the Control Room, and notify the facility leaders over the Ivory Phone. If the Exercise is terminated at the direction of management, the Exercise Coordinator will notify the facility leaders over the Ivory Phone. If the Exercise is terminated for any reason, return the facilities to their pre-Exercise condition and wait for further instructions.
While the participant's instrument is moving closer to the source of radiation indicate the reading as rising, while the participant's instrument is moving further from the source indicate the reading as lowering, and when the instrument is stationary provide the appropriate value.
ATTACHMENT 10                                 PAGE 7 OF 9
: 9.
Remind Observers not to interfere with participants. Their questions should be directed to Exercise Controllers or Evaluators only.
: 11.
The Exercise will be terminated when all objectives have been tested and play at all locations has reached a logical stopping point. Facility Lead Controllers will be notified about 10 minutes before the Exercise is terminated, and should inform other Controllers and Evaluators.
: 12.
The Exercise may need to be terminated due to an actual emergency or at the direction of management. If the Exercise is terminated due to an actual emergency, the Shift Manager will declare the event in the Control Room, and notify the facility leaders over the Ivory Phone. If the Exercise is terminated at the direction of management, the Exercise Coordinator will notify the facility leaders over the Ivory Phone. If the Exercise is terminated for any reason, return the facilities to their pre-Exercise condition and wait for further instructions.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 7 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                           SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                                   PAGE 57 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES AFTER THE EXERCISE
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 57 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES AFTER THE EXERCISE
: 1. Conduct a debriefing of participants in your area immediately after the Exercise. This may be done alone or with other Controllers and Evaluators. The following specific items should be discussed:
: 1.
: a.     Brief review of the Sequence of Events and the Exercise Summary.
Conduct a debriefing of participants in your area immediately after the Exercise. This may be done alone or with other Controllers and Evaluators. The following specific items should be discussed:
: b.     Statement of any Objectives applicable to your area, and preliminary results.
: a.
: c.     Brief description of any response findings.
Brief review of the Sequence of Events and the Exercise Summary.
: d.     Request for participant response to the items above.
: b.
: 2. Collect Exercise Participant Comments.
Statement of any Objectives applicable to your area, and preliminary results.
: 3. Assist the Facility Lead Controller and Participants in restoring the facility to a ready condition.
: c.
: 4. Complete the Exercise Evaluation Form as soon as possible.
Brief description of any response findings.
: 5. Explain any unsatisfactory areas.
: d.
: 6. Note procedures, actions, etc., that worked well or were particularly successful.
Request for participant response to the items above.
: 7. Make copies for your own use, then turn in completed original Evaluations, Participant Comments, collected Exercise materials, log sheets, etc., to your Facility Lead Controller as soon as possible after the Exercise. EVALUATION FORMS AND PARTICIPANT COMMENT SHEETS MUST BE TURNED IN AT OR BEFORE CONTROLLER DEBRIEF.
: 2.
: 8. Designated Controllers attend debriefing.
Collect Exercise Participant Comments.
ATTACHMENT 10                                   PAGE 8 OF 9
: 3.
Assist the Facility Lead Controller and Participants in restoring the facility to a ready condition.
: 4.
Complete the Exercise Evaluation Form as soon as possible.
: 5.
Explain any unsatisfactory areas.
: 6.
Note procedures, actions, etc., that worked well or were particularly successful.
: 7.
Make copies for your own use, then turn in completed original Evaluations, Participant Comments, collected Exercise materials, log sheets, etc., to your Facility Lead Controller as soon as possible after the Exercise. EVALUATION FORMS AND PARTICIPANT COMMENT SHEETS MUST BE TURNED IN AT OR BEFORE CONTROLLER DEBRIEF.
: 8.
Designated Controllers attend debriefing.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 8 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                             PAGE 58 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES OPERATING EXPERIENCE RELATED TO CONTROLLER PERFORMANCE
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 58 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES OPERATING EXPERIENCE RELATED TO CONTROLLER PERFORMANCE
: 1. From NN 201122755: A Drill Controller intercepted radiological survey information, preventing others in the ERO and the SED from having the opportunity to analyze the information and respond accordingly to determine whether a General Emergency Classification was warranted.
: 1.
From NN 201122755: A Drill Controller intercepted radiological survey information, preventing others in the ERO and the SED from having the opportunity to analyze the information and respond accordingly to determine whether a General Emergency Classification was warranted.
Per NEI 99-02 Rev. 6 and SO123-VIII-0.401, "if a controller intervenes (e.g., coaching, prompting) with the performance of an individual to make an independent and correct classification, notification, or PAR, then that DEP PI Opportunity shall be considered a failure."
Per NEI 99-02 Rev. 6 and SO123-VIII-0.401, "if a controller intervenes (e.g., coaching, prompting) with the performance of an individual to make an independent and correct classification, notification, or PAR, then that DEP PI Opportunity shall be considered a failure."
: 2. Controllers failed to coordinate with Simulator Machine Operator to display changing plant conditions in the Simulator prior to allowing players report their simulated actions. This resulted in confusion and interrupted the flow of the scenario.
: 2.
: 3. Controllers were observed eating and drinking when it was prohibited. Restrictions apply to all personnel involved in drills and exercises.
Controllers failed to coordinate with Simulator Machine Operator to display changing plant conditions in the Simulator prior to allowing players report their simulated actions. This resulted in confusion and interrupted the flow of the scenario.
: 4. Use of draft procedure for the Security Leader caused confusion between the OSC and TSC (steps and pages were numbered in a different sequence).
: 3.
: 5. The Chemistry Controller in the Reactor Lab did not ensure the proper sequence of interaction between the Reactor Lab and the Control Room Simulator. Conflicting information is a distraction to drill participants.
Controllers were observed eating and drinking when it was prohibited. Restrictions apply to all personnel involved in drills and exercises.
: 6. Controllers allowed players to simulate an excessive amount of the actions that they described they would do (i.e., obtaining keys and tools; reporting to various plant locations in accordance with EPIPs).
: 4.
: 7. From NN 200503504: Controllers assigned to the Control Room Simulator and JIC need to look more aggressively for OE opportunities and document these findings to aid in improving performance in the CR and ENC.
Use of draft procedure for the Security Leader caused confusion between the OSC and TSC (steps and pages were numbered in a different sequence).
: 8. From NN 200937487: Drill/Exercise Performance opportunities were not included, as the confidentiality of the drill data may have been compromised when drill materials were left unattended prior to the drill by an observer.
: 5.
: 9. From NN 200931482: Controller and Evaluator drill evaluation forms are not completely filled out. It is just as importance to have a complete evaluation record as it is to have complete participant records.
The Chemistry Controller in the Reactor Lab did not ensure the proper sequence of interaction between the Reactor Lab and the Control Room Simulator. Conflicting information is a distraction to drill participants.
: 10. From NN 201023756: Drill controllers aren't always familiar with the subject matter enough to speak to participant's questions objectively. Controllers need to ensure they obtain information specific to the area they are going to cover.
: 6.
: 11. From NN 202405588: During the INPO observed drill it was noted that the Lead Drill Controller could be overheard by the drill participants resulting in unplanned cueing of impending events.
Controllers allowed players to simulate an excessive amount of the actions that they described they would do (i.e., obtaining keys and tools; reporting to various plant locations in accordance with EPIPs).
ATTACHMENT 10                               PAGE 9 OF 9
: 7.
From NN 200503504: Controllers assigned to the Control Room Simulator and JIC need to look more aggressively for OE opportunities and document these findings to aid in improving performance in the CR and ENC.
: 8.
From NN 200937487: Drill/Exercise Performance opportunities were not included, as the confidentiality of the drill data may have been compromised when drill materials were left unattended prior to the drill by an observer.
: 9.
From NN 200931482: Controller and Evaluator drill evaluation forms are not completely filled out. It is just as importance to have a complete evaluation record as it is to have complete participant records.
: 10.
From NN 201023756: Drill controllers aren't always familiar with the subject matter enough to speak to participant's questions objectively. Controllers need to ensure they obtain information specific to the area they are going to cover.
: 11.
From NN 202405588: During the INPO observed drill it was noted that the Lead Drill Controller could be overheard by the drill participants resulting in unplanned cueing of impending events.
ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 9 OF 9


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                                   PAGE 59 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 11 OBSERVER GUIDELINES Observers must have the permission of the Manager, Emergency Planning or the Facility Lead Controller to observe in the specific facility. The following is a topical guideline from which pertinent topics may be drawn. The chosen content may be provided to observers by email or presentation.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 59 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 11 OBSERVER GUIDELINES Observers must have the permission of the Manager, Emergency Planning or the Facility Lead Controller to observe in the specific facility. The following is a topical guideline from which pertinent topics may be drawn. The chosen content may be provided to observers by email or presentation.
: 1. An observer is just that, he/she is to observe. Professional conduct should be maintained during drills and critiques.
: 1.
: 2. Always wear your OBSERVER identification in plain view.
An observer is just that, he/she is to observe. Professional conduct should be maintained during drills and critiques.
: 3.     NO interaction with ERO participants is allowed. If you are asked anything by an ERO participant, simply state that you are an observer only. No other statement should be needed as ERO participants have been advised of the role of observers. Only time this will not apply will be for safety issues and concerns. Please notify Facility Lead Controller immediately if a safety issue arises.
: 2.
: 4.     Minimal interaction with controllers is allowed. Any questions you may have may be directed to a controller, but controller duties will take precedence over answering your questions, especially during a drill. It is preferred that you simply record your questions and ask them after the drill.
Always wear your OBSERVER identification in plain view.
: 5. Observers may observe the critique and may participate (i.e., comment or ask questions) after the participants have completed their self-critique. The critique process is a vital part of the drill or exercise to be conducted by the ERO and controller organization. Comments about the critique must be left for the end or may be given to the Manager, Emergency Planning.
: 3.
: 6.     Information concerning the level of simulation, interaction between ERO participants and controllers and scenario information needed may be obtained form the Drill and Exercise Coordinator.
NO interaction with ERO participants is allowed. If you are asked anything by an ERO participant, simply state that you are an observer only. No other statement should be needed as ERO participants have been advised of the role of observers. Only time this will not apply will be for safety issues and concerns. Please notify Facility Lead Controller immediately if a safety issue arises.
: 7.       Do not carry on lengthy discussions with other observers during the drill in the emergency response facilities. Such discussions should be moved out of the facilities.
: 4.
: 8.     Do not interfere with any drill activity. For example, use of the phones, stand in front of a status board, use procedures provided for the ERO participants, etc.
Minimal interaction with controllers is allowed. Any questions you may have may be directed to a controller, but controller duties will take precedence over answering your questions, especially during a drill. It is preferred that you simply record your questions and ask them after the drill.
: 9. You are eyes and ears only. If your needs exceed that, communicate your needs to the Facility Lead Controller.
: 5.
: 10. If you are an assigned observer, any food or drink provided to the ERO participants will also be provided to you.
Observers may observe the critique and may participate (i.e., comment or ask questions) after the participants have completed their self-critique. The critique process is a vital part of the drill or exercise to be conducted by the ERO and controller organization. Comments about the critique must be left for the end or may be given to the Manager, Emergency Planning.
: 11. If you are being escorted, follow all security requirements (i.e., stay with your escort, etc).
: 6.
: 12. All observers shall comply with site procedures and practices for entry into actual security and radiological controlled areas.
Information concerning the level of simulation, interaction between ERO participants and controllers and scenario information needed may be obtained form the Drill and Exercise Coordinator.
ATTACHMENT 11                                 PAGE 1 OF 1
: 7.
Do not carry on lengthy discussions with other observers during the drill in the emergency response facilities. Such discussions should be moved out of the facilities.
: 8.
Do not interfere with any drill activity. For example, use of the phones, stand in front of a status board, use procedures provided for the ERO participants, etc.
: 9.
You are eyes and ears only. If your needs exceed that, communicate your needs to the Facility Lead Controller.
: 10.
If you are an assigned observer, any food or drink provided to the ERO participants will also be provided to you.
: 11.
If you are being escorted, follow all security requirements (i.e., stay with your escort, etc).
: 12.
All observers shall comply with site procedures and practices for entry into actual security and radiological controlled areas.
ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1 OF 1


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                         S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                      REVISION 17                                  PAGE 60 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 12 SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT CONFIDENTIALITY is crucial. Ensure that Controller Notebooks, Drill data, and Scenario Details are never left unattended or uncontrolled or discussed with persons not on the active Security Agreement.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 12 S0123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 60 OF 73 SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT CONFIDENTIALITY is crucial. Ensure that Controller Notebooks, Drill data, and Scenario Details are never left unattended or uncontrolled or discussed with persons not on the active Security Agreement.
[NN 201619612-CA0003]
[NN 201619612-CA0003]
Personnel listed below acknowledge that they are aware of confidential details of, or possess confidential materials for Emergency Plan Mini-Drills, Drills or Exercises, of which portions may be included in the Emergency Preparedness Cornerstone NRC Performance Indicators.
Personnel listed below acknowledge that they are aware of confidential details of, or possess confidential materials for Emergency Plan Mini-Drills, Drills or Exercises, of which portions may be included in the Emergency Preparedness Cornerstone NRC Performance Indicators.
They understand that any information regarding scenario content may not be disclosed to personnel not yet evaluated until completion of the final use of the scenario in a single evaluation or series of evaluations, as indicated by the End Date.
They understand that any information regarding scenario content may not be disclosed to personnel not yet evaluated until completion of the final use of the scenario in a single evaluation or series of evaluations, as indicated by the End Date.
They understand that report to the NRC of performance based upon compromised scenario information constitutes providing inaccurate information to the NRC and violation of 10CFR50.9.
They understand that report to the NRC of performance based upon compromised scenario information constitutes providing inaccurate information to the NRC and violation of 10CFR50.9.
Scenario:                                               Start Date:               End Date:
Scenario:
Printed Name                                             Signature i
Start Date:
i ATTACHMENT 12                                 PAGE 1 OF 1
End Date:
Printed Name Signature i
i ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1 OF 1


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                                 PAGE 61 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING This section provides information to be provided to drill/exercise participants prior to the drill/exercise.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 61 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING This section provides information to be provided to drill/exercise participants prior to the drill/exercise.
The information is intended to assist participants in understanding proper drill/exercise conduct protocol as well as the initial plant conditions and equipment status at the start of the drill/exercise. Information will not be provided which discloses any specifics of the subsequent scenario events.
The information is intended to assist participants in understanding proper drill/exercise conduct protocol as well as the initial plant conditions and equipment status at the start of the drill/exercise. Information will not be provided which discloses any specifics of the subsequent scenario events.
Participants should be encouraged to ask questions about the drill control process, level of simulation, etc. This attachment should be utilized for participant briefings.
Participants should be encouraged to ask questions about the drill control process, level of simulation, etc. This attachment should be utilized for participant briefings.
Line 1,311: Line 1,830:
" Drill participants are expected to earn information. For example; an RP Technician will not be provided survey data if he/she doesn't have the meter turned on, and OSC repair teams should have the right tools /procedures to perform the task.
" Drill participants are expected to earn information. For example; an RP Technician will not be provided survey data if he/she doesn't have the meter turned on, and OSC repair teams should have the right tools /procedures to perform the task.
* Information may be obtained by participants in any of several ways:
* Information may be obtained by participants in any of several ways:
o   Operators/other participants:
o Operators/other participants:
          -  Live data off simulator
Live data off simulator Controller issued message Operators in field will get data from a controller also in the field.
          -  Controller issued message
o Maintenance / Repair Teams in the Field:
          -  Operators in field will get data from a controller also in the field.
All information will be provided by a controller in the field. Each mission shall have a drill/exercise controller with it.
o     Maintenance / Repair Teams in the Field:
In some cases a mockup may be used. If a mockup is provided, work on the mockup should actually proceed and the controller will inject information if necessary.
          - All information will be provided by a controller in the field. Each mission shall have a drill/exercise controller with it.
o Radiological Protection/Health Physics:
          -  In some cases a mockup may be used. If a mockup is provided, work on the mockup should actually proceed and the controller will inject information if necessary.
Chemistry Data will be provided by a controller after the sample(s) has been obtained and analyzed (simulated).
o     Radiological Protection/Health Physics:
Radiological data not driven off the simulator or indications are not available outside the simulator will be provided by a controller. In-plant radiological conditions for repair teams will also be provided by a controller.
          -  Chemistry Data will be provided by a controller after the sample(s) has been obtained and analyzed (simulated).
Environmental team data will be provided by a controller.
          -  Radiological data not driven off the simulator or indications are not available outside the simulator will be provided by a controller. In-plant radiological conditions for repair teams will also be provided by a controller.
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 4
          -  Environmental team data will be provided by a controller.
ATTACHMENT 13                                 PAGE 1 OF 4


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                   PAGE 62 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING o   TSC, OSC, and EOF:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 62 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING o
        - Data will be transmitted through normal communication paths
TSC, OSC, and EOF:
        - Live data off the simulator
Data will be transmitted through normal communication paths Live data off the simulator Messages o
        -    Messages o     Fire, Medical, Hazmat, etc.
Fire, Medical, Hazmat, etc.
        - Data provided by a controller o   Joint Information /News Center:
Data provided by a controller o
        - Mock media may be used
Joint Information /News Center:
        - Inject messages may be provided for media monitoring and public inquiry.
Mock media may be used Inject messages may be provided for media monitoring and public inquiry.
" Personnel required to maintain safe operation (i.e., on-shift operators) of the plant will be exempt from drill activities.
" Personnel required to maintain safe operation (i.e., on-shift operators) of the plant will be exempt from drill activities.
" Participants may ask controllers for clarification of scenario data or information on plant conditions not adequately provided by the simulator. Examples are:
" Participants may ask controllers for clarification of scenario data or information on plant conditions not adequately provided by the simulator. Examples are:
o     Initial Conditions of systems including:
o Initial Conditions of systems including:
        -    system status and availability
system status and availability valve line ups chemistry and radiological activity operating history meteorological data operational parameters
        -    valve line ups
        -    chemistry and radiological activity
        -    operating history
        -    meteorological data
        -    operational parameters
* All drill/exercise communications should be preceded and ended by "THIS IS A DRILL"
* All drill/exercise communications should be preceded and ended by "THIS IS A DRILL"
" Accept the drill/exercise information as provided. Questions may be asked to clarify the information, but recognize that some events in emergency drills/exercises can seem unrealistic. Remember we are testing how well ERO personnel can implement the Emergency Plan, not the realism the scenario.
" Accept the drill/exercise information as provided. Questions may be asked to clarify the information, but recognize that some events in emergency drills/exercises can seem unrealistic. Remember we are testing how well ERO personnel can implement the Emergency Plan, not the realism the scenario.
" Participants in an evaluated exercise may not ask for the following:
" Participants in an evaluated exercise may not ask for the following:
o     Information contained in procedures, drawings, etc.
o Information contained in procedures, drawings, etc.
o     Determinations of which procedures to use.
o Determinations of which procedures to use.
o     Data not normally available o   Assistance in activating the facilities o   Assistance in performing emergency response o   Assistance in repairing, replacing, or substituting emergency response equipment, i.e.,
o Data not normally available o
telephones, fax machines o     Explanation of scenario events Get the attention of a controller when making key decisions. Make sure the controller understands the basis for your decisions. Keep good, detailed logs.
Assistance in activating the facilities o
Assistance in performing emergency response o
Assistance in repairing, replacing, or substituting emergency response equipment, i.e.,
telephones, fax machines o
Explanation of scenario events Get the attention of a controller when making key decisions. Make sure the controller understands the basis for your decisions. Keep good, detailed logs.
Maintain a professional attitude. Play the drill/exercise as if it were an actual event.
Maintain a professional attitude. Play the drill/exercise as if it were an actual event.
ATTACHMENT 13                                 PAGE 2 OF 4
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 2 OF 4


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                       S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 63 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 63 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING
" NEVER violate any safety, radiation protection, operation, or security practices during a drill/exercise.
" NEVER violate any safety, radiation protection, operation, or security practices during a drill/exercise.
" A controller will inject information at times when something may be simulated. Simulation will be kept to a minimum, but when in doubt - ask.
" A controller will inject information at times when something may be simulated. Simulation will be kept to a minimum, but when in doubt - ask.
Line 1,362: Line 1,878:
" Do not accept any data/instruction from an observer including the NRC observers. All information must be obtained from normal sources or from the controller organization
" Do not accept any data/instruction from an observer including the NRC observers. All information must be obtained from normal sources or from the controller organization
" Participants must respond to simulated events as if they are real. This includes but is not limited to the following: [As amended by extent of play or controllers]
" Participants must respond to simulated events as if they are real. This includes but is not limited to the following: [As amended by extent of play or controllers]
o     Wearing of dosimetry and anti-C's.
o Wearing of dosimetry and anti-C's.
o     Observing good radiation protection practices o     Minimizing exposures o     Responding to failed instruments in the field o     Reporting hazards to the correct personnel o   Proper contamination control
o Observing good radiation protection practices o
Minimizing exposures o
Responding to failed instruments in the field o
Reporting hazards to the correct personnel o
Proper contamination control
* Controllers and observers are exempt from responding to simulated radiological hazards during the drill/exercise.
* Controllers and observers are exempt from responding to simulated radiological hazards during the drill/exercise.
" All normal site procedures and rules are to be followed when entering the protected area and actual radiological controlled or radiation areas. NO ONE, including controllers, and observers, are exempt from normal station radiological or safety practices.
" All normal site procedures and rules are to be followed when entering the protected area and actual radiological controlled or radiation areas. NO ONE, including controllers, and observers, are exempt from normal station radiological or safety practices.
Line 1,369: Line 1,889:
" Always leave your work area as you found it. The Emergency Response Facilities should be left in an operational status following the drill/exercise.
" Always leave your work area as you found it. The Emergency Response Facilities should be left in an operational status following the drill/exercise.
" A Participant critique will be held following every drill/exercise. This is an important part of the drill/exercise. Identify strengths as well as areas for improvement, however it is important to be "self-critical" to ensure the critique will lead to an improved Emergency Response.
" A Participant critique will be held following every drill/exercise. This is an important part of the drill/exercise. Identify strengths as well as areas for improvement, however it is important to be "self-critical" to ensure the critique will lead to an improved Emergency Response.
ATTACHMENT 13                                 PAGE 3 OF 4
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 3 OF 4


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                   EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                       REVISION 17                                 PAGE 64 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING When personnel accountability is listed as a drill/exercise objective provide the following information regarding exempted personnel:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 64 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING When personnel accountability is listed as a drill/exercise objective provide the following information regarding exempted personnel:
o   Notify the ERO that there are exemptions for the drill o   The exempt personnel list will be provided at the beginning of the drill to the participants needing the information o   The initial report concerning the results of personnel accountability will include the number of exempt personnel.
o Notify the ERO that there are exemptions for the drill o
o   The controller may assist in the deletion of exempt personnel from the "missing persons list."
The exempt personnel list will be provided at the beginning of the drill to the participants needing the information o
o   Personnel on the exempt list will not be tracked or contacted during the search and rescue.
The initial report concerning the results of personnel accountability will include the number of exempt personnel.
o   Exempt personnel lists should be provided to security.
o The controller may assist in the deletion of exempt personnel from the "missing persons list."
ATTACHMENT 13                                 PAGE 4 OF 4
o Personnel on the exempt list will not be tracked or contacted during the search and rescue.
o Exempt personnel lists should be provided to security.
ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 4 OF 4


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                               SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                         PAGE 65 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT Typical report - page 1 (optional, use site distribution and records method)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 65 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT Typical report - page 1 (optional, use site distribution and records method)
Letterhead Date:           mm/dd/yyyy To:             Distribution (site specific)
Letterhead Date:
From:           (EPM name)
mm/dd/yyyy To:
Distribution (site specific)
From:
(EPM name)


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Team X (drill or exercise type/name and date)
Team X (drill or exercise type/name and date)
File No.       (Site specific)
File No.
Letter No.     (Site specific)
(Site specific)
Letter No.
(Site specific)
This report advises you of the results of our evaluation of Emergency Response Organization Team X performance during the (drill/exercise name and date).
This report advises you of the results of our evaluation of Emergency Response Organization Team X performance during the (drill/exercise name and date).
The team (general summation of team performance).
The team (general summation of team performance).
Line 1,391: Line 1,918:
Please contact me or a member of my staff if you have any questions regarding this report.
Please contact me or a member of my staff if you have any questions regarding this report.
EP Manager Attachments:
EP Manager Attachments:
1       Executive Summary 2       Objectives and Evaluation Criteria 3       Areas For Improvement ATTACHMENT 14                         PAGE 1 OF 3
1 Executive Summary 2
Objectives and Evaluation Criteria 3
Areas For Improvement ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 1 OF 3


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                 EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                     REVISION 17                             PAGE 66 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT Typical report - page 2 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (include all that were determined by scenario)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 66 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT Typical report - page 2 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (include all that were determined by scenario)
PI       Indications       PI       PI       PI       PI       ENS         PI Opportunity     available   Declaration   Met Notification   Met   Notification Met NOUE/UE           (time)       (time)             (time)               (time)
PI Indications PI PI PI PI ENS PI Opportunity available Declaration Met Notification Met Notification Met NOUE/UE (time)
Alert             (time)       (time)             (time)               (time)
(time)
SAE               (time)       (time)             (time)               (time)
(time)
GE                 (time)       (time)             (time)               (time)
(time)
PAR               (time)       (time)             (time)               (time)
Alert (time)
(time)
(time)
(time)
SAE (time)
(time)
(time)
(time)
GE (time)
(time)
(time)
(time)
PAR (time)
(time)
(time)
(time)
CLASSIFICATION:
CLASSIFICATION:
* Number of opportunities
Number of opportunities Number successful (correct & timely)
* Number successful (correct & timely)
NOTIFICATIONS: (Short form submissions)
NOTIFICATIONS: (Short form submissions)
* Number of opportunities
Number of opportunities Number successful (correct & timely)
* Number successful (correct & timely)
PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:
PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:
* Number of opportunities
Number of opportunities Number successful (correct & timely)
* Number successful (correct & timely)
Total Opportunities:
Total Opportunities:
Total Successful:
Total Successful:
OBJECTIVES Objectives           Met       Not Met   Met with Comments Overall Objectives Evaluation Criteria EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS AND PARS (EXAMPLES)
OBJECTIVES Objectives Met Not Met Met with Comments Overall Objectives Evaluation Criteria EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS AND PARS (EXAMPLES)
NOUE/UE N/A Alert       FA1-1 (FC1 300pCi/g)
NOUE/UE N/A Alert FA1-1 (FC1 300pCi/g)
SAE         FS1-1 (RC1 DW 1.68 psid & FC1)
SAE FS1-1 (RC1 DW 1.68 psid & FC1)
GE           FG1-1 (PC 2 SAPs, RC1 & FC1)
GE FG1-1 (PC 2 SAPs, RC1 & FC1)
PAR         PAR - evacuate 2 mile and 5 mile downwind, shelter 10 mile based on wind from 3580 ATTACHMENT 14                               PAGE 2 OF 3
PAR PAR - evacuate 2 mile and 5 mile downwind, shelter 10 mile based on wind from 3580 ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 2 OF 3


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                       SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 67 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT When a Health Physics, radiological monitoring, medical emergency or communication drill is being credited within the scope of a larger drill / exercise, the drill may be documented in this report or in a separate report. The communication drill requirement is normally satisfied by scheduled communication tests and is documented per the governing procedure. The following should be included in the report:
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 67 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT When a Health Physics, radiological monitoring, medical emergency or communication drill is being credited within the scope of a larger drill / exercise, the drill may be documented in this report or in a separate report. The communication drill requirement is normally satisfied by scheduled communication tests and is documented per the governing procedure. The following should be included in the report:
* The drill being credited
The drill being credited An evaluation of objective(s) and evaluation criteria Ensure the following findings are documented in the critique report:
* An evaluation of objective(s) and evaluation criteria
Deficiencies Weaknesses, and Other Issues (betterment)
* Ensure the following findings are documented in the critique report:
A summary of actions taken by the ERO, documentation and critique
* Deficiencies
" Evaluator/Controller credentials (RP Supervisor, Chemistry management, etc.)
* Weaknesses, and
Summary of CAP actions
* Other Issues (betterment)
" Summary of other significant items Completed critique/evaluation sheets (SO123-VIII-0.220)
* A summary of actions taken by the ERO, documentation and critique
Overall score for the drill or actual emergency and a score for each facility.
    " Evaluator/Controller credentials (RP Supervisor, Chemistry management, etc.)
ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 3 OF 3
* Summary of CAP actions
    " Summary of other significant items
* Completed critique/evaluation sheets (SO123-VIII-0.220)
* Overall score for the drill or actual emergency and a score for each facility.
ATTACHMENT 14                               PAGE 3 OF 3


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                         SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                           REVISION 17                                   PAGE 68 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 15 DEFINITIONS Annual - For the purpose of this procedure, annual is once per calendar year.
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 68 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 15 DEFINITIONS Annual - For the purpose of this procedure, annual is once per calendar year.
Biennial - For the purpose of this procedure, biennial is once every two calendar years.
Biennial - For the purpose of this procedure, biennial is once every two calendar years.
Controller - An individual familiar with the drill/exercise scenario who directs the conduct of the drill by interacting with participants, giving appropriate data when requested, monitoring the progress of the participants with respect to the scenario, and directing the participants if necessary to ensure the scenario follows the intended event sequence.
Controller - An individual familiar with the drill/exercise scenario who directs the conduct of the drill by interacting with participants, giving appropriate data when requested, monitoring the progress of the participants with respect to the scenario, and directing the participants if necessary to ensure the scenario follows the intended event sequence.
Line 1,439: Line 1,975:
Exercise - An event that evaluates the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements against designated objectives and demonstration criteria. An exercise may involve participation of personnel from State, Local and Federal governments. See HSEEP definitions when communicating with offsite agencies. HSEEP does not use the terms graded or evaluated exercise.
Exercise - An event that evaluates the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements against designated objectives and demonstration criteria. An exercise may involve participation of personnel from State, Local and Federal governments. See HSEEP definitions when communicating with offsite agencies. HSEEP does not use the terms graded or evaluated exercise.
Homeland Security Exercise and Evaluation Program (HSEEP) selected definitions:
Homeland Security Exercise and Evaluation Program (HSEEP) selected definitions:
(a)     Drill - A drill, a type of operations-based exercise, is a coordinated, supervised activity usually used to test a single specific operation or function in a single agency. Drills are commonly used to provide training on new equipment, develop or test new policies or procedures, or practice and maintain current skills. [A drill will normally test a single function, primarily field activities.]
(a)
(b)     Exercise - An exercise is an instrument to train for, assess, practice, and improve performance in prevention, protection, response, and recovery capabilities in a risk-free environment. Exercises can be used for testing and validating policies, plans, procedures, training, equipment, and interagency agreements; clarifying and training personnel in roles and responsibilities; improving interagency coordination and communications; identifying gaps in resources; improving individual performance; and identifying opportunities for improvement.
Drill - A drill, a type of operations-based exercise, is a coordinated, supervised activity usually used to test a single specific operation or function in a single agency. Drills are commonly used to provide training on new equipment, develop or test new policies or procedures, or practice and maintain current skills. [A drill will normally test a single function, primarily field activities.]
ATTACHMENT 15                                   PAGE 1 OF 2
(b)
Exercise - An exercise is an instrument to train for, assess, practice, and improve performance in prevention, protection, response, and recovery capabilities in a risk-free environment. Exercises can be used for testing and validating policies, plans, procedures, training, equipment, and interagency agreements; clarifying and training personnel in roles and responsibilities; improving interagency coordination and communications; identifying gaps in resources; improving individual performance; and identifying opportunities for improvement.
ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 2


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION                     EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                         REVISION 17                               PAGE 69 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 15 DEFINITIONS (c)     Full-Scale Exercise (FSE) - An FSE is a multiagency, multijurisdictional activity involving actual deployment of resources in a coordinated response as if a real incident had occurred. An FSE tests many components of one or more capabilities within emergency response and recovery and is typically used to assess plans and procedures and a coordinated response under crisis conditions. Characteristics of an FSE include mobilized units, personnel, and equipment; a realistic, stressful environment; and scripted exercise scenarios. [A FSE will normally include command activities, EOCs and field activities.]
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 69 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 15 DEFINITIONS (c)
(d)     Functional Exercise (FE) - An FE is a single or multiagency activity designed to evaluate capabilities and multiple functions using a simulated response.
Full-Scale Exercise (FSE) - An FSE is a multiagency, multijurisdictional activity involving actual deployment of resources in a coordinated response as if a real incident had occurred. An FSE tests many components of one or more capabilities within emergency response and recovery and is typically used to assess plans and procedures and a coordinated response under crisis conditions. Characteristics of an FSE include mobilized units, personnel, and equipment; a realistic, stressful environment; and scripted exercise scenarios. [A FSE will normally include command activities, EOCs and field activities.]
(d)
Functional Exercise (FE) - An FE is a single or multiagency activity designed to evaluate capabilities and multiple functions using a simulated response.
An FE is typically used to evaluate the management of Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs), command posts, and headquarters and to assess the adequacy of response plans and resources. Characteristics of an FE include simulated deployment of resources and personnel, rapid problem solving, and a highly stressful environment. [A FE will normally include command activities and one or more EOCs without field activities.]
An FE is typically used to evaluate the management of Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs), command posts, and headquarters and to assess the adequacy of response plans and resources. Characteristics of an FE include simulated deployment of resources and personnel, rapid problem solving, and a highly stressful environment. [A FE will normally include command activities and one or more EOCs without field activities.]
(e)
(e)
Line 1,456: Line 1,996:
They are a teaching/training aid as well as an opportunity to talk through plans and procedures or discuss new systems. DEP credit may be given in tabletop drills.
They are a teaching/training aid as well as an opportunity to talk through plans and procedures or discuss new systems. DEP credit may be given in tabletop drills.
Trainee - An individual being trained in the duties and responsibilities of an ERO position.
Trainee - An individual being trained in the duties and responsibilities of an ERO position.
ATTACHMENT 15                               PAGE 2 OF 2
ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 2 OF 2


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION               EPIP                                     S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                   REVISION 17                             PAGE 70 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 16 DEVELOPMENTAL RESOURCES EP ACE 040600717 AR 060200801-01 (for SAMG periodic objective)
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 70 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 16 DEVELOPMENTAL RESOURCES EP ACE 040600717 AR 060200801-01 (for SAMG periodic objective)
AR 060901233-01 (for PASS removal)
AR 060901233-01 (for PASS removal)
AR 051100440-01 (for documenting offsites' back-shift drill participation)
AR 051100440-01 (for documenting offsites' back-shift drill participation)
Line 1,466: Line 2,006:
NN 200105582-19 (for Extensive Damage periodic objective)
NN 200105582-19 (for Extensive Damage periodic objective)
NN 201421756 (Added note clarifying that "players" included CAS, SAS, Craft, Firefighters, etc.)
NN 201421756 (Added note clarifying that "players" included CAS, SAS, Craft, Firefighters, etc.)
NN 201489165 (Corrected typo - Step 6.1.2.1 -'on'   should be 'one')
NN 201489165 (Corrected typo - Step 6.1.2.1 -'on' should be 'one')
ATTACHMENT 16                                 PAGE 1 OF 1
ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF 1


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION               EPIP                                           SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                    REVISION 17                                    PAGE 71 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 17
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 71 OF 73


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
OF CHANGES SO123-VIII-0.200                     Rev 17 Author:   RLMcCann                           PAX:       89281           Location:           D1N NN, Order, or                                                                             Step, Section, Other                         Description of Change                         50.59 Attachment or Action                                                                                         Page
OF CHANGES SO123-VIII-0.200 Rev 17 Author:
              "  Deleted reference to SO123-VIll-0.401, Emergency Preparedness Performance Indicators
RLMcCann PAX:
              " Added reference to S0123-VIII-0.210, Emergency                             Section 1 Planning Drill Objectives and Demonstration Criteria
89281 Location:
              " Updated revision date for FEMA REP Manual                                 Section 2 0   Renamed section from Checklists to Responsibilities Added responsibilities for:
D1N NN, Order, or Step, Section, Other Description of Change 50.59 Attachment or Action Page Deleted reference to SO123-VIll-0.401, Emergency Preparedness Performance Indicators
" Added reference to S0123-VIII-0.210, Emergency Planning Drill Objectives and Demonstration Criteria Updated revision date for FEMA REP Manual 0
0 Renamed section from Checklists to Responsibilities Added responsibilities for:
o Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM):
o Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM):
o Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement Section 5 o Site Management team o Drill/Exercise Coordinator o Scenario Development Team o Emergency Planning Department staff 202405588
o Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement o
* Combined the following Steps into new Section 6.1 EP           DNA Drill/Exercise Schedule o 6.1.1 Exercise Scheduling o 6.1.2 Drill Scheduling                                             Section 6.1 o 6.1.3 Simulator Activity Scheduling o 6.1.4
Site Management team o
* Moved Step 6.2.1 Objectives into new Section 6.2 Section 6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES
Drill/Exercise Coordinator o
* Combined Steps 6.2.1.1 through 6.2.1.14 for filling out Attachment 2 into one step (6.2.5) to update Attachment                   Step 6.2.5 2.
Scenario Development Team o
* Moved Step 6.2.2 Scenario Development into new Section 6.3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT                                         Section 6.3
Emergency Planning Department staff Section 1 Section 2 Section 5 202405588 Combined the following Steps into new Section 6.1 EP Drill/Exercise Schedule o
* Added section to describe acceptable drill/exercise scenarios                                                                 Step 6.3.1
6.1.1 Exercise Scheduling o
              " Added requirement to assemble a Scenario Development Team                                                         Step 6.3.4
6.1.2 Drill Scheduling o
                                                                            .1 _______ A. _______________
6.1.3 Simulator Activity Scheduling o
ATTACHMENT 17                                     PAGE 1 OF 3
6.1.4 Moved Step 6.2.1 Objectives into new Section 6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES Combined Steps 6.2.1.1 through 6.2.1.14 for filling out into one step (6.2.5) to update Attachment 2.
Moved Step 6.2.2 Scenario Development into new Section 6.3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT Added section to describe acceptable drill/exercise scenarios
" Added requirement to assemble a Scenario Development Team DNA Section 6.1 Section 6.2 Step 6.2.5 Section 6.3 Step 6.3.1 Step 6.3.4
.1 _______
A. _______________
ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF 3


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION               EPIP                                     SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1,2 AND 3                    REVISION 17                              PAGE 72 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 17 NN, Order, or                                                                   Step, Section, Other                       Descriptionof Change                     50.59 Attachment or Action                                                                             Page
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1,2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 72 OF 73 NN, Order, or Step, Section, Other Descriptionof Change 50.59 Attachment or Action Page Moved scenario condition and events instructions from Step 6.2.2.5 to Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Deleted Step 6.2.7 as each controller receives a full scenario package as described in Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Guidelines for Drill/Exercise Conduct moved from Step 6.2.2.5.5 into Step 6.4.1 and Attachments:
* Moved scenario condition and events instructions from Step 6.2.2.5 to Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE
o 10 Controller / Evaluator Guidelines o
* Deleted Step 6.2.7 as each controller receives a full           Section 6.4 scenario package as described in Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE
11 Observer Guidelines o
              " Guidelines for Drill/Exercise Conduct moved from Step 6.2.2.5.5 into Step 6.4.1 and Attachments:
13 Participant Briefing Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.6 through 6.2.2.5.7 to Step 6.4.1 Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.8 to Step 6.4.1 and Section 6.4 Step 6.4.1 Deleted Steps 6.2.11 through 6.2.15 and moved the instructions to Section 6.6, CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND EXERCISES Deleted Steps 6.2.16 through 6.2.20 and moved the instructions to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation Moved instructions from Section 6.4 Corrective Actions/Event Trending to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation Section 6.6 Section 6.7 202405588 New Attachment describing Scenario Development Team process Moved instructions from Step 6.2.3.1 through 6.2.3.4 into Attachment 3, SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES DNA New Attachment providing a Drill Planning Checklist Deleted Step 6.2.2.4 as this information is captured in, Drill Planning Checklist Step 6.2.9, Notifications and Announcements deleted as the instructions are provided in Attachment 4, Drill Planning Checklist
o 10 Controller / Evaluator Guidelines o 11 Observer Guidelines o 13 Participant Briefing                                   Step 6.4.1
" New Attachment providing a CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION instructions Moved Steps 6.2.4 Controller Organization and 6.2.5 Controller Requirements/Assignments, into Attachment 5, CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION Added new attachment providing DRILL PREPARATION FLOWCHART Added new attachment providing EXERCISE PREPARATION FLOWCHART 0
              " Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.6 through 6.2.2.5.7 to Step 6.4.1
Added CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING instructions ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 2 OF 3
* Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.8 to Step 6.4.1 and Attachment 3
              " Deleted Steps 6.2.11 through 6.2.15 and moved the instructions to Section 6.6, CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND               Section 6.6 EXERCISES
              " Deleted Steps 6.2.16 through 6.2.20 and moved the instructions to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation
* Moved instructions from Section 6.4 Corrective                   Section 6.7 Actions/Event Trending to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation 202405588
* New Attachment describing Scenario Development             DNA Team process
              " Moved instructions from Step 6.2.3.1 through 6.2.3.4             Attachment 3 into Attachment 3, SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES
* New Attachment providing a Drill Planning Checklist
* Deleted Step 6.2.2.4 as this information is captured in Attachment 4, Drill Planning Checklist Attachment 4
* Step 6.2.9, Notifications and Announcements deleted as the instructions are provided in Attachment 4, Drill Planning Checklist
              " New Attachment providing a CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION instructions Attachment 5
              " Moved Steps 6.2.4 Controller Organization and 6.2.5 Controller Requirements/Assignments, into Attachment 5, CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION Added new attachment providing DRILL PREPARATION Attachment 6 FLOWCHART
* Added new attachment providing EXERCISE                         Attachment 7 PREPARATION FLOWCHART 0 Added CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING Attachment 8 instructions ATTACHMENT 17                             PAGE 2 OF 3


NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION               EPIP                                 SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3                    REVISION 17                          PAGE 73 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 17 NN, Order, or                                                                 Step, Section, Other                         Description of Change                 50.59 Attachment or Action                                                                           Page
NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 73 OF 73 NN, Order, or Step, Section, Other Description of Change 50.59 Attachment or Action Page
              " Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER TRAINING guidelines                                         Attachment 9
" Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER TRAINING guidelines Moved Step 6.2.6, Controller training into Attachment 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING Added new attachment providing 0 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR guidelines Added new attachment providing OBSERVER guidelines 1 202405588 Added new attachment providing an example DNA 2 SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT Added PARTICIPANT BRIEFING instructions 3 Added attachment providing a DRILL REPORT template Moved instructions from Section 6.5, Written Critique 4 Report to Attachment 14, DRILL REPORT Added new attachment providing DEFINITIONS 5 Renumbered old Attachment 3 6 Document Reviewers:
* Moved Step 6.2.6, Controller training into Attachment 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING
Name:
* Added new attachment providing                               Attachment 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR guidelines
EP - Cognizant Supervisor McCann EP Cleavenger EP Kennel CFDM Final Approval:
* Added new attachment providing OBSERVER guidelines           Attachment 11 202405588
Lindbeck ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 3 OF 3
* Added new attachment providing an example             DNA   Attachment 12 SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT
* Added PARTICIPANT BRIEFING instructions                     Attachment 13
* Added attachment providing a DRILL REPORT template
* Moved instructions from Section 6.5, Written Critique       Attachment 14 Report to Attachment 14, DRILL REPORT
* Added new attachment providing DEFINITIONS                   Attachment 15
* Renumbered old Attachment 3                                 Attachment 16 Document Reviewers:               Name:
EP - Cognizant Supervisor         McCann EP                               Cleavenger EP                               Kennel CFDM Final Approval:             Lindbeck ATTACHMENT 17                         PAGE 3 OF 3


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                                                                 REV: 1                     I Operations Facility Position Checklists                                                            i Page 1 of 62 I
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 I
Procedure Usage Requirements                                                                                     Sections Information Use   e   The user may complete the task from memory. However, the                                                         Attachment 10 user is responsible for performing the activity according to the procedure.
i Page 1 of 62 I
* Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.
Procedure Usage Requirements Sections Information Use e
Reference Use
The user may complete the task from memory. However, the 0 user is responsible for performing the activity according to the procedure.
* Review and understand the procedure before performing any                                                             All except steps, including the prerequisite section.                                                                       Attachment 10
Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.
* Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.
Reference Use Review and understand the procedure before performing any All except steps, including the prerequisite section. 0 Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.
* Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.
Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.
* If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.
If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.
* Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.
Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.
* Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.
Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section                                                                                                                                                   Page 1.0     RESPONSIBILITIES ..........................................................................................................................         2 2.0     ACRO NYMS ...................................................................................................................................... 4 3.0     PROCEDURE ....................................................................................................................................       7 4.0     RETENTION OF RECORDS .....................................................................................................                           7 ATTACHMENT 1       Corporate Emergency Director Checklist .....................................................................................                         8 2       EOF Manager Checklist .................................................................................................................             16 3       EOF Technical Leader Checklist ...............................................................................................                     20 4       EOF Security Director Checklist .................................................................................................                   23 5       EOF Adm inistrative Leader Checklist .......................................................................................                       32 6       EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist ......................................................................                                 40 7       EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist ...............................................................................                           47 8       EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist ......................................................................                               53 9       EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist .............................................................................                           58 10       Sum m ary of Changes .....................................................................................................................         61 QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / 50.54(q) APPLIES / RX DNA Procedure Type                                                                     Procedure Owner EPIP                                                                      Deborah Lindbeck
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1.0 RESPONSIBILITIES..........................................................................................................................
2 2.0 ACRO NYMS......................................................................................................................................
4 3.0 PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................
7 4.0 RETENTION OF RECORDS.....................................................................................................
7 ATTACHMENT 1
Corporate Emergency Director Checklist.....................................................................................
8 2
EOF Manager Checklist.................................................................................................................
16 3
EOF Technical Leader Checklist...............................................................................................
20 4
EOF Security Director Checklist.................................................................................................
23 5
EOF Adm inistrative Leader Checklist.......................................................................................
32 6
EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist......................................................................
40 7
EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist...............................................................................
47 8
EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist......................................................................
53 9
EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist.............................................................................
58 10 Sum m ary of Changes.....................................................................................................................
61 QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / 50.54(q) APPLIES / RX DNA Procedure Type EPIP Procedure Owner Deborah Lindbeck


C*01f Emergency Response
C*01f SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 2 of 62 1.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 1.1 VERIFY level of use requirements on the first page of this procedure.
              -                                                                        SO123-VIII-EOF Organization (ERO) Emergency             REV: I SONGS              Operations Facility Position Checklists                     Page 2 of 62 1.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 1.1 VERIFY level of use requirements on the first page of this procedure.
1.2 The responsibilities of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) ERO personnel are as follows:
1.2 The responsibilities of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) ERO personnel are as follows:
1.2.1 Corporate Emergency Director (CED)
1.2.1     Corporate Emergency Director (CED)
Assumes Emergency Coordinator (EC) function from either the Station Emergency Director, or directly from the Emergency Coordinator in the Control Room following activation of the EOF.
Assumes Emergency Coordinator (EC) function from either the Station Emergency Director, or directly from the Emergency Coordinator in the Control Room following activation of the EOF.
* Makes decision to notify offsite agencies (non-delegable)
Makes decision to notify offsite agencies (non-delegable)
* Makes Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) to offsite agencies (non-delegable)
Makes Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) to offsite agencies (non-delegable)
* Initiates Site Evacuation (non-delegable) 1.2.2     EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications (EAN)
Initiates Site Evacuation (non-delegable) 1.2.2 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications (EAN)
* Responsible for advising the CED and preparing offsite notifications.
Responsible for advising the CED and preparing offsite notifications.
* Responsible for maintaining communications with applicable local offsite agencies and the state.
Responsible for maintaining communications with applicable local offsite agencies and the state.
1.2.3     EOF Manager
1.2.3 EOF Manager Responsible for monitoring offsite activities and providing interface with offsite agencies, advising the CED and developing PARs. The EOF Manager, if CED qualified, may fill in as the CED (prior to CED arrival or if the CED falls ill, etc.).
* Responsible for monitoring offsite activities and providing interface with offsite agencies, advising the CED and developing PARs. The EOF Manager, if CED qualified, may fill in as the CED (prior to CED arrival or if the CED falls ill, etc.).
Communicates Technical information to the JIC Director and coordinates approval of press releases between the CED and JIC staff.
* Communicates Technical information to the JIC Director and coordinates approval of press releases between the CED and JIC staff.
Briefs offsite representatives on radiological release and plant status.
* Briefs offsite representatives on radiological release and plant status.
Acts as liaison between EOF personnel and interjurisdictional offsite authorities.
* Acts as liaison between EOF personnel and interjurisdictional offsite authorities.
1.2.4 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Advises the Emergency Advisors and/or the CED in all Emergency Plan requirements.
1.2.4     EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Advises the Emergency Advisors and/or the CED in all Emergency Plan requirements.
Ensures support to various general positions which provide warehouse, auto services and telecommunication support to EOF personnel. Includes communicating with INPO and supporting the OSC Maintenance Coordinator in the procurement of emergency parts and supplies.
Ensures support to various general positions which provide warehouse, auto services and telecommunication support to EOF personnel. Includes communicating with INPO and supporting the OSC Maintenance Coordinator in the procurement of emergency parts and supplies.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


j                                                                   501 23-VIII-EOF Emergency
j 501 23-VIII-EOF
                      *.*      Response    Organization (ERO) Emergency
*'"*'*'SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists
                                  *'"*'*'SO123-VIII-EOF                         REV: 1
=SONGS Page 3 of 62 1.2.5 EOF Technical Leader Provides engineering technical updates from the Technical Support Center (TSC) to the CED. Responsible for following the status of the plant, using information from Ivory Phone, the TSC and Critical Function Monitoring System (CFMS).
      =SONGS            Operations Facility Position Checklists                   Page 3 of 62 1.2.5     EOF Technical Leader
Monitors the Ivory Phone.
              "  Provides engineering technical updates from the Technical Support Center (TSC) to the CED. Responsible for following the status of the plant, using information from Ivory Phone, the TSC and Critical Function Monitoring System (CFMS).
Updates the plant status board to keep EOF staff informed of plant conditions.
* Monitors the Ivory Phone.
Uses the Brown Phone to communicate with the TSC.
* Updates the plant status board to keep EOF staff informed of plant conditions.
1.2.6 EOF Administrative Leader Coordinates provisions for food, transportation and other logistical support for emergency personnel. Acts as a liaison with offsite groups in providing additional resources. Keeps the assembly area personnel informed of emergency status.
* Uses the Brown Phone to communicate with the TSC.
Provides administrative and logistical support to support personnel including telephone and facsimile operations, and other coordination activities.
1.2.6     EOF Administrative Leader Coordinates provisions for food, transportation and other logistical support for emergency personnel. Acts as a liaison with offsite groups in providing additional resources. Keeps the assembly area personnel informed of emergency status.
Updates the offsite status board and acts as a runner when needed.
* Provides administrative and logistical support to support personnel including telephone and facsimile operations, and other coordination activities.
1.2.7 EOF Security Director Provides information on security activities to the Corporate Emergency Director, and acts as liaison to the FBI/Law Enforcement agencies in the Joint Operations Center (JOC), if manned.
* Updates the offsite status board and acts as a runner when needed.
Coordinates security activities in the EOF including access control and accountability.
1.2.7     EOF Security Director
1.2.8 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Directs onsite and offsite monitoring during plume phase and recovery phase.
* Provides information on security activities to the Corporate Emergency Director, and acts as liaison to the FBI/Law Enforcement agencies in the Joint Operations Center (JOC), if manned.
Advises the Corporate Emergency Director on radiological aspects of activities, including protective actions.
* Coordinates security activities in the EOF including access control and accountability.
Supports EOF with respect to dosimetry.
1.2.8     EOF Radiation Protection Leader
Briefs and controls the onsite and offsite monitoring during plume phase and recovery phase.
* Directs onsite and offsite monitoring during plume phase and recovery phase.
Assists with keeping ODAC informed of position and results found by the onsite and offsite field monitoring teams.
              "  Advises the Corporate Emergency Director on radiological aspects of activities, including protective actions.
Performs radiological surveys in EOF to ensure EOF habitability.
* Supports EOF with respect to dosimetry.
* Briefs and controls the onsite and offsite monitoring during plume phase and recovery phase.
* Assists with keeping ODAC informed of position and results found by the onsite and offsite field monitoring teams.
* Performs radiological surveys in EOF to ensure EOF habitability.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


j       V~L~S01                                         23-VIIII-EOF
j V~L~S01 23-VIIII-EOF
(' *i ~     Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                               Page 4of 62 1.2.9   EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers)
('  
* Monitors and performs air samples usually within the Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) from the owner controlled fence out to the EPZ boundary.
*i ~
* Performs environmental sampling during recovery phase.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 4of 62 1.2.9 EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers)
2.0 ACRONYMS 2.1 ARM:                 Area Radiation Monitor 2.2  AWS:                Administration Warehouse & Supply/Shop 2.3  Cal OES:            California Office of Emergency Services 2.4  CAPR:                Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurance 2.5  CED:                Corporate Emergency Director 2.6  CEDE:                Combined External Dose Equivalent 2.7  CDE:                Combined Dose Equivalent 2.8  CFMS                Critical Function Monitoring System 2.9  CHP                  California Highway Patrol 2.10 CR:                  Control Room 2.11 DAC:                Derived Airborne Concentration 2.12 DACS                Dose Assessment Computer System 2.13 EAL:                Emergency Action Level 2.14 EAN:                Emergency Advisor, Notifications 2.15 EAO                  Emergency Advisor, Operations 2.16 EC:                  Emergency Coordinator 2.17 EDT:                Event Declaration Time REFERENCE USE
Monitors and performs air samples usually within the Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) from the owner controlled fence out to the EPZ boundary.
Performs environmental sampling during recovery phase.
2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 ACRONYMS ARM:
AWS:
Cal OES:
CAPR:
CED:
CEDE:
CDE:
CFMS CHP CR:
DAC:
DACS EAL:
EAN:
EAO EC:
EDT:
Area Radiation Monitor Administration Warehouse & Supply/Shop California Office of Emergency Services Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurance Corporate Emergency Director Combined External Dose Equivalent Combined Dose Equivalent Critical Function Monitoring System California Highway Patrol Control Room Derived Airborne Concentration Dose Assessment Computer System Emergency Action Level Emergency Advisor, Notifications Emergency Advisor, Operations Emergency Coordinator Event Declaration Time REFERENCE USE


P'....                                                   SO123-VIII-EOF 1 jtj*             Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency   REV: I out       SONGS Operations Facility Position Checklists     Page 5 of 62 2.18   EGL               Emergency Group Leader 2.19   ENF:               Event Notification Form 2.20   EOC:               Emergency Operations Center 2.21   EOF:               Emergency Operations Facility 2.22   EP:               Emergency Plan 2.23   EPC:               Emergency Planning Coordinator 2.24   EPIP:             Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 2.25   EPZ               Emergency Planning Zone 2.26   ERDS:             Emergency Response Data System 2.27   ERF:               Emergency Response Facility 2.28   ERO:               Emergency Response Organization 2.29   ERTD:             Emergency Response Telephone Directory 2.30   GCC:               Grid Control Center 2.31   IOC:               Irvine Operations Center 2.32   ISFSI:             Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation 2.33   JIC               Joint Information Center 2.34   JOC               Joint Operations Center 2.35   KI:               Potassium Iodide 2.36   NRC:               Nuclear Regulatory Commission 2.37   OCA:               Owner Controlled Area 2.38   ODAC:             Offsite Dose Assessment Center REFERENCE USE
P'....
SO123-VIII-EOF 1jtj*
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I out Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 5 of 62 2.18 EGL Emergency Group Leader 2.19 ENF:
Event Notification Form 2.20 EOC:
Emergency Operations Center 2.21 EOF:
Emergency Operations Facility 2.22 EP:
Emergency Plan 2.23 EPC:
Emergency Planning Coordinator 2.24 EPIP:
Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 2.25 EPZ Emergency Planning Zone 2.26 ERDS:
Emergency Response Data System 2.27 ERF:
Emergency Response Facility 2.28 ERO:
Emergency Response Organization 2.29 ERTD:
Emergency Response Telephone Directory 2.30 GCC:
Grid Control Center 2.31 IOC:
Irvine Operations Center 2.32 ISFSI:
Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation 2.33 JIC Joint Information Center 2.34 JOC Joint Operations Center 2.35 KI:
Potassium Iodide 2.36 NRC:
Nuclear Regulatory Commission 2.37 OCA:
Owner Controlled Area 2.38 ODAC:
Offsite Dose Assessment Center REFERENCE USE


I .                                                           S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency   REV: I SOperations SONGS                          Facility Position Checklists Page 6 of 62 2.39 OSL                   Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 2.40 OSSC:                 Onsite Security Commander 2.41 PA:                   Protected Area 2.42 PAPA:                 Protected Area Personnel Accountability 2.43 PAR:                 Protective Action Recommendation 2.44 PASS:                 Post Accident Sampling System 2.45 PAZ:                 Protective Action Zone 2.46 REPCET:               Representative Core Exit Temperature 2.47 RP:                   Radiation Protection 2.48 SAMG:                 Severe Accident Management Guideline 2.49 SC:                   Shift Communicator 2.50 SCBA:                 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 2.51 SCE:                 Southern California Edison 2.52 SCP:                 Safeguards Contingency Plan 2.53 SED:                 Station Emergency Director 2.54 SL:                   Security Leader 2.55 SM:                   Shift Manager 2.56 SONGS:               San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 2.57 SRO:                 Senior Reactor Operator 2.58 SSAB                 SONGS Site Access Badge 2.59 SSPF:                 South Security Processing Facility REFERENCE USE
I.
S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I SOperations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 6 of 62 2.39 OSL Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 2.40 OSSC:
Onsite Security Commander 2.41 PA:
Protected Area 2.42 PAPA:
Protected Area Personnel Accountability 2.43 PAR:
Protective Action Recommendation 2.44 PASS:
Post Accident Sampling System 2.45 PAZ:
Protective Action Zone 2.46 REPCET:
Representative Core Exit Temperature 2.47 RP:
Radiation Protection 2.48 SAMG:
Severe Accident Management Guideline 2.49 SC:
Shift Communicator 2.50 SCBA:
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 2.51 SCE:
Southern California Edison 2.52 SCP:
Safeguards Contingency Plan 2.53 SED:
Station Emergency Director 2.54 SL:
Security Leader 2.55 SM:
Shift Manager 2.56 SONGS:
San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 2.57 SRO:
Senior Reactor Operator 2.58 SSAB SONGS Site Access Badge 2.59 SSPF:
South Security Processing Facility REFERENCE USE


J     IDISO\51                                             23-VIlI-EOF
J IDISO\\51 23-VIlI-EOF
'i*     ~           Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV:1I SOperations SONGS                                Facility Position Checklists             Page 7 of 62 2.60 TEDE:                     Total Effective Dose Equivalent 2.61 TSC:                       Technical Support Center 2.62 VNF:                       Verbal Notification Form 2.63 YPS:                       Yellow Phone System 3.0 PROCEDURE 3.1 OBTAIN a copy of the applicable ERO Position Checklist. This checklist may be found in the first tab of each ERO Position Book.
'i*  
3.2 ACTIVATION AND OPERATION OF THE EOF 3.2.1           Upon declaration of an ALERT or higher classification, EOF personnel shall report to the EOF. ERO positions shall obtain their Position Checklist and follow the instructions contained within.
~
3.2.2          The Corporate Emergency Director (CED) should declare the EOF activated when the following minimum staff positions have been filled:
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I SOperations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 7 of 62 2.60 TEDE:
                    "    Corporate Emergency Director
2.61 TSC:
                    "    EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications
2.62 VNF:
* EOF Manager
2.63 YPS:
* EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator
Total Effective Dose Equivalent Technical Support Center Verbal Notification Form Yellow Phone System 3.0 PROCEDURE 3.1 OBTAIN a copy of the applicable ERO Position Checklist. This checklist may be found in the first tab of each ERO Position Book.
* EOF Technical Leader
3.2 ACTIVATION AND OPERATION OF THE EOF 3.2.1 3.2.2 Upon declaration of an ALERT or higher classification, EOF personnel shall report to the EOF. ERO positions shall obtain their Position Checklist and follow the instructions contained within.
* EOF Security Director
The Corporate Emergency Director (CED) should declare the EOF activated when the following minimum staff positions have been filled:
* EOF Administrative Leader
Corporate Emergency Director EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications EOF Manager EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator EOF Technical Leader EOF Security Director EOF Administrative Leader EOF Radiation Protection Leader EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers) 4.0 RETENTION OF RECORDS 4.1 COLLECT all paperwork generated in response to the emergency event (e.g., logs procedures, attachments, forms and checklists) AND DELIVER to either the TSC Manager, EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or OSC Emergency Planning Coordinator.
* EOF Radiation Protection Leader
* EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers) 4.0   RETENTION OF RECORDS 4.1   COLLECT all paperwork generated in response to the emergency event (e.g., logs procedures, attachments, forms and checklists) AND DELIVER to either the TSC Manager, EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or OSC Emergency Planning Coordinator.
REFERENCE USE
REFERENCE USE


                                  *'*                                                                                        SO123-VIII-EOF
SO123-VIII-EOF
('i       ~       Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                                                           REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                                                               Page 8 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist                                                                                       Attachment 1 POSITION CHECKLIST Corporate Emergency Director Supplemental Position Instructions Table of Contents Section           Title                                                                                                                           Page Number 2.0               EOF/AEOF Activation 3.0               EV EN T NO TIFICA TIO NS .................................................................................                       11 4.0               C R E D IB LE T HR EA T ........................................................................................                 12 5.0               SECURITY EVENT ACTIVITIES .......................................................................                               12 6.0               ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE EOF AT IRVINE OPERATIONS CENTER ..........                                                               13 7.0               RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED AREAS .........................................................                                         13 8.0               EVENT RECLASSIFICATION/PAR/PAR UPGRADE/RADIOLOGICAL R E LEA S E ..............................................................................................................       13 9.0               EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION ................................................                                                 14 10 .0             T UR NO V E R ....................................................................................................           .. 14 11.0             EV E NT C LO S EO UT .........................................................................................                   15 NOTE
('i  
~
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 8 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST Corporate Emergency Director Supplemental Position Instructions Table of Contents Section Title Page Number 2.0 EOF/AEOF Activation 3.0 EV EN T N O TIFICA TIO N S.................................................................................
11 4.0 C R E D IB LE T H R EA T........................................................................................
12 5.0 SECURITY EVENT ACTIVITIES.......................................................................
12 6.0 ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE EOF AT IRVINE OPERATIONS CENTER.......... 13 7.0 RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED AREAS.........................................................
13 8.0 EVENT RECLASSIFICATION/PAR/PAR UPGRADE/RADIOLOGICAL R E L E A S E..............................................................................................................
1 3 9.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION................................................
14 10.0 T U R N O V E R....................................................................................................  
.. 14 11.0 EV E N T C LO S EO U T.........................................................................................
15 NOTE
: 1. Sections 2.0 through 11.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the CED duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 1. Sections 2.0 through 11.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the CED duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
1.0   INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1   REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
* EP(123) 5, Turnover Status
EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) CED-1, CED-EOF Briefing Guidelines EP(123) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel 0
* EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book
EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development Controlled set of EPIPs Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD)
* EP(123) CED-1, CED-EOF Briefing Guidelines
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 8
* EP(123) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status
* EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel 0     EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist
* EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development
* Controlled set of EPIPs
* Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD)
REFERENCE USE                                               Attachment 1                                                                          Page 1 of 8


Z t o                                                                   SO123-VIII-EOF i         Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency             REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                 Page 9 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist                                           Attachment 1 1.2   MAINTAIN a log of activities.
Z t o SO123-VIII-EOF i
1.3   MAINTAIN an open phone circuit with the SED to ensure awareness of changing plant conditions.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 9 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 1.2 MAINTAIN a log of activities.
1.4   DECLARE the EOF/AEOF activated when minimum staffing requirements are met and EOF personnel are able to perform their emergency response duties.
1.3 MAINTAIN an open phone circuit with the SED to ensure awareness of changing plant conditions.
1.4.1     ANNOUNCE the activation of the EOF to EOF personnel AND PERFORM an Initial EOF Briefing using the Desktop job aide.
1.4 DECLARE the EOF/AEOF activated when minimum staffing requirements are met and EOF personnel are able to perform their emergency response duties.
1.5   REVIEW copies of completed EP(123) 10, Event Notification Form, and/or EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form.
1.4.1 ANNOUNCE the activation of the EOF to EOF personnel AND PERFORM an Initial EOF Briefing using the Desktop job aide.
1.6   INFORM the SED the EOF/Alt EOF is activated and is ready for EC turnover.
1.5 REVIEW copies of completed EP(123) 10, Event Notification Form, and/or EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form.
1.7   Emergency Coordinator (EC) Turnover 1.7.1     DIRECT EOF Leaders to come to the CED table for EC turnover:
1.6 INFORM the SED the EOF/Alt EOF is activated and is ready for EC turnover.
* EOF Manager
1.7 Emergency Coordinator (EC) Turnover 1.7.1 DIRECT EOF Leaders to come to the CED table for EC turnover:
* EOF Technical Leader
EOF Manager EOF Technical Leader EOF Radiation Protection Leader EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator EOF Security Director EOF Administrative Leader 1.8 DIRECT the SED to begin EC Turnover using EP(1 23) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status.
* EOF Radiation Protection Leader
* EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator
* EOF Security Director
* EOF Administrative Leader 1.8   DIRECT the SED to begin EC Turnover using EP(1 23) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status.
NOTE SO123-VII1-10, Emergency Coordinator Duties may be referenced for detailed EC duties.
NOTE SO123-VII1-10, Emergency Coordinator Duties may be referenced for detailed EC duties.
1.9   WHEN EC Turnover is complete, THEN:
1.9 WHEN EC Turnover is complete, THEN:
1.9.1     PERFORM a Team Update to inform the EOF the EC title is turned over to the CED using CED/EOF Briefing Guidance (Section 2.0, only).
1.9.1 PERFORM a Team Update to inform the EOF the EC title is turned over to the CED using CED/EOF Briefing Guidance (Section 2.0, only).
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 1                                Page 2 of 8
REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 8


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1                 I Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 10 of 62         I Corporate Emergency Director Checklist                                             I Attachment 1 NOTE Emergency announcements must be made by the Control Room (due to need to activate the Emergency Alarms). This is accomplished by either calling the SM and providing instructions or faxing copy of the announcement to the Control Room and providing direction to make the announcement.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 I
1.10   IF NRC Site Team is present in the EOF, THEN NOTIFY the NRC Site Team immediately after completion of notification to local and state authorities.
Page 10 of 62 I
1.11 Assume the following non-delegable duties:
Corporate Emergency Director Checklist I Attachment 1 NOTE Emergency announcements must be made by the Control Room (due to need to activate the Emergency Alarms). This is accomplished by either calling the SM and providing instructions or faxing copy of the announcement to the Control Room and providing direction to make the announcement.
      "    Decision to notify offsite agencies
1.10 IF NRC Site Team is present in the EOF, THEN NOTIFY the NRC Site Team immediately after completion of notification to local and state authorities.
* Making protective action recommendations to offsite agencies
1.11 Assume the following non-delegable duties:
* Site Evacuation 1.12 CONDUCT periodic EOF briefings (approximately every 30-60 minutes) or following significant changes in plant status.
Decision to notify offsite agencies Making protective action recommendations to offsite agencies Site Evacuation 1.12 CONDUCT periodic EOF briefings (approximately every 30-60 minutes) or following significant changes in plant status.
1.13   DETERMINE AND SUPPORT plant priorities.
1.13 DETERMINE AND SUPPORT plant priorities.
1.14   ENSURE that adequate technical and logistic support is available to the station emergency organization.
1.14 ENSURE that adequate technical and logistic support is available to the station emergency organization.
1.15   ENSURE Offsite Notifications are completed per S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications.
1.15 ENSURE Offsite Notifications are completed per S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications.
1.16   ENSURE PARs are completed per S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations.
1.16 ENSURE PARs are completed per S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations.
1.17   PERFORM evacuation of non-essential site personnel per EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel at SAE or higher.
1.17 PERFORM evacuation of non-essential site personnel per EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel at SAE or higher.
1.18   ENSURE status boards are maintained.
1.18 ENSURE status boards are maintained.
1.19   ENSURE Offsite Organizations in EOF are briefed.
1.19 ENSURE Offsite Organizations in EOF are briefed.
1.20   CONDUCT shift turnover as warranted.
1.20 CONDUCT shift turnover as warranted.
1.21   ENSURE event closeout and recovery per S0123-VII1-10.5, Event Closeout and Recovery.
1.21 ENSURE event closeout and recovery per S0123-VII1-10.5, Event Closeout and Recovery.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 1                                    Page 3 of 8
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 8


JA,   1I)SL                                                                     S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGS                                                                       Page 11 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist                                                 Attachment 1 1.21.1       COMPLETE all checklist items.
JA, 1I)SL S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGS Page 11 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 1.21.1 COMPLETE all checklist items.
1.21.2       ENSURE post-event critiques are conducted in each Emergency Response Facility.
1.21.2 ENSURE post-event critiques are conducted in each Emergency Response Facility.
1.21.3       RETURN the workstation to its original condition.
1.21.3 RETURN the workstation to its original condition.
1.21.4       RETURN all document binders to their storage location.
1.21.4 RETURN all document binders to their storage location.
1.21.5       RETURN any emergency response equipment to its original location.
1.21.5 RETURN any emergency response equipment to its original location.
1.2.1.6     PROVIDE all paperwork to the Emergency Preparedness Coordinator.
1.2.1.6 PROVIDE all paperwork to the Emergency Preparedness Coordinator.
SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE
SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE
: 1. Sections 2.0 through 11.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the CED duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 1. Sections 2.0 through 11.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the CED duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
Line 1,659: Line 2,256:
: 2. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.
: 2. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.
Placekeeping is not required.
Placekeeping is not required.
2.0   EOF/AEOF Activation 2.1   Notifications to California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES) and Yellow Phone System (YPS) Stations 2.1.1         REVIEW, APPROVE, AND SIGN required EP(123) 11 Forms (Verbal Notification Forms) prior to being communicated to CAL OES or YPS Stations.
2.0 EOF/AEOF Activation 2.1 Notifications to California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES) and Yellow Phone System (YPS) Stations 2.1.1 REVIEW, APPROVE, AND SIGN required EP(123) 11 Forms (Verbal Notification Forms) prior to being communicated to CAL OES or YPS Stations.
2.1.2         REVIEW, APPROVE, AND SIGN all EP(123) 10 Forms (Event Notification Forms) prior to being faxed to CAL OES or YPS Stations.
2.1.2 REVIEW, APPROVE, AND SIGN all EP(123) 10 Forms (Event Notification Forms) prior to being faxed to CAL OES or YPS Stations.
2.2   Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) 2.2.1         DETERMINE PARs in accordance with S0123-VIII-1 0.3.
2.2 Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) 2.2.1 DETERMINE PARs in accordance with S0123-VIII-1 0.3.
2.2.2         WHEN conditions require PAR upgrades, THEN UPGRADE PARs.
2.2.2 WHEN conditions require PAR upgrades, THEN UPGRADE PARs.
2.2.2.1       MONITOR Changing wind direction from one Protective Action Zone (PAZ) to another in accordance with S0123-VII1-1 0.3.
2.2.2.1 MONITOR Changing wind direction from one Protective Action Zone (PAZ) to another in accordance with S0123-VII1-1 0.3.
2.2.2.2       MONITOR Changing radiological conditions when wind direction impacts PAZ 5 in accordance with SO123-VII1-10.3.
2.2.2.2 MONITOR Changing radiological conditions when wind direction impacts PAZ 5 in accordance with SO123-VII1-10.3.
REFERENCE USE                                     Attachment 1                                    Page 4 of 8
REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 8


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 12 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist                                             I Attachment 1 NOTE
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 12 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist I Attachment 1 NOTE
: 1) The Emergency Response Position (Shift Manager or Station Emergency Director) who is the EC is responsible for ensuring Non-Essential Personnel are assembled.
: 1)
: 2)   The Emergency Response Position (Shift Manager or Station Emergency Director) who is the EC is responsible for ensuring Non-Essential Personnel are evacuated.
The Emergency Response Position (Shift Manager or Station Emergency Director) who is the EC is responsible for ensuring Non-Essential Personnel are assembled.
: 3) The SED may use EP(1 23) EOF-17, (Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel) to assist in the assembly/evacuation process.
: 2)
2.3   Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel 2.3.1     PERFORM EP(1 23) EOF-1 7, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel.
The Emergency Response Position (Shift Manager or Station Emergency Director) who is the EC is responsible for ensuring Non-Essential Personnel are evacuated.
2.3.2     ASSESS the status and potential for evacuation of Camp Mesa.
: 3)
2.3.3     EVALUATE the need for evacuation of non-emergency response personnel per SO1123-VIII-10.3:
The SED may use EP(1 23) EOF-17, (Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel) to assist in the assembly/evacuation process.
3.0   EVENT NOTIFICATIONS 3.1   ENSURE the Technical Leader to notify American Nuclear Insurers (ANI) of the declaration of an emergency at San Onofre (refer to Emergency Response Telephone Directory [ERTD] for Phone Number).
2.3 Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel 2.3.1 PERFORM EP(1 23) EOF-1 7, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel.
3.2   REVIEW AND APPROVE news releases prior to their release. (For Security-related events, direct the Security Director to review news releases prior to their approval).
2.3.2 ASSESS the status and potential for evacuation of Camp Mesa.
4.0   CREDIBLE THREAT 4.1   REVIEW EP(1 23) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development, with the Security Director and the SED to develop an appropriate level of response to a credible threat.
2.3.3 EVALUATE the need for evacuation of non-emergency response personnel per SO1123-VIII-10.3:
5.0   SECURITY EVENT ACTIVITIES 5.1   IF the emergency is a Security Event, THEN CONFER with the Security Director to determine the appropriate time to address EP(123) EC-2, EC Post-Security Event Checklist.
3.0 EVENT NOTIFICATIONS 3.1 ENSURE the Technical Leader to notify American Nuclear Insurers (ANI) of the declaration of an emergency at San Onofre (refer to Emergency Response Telephone Directory [ERTD] for Phone Number).
5.2   REFER to S01 23-VII1-10.6 for guidance on declared Security-related events.
3.2 REVIEW AND APPROVE news releases prior to their release. (For Security-related events, direct the Security Director to review news releases prior to their approval).
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 1                                    Page 5 of 8
4.0 CREDIBLE THREAT 4.1 REVIEW EP(1 23) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development, with the Security Director and the SED to develop an appropriate level of response to a credible threat.
5.0 SECURITY EVENT ACTIVITIES 5.1 IF the emergency is a Security Event, THEN CONFER with the Security Director to determine the appropriate time to address EP(123) EC-2, EC Post-Security Event Checklist.
5.2 REFER to S01 23-VII1-10.6 for guidance on declared Security-related events.
REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 8


I S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 13 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist                                               Attachment 1 6.0   ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE EOF AT IRVINE OPERATIONS CENTER 6.1   IF conditions exist that prevent access to the EOF as a result of severe weather or other reason, THEN CONSULT with Emergency Advisors to direct activation of the Alternate EOF (AEOF) at the Irvine Operations Center (IOC).
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: I Page 13 of 62 I Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 6.0 ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE EOF AT IRVINE OPERATIONS CENTER 6.1 IF conditions exist that prevent access to the EOF as a result of severe weather or other reason, THEN CONSULT with Emergency Advisors to direct activation of the Alternate EOF (AEOF) at the Irvine Operations Center (IOC).
6.2   IF the EOF is already manned, AND IF conditions exist which require evacuation, THEN DIRECT the EOF staff to relocate to the AEOF at the IOC.
6.2 IF the EOF is already manned, AND IF conditions exist which require evacuation, THEN DIRECT the EOF staff to relocate to the AEOF at the IOC.
6.3   IF any of the hazards listed below affect the EOF, THEN CONSULT with EOF Staff to determine the necessity for relocation of the staff to the AEOF.
6.3 IF any of the hazards listed below affect the EOF, THEN CONSULT with EOF Staff to determine the necessity for relocation of the staff to the AEOF.
      "    High EOF or portable radiation monitor readings
High EOF or portable radiation monitor readings Fire in or near the EOF Security hazards which threaten personnel 6.4 TURN OVER EC functions to the SED in the TSC until the AEOF is staffed.
* Fire in or near the EOF
6.5 COLLECT AND TRANSPORT materials and equipment necessary to perform emergency response functions at the alternate facility.
* Security hazards which threaten personnel 6.4   TURN OVER EC functions to the SED in the TSC until the AEOF is staffed.
6.6 WHEN time allows, THEN CONDUCT an assessment of emergency response facility status, command and control functions, and key ERO functions using EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist.
6.5   COLLECT AND TRANSPORT materials and equipment necessary to perform emergency response functions at the alternate facility.
7.0 RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED AREAS 7.1 IF the hazard causing an evacuation of the EOF has been eliminated or controlled to a point that will allow use of the EOF, THEN DIRECT the EPC to coordinate re-entry efforts.
6.6   WHEN time allows, THEN CONDUCT an assessment of emergency response facility status, command and control functions, and key ERO functions using EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist.
8.0 EVENT RECLASSIFICATION/PAR/PAR UPGRADE/RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE 8.1 DETERMINE PARs using SO123-VIII-10.3.
7.0   RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED AREAS 7.1   IF the hazard causing an evacuation of the EOF has been eliminated or controlled to a point that will allow use of the EOF, THEN DIRECT the EPC to coordinate re-entry efforts.
: 1.
8.0   EVENT RECLASSIFICATION/PAR/PAR UPGRADE/RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE 8.1   DETERMINE PARs using SO123-VIII-10.3.
Classification and declaration of an emergency event.
: 1. Classification and declaration of an emergency event.
REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 8
REFERENCE USE                                     Attachment 1                                  Page 6 of 8


          'IA" 110-                                                                          SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                       Page 14 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist                                                 Attachment 1 9.0   EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 9.1   BRIEF the following EOF Leads at periodic intervals so that they are aware of current emergency conditions in accordance with form EP(123) CED-1, CED-EOF Briefing Guidelines:
110-
* EOF Manager
'IA" SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 14 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 9.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 9.1 BRIEF the following EOF Leads at periodic intervals so that they are aware of current emergency conditions in accordance with form EP(123) CED-1, CED-EOF Briefing Guidelines:
* Radiation Protection Leader
EOF Manager Radiation Protection Leader Technical Leader Emergency Advisor Notification Administrative Leader Security Director ODAC (if not already provided information)
* Technical Leader
NRC (if present) 9.2 Emergency Response Facility (ERF) Staff Minimization 9.2.1 IF the plant is stable and there is NO threat of escalation, THEN the CED may reduce the staffing in the ERFs to appropriate levels.
* Emergency Advisor Notification
10.0 TURNOVER 10.1 Turnover shall NOT prevent timely completion of the primary EC responsibilities of classification, notification and PAR.
* Administrative Leader
10.2 CONDUCT an assessment of notifications in progress prior to turnover of the EC duties.
* Security Director
10.3 EP(1 23) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status, with the relief CED.
* ODAC (if not already provided information)
10.3.1 IF alternate emergency response facilities have been activated, THEN COMPLETE EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist, AND DISCUSS with the relief CED.
* NRC (if present) 9.2   Emergency Response Facility (ERF) Staff Minimization 9.2.1       IF the plant is stable and there is NO threat of escalation, THEN the CED may reduce the staffing in the ERFs to appropriate levels.
10.3.2 WHEN the off-going CED is relieved of all duties, THEN the relief CED shall announce to EOF personnel over the public address system the following:
10.0   TURNOVER 10.1   Turnover shall NOT prevent timely completion of the primary EC responsibilities of classification, notification and PAR.
Name Assumption of the CED position Emergency Class PAR REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 8
10.2   CONDUCT an assessment of notifications in progress prior to turnover of the EC duties.
10.3   EP(1 23) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status, with the relief CED.
10.3.1     IF alternate emergency response facilities have been activated, THEN COMPLETE EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist, AND DISCUSS with the relief CED.
10.3.2     WHEN the off-going CED is relieved of all duties, THEN the relief CED shall announce to EOF personnel over the public address system the following:
* Name
* Assumption of the CED position
* Emergency Class
* PAR REFERENCE USE                                     Attachment 1                                    Page 7 of 8


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 15 of 62         I Corporate Emergency Director Checklist                                         Attachment 1 10.3.3   HAVE the turnover announced to all Emergency Response Facilities via the Ivory Phone.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 15 of 62 I
11.0   EVENT CLOSEOUT 11.1 WHEN conditions have improved and meet the criteria for event closeout, THEN PERFORM actions lAW S0123-VIII-10.5.
Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 10.3.3 HAVE the turnover announced to all Emergency Response Facilities via the Ivory Phone.
REFERENCE USE                             Attachment 1                                    Page 8 of 8
11.0 EVENT CLOSEOUT 11.1 WHEN conditions have improved and meet the criteria for event closeout, THEN PERFORM actions lAW S0123-VIII-10.5.
REFERENCE USE Page 8 of 8


1Y~Ls~S51                                                     23-VIII-EOF AN&#xb6;~Emergency                   Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV:1I
1Y~Ls~S51 23-VIII-EOF AN&#xb6;~Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 16 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
---
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
* SONGS_            Operations Facility Position Checklists                 Page 16 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist                                                                 Attachment 2 POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book.
1.0   INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1   REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
1.2 ASSUME the position of EOF Manager.
* EP(123) 5, Turnover Status
1.2.1 SIGN in on the EOF Minimum Staffing Board.
* EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book.
1.2.2 VERIFY communications devices function.
1.2   ASSUME the position of EOF Manager.
1.3 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP (123) 6.
1.2.1       SIGN in on the EOF Minimum Staffing Board.
1.4 LOG onto the computer to receive press releases from the JIC.
1.2.2       VERIFY communications devices function.
Network User ID - enccomm Network Password - NewscenterQ (the last four digits of the password will always be current quarter and current year, e.g. 0113)
1.3   ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP (123) 6.
Lotus Notes Email ID - ENC Communications Lotus Notes Password - NewscenterQ (the last four digits of the password will always be current quarter and current year, e.g. 0113) 1.5 IF the CED is NOT present, THEN IMPLEMENT the CED appropriate portions of this procedure UNTIL the CED arrives - ONLY IF CED QUALIFIED.
1.4   LOG onto the computer to receive press releases from the JIC.
1.6 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN contact with the intrajurisdictional offsite authorities.
* Network User ID - enccomm
1.7 ASSIST Corporate Emergency Director (CED) in setting offsite priorities.
      "      Network Password - NewscenterQ (the last four digits of the password will always be current quarter and current year, e.g. 0113)
1.7.1 CONSIDER including minimum staffing and facility activation as initial priorities.
* Lotus Notes Email ID - ENC Communications
1.7.2 CONSIDER including initial and follow-up notifications as on-going priorities.
* Lotus Notes Password - NewscenterQ (the last four digits of the password will always be current quarter and current year, e.g. 0113) 1.5   IF the CED is NOT present, THEN IMPLEMENT the CED appropriate portions of this procedure UNTIL the CED arrives - ONLY IF CED QUALIFIED.
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 4
1.6   ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN contact with the intrajurisdictional offsite authorities.
1.7   ASSIST Corporate Emergency Director (CED) in setting offsite priorities.
1.7.1       CONSIDER including minimum staffing and facility activation as initial priorities.
1.7.2       CONSIDER including initial and follow-up notifications as on-going priorities.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 2                                        Page 1 of 4


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 17 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist                                                           Attachment 2 1.8 ASSIST in the activation of the facility.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 17 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist 1.8 ASSIST 1.8.1 in the activation of the facility.
1.8.1      VERIFY minimum staffing prior to declaring the EOF activated.
VERIFY minimum staffing prior to declaring the EOF activated.
* CED
CED EOF Manager EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator EOF Technical Leader EOF Security Leader EOF Administrative Leader EOF Radiation Protection Leader EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers) 1.9 REPORT to the CED when the EOF is ready to assume responsibilities.
                "    EOF Manager
* EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications
* EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator
* EOF Technical Leader
* EOF Security Leader
* EOF Administrative Leader
                "    EOF Radiation Protection Leader
* EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers) 1.9 REPORT to the CED when the EOF is ready to assume responsibilities.
1.10 ESTABLISH contact with the JIC Director by calling 7-51502 AND PROVIDE initial conditions including radiological conditions and PAR.
1.10 ESTABLISH contact with the JIC Director by calling 7-51502 AND PROVIDE initial conditions including radiological conditions and PAR.
2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 DISMISS EOF personnel not filling positions and instruct them to assemble in a designated area of the building.
2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 DISMISS EOF personnel not filling positions and instruct them to assemble in a designated area of the building.
2.2 ENSURE the EOF functions are executed in a timely and efficient manner.
2.2 ENSURE the EOF functions are executed in a timely and efficient manner.
2.2.1     COORDINATE and direct all personnel assigned to the EOF.
2.2.1 COORDINATE and direct all personnel assigned to the EOF.
2.2.2     PROVIDE guidance to key members of the EOF staff.
2.2.2 PROVIDE guidance to key members of the EOF staff.
2.2.3     INFORM the CED of significant activities of the EOF.
2.2.3 INFORM the CED of significant activities of the EOF.
2.3 ENSURE offsite communications are being made.
2.3 ENSURE offsite communications are being made.
2.3.1     CONFIRM EAN has made contact with offsite Federal, State, and local officials to inform them of the current situation at SONGS.
2.3.1 CONFIRM EAN has made contact with offsite Federal, State, and local officials to inform them of the current situation at SONGS.
2.3.2     IF delegated by the CED is his absence from the area, THEN SIGN AND TRANSMIT follow-up notifications following a review.
2.3.2 IF delegated by the CED is his absence from the area, THEN SIGN AND TRANSMIT follow-up notifications following a review.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 2                                Page 2 of 4
REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 4


jDso\ [S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                     Page 18 of62 EOF Manager Checklist                                                             Attachment 2 2.4 Press Releases 2.4.1       REVIEW press releases.
jDso\\ [S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 18 of62 EOF Manager Checklist 2.4 Press Releases 2.4.1 REVIEW press releases.
2.4.1.1     IF the CED has any changes to the press release, THEN COMMUNICATE these changes by phone to the JIC Director at 7-51502.
2.4.1.1 IF the CED has any changes to the press release, THEN COMMUNICATE these changes by phone to the JIC Director at 7-51502.
2.4.1.2     IF there are NO changes required to the email, THEN COMMUNICATE this to the JIC Director via phone at 7-51502.
2.4.1.2 IF there are NO changes required to the email, THEN COMMUNICATE this to the JIC Director via phone at 7-51502.
2.4.1.3     PROVIDE a copy of the approved Press release to the EOF Administrative Leader for distribution throughout the EOF.
2.4.1.3 PROVIDE a copy of the approved Press release to the EOF Administrative Leader for distribution throughout the EOF.
2.5 ACT as a liaison for CED for any topics concerning press releases.
2.5 ACT as a liaison for CED for any topics concerning press releases.
2.6 ACT as a liaison to gather and provide information for the JIC.
2.6 ACT as a liaison to gather and provide information for the JIC.
2.6.1       PROVIDE updates on changes to radiological conditions, PARs, or significant changes in plant or personnel conditions.
2.6.1 PROVIDE updates on changes to radiological conditions, PARs, or significant changes in plant or personnel conditions.
2.7 RECORD any JIC requested information AND ASK the EOF Technical Leader (for Operational questions) or the EOF RP Leader (for Radiological questions) to provide appropriate information.
2.7 RECORD any JIC requested information AND ASK the EOF Technical Leader (for Operational questions) or the EOF RP Leader (for Radiological questions) to provide appropriate information.
2.8 ASSIST AND ADVISE the CED in formulation of the PAR.
2.8 ASSIST AND ADVISE the CED in formulation of the PAR.
2.8.1       DETERMINE the status of implementation of any previously issued offsite protective actions.
2.8.1 DETERMINE the status of implementation of any previously issued offsite protective actions.
2.8.2       MAINTAIN liaison with the Radiation Protection Leader, Tech Team Leader and Security Director for PAR development.
2.8.2 MAINTAIN liaison with the Radiation Protection Leader, Tech Team Leader and Security Director for PAR development.
2.8.3       DISCUSS PARs with ODAC, including explanations of plant conditions.
2.8.3 DISCUSS PARs with ODAC, including explanations of plant conditions.
2.9 ASSIST the EA Notifications in the preparation of Event Notification forms.
2.9 ASSIST the EA Notifications in the preparation of Event Notification forms.
2.10 ADVISE the EOF Administrative Leader and the EP Coordinator to perform the following:
2.10 ADVISE the EOF Administrative Leader and the EP Coordinator to perform the following:
* COORDINATE site arrival of NRC
COORDINATE site arrival of NRC Have Security ESCORT NRC to Joint Operations Center (JOC).
* Have Security ESCORT NRC to Joint Operations Center (JOC).
COLLECT pertinent information (provide list, includes most recent written; Verbal Notifications, EOF layout, etc.).
* COLLECT pertinent information (provide list, includes most recent written; Verbal Notifications, EOF layout, etc.).
MEET NRC in JOC AND BRIEF them on the status of the emergency.
* MEET NRC in JOC AND BRIEF them on the status of the emergency.
ESCORT NRC to EOF, INTRODUCE them to EOF counterparts AND PROVIDE seat assignments.
* ESCORT NRC to EOF, INTRODUCE them to EOF counterparts AND PROVIDE seat assignments.
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 4
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 2                                  Page 3 of 4


          . 15(I'O                                                                 SO123-VIII-EOF (3:                 Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists REV: I SONGs                                                                     Page 19 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist                                                             Attachment 2 2.11 ENSURE the EOF and Plant Priorities Board reflects pertinent offsite related activities.
15 (I'O SO123-VIII-EOF (3:
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGs Page 19 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist 2.11 ENSURE the EOF and Plant Priorities Board reflects pertinent offsite related activities.
2.12 DEVELOP a recovery plan for the emergency in accordance with S0123-VII1-1 0.6.
2.12 DEVELOP a recovery plan for the emergency in accordance with S0123-VII1-1 0.6.
2.13 PROVIDE oversight and direction for Evacuation of onsite personnel.
2.13 PROVIDE oversight and direction for Evacuation of onsite personnel.
2.13.1       After consulting with the Radiation Protection Leader, DESIGNATE the evacuation route to the EOF Administrative Leader based on wind direction.
2.13.1 After consulting with the Radiation Protection Leader, DESIGNATE the evacuation route to the EOF Administrative Leader based on wind direction.
2.14 CONDUCT shift turnover with oncoming EOF Manager.
2.14 CONDUCT shift turnover with oncoming EOF Manager.
2.15 Upon event termination, ENSURE all EOF Manager materials have been returned to a state of readiness.
2.15 Upon event termination, ENSURE all EOF Manager materials have been returned to a state of readiness.
2.15.1       COMPLETE all checklist items.
2.15.1 COMPLETE all checklist items.
2.15.2       FACILITATE facility post-event critique.
2.15.2 FACILITATE facility post-event critique.
2.15.3       RETURN the workstation to its original condition.
2.15.3 RETURN the workstation to its original condition.
2.15.4       RETURN all document binders to their storage location.
2.15.4 RETURN all document binders to their storage location.
2.15.5       RETURN any emergency response equipment to its original location.
2.15.5 RETURN any emergency response equipment to its original location.
2.15.6       PROVIDE all paperwork to the Emergency Planning Coordinator.
2.15.6 PROVIDE all paperwork to the Emergency Planning Coordinator.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 2                                Page 4 of 4
REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 4


I ~                                                 S01 23-VIII-EOF (jN~Emergency                 Response Organization (ERO) Emergency           REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                 Page 20 of 62 EOF Technical Leader Checklist                                                 Attachment 3 POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
I ~
1.0   INITIAL ACTIONS.
S01 23-VIII-EOF (jN~Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 20 of 62 EOF Technical Leader Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
1.1   REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS.
* EP(123) 5, Turnover Status
1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
* EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book 1.2   ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.
EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book 1.2 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.
1.3   WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
1.3 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
1.4   ESTABLISH Ivory Phone communications with the Control Room, TSC, and Operations Support Center (OSC).
1.4 ESTABLISH Ivory Phone communications with the Control Room, TSC, and Operations Support Center (OSC).
1.5   INFORM the following persons of the current plant conditions:
1.5 INFORM the following persons of the current plant conditions:
      "    CED
CED Emergency Advisor, Notifications EOF Manager 1.6 POST information on Plant Status Board.
* Emergency Advisor, Notifications
1.7 PROVIDE, at a minimum, the following information over the Ivory Phone:
      "    EOF Manager 1.6   POST information on Plant Status Board.
Activation of the EOF Assumption of the CED duties 1.8 PARTICIPATE in facility staff briefings.
1.7   PROVIDE, at a minimum, the following information over the Ivory Phone:
2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 NOTIFY the CED and EOF RP Leader of changing plant conditions as notified by the TSC Technical Team and/or CFMS.
* Activation of the EOF
2.2 PROVIDE, at a minimum, the following information over the Ivory Phone:
* Assumption of the CED duties 1.8   PARTICIPATE in facility staff briefings.
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 3
2.0   CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1   NOTIFY the CED and EOF RP Leader of changing plant conditions as notified by the TSC Technical Team and/or CFMS.
2.2   PROVIDE, at a minimum, the following information over the Ivory Phone:
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 3                                Page 1 of 3


SO1v23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 21 of 62 EOF Technical Leader Checklist                                                       Attachment 3
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO1v23-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 21 of 62 EOF Technical Leader Checklist Changes in PARs Major Decisions made by the CED
        "    Changes in PARs
/_12.3 IF requested by the TSC Technical Leader, THEN COORDINATE call-in of additional engineering personnel.
* Major Decisions made by the CED
2.3.1 ACT as technical interface with ODAC.
/_12.3   IF requested by the TSC Technical Leader, THEN COORDINATE call-in of additional engineering personnel.
2.4 SUPPORT PAR recommendations.
2.3.1       ACT as technical interface with ODAC.
2.5 PARTICIPATE in facility staff briefings.
2.4   SUPPORT PAR recommendations.
2.6 ASSIST in the development of new or revised operational procedures and strategies for mitigating the emergency.
2.5   PARTICIPATE in facility staff briefings.
2.7 OBTAIN AND PROVIDE technical information to the EOF Manager.
2.6   ASSIST in the development of new or revised operational procedures and strategies for mitigating the emergency.
2.8 EVACUATION 2.8.1 IF the EOF is evacuated, THEN ENSURE you have the necessary materials before proceeding to the alternate EOF.
2.7   OBTAIN AND PROVIDE technical information to the EOF Manager.
2.9 TURNOVER 2.9.1 WHEN a relief EOF Technical Leader arrives at the EOF, THEN:
2.8   EVACUATION 2.8.1       IF the EOF is evacuated, THEN ENSURE you have the necessary materials before proceeding to the alternate EOF.
2.9.1.1 CONDUCT turnover with the oncoming EOF Technical Leader in accordance with Form EP(123) 5.
2.9   TURNOVER 2.9.1       WHEN a relief EOF Technical Leader arrives at the EOF, THEN:
2.9.1.2 REPORT completion of turnover to the CED.
2.9.1.1   CONDUCT turnover with the oncoming EOF Technical Leader in accordance with Form EP(123) 5.
2.10 RECOVERY 2.10.1 WHEN requested by the CED, THEN RECOMMEND additional personnel and equipment necessary for a recovery organization.
2.9.1.2   REPORT completion of turnover to the CED.
2.10.2 IF additional assistance is required, (beyond that available from SONGS and local agencies, Westinghouse, Bechtel, etc.), THEN OBTAIN aid from other utilities or from INPO.
2.10   RECOVERY 2.10.1     WHEN requested by the CED, THEN RECOMMEND additional personnel and equipment necessary for a recovery organization.
2.10.3 EVALUATE staffing needs.
2.10.2     IF additional assistance is required, (beyond that available from SONGS and local agencies, Westinghouse, Bechtel, etc.), THEN OBTAIN aid from other utilities or from INPO.
2.11 Event Termination/Recovery REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 3
2.10.3     EVALUATE staffing needs.
2.11   Event Termination/Recovery REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 3                                    Page 2 of 3


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 22 of 62         I EOF Technical Leader Checklist                                                 Attachment 3 2.11.1   WHEN conditions have improved and meet the criteria for event closeout, THEN PERFORM actions lAW SO123-VIII-10.5.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 22 of 62 I
REFERENCE USE                             Attachment 3                                    Page 3 of 3
EOF Technical Leader Checklist 2.11.1 WHEN conditions have improved and meet the criteria for event closeout, THEN PERFORM actions lAW SO123-VIII-10.5.
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 3


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                                                       REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 23 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                                                                         Attachment 4 POSITION CHECKLIST Security Director Supplemental Position Instruction Table of Contents Section           Title                                                                                                                        Page Number 3.0           INITIAL ACTIO NS ......................................................................................................             28 4.0          MANUAL ACCO UNTABILITY ....................................................................................                         29 5.0          EVACUATIO N .................................................................................................................       29 6.0          RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED EO F ........................................................................                               30 7.0          RADIO USE DURING A SECURITY EM ERG ENCY ...................................................                                         30 8.0          TURNOVER ....................................................................................................................       30 9.0          EVENT CLO SEO UT .....................................................................................................               31 NOTE
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 23 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST Security Director Supplemental Position Instruction Table of Contents Section Number 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 Title Page INITIAL ACTIO NS......................................................................................................
28 M ANUAL ACCO UNTABILITY....................................................................................
29 EVACUATIO N.................................................................................................................
29 RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED EO F........................................................................
30 RADIO USE DURING A SECURITY EM ERG ENCY...................................................
30 TURNOVER....................................................................................................................
30 EVENT CLO SEO UT.....................................................................................................
31 NOTE
: 1. Sections 3.0 through 9.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Security Director duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 1. Sections 3.0 through 9.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Security Director duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
1.0   INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1   REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
* EP(123) 5, Turnover Status
EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development EP(123) EOF-18, Emergency Information for Oncoming Personnel 1.2 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
* EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book
1.3 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.
* EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability
1.4 CLOSE EOF steel doors AND ESTABLISH Site Electronic Access System (SEAS) access.
* EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 9
* EP(123) EOF-18, Emergency Information for Oncoming Personnel 1.2   WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
1.3   ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.
1.4   CLOSE EOF steel doors AND ESTABLISH Site Electronic Access System (SEAS) access.
REFERENCE USE                                         Attachment 4                                                                            Page 1 of 9


SO123-VIII-EOF 1w LIiO,.*
LIiO,.*
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                       Page 24 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                                 -    Attachment 4 1.5   PROVIDE additional security for EOF to limit EOF access to Emergency Response Organization (ERO) members.
SO123-VIII-EOF 1w Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 24 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 1.5 PROVIDE additional security for EOF to limit EOF access to Emergency Response Organization (ERO) members.
2.0   CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1   IF the emergency is due to a Security Event, THEN PERFORM the following:
2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 IF the emergency is due to a Security Event, THEN PERFORM the following:
2.1.1       REVIEW, EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development.
2.1.1 REVIEW, EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development.
2.1.2       SUPPORT discussions with the CED and the SED to develop an appropriate level of response to a credible threat.
2.1.2 SUPPORT discussions with the CED and the SED to develop an appropriate level of response to a credible threat.
2.1.3       Continually ASSESS evacuation routes AND NOTIFY the CED IF any evacuation impediments exist.
2.1.3 Continually ASSESS evacuation routes AND NOTIFY the CED IF any evacuation impediments exist.
2.1.4       IF status of the event is established, THEN CONTACT the Security Leader and Incident Command Post AND ACQUIRE information regarding the following:
2.1.4 IF status of the event is established, THEN CONTACT the Security Leader and Incident Command Post AND ACQUIRE information regarding the following:
* Event description (include personnel status and plant status)
Event description (include personnel status and plant status)
                    "  Status of Law Enforcement Agencies notifications
Status of Law Enforcement Agencies notifications Known response to requests for assistance 2.2 INITIATE Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, as follows:
* Known response to requests for assistance 2.2   INITIATE Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, as follows:
Whenever EOF entry/exit card reader is inoperable; For personnel requiring EOF entry who do NOT have an SONGS Site Access Badge (SSAB);
* Whenever EOF entry/exit card reader is inoperable;
For personnel who have another type of generic badge (e.g., Orange County);
* For personnel requiring EOF entry who do NOT have an SONGS Site Access Badge (SSAB);
For personnel requiring EOF entry who are assigned to OSC/TSC who do NOT have EOF SEAS access.
* For personnel who have another type of generic badge (e.g., Orange County);
2.3 IF notified by the EOF EPC that there are personnel at the ERO Staging Areas, THEN COORDINATE the movement of ERO personnel to the EOF with local law enforcement agencies.
* For personnel requiring EOF entry who are assigned to OSC/TSC who do NOT have EOF SEAS access.
2.4 ASSIST with the review of security event related news releases prepared by the ERO to ensure the following:
2.3   IF notified by the EOF EPC that there are personnel at the ERO Staging Areas, THEN COORDINATE the movement of ERO personnel to the EOF with local law enforcement agencies.
2.4.1 IF present in the Joint Operations Center (JOC), THEN GIVE Law enforcement an opportunity to review the news release prior to its approval.
2.4   ASSIST with the review of security event related news releases prepared by the ERO to ensure the following:
2.4.2 IF there are revisions needed prior to its issuance, THEN PROVIDE the suggested changes to the CED.
2.4.1       IF present in the Joint Operations Center (JOC), THEN GIVE Law enforcement an opportunity to review the news release prior to its approval.
2.4.3 PROVIDE a copy of the approved news release to the JOC.
2.4.2       IF there are revisions needed prior to its issuance, THEN PROVIDE the suggested changes to the CED.
REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 9
2.4.3       PROVIDE a copy of the approved news release to the JOC.
REFERENCE USE                                     Attachment 4                                    Page 2 of 9


            -  ru                                                                   SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                       Page 25 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                                     Attachment 4 2.5   Joint Operations Center (JOC) Liaison and Support 2.5.1       IF the JOC is to be staffed, THEN ENSURE that the CED/SED and the EOF EPC are aware that the JOC will be staffed.
ru SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 25 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 2.5 Joint Operations Center (JOC) Liaison and Support 2.5.1 IF the JOC is to be staffed, THEN ENSURE that the CED/SED and the EOF EPC are aware that the JOC will be staffed.
2.5.2       ENSURE the JOC is open and ready for use by responding agencies and personnel.
2.5.2 ENSURE the JOC is open and ready for use by responding agencies and personnel.
2.5.3     COMPLETE EP(123) EOF-18, Emergency Information for Oncoming Personnel, AND UTILIZE it to brief JOC responders.
2.5.3 COMPLETE EP(123) EOF-18, Emergency Information for Oncoming Personnel, AND UTILIZE it to brief JOC responders.
2.5.4       INFORM the CED/SED on the status of JOC staffing.
2.5.4 INFORM the CED/SED on the status of JOC staffing.
2.5.5       PROVIDE information to the JOC regarding site security actions associated with the event.
2.5.5 PROVIDE information to the JOC regarding site security actions associated with the event.
2.5.6       PROVIDE information to the JOC regarding plant conditions throughout the emergency by utilizing the Technical Leader.
2.5.6 PROVIDE information to the JOC regarding plant conditions throughout the emergency by utilizing the Technical Leader.
2.5.7       INTERFACE with law enforcement personnel responding to the JOC AND PROVIDE periodic feedback to the CED/SED regarding actions taken by the JOC staff.
2.5.7 INTERFACE with law enforcement personnel responding to the JOC AND PROVIDE periodic feedback to the CED/SED regarding actions taken by the JOC staff.
2.5.8       PROVIDE periodic information to the CED regarding the status of the security response throughout the emergency.
2.5.8 PROVIDE periodic information to the CED regarding the status of the security response throughout the emergency.
2.5.9       PROVIDE road conditions to the EOF Manager to support PARs.
2.5.9 PROVIDE road conditions to the EOF Manager to support PARs.
2.5.10     In the event that the EOF HVAC System is operated in the Isolation mode, INFORM the JOC, staffing may be limited due to the constraints of the system.
2.5.10 In the event that the EOF HVAC System is operated in the Isolation mode, INFORM the JOC, staffing may be limited due to the constraints of the system.
2.6   Emergency Response Coordination 2.6.1       ENSURE that the CED is aware when ERO personnel may safely respond to the Station for mitigation and/or recovery actions.
2.6 Emergency Response Coordination 2.6.1 ENSURE that the CED is aware when ERO personnel may safely respond to the Station for mitigation and/or recovery actions.
2.6.2       COORDINATE ERO staff movement with the Law Enforcement Agencies to support response activities which may include:
2.6.2 COORDINATE ERO staff movement with the Law Enforcement Agencies to support response activities which may include:
2.6.2.1     The movement of ERO personnel from the North and/or South Staging areas to the site.
2.6.2.1 The movement of ERO personnel from the North and/or South Staging areas to the site.
2.6.2.2     The movement of personnel to support ERO shift change and/or additional ERO staff.
2.6.2.2 The movement of personnel to support ERO shift change and/or additional ERO staff.
2.6.2.3     IF the OSC and TSC have relocated to the EOF/E50, THEN COORDINATE site access for ERO staff and OSC teams with the Security Leader and Law Enforcement Agencies.
2.6.2.3 IF the OSC and TSC have relocated to the EOF/E50, THEN COORDINATE site access for ERO staff and OSC teams with the Security Leader and Law Enforcement Agencies.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 4                                    Page 3 of 9
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 9


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists                   Page 26 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                                       Attachment 4 2.7   ASSIST with evacuation of Camp Mesa and Assembly Areas by:
S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 26 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 2.7 ASSIST with evacuation of Camp Mesa and Assembly Areas by:
2.7.1       Supporting the Administrative Leader 2.7.2       Contacting the TSC Security Leader to coordinate support with:
2.7.1 Supporting the Administrative Leader 2.7.2 Contacting the TSC Security Leader to coordinate support with:
* Assembly/evacuation of Camp Mesa personnel
Assembly/evacuation of Camp Mesa personnel Assembly/evacuation of non-essential personnel 2.8 IF any hazards listed below affect a major portion of Mesa Area, THEN CONTACT EOF EPC AND RECOMMEND a Mesa Area assembly or evacuation.
* Assembly/evacuation of non-essential personnel 2.8   IF any hazards listed below affect a major portion of Mesa Area, THEN CONTACT EOF EPC AND RECOMMEND a Mesa Area assembly or evacuation.
High radiation alarms or unexpected high radiation levels on Area Radiation Monitors (ARMs),
      "    High radiation alarms or unexpected high radiation levels on Area Radiation Monitors (ARMs),
building or containment ventilation monitors, portable radiation monitors, or continuous air monitors Spills of radioactive material which may result in excessive personnel exposure Fire in any occupied area Toxic/flammable gases or heavy smoke reported Chemical hazards to personnel High pressure steam or water leaks Security hazards which threaten personnel or equipment safety 2.9 Upon direction of EOF EPC or CED to evacuate/relocate Primary EOF to Alternate EOF at Irvine Operations Center (IOC), or if initially rendered uninhabitable, THEN:
building or containment ventilation monitors, portable radiation monitors, or continuous air monitors
2.9.1 NOTIFY Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator; 2.9.2 CONDUCT a sweep of EOF to ensure all personnel have evacuated; 2.9.3 ENSURE NO Safeguards Information (SGI) material is left unattended; 2.9.4 WHEN EOF evacuation is complete/Building E50 has been secured, THEN NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and Security Leader.
* Spills of radioactive material which may result in excessive personnel exposure
2.9.5 Upon arrival at Alternate EOF in Irvine, NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and Security Leader of your PAX number.
      "    Fire in any occupied area
2.10 PERFORM necessary security support functions to facilitate re-entry.
* Toxic/flammable gases or heavy smoke reported
2.11 IF possibility of a bomb or other explosive device exists, THEN ADVISE EOF EPC or CED to announce restrictions of radio transmissions for a 300-foot radius from device location.
* Chemical hazards to personnel
REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 9
* High pressure steam or water leaks
* Security hazards which threaten personnel or equipment safety 2.9   Upon direction of EOF EPC or CED to evacuate/relocate Primary EOF to Alternate EOF at Irvine Operations Center (IOC), or if initially rendered uninhabitable, THEN:
2.9.1       NOTIFY Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator; 2.9.2       CONDUCT a sweep of EOF to ensure all personnel have evacuated; 2.9.3       ENSURE NO Safeguards Information (SGI) material is left unattended; 2.9.4       WHEN EOF evacuation is complete/Building E50 has been secured, THEN NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and Security Leader.
2.9.5       Upon arrival at Alternate EOF in Irvine, NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and Security Leader of your PAX number.
2.10 PERFORM necessary security support functions to facilitate re-entry.
2.11 IF possibility of a bomb or other explosive device exists, THEN ADVISE EOF EPC or CED to announce restrictions of radio transmissions for a 300-foot radius from device location.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 4                                    Page 4 of 9


i'LS9&#x17d;                                                           SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency         REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                               Page 27 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                             Attachment 4 2.12 CONDUCT turnover with oncoming Security Director per Form EP(123) 5.
i'LS9&#x17d; SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 27 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 2.12 CONDUCT turnover with oncoming Security Director per Form EP(123) 5.
2.13 RECORD completion of turnover in Security Director Log, AND REPORT completion of turnover to Security Director and EOF EPC.
2.13 RECORD completion of turnover in Security Director Log, AND REPORT completion of turnover to Security Director and EOF EPC.
2.14 Event Closeout 2.14.1       OPEN EOF steel doors AND RETURN temporary security badges to storage.
2.14 Event Closeout 2.14.1 OPEN EOF steel doors AND RETURN temporary security badges to storage.
REFERENCE USE                               Attachment 4                                Page 5 of 9
REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 9


l *O                                                                           SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                         Page 28 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                                       Attachment 4 SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE
l *O SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 28 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE
: 1. Sections 3.0 through 9.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Security Director duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 1. Sections 3.0 through 9.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Security Director duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.
: 3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.
Placekeeping is not required.
Placekeeping is not required.
3.0   INITIAL ACTIONS 3.1   CLOSE AND SECURE large EOF steel doors.
3.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 3.1 CLOSE AND SECURE large EOF steel doors.
3.2   ESTABLISH security controlled entry/exit to EOF by restricting EOF access to use of a single entry-exit door.
3.2 ESTABLISH security controlled entry/exit to EOF by restricting EOF access to use of a single entry-exit door.
3.2.1       ENSURE personnel responding to EOF scan their SONGS Site Access Badge (SSAB) through Site Electronic Access System (SEAS) card reader.
3.2.1 ENSURE personnel responding to EOF scan their SONGS Site Access Badge (SSAB) through Site Electronic Access System (SEAS) card reader.
3.2.2       IF E50 must be used as an alternate OSC or TSC, THEN DIRECT responding OSC/TSC members to the E50 lunch room door for access to the alternate OSC and TSC.
3.2.2 IF E50 must be used as an alternate OSC or TSC, THEN DIRECT responding OSC/TSC members to the E50 lunch room door for access to the alternate OSC and TSC.
3.2.3       During activation of EOF, REQUEST EOF EPC to assign another person to assist with access and badging duties.
3.2.3 During activation of EOF, REQUEST EOF EPC to assign another person to assist with access and badging duties.
3.2.4       ENSURE classrooms 1-4 are open.
3.2.4 ENSURE classrooms 1-4 are open.
3.2.5       WHEN EOF security doors have been secured and EOF access control has been established, THEN REQUEST EOF EPC to make the following EOF PA announcement:
3.2.5 WHEN EOF security doors have been secured and EOF access control has been established, THEN REQUEST EOF EPC to make the following EOF PA announcement:
                    "All non-emergency response personnel, exit the EOF and report to Classrooms 1 through 4."
"All non-emergency response personnel, exit the EOF and report to Classrooms 1 through 4."
                    "EOF personnel who have NOT logged into SEAS, report to the security office to card into SEAS at this time."
"EOF personnel who have NOT logged into SEAS, report to the security office to card into SEAS at this time."
3.3   OBTAIN EOF EPC authorization for access for those persons who do NOT possess photo identification.
3.3 OBTAIN EOF EPC authorization for access for those persons who do NOT possess photo identification.
3.3.1       Personnel or visitors who do NOT have an SSAB and/or do NOT have EOF access, SIGN-IN on Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, AND PROVIDE photo identification.
3.3.1 Personnel or visitors who do NOT have an SSAB and/or do NOT have EOF access, SIGN-IN on Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, AND PROVIDE photo identification.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 4                                    Page 6 of 9
REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 9


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists                 Page 29 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                                   I Attachment 4 3.4   IF personnel declare they have consumed alcohol within 5 hours of reporting to EOF, THEN, DIRECT them to E50 Local Assembly Area (classrooms 1 through 4) to await further instructions.
S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 29 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist I Attachment 4 3.4 IF personnel declare they have consumed alcohol within 5 hours of reporting to EOF, THEN, DIRECT them to E50 Local Assembly Area (classrooms 1 through 4) to await further instructions.
3.4.1       INFORM EOF EPC or CED.
3.4.1 INFORM EOF EPC or CED.
3.4.2       FORWARD all communications/instructions received from EOF EPC or CED to personnel who have declared alcohol consumption.
3.4.2 FORWARD all communications/instructions received from EOF EPC or CED to personnel who have declared alcohol consumption.
3.5   Immediately NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator when NRC personnel arrive on site, providing their names.
3.5 Immediately NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator when NRC personnel arrive on site, providing their names.
3.6   DIRECT news media or other related inquiries to JIC Director at Joint Information Center (JIC) or EOF EPC.
3.6 DIRECT news media or other related inquiries to JIC Director at Joint Information Center (JIC) or EOF EPC.
3.7   WHEN directed by EOF EPC or CED, THEN CONFIRM radiological survey conducted by the RP Technicians prior to permitting personnel access to EOF.
3.7 WHEN directed by EOF EPC or CED, THEN CONFIRM radiological survey conducted by the RP Technicians prior to permitting personnel access to EOF.
3.8   GRANT access to medical casualties delivered to EOF medical treatment room on a priority basis with RP Technician's approval.
3.8 GRANT access to medical casualties delivered to EOF medical treatment room on a priority basis with RP Technician's approval.
3.9   IF notified of an inbound helicopter, THEN INFORM EOF RP Leader and EOF EPC.
3.9 IF notified of an inbound helicopter, THEN INFORM EOF RP Leader and EOF EPC.
3.10 ACT as the primary Security interface within the EOF liaison organization.
3.10 ACT as the primary Security interface within the EOF liaison organization.
3.11 COORDINATE security matters with TSC Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator.
3.11 COORDINATE security matters with TSC Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator.
3.12 ASSIST with Site Evacuation AND MONITOR security sweeps of Mesa work areas.
3.12 ASSIST with Site Evacuation AND MONITOR security sweeps of Mesa work areas.
4.0   MANUAL ACCOUNTABILITY 4.1.1       INITIATE Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, as follows:
4.0 MANUAL ACCOUNTABILITY 4.1.1 INITIATE Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, as follows:
* Whenever EOF entry/exit card reader is inoperable;
Whenever EOF entry/exit card reader is inoperable; For personnel requiring EOF entry who do NOT have an SSAB; For personnel who have another type of generic badge (e.g., Orange County).
* For personnel requiring EOF entry who do NOT have an SSAB;
For personnel requiring EOF entry who are assigned to OSC/TSC who do NOT have EOF SEAS access.
* For personnel who have another type of generic badge (e.g., Orange County).
5.0 EVACUATION 5.1 IF any hazards listed in step 5.2 exist, THEN immediately NOTIFY EOF EPC AND AWAIT instructions.
* For personnel requiring EOF entry who are assigned to OSC/TSC who do NOT have EOF SEAS access.
REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 9
5.0   EVACUATION 5.1   IF any hazards listed in step 5.2 exist, THEN immediately NOTIFY EOF EPC AND AWAIT instructions.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 4                                  Page 7 of 9


            ": 1                                                                     S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists
": 1 S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs Page 30 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 5.2 IF any hazards listed below affect a major portion of Mesa Area, THEN CONTACT EOF EPC AND RECOMMEND a Mesa Area assembly or evacuation.
      -- soNGs                                                                       Page 30 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                                       Attachment 4 5.2   IF any hazards listed below affect a major portion of Mesa Area, THEN CONTACT EOF EPC AND RECOMMEND a Mesa Area assembly or evacuation.
High radiation alarms or unexpected high radiation levels on Area Radiation Monitors (ARMs),
      "    High radiation alarms or unexpected high radiation levels on Area Radiation Monitors (ARMs),
building or containment ventilation monitors, portable radiation monitors, or continuous air monitors Spills of radioactive material which may result in excessive personnel exposure Fire in any occupied area Toxic/flammable gases or heavy smoke reported Chemical hazards to personnel High pressure steam or water leaks Security hazards which threaten personnel or equipment safety 5.3 WHEN directed by EOF EPC or CED to evacuate/relocate Primary EOF to Alternate EOF at Irvine Operations Center (IOC), OR IF initially rendered uninhabitable, THEN:
building or containment ventilation monitors, portable radiation monitors, or continuous air monitors
5.3.1 NOTIFY TSC Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator; 5.3.2 CONDUCT a sweep of EOF to ensure all personnel have evacuated; 5.3.3 ENSURE NO Safeguards Information (SGI) material is left unattended; 5.3.4 WHEN EOF evacuation is complete/Building E50 has been secured, THEN NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and TSC Security Leader.
* Spills of radioactive material which may result in excessive personnel exposure
5.3.5 Upon arrival at Alternate EOF in Irvine, NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and TSC Security Leader of your PAX number.
      "    Fire in any occupied area
6.0 RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED EOF 6.1 WHEN requested by personnel coordinating re-entry efforts, THEN PERFORM necessary security support functions to facilitate re-entry.
* Toxic/flammable gases or heavy smoke reported
7.0 RADIO USE DURING A SECURITY EMERGENCY 7.1 IF possibility of a bomb or other explosive device exists, THEN ADVISE EOF EPC or CED to announce restrictions of radio transmissions for a 300-foot radius from device location.
* Chemical hazards to personnel
8.0 TURNOVER 8.1 CONDUCT turnover with oncoming EOF Security Director per Form EP(123) 5, Turnover Status.
      "    High pressure steam or water leaks
REFERENCE USE Page 8 of 9
* Security hazards which threaten personnel or equipment safety 5.3   WHEN directed by EOF EPC or CED to evacuate/relocate Primary EOF to Alternate EOF at Irvine Operations Center (IOC), OR IF initially rendered uninhabitable, THEN:
5.3.1       NOTIFY TSC Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator; 5.3.2       CONDUCT a sweep of EOF to ensure all personnel have evacuated; 5.3.3       ENSURE NO Safeguards Information (SGI) material is left unattended; 5.3.4       WHEN EOF evacuation is complete/Building E50 has been secured, THEN NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and TSC Security Leader.
5.3.5       Upon arrival at Alternate EOF in Irvine, NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and TSC Security Leader of your PAX number.
6.0   RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED EOF 6.1   WHEN requested by personnel coordinating re-entry efforts, THEN PERFORM necessary security support functions to facilitate re-entry.
7.0   RADIO USE DURING A SECURITY EMERGENCY 7.1   IF possibility of a bomb or other explosive device exists, THEN ADVISE EOF EPC or CED to announce restrictions of radio transmissions for a 300-foot radius from device location.
8.0   TURNOVER 8.1   CONDUCT turnover with oncoming EOF Security Director per Form EP(123) 5, Turnover Status.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 4                                    Page 8 of 9


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency           REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 31 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist                                           I Attachment 4 8.2   RECORD completion of turnover in Security Liaison Log, AND REPORT completion of turnover to Security Director and EOF EPC.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 31 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist I Attachment 4 8.2 RECORD completion of turnover in Security Liaison Log, AND REPORT completion of turnover to Security Director and EOF EPC.
9.0   EVENT CLOSEOUT 9.1   OPEN EOF steel doors AND RETURN temporary security badges to storage.
9.0 EVENT CLOSEOUT 9.1 OPEN EOF steel doors AND RETURN temporary security badges to storage.
9.2   EOF members LOG OUT of SEAS at the Security Office.
9.2 EOF members LOG OUT of SEAS at the Security Office.
REFERENCE USE                               Attachment 4                                Page 9 of 9
REFERENCE USE Page 9 of 9


(3         _
501S 23-VIII-EOF (3
soNGs Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists 501S23-VIII-EOF REV: I Page 32 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist                                                                                               Attachment 5 POSITION CHECKLIST Administrative Leader Supplemental Position Instruction Table of Contents Section Number                         Title                                                                                                                 Page 9 .0                 A C T IV AT IO N .............................................................................................................     38 0...................................................................................................................................                     38 10.0                   SITE AREA EMERGENCY/SITE ASSEMBLY .....................................................                                           38 0...................................................................................................................................                     38 11.0                   EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION ....................................................                                               38 0...................................................................................................................................3                       8 0...................................................................................................................................                     38 0...................................................................................................................................                     38 0...................................................................................................................................                     38 12.0                   LOGISTICAL SUPPORT ......................................................................................                         38 0...................................................................................................................................                     39 0...................................................................................................................................                     39 NOTE
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs Page 32 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST Administrative Leader Supplemental Position Instruction Table of Contents Section Number Title Page 9.0 A C T IV A T IO N.............................................................................................................
3 8 0...................................................................................................................................
3 8 10.0 SITE AREA EMERGENCY/SITE ASSEMBLY.....................................................
38 0...................................................................................................................................
3 8 11.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION....................................................
38 0...................................................................................................................................3 8
0...................................................................................................................................
3 8 0...................................................................................................................................
3 8 0...................................................................................................................................
3 8 12.0 LOGISTICAL SUPPORT......................................................................................
38 0...................................................................................................................................
3 9 0...................................................................................................................................
3 9 NOTE
: 1. Sections 9.0 through 12.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Administrative Leader duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 1. Sections 9.0 through 12.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Administrative Leader duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
1.0   INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1   REFER the following contained in position notebook:
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER the following contained in position notebook:
* EP(123) 5, Turnover Status
EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) EOF-5, Reporting Of Accidents EP(123) EOF-6, Notification Of Emergency Contact EP(123) ERO-4, Site And Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script 1.2 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
* EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book
1.3 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.
* EP(123) EOF-5, Reporting Of Accidents
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 8
* EP(123) EOF-6, Notification Of Emergency Contact
* EP(123) ERO-4, Site And Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet
* EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script 1.2   WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
1.3   ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.
REFERENCE USE                                                 Attachment 5                                                                          Page 1 of 8


        -*
S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists so1GS Page 33 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 1.4 ASSIST EOF Security Director and EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) with activation of the EOF.
* S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                     REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists so1GS                                                                       Page 33 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist                                                   Attachment 5 1.4 ASSIST EOF Security Director and EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) with activation of the EOF.
1.5 ASSIST the EPC with facility set-up.
1.5 ASSIST the EPC with facility set-up.
1.6 COORDINATE the following:
1.6   COORDINATE the following:
1.6.1 Set-up of the hard-copy distribution boxes.
1.6.1     Set-up of the hard-copy distribution boxes.
1.6.2 Distributing/sending FAX messages.
1.6.2     Distributing/sending FAX messages.
1.6.3 Providing and distributing copies.
1.6.3     Providing and distributing copies.
1.6.4 Providing Corporate Documentation Management (CDM) support to the OSC and TSC.
1.6.4     Providing Corporate Documentation Management (CDM) support to the OSC and TSC.
1.7 CONSULT with the EPC with questions.
1.7   CONSULT with the EPC with questions.
1.8 IF a bomb threat is received, THEN IMPLEMENT S0123-IV-9.6, Bomb Threats.
1.8   IF a bomb threat is received, THEN IMPLEMENT S0123-IV-9.6, Bomb Threats.
2.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 2.1 Administrative Support 2.1.1 CONSULT with EPC and other facility leaders to determine the need for resources or support.
2.0   EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 2.1   Administrative Support 2.1.1     CONSULT with EPC and other facility leaders to determine the need for resources or support.
2.1.2 ENSURE material is copied and distributed.
2.1.2     ENSURE material is copied and distributed.
2.1.2.1 CONSULT with the EPC with questions on distribution of material.
2.1.2.1   CONSULT with the EPC with questions on distribution of material.
2.1.3 ENSURE distribution boxes, assigned to Offsite Dose Assessment Center (ODAC), and Offsite Liaison are checked periodically for material to distribute.
2.1.3     ENSURE distribution boxes, assigned to Offsite Dose Assessment Center (ODAC), and Offsite Liaison are checked periodically for material to distribute.
2.1.4 COORDINATE food and lodging for Emergency Response Personnel via ERTD Corporate Support contacts.
2.1.4     COORDINATE food and lodging for Emergency Response Personnel via ERTD Corporate Support contacts.
2.2 CDM Support 2.2.1 REQUEST support from Information Governance (Rosemead) or CDM Pomona at PAX 61633 for assistance with required drawings, manuals, or documents.
2.2   CDM Support 2.2.1     REQUEST support from Information Governance (Rosemead) or CDM Pomona at PAX 61633 for assistance with required drawings, manuals, or documents.
REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 8
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 5                                      Page 2 of 8


(3                          JII)LS9&#x17d;51 Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency 23-VIII-EOF REV:1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                     Page 34 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist                                                 Attachment 5 2.3   Facsimile Operations 2.3.1     ENSURE material is faxed.
JII)LS9&#x17d;51 23-VIII-EOF (3
                  "    Initial News Release as delivered by the EOF Manager/EPC: FAX to the Joint Information Center (JIC) and the Technical Support Center (TSC).
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 34 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 2.3 Facsimile Operations 2.3.1 ENSURE material is faxed.
                  "    Subsequent News Releases: FAX to the TSC.
Initial News Release as delivered by the EOF Manager/EPC: FAX to the Joint Information Center (JIC) and the Technical Support Center (TSC).
                  "    Offsite Dose Assessment Center Notification Forms: FAX as directed by ODAC personnel.
Subsequent News Releases: FAX to the TSC.
2.4   Recall of Additional Personnel 2.4.1     CONSULT with EOF RP Leader and Security Director to determine safest and most direct route to plant.
Offsite Dose Assessment Center Notification Forms: FAX as directed by ODAC personnel.
2.4.2     INFORM EOF Leaders, TSC Manager, OSC (Emergency Planning Coordinator) and CR (Operations Leader) of relief shift plans (as discussed with CED or EOF Manager).
2.4 Recall of Additional Personnel 2.4.1 CONSULT with EOF RP Leader and Security Director to determine safest and most direct route to plant.
2.4.3     COORDINATE recall, advising requested recall personnel, including relief shift reporting time and route recalled personnel should take to plant. [NN 201507385]
2.4.2 INFORM EOF Leaders, TSC Manager, OSC (Emergency Planning Coordinator) and CR (Operations Leader) of relief shift plans (as discussed with CED or EOF Manager).
2.4.4     ENSURE recall of requested personnel is coordinated, as directed.
2.4.3 COORDINATE recall, advising requested recall personnel, including relief shift reporting time and route recalled personnel should take to plant. [NN 201507385]
2.4.5     COORDINATE recall for EOF, TSC, OSC and CR personnel.
2.4.4 ENSURE recall of requested personnel is coordinated, as directed.
2.4.6     OBTAIN a copy of relief rosters from TSC Manager and OSC Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC).
2.4.5 COORDINATE recall for EOF, TSC, OSC and CR personnel.
2.4.7     TRACK current staffing and relief staffing.
2.4.6 OBTAIN a copy of relief rosters from TSC Manager and OSC Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC).
3.0   EOF TELEPHONE OPERATIONS 3.1   ENSURE incoming messages are delivered directly to EOF personnel (including local, state and federal representatives).
2.4.7 TRACK current staffing and relief staffing.
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 5                                    Page 3 of 8
3.0 EOF TELEPHONE OPERATIONS 3.1 ENSURE incoming messages are delivered directly to EOF personnel (including local, state and federal representatives).
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 8


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 35 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist                                                   Attachment 5 4.0   CONTINUING ACTIONS 4.1   DETERMINE from any ERO Leader whether they are aware of any injuries or fatalities that have occurred.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 35 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 4.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 4.1 DETERMINE from any ERO Leader whether they are aware of any injuries or fatalities that have occurred.
4.1.1     REPORT injuries or fatalities to EC, CED, Operations Leader, Joint Information Center (JIC) Director and Grid Control Center (GCC) per EP(123) EOF-5, Reporting of Accidents.
4.1.1 REPORT injuries or fatalities to EC, CED, Operations Leader, Joint Information Center (JIC) Director and Grid Control Center (GCC) per EP(123) EOF-5, Reporting of Accidents.
4.1.2     NOTIFY emergency contacts per, EP(123) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet 4.2   REPORT phone problems to Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.
4.1.2 NOTIFY emergency contacts per, EP(123) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet 4.2 REPORT phone problems to Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.
4.3   IF conditions exist which require EOF evacuation, THEN ASSIST the EPC with relocation activities to the Alternate EOF at the Irvine Operations Center.
4.3 IF conditions exist which require EOF evacuation, THEN ASSIST the EPC with relocation activities to the Alternate EOF at the Irvine Operations Center.
4.4   Upon arrival at the Alternate EOF, ASSIST the EPC with the set up and activation.
4.4 Upon arrival at the Alternate EOF, ASSIST the EPC with the set up and activation.
5.0   SITE AREA EMERGENCY/SITE ASSEMBLY NOTE
5.0 SITE AREA EMERGENCY/SITE ASSEMBLY NOTE
: 1. Site Assembly followed by site evacuation is mandatory for all non-emergency response personnel at a Site Area Emergency or higher classification, unless assembly or evacuation exposes personnel to a greater hazard.
: 1.
: 2. Site Assembly is mandatory for Camp Mesa during an Alert classification.
Site Assembly followed by site evacuation is mandatory for all non-emergency response personnel at a Site Area Emergency or higher classification, unless assembly or evacuation exposes personnel to a greater hazard.
: 3. CED will use form EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel for Assembly and Evacuation.
: 2.
5.1   COMPLETE EP(1 23) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script.
Site Assembly is mandatory for Camp Mesa during an Alert classification.
5.2   COORDINATE with EOF Radiation Protection Leader to identify the following:
: 3.
5.2.1     Alternate Assembly Area(s) when an assembly area(s) is contaminated or when radiation levels are high near an assembly area.
CED will use form EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel for Assembly and Evacuation.
5.2.1.1   CONTACT affected Assembly Area with relocation information.
5.1 COMPLETE EP(1 23) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script.
5.2.1.2   UPDATE EP(123) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet, with updated location.
5.2 COORDINATE with EOF Radiation Protection Leader to identify the following:
5.2.1.3   Parking lot(s) inaccessible due to radiological or other hazardous conditions.
5.2.1 Alternate Assembly Area(s) when an assembly area(s) is contaminated or when radiation levels are high near an assembly area.
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 5                                      Page 4 of 8
5.2.1.1 CONTACT affected Assembly Area with relocation information.
5.2.1.2 UPDATE EP(123) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet, with updated location.
5.2.1.3 Parking lot(s) inaccessible due to radiological or other hazardous conditions.
REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 8


J tI'SO\                                                                 SO123-VIII-EOF (3                   Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I
J tI'SO\\
    -    soNGsS              Operations Facility Position Checklists                 Page 36 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist                                                   Attachment 5 5.3   TRACK activation of Site and Local Assembly Areas EP(1 23) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet.
SO123-VIII-EOF (3
5.4   OBTAIN CED review and approval on Assembly Area Coordinators using EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script, forms prior to disseminating information to Assembly Areas. Include the following:
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I S
* Emergency Classification
Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs Page 36 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 5.3 TRACK activation of Site and Local Assembly Areas EP(1 23) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet.
* Radioactive Release in progress
5.4 OBTAIN CED review and approval on Assembly Area Coordinators using EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script, forms prior to disseminating information to Assembly Areas. Include the following:
* Application or Removal of NO eating, drinking, or smoking rule 0     Parking lot or other areas closed due to radiological or other hazardous conditions
Emergency Classification Radioactive Release in progress Application or Removal of NO eating, drinking, or smoking rule 0
* Evacuation Route direction and need to report to Reception Centers
Parking lot or other areas closed due to radiological or other hazardous conditions Evacuation Route direction and need to report to Reception Centers Other plant information appropriate to the event as directed by CED (i.e., PARs issue, PADs implemented, actions planned or underway) 5.5 OBTAIN a head count of carpool riders who need transportation from Assembly Area Coordinators.
* Other plant information appropriate to the event as directed by CED (i.e., PARs issue, PADs implemented, actions planned or underway) 5.5   OBTAIN a head count of carpool riders who need transportation from Assembly Area Coordinators.
5.6 COORDINATE with RP and Security Leaders (SL) to obtain a count of vehicles affected by actual or potential parking lot closures given current or forecast radiological and weather conditions.
5.6   COORDINATE with RP and Security Leaders (SL) to obtain a count of vehicles affected by actual or potential parking lot closures given current or forecast radiological and weather conditions.
5.7 ESTIMATE number of 40 passenger buses that may be required using the following calculation:
5.7   ESTIMATE number of 40 passenger buses that may be required using the following calculation:
5.7.1 Buses Required = (Impacted Vehicles + carpool riders who need transportation)
5.7.1         Buses Required = (Impacted Vehicles + carpool riders who need transportation)
X 0.03125 5.7.2 Contact number listed in Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD), under Transportation, to request dispatch for needed vehicles.
X 0.03125 5.7.2         Contact number listed in Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD), under Transportation, to request dispatch for needed vehicles.
6.0 SITE EVACUATION 6.1 WHEN a site evacuation has been directed by SED, THEN:
6.0   SITE EVACUATION 6.1   WHEN a site evacuation has been directed by SED, THEN:
6.1.1 OBTAIN direction from EOF RP leader and EOF Security Director for evacuation via north, south, or normal departure routes.
6.1.1         OBTAIN direction from EOF RP leader and EOF Security Director for evacuation via north, south, or normal departure routes.
6.1.2 ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators received PA information AND VERIFY evacuation direction (north, south, or normal departure routes).
6.1.2         ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators received PA information AND VERIFY evacuation direction (north, south, or normal departure routes).
6.1.3 ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators hold personnel whose transportation is inaccessible until requested transportation arrives.
6.1.3         ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators hold personnel whose transportation is inaccessible until requested transportation arrives.
6.1.4 ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators contact Administrative Leader when evacuation is complete.
6.1.4         ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators contact Administrative Leader when evacuation is complete.
REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 8
REFERENCE USE                                     Attachment 5                                  Page 5 of 8


J tIPSO                                                             SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency           REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGS                                                               Page 37 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist                                         Attachment 5 7.0   TURNOVER 7.1   CONDUCT turnover with oncoming Administrative Leader per Form EP(1 23) 5.
J tIPSO SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGS Page 37 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 7.0 TURNOVER 7.1 CONDUCT turnover with oncoming Administrative Leader per Form EP(1 23) 5.
7.2   REPORT completion of turnover to Emergency Planning Coordinator AND RECORD completion of turnover in Administrative Leader Log.
7.2 REPORT completion of turnover to Emergency Planning Coordinator AND RECORD completion of turnover in Administrative Leader Log.
8.0   RECOVERY 8.1   WHEN requested by SED, or CED, THEN 8.1.1     EVALUATE AND REPORT assessment of spare parts and equipment, site documents, and other administrative areas.
8.0 RECOVERY 8.1 WHEN requested by SED, or CED, THEN 8.1.1 EVALUATE AND REPORT assessment of spare parts and equipment, site documents, and other administrative areas.
8.1.2     RECOMMEND additional personnel and equipment necessary for a Recovery Organization.
8.1.2 RECOMMEND additional personnel and equipment necessary for a Recovery Organization.
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 5                              Page 6 of 8
REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 8


I......                                                                       0..SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists A----SONGS                                                                                 Page 38 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist                                                       I Attachment 5 SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE
I......
0..SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists A----SONGS Page 38 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist I Attachment 5 SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE
: 1. Sections 9.0 through 12.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Administrative Leader duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 1. Sections 9.0 through 12.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Administrative Leader duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 2.
Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.
: 3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.
Placekeeping is not required.
Placekeeping is not required.
9.0         ACTIVATION 9.1         REFER to the Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD), located in the Administrative Leader notebook, as a source of phone numbers during declared emergencies.
9.0 ACTIVATION 9.1 REFER to the Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD), located in the Administrative Leader notebook, as a source of phone numbers during declared emergencies.
9.2         REPORT status of Administrative staffing to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC).
9.2 REPORT status of Administrative staffing to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC).
9.3         PROVIDE supplies for other emergency responders.
9.3 PROVIDE supplies for other emergency responders.
9.4         REVIEW the checklist periodically during emergency response and following each reclassification.
9.4 REVIEW the checklist periodically during emergency response and following each reclassification.
10.0       SITE AREA EMERGENCYISITE ASSEMBLY 10.1       Continuously UPDATE all EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script, forms.
10.0 SITE AREA EMERGENCYISITE ASSEMBLY 10.1 Continuously UPDATE all EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script, forms.
11.0       EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 11.1.1       Facsimiles received at the EOF may include:
11.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 11.1.1 Facsimiles received at the EOF may include:
* Turnover Status Forms: Deliver to the Corporate Emergency Director or EPC.
Turnover Status Forms: Deliver to the Corporate Emergency Director or EPC.
* Recall Roster: Deliver to the EPC.
Recall Roster: Deliver to the EPC.
* Technical Team Data: Deliver to the Technical Leader.
Technical Team Data: Deliver to the Technical Leader.
12.0       LOGISTICAL SUPPORT 12.1       Recall of Additional Personnel 12.1.1       IF ERO Leaders request recall of additional personnel, THEN:
12.0 LOGISTICAL SUPPORT 12.1 Recall of Additional Personnel 12.1.1 IF ERO Leaders request recall of additional personnel, THEN:
12.1.1.1     CONSULT with EOF RP Leader and Security Director to determine safest and most direct route to plant.
12.1.1.1 CONSULT with EOF RP Leader and Security Director to determine safest and most direct route to plant.
REFERENCE USE                                           Attachment 5                                      Page 7 of 8
REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 8


I SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency             REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 39 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist                                             Attachment 5 12.2 Administrative Support 12.2.1     IF emergency response personnel may be required on shift for 4 hours, THEN DISCUSS need for the following with CED or EOF Manager:
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 I
0   Work Hours Controls On shift and management personnel recall Food and lodging REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 5                                Page 8 of 8
Page 39 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 12.2 Administrative Support 12.2.1 IF emergency response personnel may be required on shift for 4 hours, THEN DISCUSS need for the following with CED or EOF Manager:
0 0
0 Work Hours Controls On shift and management personnel recall Food and lodging REFERENCE USE Page 8 of 8


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                                                           REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 40 of 62                   I EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist                                                                                   Attachment 6 POSITION CHECKLIST Emergency Planning Coordinator Supplemental Instruction Table of Contents Section Number               Title                                                                                                                               Page 3.0       ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING A SECURITY-RELATED NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT AFTER ARRIVING AT THE EOF ............................................................                                             43 4.0      ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING AN ALERT OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION ..43 5.0        MED IA R ES PO NS E TEA M....................................................................................................                   44 6.0        NOTIFICATIONS AFTER EC TURNOVER TO CED ..............................................................                                           44 7.0        R E P ET IT IVE A C T IO NS ..............................................................................................................       44 8.0        EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR OPERATIONS ..........................................................                                                 45 9.0        E O F HV AC S Y S T E M ..................................................................................................................       45 10.0      ASSIST WITH THE PLACEMENT OF PERSONNEL DURING A RELOCATION OF TSC A ND /O R O SC TO TH E EO F ..................................................................................................                   45 NOTE
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 40 of 62 I
EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST Emergency Planning Coordinator Supplemental Instruction Table of Contents Section Number Title Page 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING A SECURITY-RELATED NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT AFTER ARRIVING AT THE EOF............................................................
43 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING AN ALERT OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION..43 M ED IA R ES PO N S E TEA M....................................................................................................
44 NOTIFICATIONS AFTER EC TURNOVER TO CED..............................................................
44 R E P E T IT IV E A C T IO N S..............................................................................................................
4 4 EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR OPERATIONS..........................................................
45 E O F H V A C S Y S T E M..................................................................................................................
4 5 ASSIST WITH THE PLACEMENT OF PERSONNEL DURING A RELOCATION OF TSC A N D /O R O SC TO TH E EO F..................................................................................................
45 NOTE
: 1. Sections 3.0 through 10.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Emergency Planning Coordinator duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 1. Sections 3.0 through 10.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Emergency Planning Coordinator duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
1.0     INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1     REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:
* EP (123) 5, Turnover Status
EP (123) 5, Turnover Status EP (123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System 1.2 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
        "    EP (123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book
1.3 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.
* EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System 1.2     WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
1.4 UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).
1.3     ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.
1.5 REPORT to the CED and review staffing requirements.
1.4     UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).
1.6 ENSURE leader books are distributed and assist in facility setup.
1.5     REPORT to the CED and review staffing requirements.
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 7
1.6     ENSURE leader books are distributed and assist in facility setup.
REFERENCE USE                                               Attachment 6                                                                            Page 1 of 7


J E''                                                                       SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                       Page 41 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist                                       I Attachment 6 1.7   ENSURE the FAX clock is synchronized clock to the EOF wall clock (Atomic Clock).
J E''
1.8   REMIND personnel to check PAX phones for dial tone and the ringer control is turned on.
SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 41 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist I Attachment 6 1.7 ENSURE the FAX clock is synchronized clock to the EOF wall clock (Atomic Clock).
2.0   CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1   Activities to Support the EOF During a Security-Related Notification of Unusual Event after arriving at the EOF:
1.8 REMIND personnel to check PAX phones for dial tone and the ringer control is turned on.
2.1.1       REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security post.
2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 Activities to Support the EOF During a Security-Related Notification of Unusual Event after arriving at the EOF:
2.1.2       INTERFACE with and provide information relating to the event to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.
2.1.1 REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security post.
2.1.3       CALL in additional support to provide information to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.
2.1.2 INTERFACE with and provide information relating to the event to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.
2.1.4       TRACK CED briefings (approximately every 30 minutes).
2.1.3 CALL in additional support to provide information to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.
2.2   Activities to Support the EOF During an Alert or Higher Classification:
2.1.4 TRACK CED briefings (approximately every 30 minutes).
2.2.1       REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security post.
2.2 Activities to Support the EOF During an Alert or Higher Classification:
2.2.2       CONTACT JIC for activation times and notify the CED and SRO Briefer (to announce over Ivory Phone).
2.2.1 REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security post.
2.3   OBTAIN media response team location, and request Security to send media to that location.
2.2.2 CONTACT JIC for activation times and notify the CED and SRO Briefer (to announce over Ivory Phone).
2.4   ENSURE the Emergency Advisor, Notifications initiates offsite notifications immediately following changes of emergency class, upgrade in PAR including additional PAZ(s), start or stop of a radiological release.
2.3 OBTAIN media response team location, and request Security to send media to that location.
2.5   OBTAIN status of offsite sirens from the Telecom Control Center (TCC) in Irvine (PAX 51200).
2.4 ENSURE the Emergency Advisor, Notifications initiates offsite notifications immediately following changes of emergency class, upgrade in PAR including additional PAZ(s), start or stop of a radiological release.
2.5.1       REVIEW with EOF Manager and advise CED of compensatory actions.
2.5 OBTAIN status of offsite sirens from the Telecom Control Center (TCC) in Irvine (PAX 51200).
2.6   MAKE brief EOF PA announcement following CED briefings (as directed by the CED).
2.5.1 REVIEW with EOF Manager and advise CED of compensatory actions.
2.7   Emergency Diesel Generator Operations:
2.6 MAKE brief EOF PA announcement following CED briefings (as directed by the CED).
2.7.1       IF normal power is lost, THEN VERIFY proper emergency diesel generator operation.
2.7 Emergency Diesel Generator Operations:
2.8   EOF HVAC System: (per Attachment 3)
2.7.1 IF normal power is lost, THEN VERIFY proper emergency diesel generator operation.
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 6                                    Page 2 of 7
2.8 EOF HVAC System: (per Attachment 3)
REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 7


I         rI~soSO123-VIII-EOF (5*               Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists A     SONGS                                                                       Page 42 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist                                       Attachment 6 2.8.1       ENSURE EOF HVAC system is in the proper mode.
I rI~soSO123-VIII-EOF (5*
2.9 Assist with the placement of personnel during a relocation of TSC and/or OSC to the EOF.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists A
2.9.1       RELOCATE the following position with their counterparts:
SONGS Page 42 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist 2.8.1 ENSURE EOF HVAC system is in the proper mode.
                  "    SED/CED
2.9 Assist with the placement of personnel during a relocation of TSC and/or OSC to the EOF.
                  "    Emergency Advisor Operations/SRO Briefer
2.9.1 RELOCATE the following position with their counterparts:
                  "    TSC Technical Lead/EOF Technical Lead
SED/CED Emergency Advisor Operations/SRO Briefer TSC Technical Lead/EOF Technical Lead TSC RP Leader/EOF RP Leader 2.9.2 ASSEMBLE remaining TSC staff in E-50, Classroom 11.
* TSC RP Leader/EOF RP Leader 2.9.2       ASSEMBLE remaining TSC staff in E-50, Classroom 11.
2.9.3 ASSEMBLE OSC staff in E-50, Learning Center A/B.
2.9.3       ASSEMBLE OSC staff in E-50, Learning Center A/B.
2.9.4 Additional classrooms may also be utilized.
2.9.4       Additional classrooms may also be utilized.
2.10 IF staffing of the EOF is not progressing as expected, THEN COORDINATE with the Security Director WHEN contacting the ERO staging locations to ensure contact is made and NOT duplicated.
2.10 IF staffing of the EOF is not progressing as expected, THEN COORDINATE with the Security Director WHEN contacting the ERO staging locations to ensure contact is made and NOT duplicated.
2.10.1     MAKE contact with the ERO Staging locations to determine if there are responders awaiting instruction or assistance in responding to their ERF. The telephone numbers are located in the ERTD.
2.10.1 MAKE contact with the ERO Staging locations to determine if there are responders awaiting instruction or assistance in responding to their ERF. The telephone numbers are located in the ERTD.
* The north staging location is the CHP Office at San Juan Capistrano.
The north staging location is the CHP Office at San Juan Capistrano.
* The south staging location is the CHP Office at Oceanside.
The south staging location is the CHP Office at Oceanside.
2.10.2     DETERMINE the amount of SONGS ERP that are at each staging location.
2.10.2 DETERMINE the amount of SONGS ERP that are at each staging location.
* ENSURE that you have a name of an ERO contact at the staging location AND MAKE periodic contact with him/her providing status updates.
ENSURE that you have a name of an ERO contact at the staging location AND MAKE periodic contact with him/her providing status updates.
2.10.3     RECORD information acquired from the staging location.
2.10.3 RECORD information acquired from the staging location.
* PROVIDE your telephone number to the staging location contacts.
PROVIDE your telephone number to the staging location contacts.
* PROVIDE information regarding the staging locations to the Security Director.
PROVIDE information regarding the staging locations to the Security Director.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 6                                  Page 3 of 7
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 7


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 43 of 62         I EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist                                     I Attachment 6 SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 43 of 62 I
EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist I Attachment 6 SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE
: 1. Sections 3.0 through 10.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Emergency Planning Coordinator duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 1. Sections 3.0 through 10.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Emergency Planning Coordinator duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
: 3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.
: 3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.
Placekeeping is not required.
Placekeeping is not required.
3.0 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING A SECURITY-RELATED NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT AFTER ARRIVING AT THE EOF 3.1 REPORT to the CED AND REVIEW staffing requirements.
3.0 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING A SECURITY-RELATED NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT AFTER ARRIVING AT THE EOF 3.1 REPORT to the CED AND REVIEW staffing requirements.
3.2 UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).
3.2 UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).
3.3 ENSURE leader books are distributed AND ASSIST in facility setup.
3.3 ENSURE leader books are distributed AND ASSIST in facility setup.
3.4 ENSURE the FAX clock is synchronized to the EOF wall clock (Atomic Clock).
3.4 ENSURE the FAX clock is synchronized to the EOF wall clock (Atomic Clock).
3.5 INTERFACE with AND PROVIDE information relating to the event to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.
3.5 INTERFACE with AND PROVIDE information relating to the event to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.
3.6 CALL IN additional support to provide information to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.
3.6 CALL IN additional support to provide information to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.
4.0 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING AN ALERT OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION 4.1   REPORT to the CED AND REVIEW staffing requirements.
4.0 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING AN ALERT OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION 4.1 REPORT to the CED AND REVIEW staffing requirements.
4.2   REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security office.
4.2 REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security office.
4.3   UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).
4.3 UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).
4.4   ENSURE leader books are distributed AND ASSIST in facility setup.
4.4 ENSURE leader books are distributed AND ASSIST in facility setup.
4.5   CONTACT JIC for activation times AND NOTIFY the CED EOF Technical Leader (to announce over Ivory Phone).
4.5 CONTACT JIC for activation times AND NOTIFY the CED EOF Technical Leader (to announce over Ivory Phone).
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 6                                  Page 4 of 7
REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 7


S01S23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists
S01S23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists
      )SONGS                                                                         Page 44 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist                                         Attachment 6 5.0 MEDIA RESPONSE TEAM NOTE Prior to JIC activation, a media response team will report to a near site location to manage the media that will report to SONGS. The specific location will depend on the incident and the ability to get to SONGS (i.e., road closures).
)SONGS Page 44 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist 5.0 MEDIA RESPONSE TEAM NOTE Prior to JIC activation, a media response team will report to a near site location to manage the media that will report to SONGS. The specific location will depend on the incident and the ability to get to SONGS (i.e., road closures).
5.1 OBTAIN media response team location, AND REQUEST Security to send media to that location.
5.1 OBTAIN media response team location, AND REQUEST Security to send media to that location.
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS AFTER EC TURNOVER TO CED 6.1 ENSURE the EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications is making notifications per S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications and time requirements are being met.
6.0 NOTIFICATIONS AFTER EC TURNOVER TO CED 6.1 ENSURE the EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications is making notifications per S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications and time requirements are being met.
6.2 ASSIST the EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications with the printed message hand-drafted Event Notification Form (ENF) to ensure sufficient time to meet the 30-minute requirement.
6.2 ASSIST the EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications with the printed message hand-drafted Event Notification Form (ENF) to ensure sufficient time to meet the 30-minute requirement.
6.3 OBTAIN status of offsite sirens from the Telecom Control Center (TCC) in Irvine (PAX 51200).
6.3 OBTAIN status of offsite sirens from the Telecom Control Center (TCC) in Irvine (PAX 51200).
6.3.1       REVIEW with EOF Manager and advise CED of compensatory actions.
6.3.1 REVIEW with EOF Manager and advise CED of compensatory actions.
7.0 REPETITIVE ACTIONS 7.1   ENSURE the CED provides facility briefings about every 30 minutes.
7.0 REPETITIVE ACTIONS 7.1 ENSURE the CED provides facility briefings about every 30 minutes.
7.2   MAKE EOF PA announcements following:
7.2 MAKE EOF PA announcements following:
    "    Event reclassification
Event reclassification EOF activation Turnover of EC duties 7.3 ENSURE the proper declaration time and event code are posted on the Plant Status Board.
* EOF activation
7.4 CONTACT TSC Manager in TSC AND ASK for the top 3 to 4 priorities the TSC is tracking.
* Turnover of EC duties 7.3   ENSURE the proper declaration time and event code are posted on the Plant Status Board.
7.5 PLACE these top priorities under Onsite Portion of the Priority Status Board.
7.4   CONTACT TSC Manager in TSC AND ASK for the top 3 to 4 priorities the TSC is tracking.
7.6 PLACE additional EOF priorities on the Priority Status Board, as directed by the CED.
7.5   PLACE these top priorities under Onsite Portion of the Priority Status Board.
7.7 OBTAIN offsite siren status from the TCC in Irvine at PAX 51200. REVIEW status with the EOF Manager AND ADVISE the CED of any required compensatory actions.
7.6   PLACE additional EOF priorities on the Priority Status Board, as directed by the CED.
7.8 REVIEW this checklist frequently, specifically after emergency class changes.
7.7   OBTAIN offsite siren status from the TCC in Irvine at PAX 51200. REVIEW status with the EOF Manager AND ADVISE the CED of any required compensatory actions.
REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 7
7.8   REVIEW this checklist frequently, specifically after emergency class changes.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 6                                      Page 5 of 7


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists               Page 45 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist                                       Attachment 6 8.0   EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR OPERATIONS 8.1   IF power is lost and the diesel generator automatically starts, THEN CHECK the diesel for proper operation by:
S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 45 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist 8.0 EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR OPERATIONS 8.1 IF power is lost and the diesel generator automatically starts, THEN CHECK the diesel for proper operation by:
8.1.1       GO TO EOF Security Office (302 Watch).
8.1.1 GO TO EOF Security Office (302 Watch).
8.1.2       REVIEW the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02 for any Alarms or noticeable problems with the Panel.
8.1.2 REVIEW the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02 for any Alarms or noticeable problems with the Panel.
8.1.3       IF any noticeable problems are found with the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02, THEN NOTIFY the CED and Site Support Services of problems.
8.1.3 IF any noticeable problems are found with the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02, THEN NOTIFY the CED and Site Support Services of problems.
8.1.4       IF any portion of the panel is in Alarm, THEN NOTIFY the CED and Site Support Services of Alarms.
8.1.4 IF any portion of the panel is in Alarm, THEN NOTIFY the CED and Site Support Services of Alarms.
8.1.5       REQUEST the Security Force person to notify you at PAX 83811 or 83821 if any Alarms come in on the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02.
8.1.5 REQUEST the Security Force person to notify you at PAX 83811 or 83821 if any Alarms come in on the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02.
9.0   EOF HVAC SYSTEM 9.1   WHEN requested by the RP Leader, THEN PLACE the EOF HVAC system in either the emergency filtration or isolation mode using EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System. ASSIST the CED to ensure that the number of personnel in the controlled ventilation area are maintained within permissible limits as described in EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System, Section 3 Caution statements.
9.0 EOF HVAC SYSTEM 9.1 WHEN requested by the RP Leader, THEN PLACE the EOF HVAC system in either the emergency filtration or isolation mode using EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System. ASSIST the CED to ensure that the number of personnel in the controlled ventilation area are maintained within permissible limits as described in EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System, Section 3 Caution statements.
9.2   ENSURE EOF HVAC system is in the proper mode lAW EP(1 23) EOF-4.
9.2 ENSURE EOF HVAC system is in the proper mode lAW EP(1 23) EOF-4.
10.0 ASSIST WITH THE PLACEMENT OF PERSONNEL DURING A RELOCATION OF TSC AND/OR OSC TO THE EOF 10.1 RELOCATE the following position with their counterparts:
10.0 ASSIST WITH THE PLACEMENT OF PERSONNEL DURING A RELOCATION OF TSC AND/OR OSC TO THE EOF 10.1 RELOCATE the following position with their counterparts:
* SED / CED
SED / CED Emergency Advisor Operations / SRO Briefer TSC Technical Leader / EOF Technical Leader TSC RP Leader / EOF RP Leader 10.2 ASSEMBLE remaining TSC staff in E-50, Classroom 11.
* Emergency Advisor Operations / SRO Briefer
10.3 ASSEMBLE OSC staff in E-50, Learning Center A / B 10.4 ADDITIONAL classrooms may also be utilized.
* TSC Technical Leader / EOF Technical Leader
REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 7
* TSC RP Leader / EOF RP Leader 10.2 ASSEMBLE remaining TSC staff in E-50, Classroom 11.
10.3 ASSEMBLE OSC staff in E-50, Learning Center A / B 10.4 ADDITIONAL classrooms may also be utilized.
REFERENCE USE                                     Attachment 6                                  Page 6 of 7


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists               Page 46 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist                                     Attachment 6 10.5 IF staffing of the EOF is NOT progressing as expected, THEN COORDINATE with the Security Director when contacting the ERO staging locations to ensure contact is made and NOT duplicated.
SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 46 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist 10.5 IF staffing of the EOF is NOT progressing as expected, THEN COORDINATE with the Security Director when contacting the ERO staging locations to ensure contact is made and NOT duplicated.
10.6 MAKE contact with the ERO Staging locations to determine ifthere are responders awaiting instruction or assistance in responding to their ERF. The telephone numbers are located in the ERTD.
10.6 MAKE contact with the ERO Staging locations to determine if there are responders awaiting instruction or assistance in responding to their ERF. The telephone numbers are located in the ERTD.
    "    The north staging location is the CHP Office at San Juan Capistrano.
The north staging location is the CHP Office at San Juan Capistrano.
* The south staging location is the CHP Office at Oceanside.
The south staging location is the CHP Office at Oceanside.
10.7 DETERMINE the amount of SONGS ERP that are at each staging location.
10.7 DETERMINE the amount of SONGS ERP that are at each staging location.
10.7.1     ENSURE that you have a name of an ERO contact at the staging location AND MAKE periodic contact with him/her providing status updates.
10.7.1 ENSURE that you have a name of an ERO contact at the staging location AND MAKE periodic contact with him/her providing status updates.
10.7.2     RECORD information acquired from the staging location.
10.7.2 RECORD information acquired from the staging location.
10.7.3     PROVIDE your telephone number to the staging location contacts.
10.7.3 PROVIDE your telephone number to the staging location contacts.
10.7.4     PROVIDE information regarding the staging locations to the Security Director.
10.7.4 PROVIDE information regarding the staging locations to the Security Director.
10.8 Communication with Media Response Team and JIC 10.8.1     OBTAIN media response team location from the JIC Communications/Technical Liaison.
10.8 Communication with Media Response Team and JIC 10.8.1 OBTAIN media response team location from the JIC Communications/Technical Liaison.
10.8.2     REQUEST Security to direct media to the media response team near site location or to the JIC.
10.8.2 REQUEST Security to direct media to the media response team near site location or to the JIC.
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 6                                    Page 7 of 7
REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 7


O                                                                   SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                 Page 47 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist                                       Attachment 7 POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
O SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 47 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
1.0   INITIAL TASKS 1.1   ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:
1.0 INITIAL TASKS 1.1 ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:
* EP (123) 5, Turnover Status
EP (123) 5, Turnover Status EP (123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP (123) EOF 4, EOF HVAC System EP(123) EOF-9, Radioactive Release Data For Joint Information Center EP(1123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log EP(123) EOF-13, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/instructions EP(123) EOF-14, CDE Thyroid Correction Factor EP(123) EOF-15, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Data Vs. Raddose-V Plume Data EP(123) ERO-3, Authorization To Issue Potassium Iodide EP(123) ERO-9, Response Team Guidelines EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log 1.2 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
* EP (123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book
1.3 Test PAX phone.
* EP (123) EOF 4, EOF HVAC System
1.4 REPORT equipment malfunctions to the EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.
      "    EP(123) EOF-9, Radioactive Release Data For Joint Information Center
1.5 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP (123) 6.
* EP(1123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log
1.6 REPORT all radiation monitoring equipment malfunctions to OSC RP Coordinator.
* EP(123) EOF-13, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/instructions
1.7 SET-UP/CHECK air and dose rate monitoring equipment in EOF.
* EP(123) EOF-14, CDE Thyroid Correction Factor
1.8 PERFORM surveys in EOF to assess potential exposure to EOF personnel.
* EP(123) EOF-15, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Data Vs. Raddose-V Plume Data
1.9 PROVIDE RP support to individuals planning to approach EOF by air or ground.
* EP(123) ERO-3, Authorization To Issue Potassium Iodide
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 6
* EP(123) ERO-9, Response Team Guidelines
* EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log
      "    EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log 1.2   WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.
1.3   Test PAX phone.
1.4   REPORT equipment malfunctions to the EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.
1.5   ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP (123) 6.
1.6   REPORT all radiation monitoring equipment malfunctions to OSC RP Coordinator.
1.7   SET-UP/CHECK air and dose rate monitoring equipment in EOF.
1.8   PERFORM surveys in EOF to assess potential exposure to EOF personnel.
1.9   PROVIDE RP support to individuals planning to approach EOF by air or ground.
REFERENCE USE                               Attachment 7                                  Page 1 of 6


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists                 Page 48 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist                                           Attachment 7 1.10 CONTACT TSC RP Leader upon arrival AND CHECK on any abnormal radiological conditions, radiation monitor readings, or radiological release.
SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 48 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist 1.10 CONTACT TSC RP Leader upon arrival AND CHECK on any abnormal radiological conditions, radiation monitor readings, or radiological release.
1.11 ASSIST the EOF Security Director and the EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator with the activation of the EOF.
1.11 ASSIST the EOF Security Director and the EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator with the activation of the EOF.
1.12 ASSIST with PAR development.
1.12 ASSIST with PAR development.
1.13 ENSURE Offsite field monitoring teams are dispatched and being controlled in accordance with Attachment 9, EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist.
1.13 ENSURE Offsite field monitoring teams are dispatched and being controlled in accordance with, EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist.
1.13.1     The EOF RP Leader may retain Field Monitoring Team members in the EOF to assist in EOF activities.
1.13.1 The EOF RP Leader may retain Field Monitoring Team members in the EOF to assist in EOF activities.
2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 MAINTAIN communications between the TSC and OSC.
2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 MAINTAIN communications between the TSC and OSC.
( 2.2 CHECK area radiation monitors (e.g., north EOF door, south EOF door, east EOF door and E49 Conference Room) for operability and trends at least hourly.
(
2.3   POST source term, radiation levels and weather conditions on EOF Radiation Status Board periodically.
2.2 CHECK area radiation monitors (e.g., north EOF door, south EOF door, east EOF door and E49 Conference Room) for operability and trends at least hourly.
2.4 TRACK onsite and offsite field teams by number, location, and dose rate.
2.3 POST source term, radiation levels and weather conditions on EOF Radiation Status Board periodically.
2.5 As dose rate data is updated, INDICATE an increasing trend with an up arrow and a decreasing trend with a down arrow.
2.4 TRACK onsite and offsite field teams by number, location, and dose rate.
2.6   ENSURE one Raddose-V computer is being operated in the SLAVE mode.
2.5 As dose rate data is updated, INDICATE an increasing trend with an up arrow and a decreasing trend with a down arrow.
2.7   Immediately NOTIFY CED, Technical Team Leader, and TSC RP Leader of any changing radiological conditions thought to be significant.
2.6 ENSURE one Raddose-V computer is being operated in the SLAVE mode.
2.8   COMPLETE form EP(123) EOF-9, Radioactive Release Data For Joint Information Center for any changing radiological conditions.
2.7 Immediately NOTIFY CED, Technical Team Leader, and TSC RP Leader of any changing radiological conditions thought to be significant.
2.9   Declared General Emergency OR a Radiological Release in Progres 2.9.1       IF a radiological release starts or stops, THEN PERFORM the following:
2.8 COMPLETE form EP(123) EOF-9, Radioactive Release Data For Joint Information Center for any changing radiological conditions.
2.9.1.1     NOTIFY the CED of the start or stop of any radiological release and the applicable start/stop times.
2.9 Declared General Emergency OR a Radiological Release in Progres 2.9.1 IF a radiological release starts or stops, THEN PERFORM the following:
2.9.1.2     NOTIFY the EOF Emergency Advisor Notifications of the start or stop of a radiological release and the applicable start/stop times.
2.9.1.1 NOTIFY the CED of the start or stop of any radiological release and the applicable start/stop times.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 7                                    Page 2 of 6
2.9.1.2 NOTIFY the EOF Emergency Advisor Notifications of the start or stop of a radiological release and the applicable start/stop times.
REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 6


J I I),SO\                                                                     SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                         Page 49 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist                                               Attachment 7 2.9.1.3       MAKE an announcement in the EOF of the start/stop of the radiological release including applicable time.
J I I),SO\\
2.9.2         CONSIDER requesting EPC to place EOF HVAC into Emergency Filtration Mode.
SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 49 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist 2.9.1.3 MAKE an announcement in the EOF of the start/stop of the radiological release including applicable time.
2.9.3         CHECK the 15-minute average "from" wind speed every 15-minutes for possible impact on the EOF and PAR upgrade.
2.9.2 CONSIDER requesting EPC to place EOF HVAC into Emergency Filtration Mode.
2.9.4         IF conditions require surveys of EOF, THEN PERFORM surveys of EOF are being performed every 30 minutes or more often.
2.9.3 CHECK the 15-minute average "from" wind speed every 15-minutes for possible impact on the EOF and PAR upgrade.
2.9.5         Until surveys are performed showing NO radiological contamination, THEN CONSIDER prohibiting eating and drinking in the EOF.
2.9.4 IF conditions require surveys of EOF, THEN PERFORM surveys of EOF are being performed every 30 minutes or more often.
2.9.6         ENSURE Offsite field monitoring teams briefing/review of offsite field team monitoring information is performed with ODAC.
2.9.5 Until surveys are performed showing NO radiological contamination, THEN CONSIDER prohibiting eating and drinking in the EOF.
2.9.7         REQUEST radiological information from onsite and offsite field monitoring teams.
2.9.6 ENSURE Offsite field monitoring teams briefing/review of offsite field team monitoring information is performed with ODAC.
3.0 CHEMICAL OR GASEOUS RELEASE 3.1   IF a chemical or gaseous release is in progress AND IF the wind direction "from" is 135 degrees to "from" 165 degrees, THEN CONSIDER requesting EPC to place EOF HVAC in Isolation Mode.
2.9.7 REQUEST radiological information from onsite and offsite field monitoring teams.
4.0   EOF DOSIMETER ISSUE 4.1   ENSURE personnel who may receive exposures in excess of 10 CFR 20 limits have authorization from EC/SED.
3.0 CHEMICAL OR GASEOUS RELEASE 3.1 IF a chemical or gaseous release is in progress AND IF the wind direction "from" is 135 degrees to "from" 165 degrees, THEN CONSIDER requesting EPC to place EOF HVAC in Isolation Mode.
4.2   MAINTAIN a hard copy exposure and dose-tracking records, form EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log, for all personnel assigned to EOF.
4.0 EOF DOSIMETER ISSUE 4.1 ENSURE personnel who may receive exposures in excess of 10 CFR 20 limits have authorization from EC/SED.
4.3   ENSURE SRDs are issued when dose rates reach 2.5 mR/hr in EOF.
4.2 MAINTAIN a hard copy exposure and dose-tracking records, form EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log, for all personnel assigned to EOF.
5.0   MONITORING COORDINATION 5.1   PREPARE Offsite Field Monitoring Team briefing lAW EP(123)-EOF-13 (Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/Instructions) and Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing Guidelines (pages 5 and 6 of this attachment).
4.3 ENSURE SRDs are issued when dose rates reach 2.5 mR/hr in EOF.
5.1.1         COORDINATE placement of Field Monitoring Teams with Offsite Dose Assessment Center (ODAC), as time and circumstances permit.
5.0 MONITORING COORDINATION 5.1 PREPARE Offsite Field Monitoring Team briefing lAW EP(123)-EOF-13 (Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/Instructions) and Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing Guidelines (pages 5 and 6 of this attachment).
5.2   PERFORM a briefing to the Field Monitoring Team(s) IAW form EP(123) EOF-13 (Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/Instructions).
5.1.1 COORDINATE placement of Field Monitoring Teams with Offsite Dose Assessment Center (ODAC), as time and circumstances permit.
5.3   PERFORM communication checks with the Field Monitoring Team hand held portable radios.
5.2 PERFORM a briefing to the Field Monitoring Team(s) IAW form EP(123) EOF-13 (Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/Instructions).
REFERENCE USE                                     Attachment 7                                    Page 3 of 6
5.3 PERFORM communication checks with the Field Monitoring Team hand held portable radios.
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 6


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency               REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 50 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist                                     I Attachment 7 5.4 STAY in communications with AND DIRECT the Onsite and Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s).
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 50 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist I Attachment 7 5.4 STAY in communications with AND DIRECT the Onsite and Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s).
5.5 During the recovery phase RECORD field monitoring survey and sampling data on EP(123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log.
5.5 During the recovery phase RECORD field monitoring survey and sampling data on EP(123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log.
5.6   PERFORM appropriate calculations using field monitoring survey and sampling data lAW S0123-VIII-40.300, form EP(123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log, and EP(123) EOF-14, CDE Thyroid Correction Factor, as time permits.
5.6 PERFORM appropriate calculations using field monitoring survey and sampling data lAW S0123-VIII-40.300, form EP(123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log, and EP(123) EOF-14, CDE Thyroid Correction Factor, as time permits.
5.7   RECORD Offsite Field Monitoring Team locations and survey data on appropriate map.
5.7 RECORD Offsite Field Monitoring Team locations and survey data on appropriate map.
5.8 SHARE field monitoring data with ODAC representative.
5.8 SHARE field monitoring data with ODAC representative.
REFERENCE USE                               Attachment 7                                  Page 4 of 6
REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 6


          .II*!S,.                                                                     SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists A-   SONGS                                                                         Page 51 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist                                             Attachment 7 OFFSITE FIELD MONITORING TEAM BRIEFING GUIDELINES 1.0   ACTIONS 1.1   Radio Protocol 1.1.1       ENSURE radio protocol is conducted in the following manner:
.II*!S,.
1.1.1.1     USE of 3-way communications (REPEAT BACKS).
SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists A-SONGS Page 51 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist OFFSITE FIELD MONITORING TEAM BRIEFING GUIDELINES 1.0 ACTIONS 1.1 Radio Protocol 1.1.1 ENSURE radio protocol is conducted in the following manner:
1.1.1.2     USE of the phonetic alphabet.
1.1.1.1 USE of 3-way communications (REPEAT BACKS).
1.1.1.3     Do NOT USE slang or profanity.
1.1.1.2 USE of the phonetic alphabet.
1.1.1.4     LIMIT use of acronyms and abbreviations.
1.1.1.3 Do NOT USE slang or profanity.
1.2   ENSURE the Radiation Protection Leader has a cell phone number for the Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s).
1.1.1.4 LIMIT use of acronyms and abbreviations.
1.3   Potassium Iodide (KI) 1.3.1       IF member(s) of the Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s) is allergic or believes he/she may be allergic to KI, THEN CONSIDER possible reassignment of individual.
1.2 ENSURE the Radiation Protection Leader has a cell phone number for the Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s).
1.3.2       IF the Offsite Field Monitoring Team have been or will be exposed to a Thyroid CDE in excess of 25 rem, THEN REFER to AND SIGN EP(123) ERO-3, Authorization To Issue Potassium Iodide in preparation of taking KI.
1.3 Potassium Iodide (KI) 1.3.1 IF member(s) of the Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s) is allergic or believes he/she may be allergic to KI, THEN CONSIDER possible reassignment of individual.
1.4   Meteorological Conditions 1.4.1       OBTAIN AND PROVIDE current and forecast meteorological information to Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s) including the following:
1.3.2 IF the Offsite Field Monitoring Team have been or will be exposed to a Thyroid CDE in excess of 25 rem, THEN REFER to AND SIGN EP(123) ERO-3, Authorization To Issue Potassium Iodide in preparation of taking KI.
* Wind direction(s) and map areas (Sectors) that are or may be impacted
1.4 Meteorological Conditions 1.4.1 OBTAIN AND PROVIDE current and forecast meteorological information to Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s) including the following:
* Wind Speed
Wind direction(s) and map areas (Sectors) that are or may be impacted Wind Speed Precipitation 1.5 Hazards 1.5.1 ENSURE any current road hazards that are known are included in the briefing such as:
                    "    Precipitation 1.5   Hazards 1.5.1       ENSURE any current road hazards that are known are included in the briefing such as:
Flooded Roads Closed Roads Traffic Accidents REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 6
* Flooded Roads
* Closed Roads
* Traffic Accidents REFERENCE USE                                     Attachment 7                                    Page 5 of 6


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 52 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist                                         Attachment 7 1.5.2     EMPHASIZE that personnel safety is a higher priority than obtaining surveys and/or samples.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 52 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist 1.5.2 EMPHASIZE that personnel safety is a higher priority than obtaining surveys and/or samples.
1.5.2.1   IF it is NOT safe to survey/sample from the requested location due to traffic, surroundings, etc, THEN RELOCATE to an area close to the original requested survey/sampling location AND BEGIN survey/sampling.
1.5.2.1 IF it is NOT safe to survey/sample from the requested location due to traffic, surroundings, etc, THEN RELOCATE to an area close to the original requested survey/sampling location AND BEGIN survey/sampling.
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 7                                    Page 6 of 6
REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 6


I                                                       501 23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV:1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS                                                                       Page 53 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist                                       Attachment 8 POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
I 501 23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 53 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:
* EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book
EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) 10, Event Notification Form EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form 1.2 VERIFY YPS equipment is ready for use.
* EP(123) 10, Event Notification Form
1.2.1 VERIFY the YPS is operational by calling at least one other Emergency Response Facilities (TSC 37, EOF 35, CR 38).
* EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form 1.2 VERIFY YPS equipment is ready for use.
1.2.2 VERIFY fax clock is set to facility clock. (The Pacific Time Zone at http://www.time.gov can be used as a backup, JAVA animation may need to be disabled.)
1.2.1       VERIFY the YPS is operational by calling at least one other Emergency Response Facilities (TSC 37, EOF 35, CR 38).
1.2.3 TEST fax transmission of YPS and backup fax.
1.2.2       VERIFY fax clock is set to facility clock. (The Pacific Time Zone at http://www.time.gov can be used as a backup, JAVA animation may need to be disabled.)
1.2.4 CHECK paper supply to ensure there is enough paper.
1.2.3     TEST fax transmission of YPS and backup fax.
1.3 IF YPS equipment is not working properly, THEN CONTACT Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.
1.2.4     CHECK paper supply to ensure there is enough paper.
1.4 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log of all decisions and actions required by EPIPs, AND IDENTIFY items requiring feedback.
1.3 IF YPS equipment is not working properly, THEN CONTACT Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.
1.5 SIGN-ON to the Staffing Board.
1.4   ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log of all decisions and actions required by EPIPs, AND IDENTIFY items requiring feedback.
1.6 OBTAIN emergency status from status boards and ERO leaders and previous ENF/VNFs for the event.
1.5 SIGN-ON to the Staffing Board.
1.7 MAINTAIN the Notification Status Board.
1.6   OBTAIN emergency status from status boards and ERO leaders and previous ENF/VNFs for the event.
1.8 MONITOR the Yellow Phone using the orator.
1.7   MAINTAIN the Notification Status Board.
1.9 IF transfer of EC duties to Corporate Emergency Director (CED) has occurred, THEN ASSUME responsibility for notifications AND CONTACT TSC EAN to confirm transfer of duties.
1.8   MONITOR the Yellow Phone using the orator.
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 5
1.9   IF transfer of EC duties to Corporate Emergency Director (CED) has occurred, THEN ASSUME responsibility for notifications AND CONTACT TSC EAN to confirm transfer of duties.
REFERENCE USE                                 Attachment 8                                      Page 1 of 5


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 54 of 62 I
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 54 of 62 I
EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist                                         Attachment 8 1.10   WHEN the SED conducts turnover of EC functions to the EOF, THEN REVIEW the status of notifications with the TSC EA, Notifications to determine which facility should complete the notifications.
EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist 1.10 WHEN the SED conducts turnover of EC functions to the EOF, THEN REVIEW the status of notifications with the TSC EA, Notifications to determine which facility should complete the notifications.
1.11   COMPLETE Form EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification, based on Event declaration, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release, activation of the EOF/Alternate EOF, and follow-up or close out message requirements.
1.11 COMPLETE Form EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification, based on Event declaration, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release, activation of the EOF/Alternate EOF, and follow-up or close out message requirements.
2.0     CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1     VERIFY notifications are initiated as soon as possible and NO later than the times indicated below (event declaration/reclassification, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release sets EDT time 0):
2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 VERIFY notifications are initiated as soon as possible and NO later than the times indicated below (event declaration/reclassification, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release sets EDT time 0):
NOTIFICATION TIME LIMITS TIME LIMIT                           NOTIFICATION                       RESPONSIBILITY EDT + 15 minutes                     EP(123) 11, Verbal to Local &     EAN State As soon as possible but               Red Phone verbal to NRC           OPS within 1 hour of EDT EDT + 30 minutes                     EP(123) 10, ENF to Local & State   EAN EDT + 90 minutes and every           EP(123) 10, ENF Follow-up         EAN 60 minutes thereafter (EDT = Event Declaration Time) 2.2     COMPLETE Form EP(1 23) 11, Verbal Notification form (VNF), based on Event declaration, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release and follow-up or close out message requirements (step may be repeated to facilitate completing new forms).
NOTIFICATION TIME LIMITS TIME LIMIT NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY EDT + 15 minutes EP(123) 11, Verbal to Local &
(O       2.2.1       15-Minute Verbal Notification.
EAN State As soon as possible but Red Phone verbal to NRC OPS within 1 hour of EDT EDT + 30 minutes EP(123) 10, ENF to Local & State EAN EDT + 90 minutes and every EP(123) 10, ENF Follow-up EAN 60 minutes thereafter (EDT = Event Declaration Time) 2.2 COMPLETE Form EP(1 23) 11, Verbal Notification form (VNF), based on Event declaration, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release and follow-up or close out message requirements (step may be repeated to facilitate completing new forms).
2.2.1.1     PREPARE Form EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form (VNF).
(O 2.2.1 15-Minute Verbal Notification.
2.2.1.2     OBTAIN Verbal Notification independent Verification from EOF Manager and approval initials from the EC.
2.2.1.1 PREPARE Form EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form (VNF).
2.2.1.3     PERFORM Blue Phone verbal notification.
2.2.1.2 OBTAIN Verbal Notification independent Verification from EOF Manager and approval initials from the EC.
2.2.1.4     PERFORM YPS verbal notification lAW S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications.
2.2.1.3 PERFORM Blue Phone verbal notification.
2.2.1.5     REPORT verbal notification status to the EC AND UPDATE notification board with actual times of notification.
2.2.1.4 PERFORM YPS verbal notification lAW S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications.
REFERENCE USE                                       Attachment 8                                    Page 2 of 5
2.2.1.5 REPORT verbal notification status to the EC AND UPDATE notification board with actual times of notification.
REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 5


J SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency             REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists             Page 55 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist                               Attachment 8 2.2.2   30-Minute Printed Message.
SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 55 of 62 J EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist 2.2.2 2.2.2.1 2.2.2.2 2.2.2.3 2.2.2.4 2.2.2.5 2.2.2.6 2.2.2.7 2.2.3 2.2.3.1 2.2.3.2 2.2.3.3 2.2.3.4 2.2.3.5 2.2.3.6 2.2.3.7 2.2.3.8 2.2.3.9 2.2.4 2.2.4.1 2.2.4.2 2.2.4.3 2.2.4.4 30-Minute Printed Message.
2.2.2.1 ENTER AND PRINT Event Notification Form (ENF), EP(123) 10.
ENTER AND PRINT Event Notification Form (ENF), EP(123) 10.
2.2.2.2  OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.
OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.
2.2.2.3  FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.
FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.
2.2.2.4  FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).
FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).
2.2.2.5  RECORD Fax start time on VNF, Section 6.0.
RECORD Fax start time on VNF, Section 6.0.
2.2.2.6  FAX completed VNF to TSC and/or EOF (ref ERTD).
FAX completed VNF to TSC and/or EOF (ref ERTD).
2.2.2.7  RECORD printed message status on the Notification Board.
RECORD printed message status on the Notification Board.
2.2.3    Follow-Up Notification 2.2.3.1  PREPARE VNF (Sections 2 and 5 only).
Follow-Up Notification PREPARE VNF (Sections 2 and 5 only).
2.2.3.2  ENTER AND PRINT ENF.
ENTER AND PRINT ENF.
2.2.3.3  OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.
OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.
2.2.3.4  PERFORM blue and yellow phone verbal notification using VNF Sections 2 and 5.
PERFORM blue and yellow phone verbal notification using VNF Sections 2 and 5.
2.2.3.5  FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.
FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.
2.2.3.6  FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).
FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).
2.2.3.7  RECORD completion time on VNF, Section 6.0.
RECORD completion time on VNF, Section 6.0.
2.2.3.8  FAX completed VNF to TSC.
FAX completed VNF to TSC.
2.2.3.9  RECORD message status on the Notification Board.
RECORD message status on the Notification Board.
2.2.4    Close-out Notifications.
Close-out Notifications.
2.2.4.1  PREPARE VNF (Sections 2 and 5 only).
PREPARE VNF (Sections 2 and 5 only).
2.2.4.2  ENTER AND PRINT ENF.
ENTER AND PRINT ENF.
2.2.4.3  OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.
OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.
2.2.4.4  PERFORM blue and yellow phone verbal notification using VNF Sections 2 and 5.
PERFORM blue and yellow phone verbal notification using VNF Sections 2 and 5.
REFERENCE USE                               Attachment 8                              Page 3 of 5
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 5


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists                 Page 56 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist                                     Attachment 8 2.2.4.5   FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.
SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 56 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist 2.2.4.5 FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.
2.2.4.6   FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).
2.2.4.6 FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).
2.2.4.7   RECORD completion time on VNF, Section 6.0.
2.2.4.7 RECORD completion time on VNF, Section 6.0.
2.2.4.8   FAX completed VNF to TSC and/or EOF.
2.2.4.8 FAX completed VNF to TSC and/or EOF.
2.2.4.9   RECORD printed message status on the Notification Board.
2.2.4.9 RECORD printed message status on the Notification Board.
2.3 Administrative Actions.
2.3 Administrative Actions.
2.3.1     DELIVER one copy of printed message to EOF Administrative Leader for distribution.
2.3.1 DELIVER one copy of printed message to EOF Administrative Leader for distribution.
3.0 YELLOW PHONE SYSTEM PROBLEMS 3.1 IF there are YPS system problems, THEN CONTACT Telecom Control Center (TCC) at PAX 51200.
3.0 YELLOW PHONE SYSTEM PROBLEMS 3.1 IF there are YPS system problems, THEN CONTACT Telecom Control Center (TCC) at PAX 51200.
3.2 IF nearest YPS is not working or is inaccessible (i.e., equipment malfunction or uninhabitable atmosphere), THEN emergency notifications could be completed using the YPS at other Emergency Response Facilities, or from a safe location using the alternate telephone and fax numbers.
3.2 IF nearest YPS is not working or is inaccessible (i.e., equipment malfunction or uninhabitable atmosphere), THEN emergency notifications could be completed using the YPS at other Emergency Response Facilities, or from a safe location using the alternate telephone and fax numbers.
3.2.1     REFER to Verbal Notification Form. EP(123)11 for CAL OES alternate number. (REFER to ERTD for Yellow Phone alternate numbers.)
3.2.1 REFER to Verbal Notification Form. EP(123)11 for CAL OES alternate number. (REFER 3.3 to ERTD for Yellow Phone alternate numbers.)
3.3  IF Yellow Phone Voice Circuit is completely inoperable, THEN:
IF Yellow Phone Voice Circuit is completely inoperable, THEN:
3.3.1     Using the alternate number found in the ERTD, CONTACT Orange County (Station 27),
3.3.1 Using the alternate number found in the ERTD, CONTACT Orange County (Station 27),
3.3.1.1   READ the VNF information AND 3.3.1.2   INFORM them the Yellow Phone is inoperable.
3.3.1.1 READ the VNF information AND 3.3.1.2 INFORM them the Yellow Phone is inoperable.
3.3.1.3   REQUEST Orange County relay the information to the cities of Dana Point, San Juan Capistrano and San Clemente.
3.3.1.3 REQUEST Orange County relay the information to the cities of Dana Point, San Juan Capistrano and San Clemente.
3.3.2     INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).
3.3.2 INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).
3.3.3     Using the alternate number found in the ERTD; CONTACT the San Diego County EOC (Station 46), USMC Command Center (Station 23), State Parks Dispatch (Station 29),
3.3.3 Using the alternate number found in the ERTD; CONTACT the San Diego County EOC (Station 46), USMC Command Center (Station 23), State Parks Dispatch (Station 29),
Edison Generation Operations (Station 42).
Edison Generation Operations (Station 42).
REFERENCE USE                               Attachment 8                                      Page 4 of 5
REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 5


SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: I Operations., Facility Position Checklists                 Page 57 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist                                       Attachment 8 3.3.3.1   READ the VNF information AND, INFORM them the Yellow Phone is inoperable.
SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 57 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist 3.3.3.1 READ the VNF information AND, INFORM them the Yellow Phone is inoperable.
3.3.3.2   INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).
3.3.3.2 INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).
3.3.3.3   INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).
3.3.3.3 INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).
3.3.4     REPORT all phone problems to EOF Telecom Supervisor, facility EPC or TSC Manager.
3.3.4 REPORT all phone problems to EOF Telecom Supervisor, facility EPC or TSC Manager.
3.3.5     IF all stations report no message receipt, THEN FAX printed message from another fax machine.
3.3.5 IF all stations report no message receipt, THEN FAX printed message from another fax machine.
NOTE The following steps will tie an outside phone call directly into YPS. The station must maintain an open line.
NOTE The following steps will tie an outside phone call directly into YPS. The station must maintain an open line.
3.4 IF a YPS voice circuit fails, THEN CONTACT affected station AND DIRECT them to dial (949) 368-3880 followed by Access Code 0852 to connect to YPS verbal circuit.
3.4 IF a YPS voice circuit fails, THEN CONTACT affected station AND DIRECT them to dial (949) 368-3880 followed by Access Code 0852 to connect to YPS verbal circuit.
3.4.1     IF more than three backup lines are needed, THEN CONTACT affected station AND DIRECT them to dial (949) 368-3800 followed by Access Code 0852 to YPS verbal circuit.
3.4.1 IF more than three backup lines are needed, THEN CONTACT affected station AND DIRECT them to dial (949) 368-3800 followed by Access Code 0852 to YPS verbal circuit.
3.4.2     Immediately INFORM Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200 of circuit problem.
3.4.2 Immediately INFORM Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200 of circuit problem.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 8                                    Page 5 of 5
REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 5


J E~iSON                                                 01 23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV:1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SIONsGS                                                                    Page 58 of 62 EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist                                         I Attachment 9 POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
J E~iSON 01 23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SI O NsGS Page 58 of 62 EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist I Attachment 9 POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
1.0   INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1   SIGN-IN on the EOF Position Sign-In Board.
1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN-IN on the EOF Position Sign-In Board.
1.2   ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:
1.2 ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:
* EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Equipment Inventory Checklist
EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Equipment Inventory Checklist EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log 1.3 REPORT to EOF Radiation Protection (RP) Leader.
* EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log
1.4 OBTAIN the Offsite Emergency Vehicle keys, room key, and Ekit key located in EOF key lock box.
* EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log 1.3   REPORT to EOF Radiation Protection (RP) Leader.
1.5 The Offsite Field Monitoring Team (Monitor and/or Driver) PERFORM the following:
1.4   OBTAIN the Offsite Emergency Vehicle keys, room key, and Ekit key located in EOF key lock box.
1.5.1 IF the seal on Cabinet Door 1 is intact, THEN Portable Action Kits (Black Cloth Brief Case) do NOT have to be inventoried prior to use.
1.5   The Offsite Field Monitoring Team (Monitor and/or Driver) PERFORM the following:
1.5.2 IF the seal on Cabinet Door 1 is NOT intact, THEN INVENTORY the Portable Action Kits (PAKs) prior to use, using EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Equipment Inventory Checklist.
1.5.1       IF the seal on Cabinet Door 1 is intact, THEN Portable Action Kits (Black Cloth Brief Case) do NOT have to be inventoried prior to use.
1.6 PERFORM a response check on all count and dose rate instruments.
1.5.2       IF the seal on Cabinet Door 1 is NOT intact, THEN INVENTORY the Portable Action Kits (PAKs) prior to use, using EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Equipment Inventory Checklist.
1.7 PERFORM Radio and/or cell phone checks.
1.6   PERFORM a response check on all count and dose rate instruments.
1.8 READ AND ENSURE you understand form EP(123) ERO-3 concerning the issuing of Potassium Iodide (KI).
1.7   PERFORM Radio and/or cell phone checks.
1.9 NOTIFY the RP Leader if after reading form EP(123) ERO-3, you do NOT believe you can ingest KI.
1.8   READ AND ENSURE you understand form EP(123) ERO-3 concerning the issuing of Potassium Iodide (KI).
1.10 ZERO dosimetry (self-reading or electronic).
1.9   NOTIFY the RP Leader if after reading form EP(123) ERO-3, you do NOT believe you can ingest KI.
1.11 COMPLETE dosimetry information form EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log.
1.10 ZERO dosimetry (self-reading or electronic).
1.12 GIVE completed EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log to EOF RP Leader.
1.11 COMPLETE dosimetry information form EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log.
REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 3
1.12 GIVE completed EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log to EOF RP Leader.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 9                                      Page 1 of 3


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                   REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 59 of 62 EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist                                         I Attachment 9 1.13 RECEIVE a briefing from EOF RP Leader prior to leaving the EOF to perform survey and sampling duties.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 59 of 62 EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist I Attachment 9 1.13 RECEIVE a briefing from EOF RP Leader prior to leaving the EOF to perform survey and sampling duties.
1.14 LOAD equipment into Offsite Field Monitoring vehicle.
1.14 LOAD equipment into Offsite Field Monitoring vehicle.
NOTE Provide input to RP Leader due to changing conditions for the following items:
NOTE Provide input to RP Leader due to changing conditions for the following items:
* Where to survey and sample
Where to survey and sample To move to other survey/sampling locations Any observed changing radiological and/or meteorological conditions Report any transportation or safety concerns.
* To move to other survey/sampling locations
2.0 IN FIELD ACTIONS 2.1 The Offsite Field Monitoring Team (Monitor) PERFORM the following:
* Any observed changing radiological and/or meteorological conditions Report any transportation or safety concerns.
2.1.1 MAINTAIN contact with the Radiation Protection Leader at least every 15 minutes.
2.0   IN FIELD ACTIONS 2.1   The Offsite Field Monitoring Team (Monitor) PERFORM the following:
2.1.2 MONITOR dose rates and check dosimetry upon entering what is thought to be the radiological plume every 5 minutes.
2.1.1       MAINTAIN contact with the Radiation Protection Leader at least every 15 minutes.
2.1.2       MONITOR dose rates and check dosimetry upon entering what is thought to be the radiological plume every 5 minutes.
NOTE Air Samples should be taken for a total of 48 liters, which is 12 minutes for the default setting for Air Samplers used (running at 4LPM).
NOTE Air Samples should be taken for a total of 48 liters, which is 12 minutes for the default setting for Air Samplers used (running at 4LPM).
2.1.3       TAKE Air Samples as requested by RP Leader.
2.1.3 TAKE Air Samples as requested by RP Leader.
2.1.4       USE proper contamination controls to prevent cross contamination of samples, instruments, or other equipment.
2.1.4 USE proper contamination controls to prevent cross contamination of samples, instruments, or other equipment.
2.1.5       ENSURE all appropriate survey and sampling information is recorded on EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log.
2.1.5 ENSURE all appropriate survey and sampling information is recorded on EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log.
2.1.6       TRANSMIT all sample data recorded on EP(123) OFMT-3 to RP Leader.
2.1.6 TRANSMIT all sample data recorded on EP(123) OFMT-3 to RP Leader.
2.1.7       IF the dose rate of a sample is greater than 5 mR/hr at 30 centimeters, THEN STORE the sample in back corner of the vehicle.
2.1.7 IF the dose rate of a sample is greater than 5 mR/hr at 30 centimeters, THEN STORE the sample in back corner of the vehicle.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 9                                      Page 2 of 3
REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 3


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 60 of 62 I
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 60 of 62 I
EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist                                           Attachment 9 NOTE Low level contamination (background to 5,000 cpm above background by direct survey) of Offsite Field Team personnel or vehicle is NOT a reason for having them return to the EOF for decontamination.
EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist NOTE Low level contamination (background to 5,000 cpm above background by direct survey) of Offsite Field Team personnel or vehicle is NOT a reason for having them return to the EOF for decontamination.
2.2   PERFORM a cursory survey of all Offsite Field Monitoring Team members, equipment, and vehicle after exiting what was thought to be the radiological plume and when asked to return to the EOF.
2.2 PERFORM a cursory survey of all Offsite Field Monitoring Team members, equipment, and vehicle after exiting what was thought to be the radiological plume and when asked to return to the EOF.
2.2.1         REPORT back results to EOF Radiation Protection Leader.
2.2.1 REPORT back results to EOF Radiation Protection Leader.
2.2.2         Upon arrival at the EOF, REMAIN in vehicle until directed otherwise.
2.2.2 Upon arrival at the EOF, REMAIN in vehicle until directed otherwise.
3.0   POST JOB-DEBRIEFINGITURNOVER 3.1   PROVIDE a post job briefing to the EOF RP Leader and the oncoming Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s), if available, concerning appropriate issues:
3.0 POST JOB-DEBRIEFINGITURNOVER 3.1 PROVIDE a post job briefing to the EOF RP Leader and the oncoming Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s), if available, concerning appropriate issues:
      "    Safety
Safety Traffic Gasoline Level Vehicle Contamination Equipment Contamination Vehicle Problems Equipment Problems Radiological status 4.0 REPLENISH SUPPLIES 4.1 PERFORM the following at the end of actual event or drill/exercise:
* Traffic
4.1.1 PERFORM an inventory of the PAKs using EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Equipment Inventory, AND REPLACE any needed supplies or equipment.
* Gasoline Level
REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 3
      "    Vehicle Contamination
* Equipment Contamination
* Vehicle Problems
      "    Equipment Problems
* Radiological status 4.0   REPLENISH SUPPLIES 4.1   PERFORM the following at the end of actual event or drill/exercise:
4.1.1         PERFORM an inventory of the PAKs using EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Equipment Inventory, AND REPLACE any needed supplies or equipment.
REFERENCE USE                                   Attachment 9                                    Page 3 of 3


S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists rage 6 I 1 oL6 Summary of Changes                                                               Attachment 10 Author:   Genschaw/Remick/'Schmitt
S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists rage 6 I 1 oL 6 Summary of Changes 0 Author:
                                                    ~Step                    '4"       4~r           eti6n W Description~s oOther~"               .fCag~2                                 R     eer ) 6049.
Genschaw/Remick/'Schmitt
                                                                                  *.
'4" 4~r  
tl7
~Step eti6n W Description~s 6049.
                                                                                          ,~~etp to Comments   Remove items not contained in CED position                                 Attachment 1 Notebook.                                                                   Step 1.1 Add Note to ensure     direct/timely communication with Jump OA.Sholler                                               Ate D ANtetachet1 a ODAC.                                                   Genschaw     DNA         pNote1a Cleavenger         Step 1.16 Revise Network User ID to receive JIC press                                 Attachment 2 releases.                                                                   Step 1.4 202557982   Delete establishment of Brown Phone                                         Attachment 3 communication with TSC.                                                     Step1.4 Delete Control Room decision making monitoring.                             Attachment 3 Step 1.6 Revise terminology from update to inform for current                       Attachment 3 plant conditions.                                                           Step 1.7 Delete steps that are performed by EAN.                                     Attachment 3 Jump               Steps 1.10.1 Sholler     D     and 1.10.2 Genschaw     DN Delete plant conditions not applicable to Spent Fuel   Ceavenge           Attachment 3 Pool.                                                   Cleavenger         Step 2.1 Delete step to print non-existent CFMS parameter                           Attachment 3 information.                                                               Step 2.2 Move information to be provided via Ivory Phone                             Attachment 3 (Changes in PARs and Major decisions made by                               Step 2.2 CED) from Initial Actions to Continuing Actions.
tl to oOther~"
Move participation in facility staff briefings from                         Attachment 3 Initial Actions to Continuing Actions.                                     Step 2.5 INFORMATION USE                                 Attachment 10                                    Page 1 of 2
7
.fCag~2 R
eer )  
,~~etp Comments Remove items not contained in CED position Notebook.
Step 1.1 Add Note to ensure direct/timely communication with Jump Ate a
OA.Sholler D
ANtetachet1 ODAC.
Genschaw DNA pNote1a Cleavenger Step 1.16 Revise Network User ID to receive JIC press releases.
Step 1.4 202557982 Delete establishment of Brown Phone communication with TSC.
Step1.4 Delete Control Room decision making monitoring.
Step 1.6 Revise terminology from update to inform for current plant conditions.
Step 1.7 Delete steps that are performed by EAN.
Jump Steps 1.10.1 Sholler D
and 1.10.2 Genschaw DN Delete plant conditions not applicable to Spent Fuel Ceavenge Pool.
Cleavenger Step 2.1 Delete step to print non-existent CFMS parameter information.
Step 2.2 Move information to be provided via Ivory Phone (Changes in PARs and Major decisions made by Step 2.2 CED) from Initial Actions to Continuing Actions.
Move participation in facility staff briefings from Initial Actions to Continuing Actions.
Step 2.5 INFORMATION USE 0 Page 1 of 2


4106- A 'R'KI&#xfd;                                                                 S0123-VIII-EOF c     k 16._     Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency                 REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs                                                                     Page 62 of 62 Smayof Changes                                                                   Attachment 10 Comments       Revised Administrative Leader Checklist as follows:                       Attachment 5
4106-A 'R'KI&#xfd; S0123-VIII-EOF c
                " Added TSC as area to provide support.                                   " Step 1.6.4
k 16._
                " Combined all steps regarding performance of                             " Section 2.4 recall or shift relief and moved to Section 2.4 for clarity of sequence timing.                                           " Step 1.7
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs Page 62 of 62 Smayof Changes 0 Comments Revised Administrative Leader Checklist as follows:  
                " Add step to consult EPC with questions.
" Added TSC as area to provide support.
                " Moved Step regarding receipt of bomb threat to                         " Step 1.8 Section 1.0
" Combined all steps regarding performance of recall or shift relief and moved to Section 2.4 for clarity of sequence timing.
                " Moved Steps in Section 2.1 for clarity of timing                       " Section 2.1 of sequence.
" Add step to consult EPC with questions.
                " Clarified CDM Support contact information.
" Moved Step regarding receipt of bomb threat to Section 1.0
" Moved Steps in Section 2.1 for clarity of timing of sequence.
" Clarified CDM Support contact information.
* Removed step regarding Facsimile Instructions.
" Removed steps regarding centralized phone function.
* Revised step regarding determination of injury or fatality information for clarity.
" Revised step regarding phone problems to allow for generic phone issues.
" Add Note in Section 5.0 to alert Admin Leader of Site Assembly for Camp Mesa requirement.
" Add Note in Section 5.0 for CED's use of EP(123) EOF-17.
" Moved Steps in Section 5.0 for clarity of timing sequence.
" Add Step to ensure Assembly Area coordinators contact Admin Leader of evacuation completion.
" Delete duplicate steps and section from Supplemental Position Instruction section.
Jump Sholler Genschaw Cleavenger DNA
" Step 1.6.4
" Section 2.4
" Step 1.7
" Step 1.8
" Section 2.1
* Step 2.2.1
* Step 2.2.1
* Removed step regarding Facsimile Instructions.                          " Step 2.3.1
" Step 2.3.1
                " Removed steps regarding centralized phone                              " Section 3.0 function.
" Section 3.0
* Revised step regarding determination of injury                          " Step 4.1 Jump or fatality information for clarity.
" Step 4.1
Sholler
* Step 4.2
                " Revised step regarding phone problems to allow                  DNA
" Note 2
* Step 4.2 Genschaw for generic phone issues.                          Cleavenger
" Note 3
                " Add Note in Section 5.0 to alert Admin Leader of                        " Note 2 Site Assembly for Camp Mesa requirement.
                " Add Note in Section 5.0 for CED's use of                                " Note 3 EP(123) EOF-17.
* Section 5.0
* Section 5.0
                " Moved Steps in Section 5.0 for clarity of timing sequence.                                                              " Step 6.1.4
" Step 6.1.4
                  " Add Step to ensure Assembly Area coordinators contact Admin Leader of evacuation completion.                        " Section 9.0
" Section 9.0 thru 12.0 Step 1.13.1 Throughout.
                  " Delete duplicate steps and section from                                  thru 12.0 Supplemental Position Instruction section.
Add step to allow RP Leader to effectively use existing personnel resources.
Add step to allow RP Leader to effectively use                             Attachment 7 existing personnel resources.                                             Step 1.13.1 Correct typos and spelling errors.                                        Throughout.
Correct typos and spelling errors.
INFORMATION USE                                     Attachment 10                              Page 2 of 2
INFORMATION USE 0 Page 2 of 2 SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX


Attachment 2 SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX
SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX DOCUMENT REV. #
EC TITLE SO123-VIII-0.100 17 MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF EMERGENCY PLANNING DOCUMENTS SO123-VIII-0.101 0
EMERGENCY RESPONSE EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT SO123-VIII-0.200 17 EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES SO123-VIII-0.201 27 EMERGENCY PLAN EQUIPMENT SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM (EPESP)
S0123-VIII-0.202 11 1
ASSIGNMENT OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL SO123-VIII-0.301 16 EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING S0123-VIII-0.302 7
ONSITE EMERGENCY SIREN SYSTEM TEST S0123-VIII-0.303 5
PERIMETER PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM (PPAS) ROUTINE TEST SO123-VIII-1 37 RECOGNITION AND CLASSIFICATION OF EMERGENCIES SO123-VIII-10 32 1
EMERGENCY COORDINATOR DUTIES SO123-VII1-10.3 16 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS SO123-VIII-10.5 5
EVENT CLOSE OUT AND RECOVERY SO123-VIII-10.6 SO123-VIII-30.7 S0123-VII1-40.100 SO123-VIII-40.200 S023-VI 11-50.3 SO123-VIII-CR 7
17 19 7
11 0
EMERGENCY RESPONSE ACTIONS FOR A DECLARED SECURITY EVENT EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS DOSE ASSESSMENT RADDOSE-V DOSE ASSESSMENT CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) CONTROL ROOM POSITION CHECKLISTS 1
SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX DOCUMENT S0123-VIII-EOF Sa123-VIII-JIC Sa123-VIII-OSC SO123-VIII-TSC REV. #
1 0
0 0
EC TITLE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY POSITION CHECKLISTS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIC)
POSITION CHECKLIST EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER POSITION CHECKLISTS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER POSITION CHECKLISTS SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN REFERENCED MANUALS, ORDERS AND TRAINING PROCEDURES INDEX


SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX DOCUMENT          REV. #    EC    TITLE SO123-VIII-0.100    17              MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF EMERGENCY PLANNING DOCUMENTS SO123-VIII-0.101      0              EMERGENCY RESPONSE EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT SO123-VIII-0.200    17              EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES SO123-VIII-0.201    27              EMERGENCY PLAN EQUIPMENT SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM (EPESP)
SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN REFERENCED MANUALS, ORDERS AND TRAINING PROCEDURES INDEX DOCUMENT S0123-EP-1 REV. #
S0123-VIII-0.202    11        1    ASSIGNMENT OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL SO123-VIII-0.301    16              EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING S0123-VIII-0.302      7              ONSITE EMERGENCY SIREN SYSTEM TEST S0123-VIII-0.303      5              PERIMETER PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM (PPAS) ROUTINE TEST SO123-VIII-1        37              RECOGNITION AND CLASSIFICATION OF EMERGENCIES SO123-VIII-10        32        1    EMERGENCY COORDINATOR DUTIES SO123-VII1-10.3      16              PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS SO123-VIII-10.5      5              EVENT CLOSE OUT AND RECOVERY SO123-VIII-10.6      7              EMERGENCY RESPONSE ACTIONS FOR A DECLARED SECURITY EVENT SO123-VIII-30.7      17              EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS S0123-VII1-40.100    19              DOSE ASSESSMENT SO123-VIII-40.200    7              RADDOSE-V DOSE ASSESSMENT S023-VI 11-50.3      11              CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT SO123-VIII-CR        0    1        EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) CONTROL ROOM POSITION CHECKLISTS
TITLE 9
 
S0123-XXI-1.11.3 29 SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTATION EMERGENCY PLAN TRAINING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL TECHNICAL BASES SECTION 1.0 - PURPOSE EPSD-1 EPSD-1 1.0 EPSD-1 2.0 EPSD-1 3.0 EPSD-1 4.0 EPSD-1 5.0 EPSD-1 5.1 6
SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX DOCUMENT          REV. #    EC      TITLE S0123-VIII-EOF      1                EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY POSITION CHECKLISTS Sa123-VIII-JIC      0                EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIC)
2 3
POSITION CHECKLIST Sa123-VIII-OSC      0                EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER POSITION CHECKLISTS SO123-VIII-TSC      0                EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER POSITION CHECKLISTS
3 5
 
2 4
Attachment 3 SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN REFERENCED MANUALS, ORDERS AND TRAINING PROCEDURES INDEX
EPSD-1 5.2 4
 
SECTION 2.0 - DISCUSSION SECTION 3.0 - REFERENCES SECTION 4.0 - DEFINITIONS, ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS SECTION 5.0 - EAL TECHNICAL BASES SECTION 5.1 - CATEGORY A -ABNORMAL RAD LEVELS / RADIOLOGICAL EFFLUENT SECTION 5.2 - CATEGORY C - COLD SHUTDOWN / REFUELING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SECTION 5.3 - CATEGORY E - EVENTS RELATED TO INDEPENDENT SPENT FUEL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS SECTION 5.4 - CATEGORY F - FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER DEGRADATION SECTION 5.5 - CATEGORY H - HAZARDS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PLANT SAFETY SECTION 5.6 - CATEGORY S - SYSTEM MALFUNCTION EPSD-1 5.3 3
SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN REFERENCED MANUALS, ORDERS AND TRAINING PROCEDURES INDEX DOCUMENT               REV. #          TITLE S0123-EP-1               9           SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTATION S0123-XXI-1.11.3         29           EMERGENCY PLAN TRAINING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION EPSD-1                    6            EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL TECHNICAL BASES EPSD-1 1.0                2            SECTION 1.0 - PURPOSE EPSD-1 2.0               3           SECTION 2.0 - DISCUSSION EPSD-1 3.0               3           SECTION 3.0 - REFERENCES EPSD-1 4.0               5            SECTION 4.0 - DEFINITIONS, ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS EPSD-1 5.0                2            SECTION 5.0 - EAL TECHNICAL BASES EPSD-1 5.1                4            SECTION 5.1 - CATEGORY A -ABNORMAL RAD LEVELS / RADIOLOGICAL EFFLUENT EPSD-1 5.2                4            SECTION 5.2 - CATEGORY C - COLD SHUTDOWN / REFUELING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION EPSD-1 5.3                3            SECTION 5.3 - CATEGORY E - EVENTS RELATED TO INDEPENDENT SPENT FUEL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS EPSD-1 5.4                5            SECTION 5.4 - CATEGORY F - FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER DEGRADATION EPSD-1 5.5                5            SECTION 5.5 - CATEGORY H - HAZARDS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PLANT SAFETY EPSD-1 5.6                6            SECTION 5.6 - CATEGORY S - SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
EPSD-1 5.4 EPSD-1 5.5 5
 
5 EPSD-1 5.6 6
Attachment 4 Report and Analysis Summary
Report and Analysis Summary


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Line 2,467: Line 3,066:


==Title:==
==Title:==
Dose Assessment SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) 202596380-1 Section and Change Description                           Analysis Summary Change 1                                                 The following information identifies the technical basis for Throughout procedure added additional guidance on        optimizing the procedure; source term calculation.
Dose Assessment SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) 202596380-1 Section and Change Description Analysis Summary Change 1 Throughout procedure added additional guidance on source term calculation.
* Nuclear fuel has been permanently offloaded on both units and SONGS is no longer authorized to replace fuel in either Change 2                                                            reactor.
Change 2 Added additional guidance on source term assessment from field readings to Section 6.3 and.
Added additional guidance on source term
The following information identifies the technical basis for optimizing the procedure; Nuclear fuel has been permanently offloaded on both units and SONGS is no longer authorized to replace fuel in either reactor.
* Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS assessment from field readings to Section 6.3 and                  and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor .                                                      vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.
Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.
Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:
Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:
                                                          - Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)
- Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)
                                                          - Spent fuel cask drop accident
- Spent fuel cask drop accident
                                                          - Spent fuel pool boiling
- Spent fuel pool boiling
                                                          - Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)
- Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)
                                                          - Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)
- Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)
Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.
Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.
Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. The revisions to the procedure improve the ability of the SONGS Emergency Response Organization to assess and accurately calculate the impact of radiological releases.
Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. The revisions to the procedure improve the ability of the SONGS Emergency Response Organization to assess and accurately calculate the impact of radiological releases.
This assessment determines that the changes noted in the Summary of Changes do not decrease the effectiveness of the Emeraencv Plan.
This assessment determines that the changes noted in the Summary of Changes do not decrease the effectiveness of the Emeraencv Plan.
PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia                               REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 9/30/13                                             DATE: 10/6/13 Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.
PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 9/30/13 DATE: 10/6/13 Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.
EP(123)26   RevO 09/12                                     Page 1 of 1
EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 1 of 1


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Line 2,488: Line 3,087:


==Title:==
==Title:==
RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) 202596380-4 Section and Change Description                           Analysis Summary Change 1                                                 The following information identifies the technical basis for Throughout procedure removed references to SGTR,         optimizing the procedure; LOCA, and Thyroid dose as they are no longer
RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) 202596380-4 Section and Change Description Analysis Summary Change 1 Throughout procedure removed references to SGTR, LOCA, and Thyroid dose as they are no longer applicable at SONGS.
* Nuclear fuel has been permanently offloaded on both units applicable at SONGS.                                                and SONGS is no longer authorized to replace fuel in either reactor.
Change 2 Throughout procedure added additional guidance on entering Iodine release rates as Iodine releases are no longer possible at SONGS.
Change 2                                                      " Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS Throughout procedure added additional guidance on                    and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor entering Iodine release rates as Iodine releases are                vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant no longer possible at SONGS.                                        system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.
The following information identifies the technical basis for optimizing the procedure; Nuclear fuel has been permanently offloaded on both units and SONGS is no longer authorized to replace fuel in either reactor.
Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.
Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:
Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:
                                                          - Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)
- Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)
                                                          - Spent fuel cask drop accident
- Spent fuel cask drop accident
                                                          - Spent fuel pool boiling
- Spent fuel pool boiling
                                                          - Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)
- Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)
                                                          - Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)
- Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)
Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.
Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.
Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. The revisions to the procedure improve the ability of the SONGS Emergency Response Organization to assess and accurately calculate the impact of radiological releases.
Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. The revisions to the procedure improve the ability of the SONGS Emergency Response Organization to assess and accurately calculate the impact of radiological releases.
This assessment determines that the changes noted in the Summary of Changes do not decrease the effectiveness of the Emerqency Plan.
This assessment determines that the changes noted in the Summary of Changes do not decrease the effectiveness of the Emerqency Plan.
PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia                               REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 9/30/13                                             DATE: 10/06/13 Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.
PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 9/30/13 DATE: 10/06/13 Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.
EP(123)26   Rev0 09/12                                     Page 1 of 1
EP(123)26 Rev0 09/12 Page 1 of 1


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Line 2,508: Line 3,108:


==Title:==
==Title:==
Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) #: 202405588-8 Section and Change Description                                   Analysis Summary Section 1                                                         During the 2013 INPO EP Review, the team presented a Deleted reference to S0123-VIll-0.401, Emergency                 Recommendation for Improvement for weaknesses in Preparedness Performance Indicators                             drill preparation resulted in an inadequate drill scenario Added reference to S01 23-VIII-0.21 0, Emergency Planning Drill and controller performance issues. It was noted that Objectives and Demonstration Criteria                           these weaknesses may adversely impact the ERO's ability to respond to real events and also adversely Section 2                                                         impact Emergency Planning's ability to accurately Updated revision date for FEMA REP Manual                       assess gaps in ERO performance.
Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) #: 202405588-8 Section and Change Description Analysis Summary Section 1 Deleted reference to S0123-VIll-0.401, Emergency Preparedness Performance Indicators Added reference to S01 23-VIII-0.21 0, Emergency Planning Drill Objectives and Demonstration Criteria Section 2 Updated revision date for FEMA REP Manual Section 5 Renamed section from Checklists to Responsibilities Added responsibilities for:
Section 5                                                       The changes to Revision 17 of S0123-VIII-0.200, Renamed section from Checklists to Responsibilities               Emergency Plans Drills and Exercises were Added responsibilities for:                                       implemented as a result of the findings by the 2013 Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM):                   INPO EP Review team.
Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM):
Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement                                                     A review of the revised document indicates that no Site Management team                                             information contained in the previous revision was Drill/Exercise Coordinator                                       deleted from the procedure. As noted in the Summary Scenario Development Team                                       of Changes the revision moved sections of the Emergency Planning Department staff                               procedure to other locations for better understanding and clarity. The revision also added additional Section 6.1                                                       information that better assists the Emergency Planning Combined the following Steps into new Section 6.1 EP             organization in conducting drills and exercises.
Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement Site Management team Drill/Exercise Coordinator Scenario Development Team Emergency Planning Department staff Section 6.1 Combined the following Steps into new Section 6.1 EP Drill/Exercise Schedule 6.1.1 Exercise Scheduling 6.1.2 Drill Scheduling 6.1.3 Simulator Activity Scheduling Section 6.2 Moved Step 6.2.1 Objectives into new Section 6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES Step 6.2.5 Combined Steps 6.2.1.1 through 6.2.1.14 for filling out into one step (6.2.5) to update Attachment 2.
Drill/Exercise Schedule 6.1.1 Exercise Scheduling                                       This revision complies with the requirements of 6.1.2 Drill Scheduling                                           10CFR50 Appendix E, 10CFR50.47b, NUREG 0654 and 6.1.3 Simulator Activity Scheduling                             does not reduce the effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.
Section 6.3 Moved Step 6.2.2 Scenario Development into new Section 6.3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT Step 6.3.1 Added section to describe acceptable drill/exercise scenarios Step 6.3.4 Added requirement to assemble a Scenario Development Team Section 6.4 During the 2013 INPO EP Review, the team presented a Recommendation for Improvement for weaknesses in drill preparation resulted in an inadequate drill scenario and controller performance issues. It was noted that these weaknesses may adversely impact the ERO's ability to respond to real events and also adversely impact Emergency Planning's ability to accurately assess gaps in ERO performance.
Section 6.2 Moved Step 6.2.1 Objectives into new Section 6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES Step 6.2.5 Combined Steps 6.2.1.1 through 6.2.1.14 for filling out into one step (6.2.5) to update Attachment 2.
The changes to Revision 17 of S0123-VIII-0.200, Emergency Plans Drills and Exercises were implemented as a result of the findings by the 2013 INPO EP Review team.
Section 6.3 Moved Step 6.2.2 Scenario Development into new Section 6.3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT Step 6.3.1 Added section to describe acceptable drill/exercise scenarios Step 6.3.4 Added requirement to assemble a Scenario Development Team Section 6.4 Page 1 of 3 EP(123) 26   Rev   09/12 RevO0 09/12 EP(123)26                                               Page 1 of 3
A review of the revised document indicates that no information contained in the previous revision was deleted from the procedure. As noted in the Summary of Changes the revision moved sections of the procedure to other locations for better understanding and clarity. The revision also added additional information that better assists the Emergency Planning organization in conducting drills and exercises.
This revision complies with the requirements of 10CFR50 Appendix E, 10CFR50.47b, NUREG 0654 and does not reduce the effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.
EP(123) 26 Rev 0 09/12 Page 1 of 3 EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 1 of 3


Moved scenario condition and events instructions from Step 6.2.2.5 to Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Deleted Step 6.2.7 as each controller receives a full scenario package as described in Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Step 6.4.1 Guidelines for Drill/Exercise Conduct moved from Step 6.2.2.5.5 into Step 6.4.1 and Attachments:
Moved scenario condition and events instructions from Step 6.2.2.5 to Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Deleted Step 6.2.7 as each controller receives a full scenario package as described in Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Step 6.4.1 Guidelines for Drill/Exercise Conduct moved from Step 6.2.2.5.5 into Step 6.4.1 and Attachments:
10 Controller / Evaluator Guidelines 11 Observer Guidelines 13 Participant Briefing Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.6 through 6.2.2.5.7 to Step 6.4.1 Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.8 to Step 6.4.1 and Section 6.6 Deleted Steps 6.2.11 through 6.2.15 and moved the instructions to Section 6.6, CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND EXERCISES Section 6.7 Deleted Steps 6.2.16 through 6.2.20 and moved the instructions to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation Moved instructions from Section 6.4 Corrective Actions/Event Trending to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation New Attachment describing Scenario Development Team process Moved instructions from Step 6.2.3.1 through 6.2.3.4 into , SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES New Attachment providing a Drill Planning Checklist Deleted Step 6.2.2.4 as this information is captured in , Drill Planning Checklist Step 6.2.9, Notifications and Announcements deleted as the instructions are provided in , Drill Planning Checklist New Attachment providing a CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION instructions Moved Steps 6.2.4 Controller Organization and 6.2.5 Controller Requirements/Assignments, into Attachment 5, CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION Added new attachment providincq DRILL PREPARATION W
10 Controller / Evaluator Guidelines 11 Observer Guidelines 13 Participant Briefing Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.6 through 6.2.2.5.7 to Step 6.4.1 Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.8 to Step 6.4.1 and Section 6.6 Deleted Steps 6.2.11 through 6.2.15 and moved the instructions to Section 6.6, CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND EXERCISES Section 6.7 Deleted Steps 6.2.16 through 6.2.20 and moved the instructions to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation Moved instructions from Section 6.4 Corrective Actions/Event Trending to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation New Attachment describing Scenario Development Team process Moved instructions from Step 6.2.3.1 through 6.2.3.4 into, SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES New Attachment providing a Drill Planning Checklist Deleted Step 6.2.2.4 as this information is captured in, Drill Planning Checklist Step 6.2.9, Notifications and Announcements deleted as the instructions are provided in, Drill Planning Checklist New Attachment providing a CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION instructions Moved Steps 6.2.4 Controller Organization and 6.2.5 Controller Requirements/Assignments, into Attachment 5, CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION Added new attachment providincq DRILL PREPARATION EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 2 of 3 W
Page 2 of 3 RevO  09/12 EP(123)26   RevO 09/12                                     Page 2 of 3
y EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 2 of 3


FLOWCHART Added new attachment providing EXERCISE PREPARATION FLOWCHART Added CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING instructions Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER TRAINING guidelines Moved Step 6.2.6, Controller training into Attachment 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 0 Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR guidelines 1 Added new attachment providing OBSERVER guidelines 2 Added new attachment providing an example SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT 3 Added PARTICIPANT BRIEFING instructions 4 Added attachment providing a DRILL REPORT template Moved instructions from Section 6.5, Written Critique Report to 5, DRILL REPORT 5 Added new attachment for EAL TRACKING 6 Added new attachment providing DEFINITIONS 7 Renumbered old Attachment 3 PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia                                             REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 10/1/13                                                           DATE: 10/28/13 Refer to SO123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.
FLOWCHART Added new attachment providing EXERCISE PREPARATION FLOWCHART Added CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING instructions Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER TRAINING guidelines Moved Step 6.2.6, Controller training into Attachment 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 0 Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR guidelines 1 Added new attachment providing OBSERVER guidelines 2 Added new attachment providing an example SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT 3 Added PARTICIPANT BRIEFING instructions 4 Added attachment providing a DRILL REPORT template Moved instructions from Section 6.5, Written Critique Report to 5, DRILL REPORT 5 Added new attachment for EAL TRACKING 6 Added new attachment providing DEFINITIONS 7 Renumbered old Attachment 3 PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 10/1/13 DATE: 10/28/13 Refer to SO123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.
EP(123)26   RevO 09/12                                     Page 3 of 3
EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 3 of 3


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
Line 2,527: Line 3,129:


==Title:==
==Title:==
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) #: 202557982 Change Descriptions                                     Analysis Summary Editorial changes do not result in a reduction in effectiveness in the Revision 1 of this Emergency Plan Implementing          SONGS Emergency Plan.
Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) #: 202557982 Change Descriptions Analysis Summary Revision 1 of this Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure makes the following changes:
Procedure makes the following changes:
Multiple editorial changes Re-ordering of actions Clarifications Removal of duplicate information Deletion of actions that reflect changes in responsibilities following transition to a shutdown Emergency Response Organization Deletion of actions that reflect conditions for an operating plant Deletion of an action that is obsolete given the permanently shutdown condition of SONGS Units 2 and 3 Editorial changes do not result in a reduction in effectiveness in the SONGS Emergency Plan.
Certain procedural actions have been re-ordered.Procedural
Certain procedural actions have been re-ordered.Procedural information is not lost and therefore these changes do not cause a reduction in effectiveness in the SONGS Emergency Plan.
* Multiple editorial changes                      information is not lost and therefore these changes do not cause a
Several changes were made to add information for clarity and improved task performance, and therefore these changes do not cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS Emergency Plan.
* Re-ordering of actions                          reduction in effectiveness in the SONGS Emergency Plan.
Changes were made that remove duplicate information contained in the procedure. Procedural information is not lost, and therefore these changes do not cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS Emergency Plan.
* Clarifications
An action for the EOF Technical Leader to establish Brown Phone communications with TSC was deleted. With the optimized ERO, of this procedure has an action for the EOF Technical Leader to establish communication with the TSC via the Ivory Phone. In addition this change does not delete the Brown Phone Communication System required by the SONGS Emergency Plan.
* Removal of duplicate information                Several changes were made to add information for clarity and
* Deletion of actions that reflect changes in      improved task performance, and therefore these changes do not responsibilities following transition to a      cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS Emergency Plan.
shutdown Emergency Response Organization                                    Changes were made that remove duplicate information contained in
* Deletion of actions that reflect conditions for  the procedure. Procedural information is not lost, and therefore an operating plant                              these changes do not cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS
* Deletion of an action that is obsolete given    Emergency Plan.
the permanently shutdown condition of An action for the EOF Technical Leader to establish Brown Phone SONGS Units 2 and 3 communications with TSC was deleted. With the optimized ERO, Attachment 3 of this procedure has an action for the EOF Technical Leader to establish communication with the TSC via the Ivory Phone. In addition this change does not delete the Brown Phone Communication System required by the SONGS Emergency Plan.
Therefore this change does not cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS Emergency Plan.
Therefore this change does not cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS Emergency Plan.
One change deletes plant conditions that are not applicable to the permanently defueled condition of SONGS Units 2 and 3.
One change deletes plant conditions that are not applicable to the permanently defueled condition of SONGS Units 2 and 3.
Line 2,544: Line 3,140:
Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.
Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.
Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:
Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:
                                                          - Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)
- Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)
                                                          - Spent fuel cask drop accident
- Spent fuel cask drop accident
                                                          - Spent fuel pool boiling
- Spent fuel pool boiling
                                                          - Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)
- Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)
EP(123) 26 Rev0 09/12                                       Page 1 of 2
EP(123) 26 Rev0 09/12 Page 1 of 2


                                                          - Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)
- Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)
Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.
Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.
Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. This revision to the procedure improves the ability of EOF Technical Leader to assess and respond to credible accident scenarios and does not result in a reduction in effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.
Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. This revision to the procedure improves the ability of EOF Technical Leader to assess and respond to credible accident scenarios and does not result in a reduction in effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.
Line 2,556: Line 3,152:
This assessment determines this revision does not reduce the effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.
This assessment determines this revision does not reduce the effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.
Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.
Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.
EP(123) 26 Rev0 09/12                                     Page 2 of 2}}
EP(123) 26 Rev0 09/12 Page 2 of 2}}

Latest revision as of 04:19, 11 January 2025

(Songs), Units 1, 2 & 3 and Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation - Revised Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures
ML13304A802
Person / Time
Site: San Onofre  Southern California Edison icon.png
Issue date: 10/29/2013
From: St.Onge R
Southern California Edison Co
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards
References
SO1 23-VIII-40.100, Rev 19, SO123-VIII-0.200, Rev 17, SO123-VIII-40.200, Rev 7
Download: ML13304A802 (189)


Text

J SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON An EDISON INTERN4TIONAL Company Richard St. Onge Director. Nuclear Regulatory Affairs and Emergency Planning October 29, 2013 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, D.C. 20555-0001

Subject:

Docket Nos. 50-206, 50-361, 50-362, and 72-41 Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station (SONGS), Units 1, 2 and 3 and Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation

Dear Sir or Madam:

Pursuant to 10 CFR 50, Appendix E, Section V, Attachment 1 of this letter provides a copy of the following revised Emergency Plan documents:

Procedure Rev.

SO1 23-VIII-40.100 "DOSE ASSESSMENT" SO123-VIII-40.200 "RADDOSE V DOSE ASSESSMENT" SO123-VIII-0.200 EMERGECY PLAN DRILLS PL AN EXERCISES SO 123-VI I I-EOF 19 7

17 1

Effective Date October 1, 2013 October 1, 2013 October 2, 2013 October 8, 2013 For your convenience, Attachment 2 provides an updated index listing titles, revisions, and editorial corrections (ECs) of the SONGS Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs).

A bar in the right margin indicates items changed since our previous submittal. lists the current Emergency Plan Manuals, Orders and Training Procedures that are referenced in the Emergency Plan. This document is unchanged since our previous submittal.

As specified in 10 CFR 50.54(q)(iv)(5), Attachment 4 provides a report and analysis summary for these EPIP changes. These changes do not reduce the effectiveness of the Emergency Plan or the EPIPs.

P.O. Box 128

-S52*

San Clemente, CA 92674

October 29, 2013 Document Control Desk There are no commitments contained in this letter or its attachments.

If you have any questions, please contact Mr. Dan Cleavenger, Emergency Planning Manager, at (949) 368-6643.

Sincerely, Attachments:

1. Revised Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures
2. SONGS Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures (EPIPs) Index
3. SONGS Emergency Plan Referenced Manuals, Orders and Training Procedures Index
4. Report and Analysis Summaries cc:

Emergency Response Coordinator, NRC Region IV (2 copies of Attachment 1)

S. A. Reynolds, Acting Regional Administrator, NRC Region IV B. Benney, NRC Project Manager, SONGS Units 2 and 3 G. G. Warnick, NRC Senior Resident Inspector, SONGS Units 2 and 3 REVISED EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES

Procedure Usage Requirements I

Sections Information Use The user may complete the task from memory. However, the Sections 1.0-3.0, user is responsible for performing the activity according to the 7.0-9.0, and procedure.

Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.

Reference Use Review and understand the procedure before performing any Sections 4.0-6.0, and steps, including the prerequisite section.

0 Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.

0 Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.

0 If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.

Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.

Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.

Color Usage This Document Does Not Contain Relevant Color QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / RX DNA Procedure Type General Procedure Owner Larry McCann

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE..............................................................................................

3 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES..........................................................................................................................

3 3.0 DEFINITIONS....................................................................................................................................

3 4.0 PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIONS..........................................................................................

5 5.0 PREREQUISITES..............................................................................................................................

5 6.0 PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................

6 6.1 Obtaining a Source Term...................................................................................................

6 6.2 Source Term Estim ate Using Radiation Monitor Data.......................................................

6 6.3 Source Term Assessm ent from Field Team Measurements..............................................

8 6.4 Calculating a Dose Assessment......................................................................................

10 6.5 Verification of Calculations...............................................................................................

12 7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA..........................................................................................................

13 8.0 RETENTIO N OF RECO RDS.....................................................................................................

13

9.0 REFERENCES

/ COM M ITM ENTS..............................................................................................

13 Section Page ATTACHMENT 1

Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation W orksheet...................................................................

16 2

Sum m ary of Changes.....................................................................................................................

16 INFORMATION USE

1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1.1 Identify resources for obtaining a source term and provide a manual method for Technical Support Center (TSC) Radiation Protection Leader (RPL) to determine an offsite dose in an accident situation.

1.2 This procedure is intended to provide guidance to calculate a dose assessment from a gross activity source term. The procedure is intended for use as an alternate to the Dose Assessment Computer. As a quick method, it is not intended to exactly duplicate the Dose Assessment Computer results 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 Describe the individual and organization(s) that have responsibilities concerning the accomplishment of tasks or activities relative to the implementation of the procedure.

3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 ARM:

Area Radiation Monitor 3.2 CAPR:

Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurrence 3.3 CED:

Corporate Emergency Director 3.4 CEDE:

Committed Effective Dose Equivalent 3.5 CDE:

Committed Dose Equivalent 3.6 CR:

Control Room 3.7 DAC:

Derived Airborne Concentration 3.8 EAB Exclusion Area Boundary 3.9 DACS Dose Assessment Computer System 3.10 EOC:

Emergency Operations Center 3.11 EOF:

Emergency Operations Facility 3.12 EP:

Emergency Plan 3.13 EPC:

Emergency Planning Coordinator REFERENCE USE

3.14 EPIP:

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 3.15 ERDS:

Emergency Response Data System 3.16 ERF:

Emergency Response Facility 3.17 ERO:

Emergency Response Organization 3.18 ERTD:

Emergency Response Telephone Directory 3.19 GCC:

Grid Control Center 3.20 IOC:

Irvine Operations Center 3.21 KI:

Potassium Iodide 3.22 NRC:

Nuclear Regulatory Commission 3.23 OCA:

Owner Controlled Area 3.24 ODAC:

Offsite Dose Assessment Center 3.25 OSLD Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 3.26 PA:

Protected Area 3.27 PAR:

Protective Action Recommendation 3.28 PASS:

Post-Accident Sampling System 3.29 PAZ:

Protective Action Zone 3.30 RP:

Radiation Protection 3.31 SCE:

Southern California Edison 3.32 SM:

Shift Manager 3.33 SONGS:

San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 3.34 TSC:

Technical Support Center REFERENCE USE

3.35 YPS:

Yellow Phone System 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Precautions 4.1.1 An elevated release (lofted plume) may occur during cold, stable atmospheric conditions, or during an energetic release (e.g., expelled by fans, steam dumps or steam safety valves). If these conditions occur, plume readings close to the plant (0-2 miles, or so) may be lower than expected for a ground level release. Although quantitative changes to dose estimates are not needed, consideration should be made for effects of plume loft when directing field teams.

4.1.2 S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Actions Recommendations, requires decisions based on Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) and Thyroid Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) dose assessments for the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB).

4.2 Limitations 4.2.1 None 5.0 PREREQUISITES 5.1 WHEN NOT in a declared emergency or drill, THEN personnel are responsible for verifying this is the current copy of this document using one of the methods described in S0123-XV-HU-3.

5.2 VERIFY level of use requirements on the first page of the document.

5.3 Emergency Planning is responsible for ensuring current copy of this document is in emergency notebooks for use during declared emergencies and drills.

5.3.1 ERO members must maintain the following task qualifications 0

7L1QWT, TSC RP Leader Qual. Walkthrough (Radiation Protection Leader)

REFERENCE USE

6.0 PROCEDURE NOTE

1)

Each section of this procedure may be performed independently.

2)

Potential releases from Unit 2 FHB and Unit 3 FHB utilize a common plenum before exhausting past their respective RE7865 monitors.

Therefore, this procedure section and Attachment 1 can be used for single or multiple unit accidents.

CAUTION Failure to maintain effective communications with ERO members providing information to you and requiring your input may result in errors in Dose Assessment, Emergency Classifications and/or Protective Action Recommendation.

6.1 Obtaining a Source Term 6.1.1 6.1.1.1 6.1.1.2 6.1.1.3 OBTAIN total (Unit 2 and Unit 3) Source Term from TSC Technical Leader or TSC Technical Team Mitigator, AND PROCEED to Section 6.2.4 of this procedure.

IF TSC Technical Leader or TSC Technical Team Mitigator is NOT available, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.2 of this procedure.

IF release is unmonitored, or affected radiation monitors are not available for source term calculations, THEN PROCEED to Section 6. 6.3 of this procedure.

IF release is from Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI), THEN PROCEED to Section 6.3 of this procedure.

6.2 Source Term Estimate Using Radiation Monitor Data 6.2.1 6.2.1.1 6.2.1.2 IF accident is a FHB, THEN USE PVS radiation monitor for source term calculation.

IF PVS radiation monitor does NOT show an increase, THEN REQUEST a survey for an unmonitored release.

IF survey results indicate an unmonitored release, THEN PROCEED to Section 6.3 of this procedure.

REFERENCE USE

NOTE

1.

For Wide Range Gas Monitors (WRGMs), the [iCi/sec value on "Eff" channel is preferred when calculating a source term. If that channel is not available, then displayed itCi/cc value for "Lo", "Med" or "Hi" channel should be used as long as those values are in the range of 1 E-7 to 1 E-1, 1 E-4 to 1 E+2, or 1 E-1 to 1 E+6 pCi/cc, respectively.

2.

If the effluent release flow is not known or readily available, then 82,000 cfm should be assumed for each monitor 2(3)RE7685, or 164,000 cfm should be assumed for monitor 2/3RE7808 at the start of the release.

CAUTION Unit 2 and Unit 3 PVSs have a common header, therefore the total release source term can be determined using monitor 2/3RE7808 (if on scale), or the sum of monitors 2(3)RE7865.

6.2.2 OBTAIN the following radiation monitor data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer, RADDOSE-V, Control Room instrumentation or any other available source AND RECORD on Section 1, Noble Gas Source Term Calculation, of Attachment 1, Units 2(3)

Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet.

Radiation monitor(s)

Activity (pCi/sec or pCI/cc)

Effluent Flow if pCi/sec data is not available 6.2.2.1 IF using Control Room instrumentation and WRGM Effluent channel is available, THEN PRESS "Eff" button and RECORD displayed pCi/sec reading in Attachment 1, Section 1.

6.2.2.2 IF using Control Room instrumentation and WRGM Effluent channel is NOT available, THEN PRESS "Lo" or "Med" or "Hi" button AND RECORD displayed pCi/cc reading. PRESS "Mon", "0", "2","9", and "Item" buttons AND RECORD displayed cfm reading in Attachment 1, Section 1.

REFERENCE USE

CAUTION Uneven mixing can occur in the common exhaust plenum. The results using the following step may underestimate total release source term. Field monitoring results should be immediately used to validate calculation results.

6.2.2.3 IF using monitors 2(3)RE7865 and one of them is NOT available, THEN DOUBLE the value of the working monitor in the calculation AND ANNOTATE on which radiation monitor was NOT available.

6.2.3 PERFORM calculations for applicable radiation monitor(s) and RECORD in, Section 1.

6.2.4 RECORD Noble Gas Source Term in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of.

6.2.5 PROCEED to Section 6.4 of this procedure to perform steps needed to calculate a dose assessment.

6.3 Source Term Assessment from Field Team Measurements CAUTION This method assumes field samples are taken in centerline of plume and at EAB. Off axis samples will underestimate source term. Samples taken at locations not exactly on the EAB can result in significant errors in calculated source term because concentration decreases exponentially with distance between release point and sample point.

6.3.1 Effective Dose Equivalent (EDE) Rate @ EAB 6.3.1.1 OBTAIN a Close Window Reading in mrem/hour at Waist Level, centerline of the plume at the EAB.

6.3.1.2 RECORD EAB Field Reading (mR/hr) in Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.

6.3.2 OBTAIN the following meteorological data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer or RADDOSE-V AND RECORD on Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1, Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet:

Delta T Wind speed Wind direction 6.3.2.1 IF wind speed or wind direction is unavailable, then OBTAIN data from EOF meteorological tower or from references listed in ERTD to obtain meteorological information.

REFERENCE USE

6.3.2.2 IF Delta T is unavailable, THEN USE Stability Class D for daytime conditions or Stability Class F for nighttime conditions.

6.3.3 CONVERT wind speed to seconds-per-meter using calculation in Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1, and RECORD.

6.3.4 RECORD Wind Speed Factor from Section 2, Technical Information, to Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.

6.3.5 IDENTIFY Stability Class using Delta T identified in Section 2, Stability Information, of.

6.3.5.1 IDENTIFY proper EAB XpJ/Q using Stability Class.

6.3.5.2 RECORD identified XpIQ values in Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings, of Attachment 1.

6.3.6 PERFORM Attachment 1, Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet, Section 4, Source Term Calculation from EAB Field Readings.

6.3.7 RECORD Noble Gas Source Term in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of.

6.3.8 PROCEED to Section 6.4 of this procedure to PERFORM steps needed to calculate a dose assessment if not already performed in Section 6.3, REFERENCE USE

6.4 Calculating a Dose Assessment 6.4.1 OBTAIN the following meteorological data from CFMS, RTIME Data Viewer or RADDOSE-V and RECORD on Section 2, Technical Information of Attachment 1:

Delta T Wind speed Wind direction 6.4.1.1 IF wind speed or wind direction is unavailable, then OBTAIN data from EOF meteorological tower or from references listed in ERTD to obtain meteorological information.

6.4.1.2 IF Delta T is unavailable, THEN USE Stability Class D for daytime conditions or Stability Class F for nighttime conditions.

6.4.2 IF a release is in progress or there is a potential for a release, THEN OBTAIN an estimated release duration from SM or Operations Leader AND RECORD in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.

6.4.2.1 IF not already performed in Section 6.3, THEN CONVERT wind speed to seconds-per-meter using calculation in Section 2, Technical Information, of Attachment 1 and RECORD.

6.4.2.2 RECORD Wind Speed Factor from Section 2, Technical Information, to Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of Attachment 1.

REFERENCE USE

NOTE Protective Action Zones (PAZs) should be used within Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) and Sectors should be used outside the EPZ.

6.4.3 DETERMINE affected Sector(s) or PAZs using the following table(s):

Degrees (from) 170-191 192-214 215-236 237-259 260-281 282-304 305-326 327-349 350-11 12-34 35-56 57-79 80-101 102-124 125-146 147-169 From Sector S

SSW SW WSW W

WNW NW NNW N

NNE NE ENE E

ESE SE SSE SECTORS To Affected Sector N

NNE NE ENE E

ESE SE SSE S

SSW SW WSW W

WNW NW NNW Sector A

B C

D E

F G

H J

K L

M N

P Q

R PAZs WIND DIRECTION (From)

DOWNWIND PAZ 00- 1000 PAZs 1 and 2 1010 PAZs 1, 2, and 4 1020 -2130 PAZs 1 and 4 2140 PAZs 1, 3, and 4 2150-3260 PAZs 1 and 3 3270 PAZs 1, 2, and 3 3280 - 3600 PAZs 1 and 2 6.4.3.1 RECORD Affected Sector or PAZ in Section 2, Technical Information, of.

REFERENCE USE

6.4.4 IDENTIFY Stability Class using Delta T identified in Section 2, Stability Information, of.

6.4.4.1 IDENTIFY proper EAB XIt/Q using Stability Class.

6.4.4.2 RECORD identified XpQ values in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of.

6.4.5 PERFORM calculations indicated for EAB in Section 3, Dose Assessment Calculation, of, and RECORD Noble Gas EDE (mrem).

6.5 Verification of Calculations 6.5.1 SIGN Attachment(s) used AND PROVIDE worksheet(s) to another qualified individual, as time permits, to verify mathematical calculations and correct use of X[I/Q constants and conversion factors.

6.5.1.1 RESOLVE discrepancies AND ENSURE individual signs VERIFIED BY section of worksheet.

6.5.2 REQUEST dispatch of onsite and offsite monitoring teams to validate dose projections and to detect and quantify unmonitored releases.

6.5.3 PROVIDE dose projections to Station Emergency Director or Emergency Coordinator.

REFERENCE USE

7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 7.1 8.0 8.1 9.0 None RETENTION OF RECORDS Deliver all logs and worksheet to Emergency Planning Coordinator at conclusion of emergency.

REFERENCES / COMMITMENTS 9.1 Implementingq Reference 9.1.1 Procedures 9.1.1.1 SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Ac 9.1.1.2 SO 123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommends 9.1.1.3 SO123-XV-109, Procedure and Instruction Form 9.1.2 Drawings 9.1.2.1 None 9.1.3 Manuals 9.1.3.1 None 9.1.4 Other 9.1.5 Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD) 9.2 Developmental References 9.2.1 Commitments 9.2.1.1 None 9.2.2 Corrective Actions to Prevent Recurrence (CAPR)

Iherence ations at and Content 9.2.2.1 9.2.3 9.2.3.1 None Procedures SO123-VII1-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations INFORMATION USE

9.2.4 Drawinqs 9.2.4.1 None 9.2.5 Manuals 9.2.5.1 None 9.2.6 Other 9.2.6.1 Memorandum for File from R.A. Garcia Dated September 23, 2013, SO 123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment" Revision 19 Calculation Methodology 9.2.6.2 Technical Team Notebook, Revision 1.12 9.2.6.3 EPA 400 92-001, May 1992,Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents INFORMATION USE

Units 2(3) Dose Assessment Calculation Worksheet Attachment I Date Time (Section 1) NOBLE GAS SOURCE TERM CALCULATION Release Radiation Activity x

Effluent Conversion Noble Gas Path Monitors Flow x

Factor

=

Source Term Units 2/3 Plant 2RE7865 Eff OR pci/sec 1

cfm 1.00 E-6 Ci/sec Vent Stack 2RE7865 L, M, H AND pci/cc cfm 4.72 E-4 Ci/sec

[Sum Both Units' 2(3)7865s]

3RE7865 Eff OR pci/sec 1

cfm 1.00 E-6 Ci/sec 3RE7865 L,M,H ici/cc cfm 4.72 E-4 Ci/sec 2/3RE7808 Eff pci/sec 1

cfm 1.00 E-6 Ci/sec 2/3RE7808 pci/cc cfm 4.72 E-4 Ci/sec Total Unit 2/3 Noble Gas Source Term Ci/sec (Section 2) ASSESSMENT iNFORMATION TECHNICAL INFORMATION IF STABILITY INFORMATION Unit 2, 3, or 2/3 (circle one)

[

Delta T Class EAB Xgt/Q Wind Speed Factor 2.24 mph =

sec/m

-0.57 A

1.3E-5 or 1.961 knots sec/m

-0.56 to

-0.51 B

4.6E-5 Delta T (40m-10m)

C/30m

-0.50 to

-0.45 C

9.4E-5 Wind Direction (from) degrees

-0.44 to

-0.15 D

1.3E-4 Affected Sector or PAZ

-0.14 to 0.45 E

3.1E-4 0.46 to 1.20 F

5.8E-4 1.20 G

1.2E-3 (Section 3) DOSE ASSESSMENT CALCULATION Noble Gas Wind Release Noble Gas Source Term Speed Noble Gas Duration EDE (Ci/sec) x Factor x

X[L/Q x

EDE CF x

(hrs)

=

(mrem) x x

x 1.3E3 x

=

(mrem)

(Section 4) SOURCE TERM CALCULATION FROM EAB FIELD READINGS EAB Field Reading Wind (mR/hr)

/

Speed Nobel Gas (Factor x Xp/Q Noble Gas Source Term x

EDE CF

) =

(Ci/sec) ix x

1.3E3 )

=

(Ci/sec)

I Calculation PERFORMED BY VERIFIED BY REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1

Summary of Changes Author:

Richard Garcia PAX:

83845 NN, Order, 50.59 Step,,

N N,

O rdersecti6*n, or Other.

. Description of Change Reviewer(s) rrPage 202596380 Added additional guidance on source term calculation.

Added additional guidance on source term See Table DNA Throughout assessment from field readings to Section 6.3 and below.

Miscellaneous editorial corrections.

Document Reviewers:

Name:

RP Sandra Sewell RP Andrew Martinez EP Lucia Sischo Cognizant Supervisor Larry McCann Approvers:

CFDM Final Approval:

Deborah Lindbeck INFORMATION USE Page 1 of 1

Procedure Usage Requirements Sections Information Use

@ The user may complete the task from memory. However, the Sections 1.0-3.0, 7.0-user is responsible for performing the activity according to the 9.0 and Attachment 4 procedure.

Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.

Reference Use Review and understand the procedure before performing any Sections 4.0-6.0, steps, including the prerequisite section.

Attachments 1-3 Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.

0 Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.

If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.

0 Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.

Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.

Color Usage This Document Does Not Contain Relevant Color QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / RX DNA Procedure Type General Procedure Owner Mayra Alvarado

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Paae 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCO PE...................................................................................................................

3 2.0 RESPO NSIBILITIES..........................................................................................................................

3 3.0 DEFINITIO NS....................................................................................................................................

3 4.0 PRECAUTIO NS AND LIM ITATIO NS................................................................................................

5 5.0 PREREQ UISITES..............................................................................................................................

5 6.0 PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................

6 6.1 SYSTEM START UP..............................................................................................................

6 6.2 M ETEO RO LOG ICAL DATA ENTRY................................................................................

10 6.3 SO URCE TERM DATA ENTRY......................................................................................

11 6.4 PERFO RM ING A CALCULATIO N..................................................................................

12 6.5 PERFORMING A BACK CALCULATION USING FIELD DATA.....................................

13 6.6 PERFO RM ING A FO RECAST........................................................................................

14 6.7 M ULTIPLE UNIT DO SE ASSESSM ENT..........................................................................

15 6.8 SYSTEM SHUTDOW N...................................................................................................

16 7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA..............................................................................................................

17 8.0 RETENTIO N O F RECO RDS...........................................................................................................

17

9.0 REFERENCES

/ CO M M ITM ENTS............................................................................................

17 Section Page ATTACHMENT 1

Supplem ental Raddose-V Inform ation........................................................................................

19 2

PAR Assessm ents Beyond 10 M iles...........................................................................................

20 3

M ultiple Unit Dose Assessm ent W orksheet................................................................................

21 4

Sum m ary of Changes.....................................................................................................................

22 INFORMATION USE

J,,O, [

S0123-VIII-40.200 RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment REV: 7 SON Page 3 of 22 1.0 PURPOSE AND SCOPE 1.1 Provide operating instructions for the Raddose-V Dose Assessment computer code on the Radiation Protection (RP) computers in the TSC and EOF.

2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1 This procedure should be used by personnel qualified to ENCODE HPLDAC, to operate Raddose-V on HP Computers located in the TSC and EOF as primary dose assessment tool as directed in SO123-VIII-TSC, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Technical Support Center Position Instructions, and S0123-VIII-EOF, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists. S0123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment, describes a manual dose assessment methodology that should only be used when the computer system is not available (due to inoperability or lack of qualified operators) or for backup calculations.

3.0 DEFINITIONS 3.1 Cal OES:

3.2 CAPR:

3.3 CEDE:

3.4 CDE:

3.5 CFMS 3.6 DAC:

3.7 DACS 3.8 EAL:

3.9 EP:

3.10 EPIP:

3.11 ERDS:

3.12 ERF:

3.13 ERO:

California Office of Emergency Services Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurrence Committed Effective Dose Equivalent Committed Dose Equivalent Critical Function Monitoring System Derived Airborne Concentration Dose Assessment Computer System Emergency Action Level Emergency Plan Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure Emergency Response Data System Emergency Response Facility Emergency Response Organization REFERENCE USE

3.14 ERTD:

Emergency Response Telephone Directory 3.15 ISFSI:

Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation 3.16 KI:

Potassium Iodide 3.17 NRC:

Nuclear Regulatory Commission 3.18 OCA:

Owner Controlled Area 3.19 ODAC:

Offsite Dose Assessment Center 3.20 OSLD Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 3.21 PA:

Protected Area 3.22 PAPA:

Protected Area Personnel Accountability 3.23 PAR:

Protective Action Recommendation 3.24 PASS:

Post Accident Sampling System 3.25 PAZ:

Protective Action Zone 3.26 RP:

Radiation Protection 3.27 SCE:

Southern California Edison 3.28 SONGS:

San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 3.29 TEDE:

Total Effective Dose Equivalent 3.30 TLD:

Thermoluminescent Device 3.31 TSC:

Technical Support Center 3.32 VNF:

Verbal Notification Form 3.33 YPS:

Yellow Phone System REFERENCE USE

4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 4.1 Precautions 4.1.1 S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Actions Recommendations, requires decisions based on Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) dose assessments for the Exclusion Area Boundary (EAB).

4.1.2 An elevated release (lofted plume) may occur during cold, stable atmospheric conditions, or during an energetic release (e.g., expelled by fans, steam dumps or steam safety valves). If these conditions occur, plume readings close to the plant (within approximately 2 miles) may be lower than expected for a ground level release.

Although quantitative changes to dose estimates are not needed, consideration should be made for the effects of plume loft when directing field teams.

4.1.3 This procedure is intended to provide operating instructions for using Raddose-V Computer Code to calculate a dose assessment. SO123-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment, describes a manual dose assessment methodology that can be used if Raddose-V cannot be executed or if an independent backup assessment is desired.

4.1.4 When operating in slave mode, verify the control station has performed the calculation before printing any reports to prevent the report from containing results from previous calculations.

4.1.5 WHEN performing a Back Calculate Source Term/Dose Assessment, be sure to use field data location where the plume has arrived. OTHERWISE, IF the plume has NOT reached the distance from which you are back calculating RADDOSE V will calculate zero dose at that point.

4.2 Limitations 4.2.1 None 5.0 PREREQUISITES 5.1 Before using this procedure user should know which operating mode to select.

Raddose-V provides a Control/Slave mode to allow one work station to run the model as the control station and other stations to "watch" results (from control station) as slave stations. The model also provides an Independent mode where the station works independently from the Control/Slave functions.

5.2 Emergency Planning is responsible for ensuring the current copy of this Document is in emergency notebooks for use during declared emergencies and drills.

REFERENCE USE

5.3 Personnel are responsible for ensuring they use the current copy of this document when not in a declared emergency or drill by verifying this document is current using one of the methods described in S0123-XV-HU-3 5.4 ERO members must maintain one of the following task qualifications 7L1QWT, TSC RP Leader Qual. Walkthrough (Radiation Protection Leader) 7L5QWT, EOF RP Leader Qual Walkthrough NOTE Section 6.7 should be referred to for dose assessment instructions when there are accidents involving both Units 2 and 3.

6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 SYSTEM START UP 6.1.1 IF computer equipment is not already energized, THEN start up system by turning on power switches for computer, monitor, and printer. WHEN the computer's start up sequence has completed, THEN the Dose Assessment Computer System (DACS) program icons will be on the Windows XP desktop.

6.1.2 SELECT the icon on the XP desktop for the unit for which dose assessments are required (Unit 2 or 3). "DACS: Raddose-V" title screen is displayed indicating work station identity code XXXX, e.g., EOF1 6.1.3 SELECT [Continue] button.

(Raddose-V prompts: "Do you want to use automatic data from the network or manual data entry?)

NOTE In an actual emergency the data is pulled from Emergency Response Data System (ERDS) computer. In event that ERDS is not functioning or communicating to DACS properly, manual entry of data will be required.

6.1.4 SELECT [Automatic] to enable automatic entry of actual data from ERDS database.

OR SELECT [Manual] to enable manual entry of meteorological and radiological data.

(Raddose-V prompts: "Do you want to run in Control/Slave or Independent Mode?")

REFERENCE USE

6.1.5 SELECT [ControllSlave] to take control of system or to receive dose assessments as a slave station.

OR SELECT [Independent] to run Raddose-V independent from control station.

(ff no one is on the system as controller, then computer will prompt: "No one is in control, do you want control? Slave mode cannot be used since there is no control station)".

6.1.6 6.1.6.

To assume control SELECT [Yes]. This will permit data you calculate to be viewed by other slave computers on the system. (LF another work station already has taken control of system, THEN computer will prompt: "XXXX is in control. Do you want to be a slave, or run independently?")

NOTE A slave station cannot perform real-time calculations. A slave station can watch results from control station and perform forecasts after initial calculations have been made at control station.

1 SELECT [Slave] to be put on system as a slave station.

6.1.6.1.1 6.1.6.1.2 6.1.6.2 6.1.6.2.1 6.1.6.2.2 SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] to view data from control station.

To perform forecasts REFER to Section 6.6 OR SELECT [Independent] to take over control of system from current control station.

Raddose-V "Main Menu" is displayed CONTACT station that has control of system AND INFORM them you are taking control of system.

SELECT [Take Control] from Main Menu. Computer will prompt: "XXXX is in control. Are you sure you want to be in control?"

REFERENCE USE

6.1.6.2.3 SELECT [Yes] to complete process. (Computer will prompt, "Do you want to run in Drill Mode or Accident Mode?" SELECT [Drill] or [Accident] mode, "Inventory Listing" screen is displayed.)

NOTE Selecting [Drill] will cause program to take radiological and meteorological data from a database developed by drill planner for specific drill. Selecting

[Accident] will cause program to take radiological and meteorological data from ERDS database of actual plant and meteorological data.

6.1.6.3 6.1.7 6.1.7.1 6.1.7.2 6.1.7.3 6.1.8 6.1.8.1 6.1.8.2 6.1.9 SELECT [Continue]. "Start-Up Menu" is displayed.

DETERMINE which of the following conditions apply and go to designated procedure step To start a new assessment with system in proper configuration (neither of the following Steps 6.1.7.2 or 6.1.7.3 apply), GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.8.

To recover from a computer error that led to an unplanned program termination, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.9.

To recover system after computer was improperly shut down by a previous user NOT in this scenario, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.10.

SELECT [Begin New Incident] from Start-Up Menu to start a new assessment SELECT [Yes] to erase all previous data.

GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.11.

SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] from Start-Up Menu to recover from a computer error that led to an unplanned program termination. ("Continuation Data" screen will be displayed.)

NOTE The Continuation Data screen will display the date and time of the reactor shutdown, the date and time of the release, and the operators initials.

6.1.9.1 6.1.9.2 6.1.9.3 VERIFY accuracy of input data on Continuation Data screen.

SELECT [Continue] to return to Main Menu.

GO TO Procedure Step 6.2.1.

REFERENCE USE

6.1.10 SELECT [Continue Previous Incident] from Start Up Menu to recover system after computer was improperly shut down by a previous user NOT IN THIS SCENARIO.

6.1.10.1 SELECT [Continue] on Continuation Data Screen.

6.1.10.2 SELECT [Go to Start Up Menu].

6.1.10.3 SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].

6.1.10.4 To restart Raddose-V program, GO TO Procedure Step 6.1.2. "Accident Scenario Definition" screen should now be displayed.

6.1.11 PERFORM the following:

NOTE Trip date/time may be entered as a future time or time after release in the unlikely event of a release without a reactor trip. Decay correction of source term does not occur until reactor trip occurs.

6.1.11.1 6.1.11.2 6.1.11.3 6.1.11.4 6.1.11.5 ENTER date and time of reactor trip (Use a Date of 1/1/2012 and a Time of 0000 for a Fuel Handling Accident (FHB) Only).

ENTER date and time of start of release.

ENTER your initials as operator.

VERIFY accuracy of input data on Accident Scenario Definition screen.

SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.

NOTE

1)

DACS must be restarted in order that correct reactor trip time and/or radiological release time is being inputted. This will require all operators in "Slave" mode to logoff until DACS is restarted.

2)

DACS should be updated with a new time step every 15 to 30-minutes, in order to keep time step current. This should be done even if source term has not changed.

6.1.12 IF an accident related release of radioactive material begins, THEN CALCULATE an emergency dose projection every 15-30 minutes based on latest source term provided by the TSC Technical Team Mitigator.

6.1.13 POLL AND PRINT meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data approximately every 15 minutes. This should occur automatically if [Automatic Rad Report] button is enabled on Main Menu screen.

REFERENCE USE

6.1.13.1 6.1.13.2 To access meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data, GO TO Windows XP desktop.

SELECT [Historical Data].

NOTE

1) The following procedure steps describe how to input meteorological and radiological data to perform a dose assessment. Determination of appropriate Radiological data should be made in direct consultation with TSC Technical Leader.
2) Raddose-V can be used to track or forecast an "empty" plume which can be used to pre-stage field teams in anticipation of an actual accident related release. To simulate an "empty" plume use use a very low plant vent stack Noble Gas release rate such as 2.OE-14 Curies/sec to avoid hypothetical release data being interpreted as an actual release.

6.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA ENTRY 6.2.1 SELECT [EnterlEdit Meteorological Data] from Main Menu. "Meteorological Data Input" screen will be displayed. (Lf Raddose-V is in automatic mode, then Raddose-V will download appropriate meteorological data.)

6.2.2 IF Raddose V is in automatic mode, THEN GO TO Procedure Step 6.2.5.

6.2.2.1 IF Raddose-V is not in automatic mode, THEN CLICK on [OK] to enable manual entry.

6.2.3 Manually ENTER the following data by highlighting blank data field (displayed as..... )

AND manually INPUTTING desired value.

NOTE Double clicking on an existing value will allow value to be edited. Data is accepted by using enter key.

6.2.3.1 6.2.3.2 6.2.3.3 6.2.3.4 ENTER Wind Speed.

ENTER Wind Direction.

ENTER Delta T.

IF Delta T is not available, THEN Stability class can be estimated and entered directly.

REFERENCE USE

NOTE Unless better information is available use Stability Class D for daytime conditions and Stability Class F for night time conditions.

6.2.3.5 6.2.3.6 6.2.4 ENTER Air Temperature.

ENTER Precipitation.

VERIFY input data.

6.2.5 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.

6.3 SOURCE TERM DATA ENTRY 6.3.1 SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data] from Main Menu. "Source Term Data Input" screen will be displayed. Click on [OK] to enable manual entry.

NOTE

1)

Accident type should be a Fuel Handling Building (FHB) accident unless otherwise determined by TSC Technical Team.

2)

Raddose-V can evaluate three separate release paths simultaneously.

6.3.2 ENTER accident type by clicking the mouse in the cell for release path of concern in Accident Type Column. A drop down menu will appear.

6.3.3 SELECT accident type from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of accident type.

NOTE

1.

For Wide Range Gas Monitors (WRGMs), the pCi/cc value for "Lo",

"Med", or "Hi" channel should be used as long as those values are in the range of 1 E-7 to 1 E-1, 1 E-4 to 1 E+2, or 1 E-1 to 1 E+6 pCi/CC, respectively.

2.

For the Unit 2 and 3 Plant Vent Stacks (PVSs), if a pCi/sec is unavailable, then average the pCi/cc of both PVSs (use the pCi/cc of one monitor if only one PVS is available) and use 164,000 cfm release rate.

6.3.4 6.3.4.1 SELECT Noble Gas entry method by first clicking in cell in NG Method column.

A drop down menu will appear.

SELECT Noble Gas entry method from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of Noble Gas entry method.

REFERENCE USE

6.3.4.2 If Direct (DRECT) is selected as Noble Gas entry method, THEN ENTER Noble Gas release rate in Curies per second in NG Rel Rate (Ci/s) field.

6.3.4.3 ENSURE Noble Gas source term data is entered using units specified in Noble Gas entry method drop down menu.

6.3.5 SELECT Iodine entry method by first clicking in cell in I Method column. A drop down menu will appear.

6.3.5.1 SELECT the Direct (DRECT) Iodine entry method from drop down menu by double clicking in first cell of row containing description of Iodine entry method.

6.3.6 ENTER Iodine release rate as '0' in Curies per second in I Rel Rate (Ci/s) field.

6.3.7 VERIFY accuracy of inputs on Source Term Data Input Screen.

6.3.7.1 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.

6.4 PERFORMING A CALCULATION 6.4.1 From Main Menu, SELECT [Perform Calculations].

NOTE

1) Computer will calculate dose rates for defined plume segment, and will calculate dose rates and plume segment movement for plume segments already released. Once completed, program displays 10-mile Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) map.
2) After calculation has been performed, slave computer will be able to view data.

6.4.2 SELECT [Continue] to remove map. ("Output Menu" will be displayed).

6.4.3 From Output Menu, SELECT [Go to Report Menu].

6.4.4 6.4.5 NOTE

1) Unless other options have been requested, print the following reports from Report Menu.
2) Selecting [Print reports ODAC Forms and Maps] will print a multi-page report of greater than 10 pages.

From Report Menu, SELECT [Print Header Pages].

From Report Menu, SELECT [Print 2-mile Map].

REFERENCE USE

6.4.6 CLICK on [Return to Output Menu].

6.4.7 From Output Menu, SELECT [Return to Main Menu] to return to Main Menu.

NOTE

[Continue Calculations] also returns to Main Menu.

6.4.8 CONTINUE running dose assessments on 15 minute plume segments approximately every 15 minutes with source term data provided by TSC Technical Team Mitigator or TSC Technical Leader.

6.4.9 ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.

6.5 PERFORMING A BACK CALCULATION USING FIELD DATA NOTE

1) To perform a back calculation at least one plume segment must have been entered and calculated. Distance and bearing where field measurement is taken is critical to calculation of proper X/Q value. Bearing is expressed in "degrees to" field location and will be 1800 out of phase with wind direction which is expressed as "degrees from".
2) Back calculation assumes actual field or PIC readings are centerline of plume. If this assumption is not correct, Raddose-V calculated values and field or PIC value comparisons may not match.

CAUTION When performing a back calculation from field data, Raddose-V uses Iodine to Noble Gas ratio from previous plume step. This value must be checked to ensure it is still applicable or significant miscalculations could occur.

6.5.1 From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data].

6.5.2 At "Source Term Data Input Screen", SELECT (BACK) from drop down menu for Noble Gas method. This will open "Back Calculation of Release Rate" screen.

6.5.3 SELECT Noble Gas method (either PIC or actual field measurements).

6.5.4 SELECT Iodine 1-131 concentration method.

6.5.5 6.5.5.1 IF field measurement data is being used, THEN ENTER distance and bearing from the plant for field reading.

ENTER Closed Window field measurement in mR/hr.

REFERENCE USE

44ft-O 501 23-VIII-40.200 (t'Th*.

RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment REV: 7 SONGs Page 14 of 22 6.5.5.2 6.5.5.2.1 ENTER [LCi/CC 1-131 value of "0".

6.5.6 IF PIC data is being used, THEN ENTER PIC ID# and PIC reading in mR/hr.

6.5.6.1 VERIFY input data.

6.5.6.2 SELECT [OK] to return to Source Term Data Input Screen.

6.5.7 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.

6.5.8 PERFORM calculations AND PRINT reports as described in Section 6.4.

6.5.9 CONTINUE to poll meteorological, radiation monitor, and PIC data as time allows.

6.5.10 ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.

6.6 PERFORMING A FORECAST NOTE

1) At least one plume segment must be calculated before forecasts can be performed.
2) Tracking or forecasting an "empty" plume may be used to pre-stage field teams in anticipation of an actual accident related release. To simulate an "empty" plume use a very low plant vent stack Noble Gas release rate such as 2.OE-14 Curies/sec to avoid hypothetical release data being interpreted as an actual release.
3) All printouts of "empty" plume calculations should be clearly identified with phrase "No Release" written on printout(s).
4) All "WHAT IF" plume calculations should be clearly identified with "WHAT IF" written on printout(s).

6.6.1 VERIFY accuracy of meteorological and source term data.

6.6.1.1 From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Meteorological Data].

6.6.1.1.1 ENTER meteorological data for forecast period in current time step.

6.6.1.1.2 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.

6.6.1.2 From Main Menu, SELECT [Enter/Edit Source Term Data].

6.6.1.2.1 ENTER source term data for forecast period in current time step.

6.6.1.2.2 SELECT [Accept] to return to Main Menu.

REFERENCE USE

NOTE When proceeding with real-time calculations after having performed "WHAT IF",

be certain data in new plume segment is correct (edited) for real time data. A warning pop up box will appear to remind you.

6.6.2 SELECT [Perform Forecast] from Main Menu. A pop up box appears asking operator to verify forecast period. A default time of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> is displayed.

6.6.2.1 ACCEPT default value if 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> is appropriate; OR ENTER a different forecast period in hours.

6.6.2.2 SELECT [OK] to perform forecast calculations. [Upon completion of calculations, 10-mile EPZ map for forecast period is displayed along with PAG (Protective Action Guideline) information].

6.6.3 SELECT [Continue] to remove map. "Output Menu" is displayed.

6.6.4 From Output Menu SELECT [Go to Report Menu] to obtain dose reports.

6.6.5 SELECT [Return to Output Menu].

6.6.6 From Output Menu SELECT [Return to Main Menu] to continue calculations or perform another forecast.

6.6.7 ENSURE results of dose assessments are transmitted to appropriate slave stations.

6.7 MULTIPLE UNIT DOSE ASSESSMENT 6.7.1 COMPLETE U2 Dose Assessment following sections 6.1.through 6.4.

6.7.1.1 ENTER TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on Attachment 3.

6.7.1.2 ENTER two hour estimate TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on.

6.7.2 COMPLETE U3 Dose Assessment following steps in 6.1.through 6.4.

6.7.2.1 ENTER TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on Attachment 3.

6.7.2.2 ENTER two hour Estimate TEDE value from page 3 of Header Report on.

6.7.3 ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 Dose Assessment TEDE on Attachment 3:

6.7.3.1 ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 TEDE values AND ENTER the total on Attachment 3.

REFERENCE USE

6.7.3.2 ADD Unit 2 and Unit 3 two hour Estimate TEDE values AND ENTER the total on.

6.7.4 6.7.5 6.7.6 6.8 SYSTEM SIGN AND DATE Performed By on Attachment 3.

ENSURE Attachment 3 is peer checked and the reviewed by line is signed.

ATTACH Header Report and 2 Mile Map for each Unit to Attachment 3.

SHUTDOWN NOTE The dose associated with a radiological plume should be completely assessed to the maximum credible distance before the RP Leader determines the Raddose-V program will no longer be needed and system may be shut down.

6.8.1 6.8.1.1 6.8.1.2 6.8.1.3 6.8.1.4 6.8.2 6.8.2.1 IF your station has been in control, THEN SELECT [Relinquish Control] from Main Menu.

Model will prompt "Are you sure?"

SELECT [Yes].

SELECT [Go to Start Up Menu].

SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].

IF your station has been running in either slave or independent mode, THEN SELECT

[Go to Start Up Menu] from Main Menu.

SELECT [Exit Raddose-V].

REFERENCE USE

7.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 7.1 None.

8.0 RETENTION OF RECORDS 8.1 Deliver all logs and worksheets used during response activities to EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or TSC Manager at conclusion of emergency.

9.0 REFERENCES

/ COMMITMENTS 9.1 Implementing Reference 9.1.1 Procedures 9.1.1.1 SO123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations 9.1.1.2 SO1 23-VIII-40.100, Dose Assessment 9.1.1.3 SO123-XV-109, Procedure and Instruction Format and Content 9.1.1.4 SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Adherence 9.1.1.5 SO123-VIII-TSC, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Technical Support Center Position Checklist 9.1.1.6 SO123-VIII-EOF, Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists 9.1.2 Drawings 9.1.2.1 None 9.1.3 Manuals 9.1.3.1 Operator's Manual for DACS/RADDOSE-V, Rev. 3, June 1998 9.1.4 Other 9.1.4.1 None 9.2 Developmental References 9.2.1 Commitments 9.2.1.1 None INFORMATION USE

9.2.2 Corrective Actions to Prevent Recurrence (CAPR) 9.2.2.1 None 9.2.3 Procedures 9.2.3.1 S0123-VIII-40.3, EOF Radiation Protection (RP) Leader Duties.

9.2.3.2 S0123-VIII-40, TSC Radiation Protection (RP) Leader Duties.

9.2.4 Drawings 9.2.4.1 None 9.2.5 Manuals 9.2.5.1 Operator's Manual for DACS/RADDOSE-V, Rev. 3, June 1998 9.2.6 Other.

9.2.6.1 Action Request 060301941, Assignment 3 INFORMATION USE

Supplemental Raddose-V Information I Attachment 1 SuppemetalRaddse-InormtionAttchmntI

1. All DACS databases "time stamp" data from the beginning of the interval. For the case of the 15-minute average data, intervals begin on the quarter hour. The data represent an average of the following 15 one-minute readings.
2. For the 09:00 record, the one-minute average for 09:00, 09:01, and 09:02...09:14 are averaged and reported. The one-minute average is actually the average of fifteen readings taken at 4-second intervals. As such, the actual time period of the 09:00 fifteen-minute average is really 09:00:00 to 09:14:56.
3. Raddose-V can back calculate a source term for dose projections based on field data including PIC readings. To use this feature the location of the field sample or PIC reading must be within the Raddose-V generated plume area. The field data should be entered in the appropriate accident time step coinciding with the field measurement.
4. Back calculation assumes the actual field or PIC readings are the centerline of the plume.

If this assumption is not correct, the Raddose - V calculated values and the field or PIC value comparisons may not match.

5. Raddose-V can be used to track or forecast an "empty" plume which can be used to pre-stage field teams in anticipation of an actual accident related release. To simulate an "empty" plume use a very low plant vent stack Noble Gas release rate such as 2.OE-14 Curies/sec to avoid hypothetical release data being interpreted as an actual release.
6. Occasionally, there will be a puff release during an incident or drill. Make sure that releases which stop are terminated in the Raddose-V program.
7. The accident type can change during an accident. Make sure this change is properly recorded in Raddose-V even if the source term values remain the same.
8. In the [Enter/Edit Source Term Data] screen do not attempt to enter rad data unless an entry method has been selected. Attempting to enter rad data without specifying an entry method will produce an error message "Subscript out of Range". When the error message is acknowledged the program will terminate. The user will need to restart the program from the Raddose-V icon in the DACS Program group.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1

_J *'Di'O SO123-VIII-40.200 RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment REV: 7 SoNGS Page 20 of 22 PAR Assessments Beyond 10 Miles In an extreme radiological release under adverse meteorological conditions there is a potential that Plume exposure PAR's may need to be evaluated at distances beyond 10 miles. Raddose-V can assess dose rates beyond 10 miles by utilizing the Point-of-Interest Doses screen. This screen can be accessed from the Main Menu by selecting [Display Point-of-Interest Doses].

The Point-of-Interest screen allows a user the ability to obtain dose rates and deposition rates at any point within the 50-mile Ingestion Pathway Zone (IPZ). When the screen is first entered, the maximum dose rates and deposition rates at each ring distance (EAB, 1, 2, 5 and 10 miles) are displayed. For any other location, the radial distance in miles and the bearing in degrees can be entered to assess the plume EDE dose rate, TEDE dose rate, as well as a deposition rate.

When protective action guideline doses are exceeded at 10 miles (i.e., 21 rem TEDE) an evaluation should be made to determine the distance to which the Protective Action Recommendations should be extended.

The Point-of-Interest Doses feature of Raddose-V can be utilized together with an estimated release duration to determine the distance where protective action guideline doses will not be exceeded.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1

Multiple Unit Dose Assessment Worksheet I Attachment 3 One hour estimate:

U2 TEDE (mrem/hour) from page 3 of header report U3 TEDE (mrem/hour) from page 3 of header report Total (mrem/hour) add unit 2 + unit 3 Two hour estimate:

U2 TEDE (mrem) from page 3 of header report U3 TEDE (mrem) from page 3 of header report Total (mrem) add unit 2 + unit 3 Performed by:

(mrem/hour)

(mrem/hour)

(mrem/hour)

(mrem)

(mrem)

(mrem)

Date:

Reviewed by:

Date:

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 1

Summary of Changes Author:

Richard Garcia PAX:

83845

Step, NN, OrderjPr ot.her.

50 59 I. LrSection, 4 Acton c-Description of Change >qf, Reviewer(s),7.8 r

or Page 202596380 Removed references to SGTR, LOCA and Thyroid dose as they are no longer applicable.

See Table DNA Throughout Below Added additional guidance on entering Iodine release rates.

Document Reviewers:

Name:

RP Andrew Martinez RP Sandy Sewell EP Lucia Sischo EP Dan Cleavenger Cognizant Supervisor Larry McCann Approvers:

CFDM Final Approval:

Deborah Lindbeck INFORMATION USE Page 1 of 1

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 1 OF 73 EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION PAGE 1.0 O BJECTIVES.......................................................................................................................

2

2.0 REFERENCES

2 3.0 PREREQ UISITES.................................................................................................................

3 4.0 PRECAUTIO NS....................................................................................................................

3 5.0 RESPO NSIBILITIES....................................................................................................

4 6.0 PRO CEDURE.......................................................................................................................

6 7.0 RECO RDS..........................................................................................................................

21 ATTACHMENTS 1

Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirem ents.....................................................................

22 2

M atrix of Drill and Exercise O bjectives..........................................................................

23 3

Scenario Developm ent Team and Responsibilities........................................................

29 4

Drill Planning Checklist.................................................................................................

33 5

Controller Evaluator O rganization.................................................................................

40 6

Drill Preparation Flowchart.............................................................................................

45 7

Exercise Preparation Flowchart.....................................................................................

46 8

Controller and Evaluator Briefing...................................................................................

47 9

Controller Training........................................................................................................

48 10 Controller / Evaluator G uidelines...................................................................................

50 11 O bserver G uidelines.....................................................................................................

59 12 Security/Confidentiality Agreem ent...............................................................................

60 13 Participant Briefing........................................................................................................

61 14 Drill Report.........................................................................................................................

65 15 Definitions..........................................................................................................................

68 16 Developm ental Resources............................................................................................

70 17 Sum m ary of Changes...................................................................................................

71 REFERENCE USE QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA/72.48 DNA

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 2 OF 73 EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES 1.0 OBJECTIVES 1.1 Identify requirements for periodic Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises by references in Section 2.0.

1.2 Provide guidelines for development, conduct, evaluation, and records maintenance of Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises.

1.3 Establish a system for correcting deficiencies and weaknesses identified by Emergency Plan Drill and Exercise evaluations.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 NRC Commitment 2.1.1 SONGS Emergency Plan, Units 1, 2 and 3 2.2 Procedures 2.2.1 SO123-VIII-0.201, Emergency Plan Equipment Surveillance Program (EPESP) 2.2.2 S0123-XXI-1.11.3, Emergency Plan Training Program Description 2.2.3 SO123-XV-1 09, Procedure and Instruction Format and Content 2.2.4 SO123-XV-HU-3, Written Instruction Use and Adherence 2.2.5 S0123-XV-50, Corrective Action Program 2.2.6 S023-XXI-REC, Training Records 2.2.7 S0123-VIII-0.100, Maintenance and Control of Emergency Planning Documents 2.2.8 S0123-XV-50.CAP-1, Writing Nuclear Notifications for Problem Identification and Resolution 2.2.9 SO123-XV-ERO-2, Emergency Planning Oversight 2.2.10 SO123-VIII-0.210, Emergency Planning Drill Objectives and Demonstration Criteria

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 3 OF 73 2.3 Other 2.3.1 NUREG-0654, Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants 2.3.2 FEMA Interim Radiological Emergency Preparedness (REP) Program Manual April, 2012 2.3.3 NRC Inspection Manual Chapter 0609, Appendix B, Emergency Preparedness Significance Determination Process, 02/24/12 2.3.4 Form EP (123) 20, Emergency Planning Document Review Sheet 2.3.5 NN 201944331, Exercise Scheduling 2.3.6 NN 201974817, Identification of Drill Weaknesses 2.3.7 NN 202044191, 10CFR50.47(b) Identification of Deficiencies Identified as a Result of Periodic Exercises.

3.0 PREREQUISITES 3.1 Verify this document is current by using one of the methods described in SO123-XV-HU-3.

3.2 Verify level of use requirements on page one of this document.

4.0 PRECAUTIONS 4.1 Drills and exercises shall minimize interference with plant operations, maintenance and construction activities, consistent with achieving objectives.

4.2 Drills and exercises shall be developed such that interactions with the actual control room are minimized. When interaction with the actual control room is necessary, it shall be done in such a manner as to minimize control room distractions.

4.3 Security procedures shall remain in effect during drills and exercises.

4.4 Drill or exercise activities shall be suspended in the event of an actual emergency.

4.5 Electronic communications and data relating to the drill or exercise should be identified as drill or exercise information by prefacing them with the statement, "This is a drill." This statement should also be repeated periodically on communication lines (telephone, radio) which are kept open for extended periods or could be monitored or overheard by non-participants.

4.6 Scenarios shall maintain the safety of employees and the public and meet approved objectives.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 4 OF 73 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM) is responsible to:

Ensure the emergency preparedness drill/exercise program maintains the level of proficiency of the Emergency Response Organization (ERO).

Implement the site emergency preparedness drill/exercise program.

" Assign an individual to perform the functions of and serve as Drill/Exercise Coordinator.

Ensure drills and exercises required by the Emergency Plan are scheduled, conducted and evaluated.

" Coordinate with site management for resource assignment to a Scenario Development Team (SDT).

Ensure drill/exercise six-year plan is maintained and up-to-date.

Ensure corrective actions are identified and resolved for objectives "not met" and for weaknesses or improvement areas.

Ensure lessons-learned are disseminated or available to all ERO personnel.

Approve all drill/exercise objectives, critiques, and reports for each drill and exercise.

Brief the site management team and the NRC inspection team of the exercise evaluation results.

Ensure distribution or availability of the drill/exercise report.

5.2 Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement is responsible to:

Provide personnel from the training staff to assist with the development, validation and execution of drill scenarios.

Coordinate with the EP Department to schedule the use of the simulator for drills or exercises.

Provide remediation training for personnel demonstrating unsatisfactory performance during drills or exercises.

5.3 Site Management team is responsible to:

Schedule personnel to participate in the Scenario Development Team and participate in drills and exercises as controllers, evaluators, and drill or exercise participants.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 5 OF 73 5.4 Drill/Exercise Coordinator is responsible to:

Develop and maintain the drill/exercise schedule Coordinate all activities of the drill/exercise from planning through the final report.

Select the drill/exercise program and performance objectives from the six-year plan and update the plan after the demonstration.

Lead the development, validation and approval of scenarios.

Coordinate the assembly of the drill/exercise package and coordinate the distribution to the assigned controllers and evaluators.

Ensure scenario security and submit to the applicable government agencies when required.

Ensure drill/exercise controllers, evaluators, and participants are identified and notified of the drill schedule.

Manage the overall conduct of the drill/exercise (typically as the Drill Coordinator).

5.5 Scenario Development Team is responsible to:

Develop the scenario and drill/exercise package using the scenario development checklist in Attachment 3.

Participate in the drill/exercise as controllers.

5.6 Emergency Planning Department staff is responsible to:

" Assist in the development and validation of the scenario.

" Assist in the preparation of the drill/exercise scenario packages.

" Support the selection and notification of controllers, evaluators and participants.

Verify equipment readiness before the drill or exercise.

Support drills and exercises in the role of a Facility Lead Controller or controller Support in developing and maintaining the six-year plan.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 SO 123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 6 OF 73 6.0 PROCEDURE 6.1 EP DRILL/EXERCISE SCHEDULE NOTE The meaning of "drills" in this usage is intended to include performance enhancing experiences (exercises, functional drills, simulator drills, tabletop drills, mini drills, etc.) that reasonably simulate the interactions between appropriate centers and/or individuals that would be expected to occur during emergencies. For example, control room interaction with offsite agencies could be simulated by instructors or OSC interaction could be simulated by a control cell simulating the TSC functions, and damage control teams.

Exercises must provide the opportunity for the ERO to demonstrate proficiency in the key skills necessary to implement the principal functional areas of emergency response, including activities such as:

Event classification Notification of offsite authorities Protective action recommendation development Accident assessment Management and coordination of emergency response Assessment of the onsite and offsite impact of radiological releases Protective action decision making Plant system repair and mitigation action implementation Additionally, each exercise must provide the opportunity for the ERO to demonstrate key skills specific to emergency response duties in the Control Room, TSC, OSC, EOF and JIC.

6.1.1 The drill/exercise coordinator will develop and maintain a rolling six-year schedule of drill/exercise dates or approximate dates that allows demonstration of all major portions of the emergency plan over a six-year period.

.1 An annual drill and exercise schedule for the coming year should be developed before the end of each year.

  • Determine drill dates that involve outside government or supporting agencies by consulting the IPC, NRC, FEMA, and other NRC Region IV utilities.
  • Obtain Nuclear Organization management approval of the proposed drill/exercise dates.
  • Confirm the drill/exercise dates with all affected internal and external organizations.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 7 OF 73 6.1.2 Schedule annual/periodic drills to meet the minimum drill frequencies and types in Attachment 1 during any six-year period.

6.1.3 The EPM will identify which drill objectives will be evaluated prior to the drill.

6.1.4 Coordinate the required resources with planning and scheduling / work control at least 20 weeks in advance to include in the 20 week work schedule when possible.

6.1.5 Notify ERO members selected to control, evaluate, and participate approximately 4 to 6 weeks in advance of the scheduled drill/exercise.

6.1.6 Ensure the drill schedule provides the opportunity for all ERO members to maintain proficiency.

6.1.7 Any changes to the exercise or drill schedule shall be confirmed with all affected internal and external organizations, and approved by the Manager, Emergency Planning (EP).

6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES 6.2.1 Emergency planning program objectives in SO123-VIII-0.210 are the planning standard elements that are demonstrated annually or over a six-year period during drills/exercises, in accordance with NUREG 0654, Section I1.

6.2.2 Emergency planning performance objectives are criteria or measures that are intended to be achieved, by the ERO, during emergency planning drills/exercises to demonstrate the capability to meet the planning standards.

6.2.3 The selection of objectives shall be based upon:

" Objectives that support the offsite agencies demonstration of scheduled FEMA REP evaluation areas

  • Areas of improvement / weaknesses identified in previous drills/exercises (facility and/or team performance)
  • Review NNs/Inspection Reports/Drill Critiques

" Site or industry operating experience lessons learned located in CAP, INPO web site, NRC web site, NEI or RUG peer group communication or recommendations from site management.

" Revisions to the E-plan and major EPIP revisions

" Six-year schedule and objective demonstration tracking.

6.2.4 Ensuring drill objectives provide for the verification of the effectiveness of corrective actions initiated from previous drills.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 8 OF 73 6.2.5 Update Attachment 2, 'Matrix of Periodic Drill and Exercises Objectives' following each drill/exercise.

6.2.6 Inform the Emergency Planning Manager of any objectives that have not been performed within their periodicity per the SONGS Emergency Plan.

6.3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT NOTE "Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements," Attachment 2, describes the specific drills required by the SONGS Emergency Plan.

6.3.1 Acceptance policy for a scenario

.1 Acceptable exercise scenarios include:

Newly created scenarios.

Re-use of an existing scenario provided:

o Participants have not seen the scenario as a participant, evaluator, controller, observer or scenario developer/reviewer within the previous 12 months OR o

The scenario is revised such that the scenario is changed substantially by any of the following:

Initial plant conditions and components out of service Classification level and emergency action levels (EAL)

Specific component failures/malfunctions/indications resulting in escalation of the classification and EAL Specific component failures/malfunctions/indications resulting in the loss of a safety system function(s)

Plant radiological conditions Offsite release failure mechanism, release magnitude and/or release duration Meteorological data Initial protective action recommendation (PAR) and/or PAR upgrade Other as determined by scenario sequence

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 9 OF 73 6.3.2 The Biennial Exercise scenario must be substantially different from the previous biennial exercise and all integrated scenarios conducted between exercises that the key exercise participants have observed. (Failures and event classifications may be similar but the timing, basis for the classification and offsite radiological release should vary from the previous biennial exercise.)

6.3.3 The scenario shall be developed for each Emergency Plan site-wide drill and exercise conducted by EP.

6.3.4 Assemble a scenario development team from any or all of the desired positions described in Attachment 4.

6.3.5 Utilize the drill/exercise scenario package development checklist in and develop the scenario and supporting data and messages.

Ensure the timeline allows the opportunity to demonstrate the selected objectives.

Verify the scenario and timeline in the simulator and develop a simulator guide if desired.

Review EALs used during previous drills/exercises to ensure a variety of EALs are being utilized.

6.3.6 The scenario shall provide the necessary information and guidance to achieve the identified objectives.

6.3.7 Scope of the drill or exercise should be developed to indicate:

" Participants Types and extent of responses by the Emergency Response organization including extent of notifications and degree of simulation

" Offsite participation 6.3.8 Guidelines for Drill or Exercise Conduct should be developed and distributed for review by selected site personnel, including participants, prior to the drill.

6.3.9 After validation, the EPM will approve the scenario prior to commencement of the drill or exercise.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 10 OF 73 6.4 SCENARIO PACKAGE NOTE The scenario package varies with the type of drill/exercise, simple for a single facility tabletop drill and very detailed for a full scale drill or exercise. Performance indicator and federally required scenarios must include enough information to adequately evaluate those types of drills. Simulator generated scenario data is not included.

6.4.1 The scenario package may contain any or all of the elements listed in this section.

Sequence of Events: Time-line listing of all cue cards and activities that drive drill and controller actions. Included in the scenario are the initial conditions, a description of all predicted events with the expected time of the event and any associated anticipated actions the participants will take. This section is used by the evaluators and controllers during the drill/exercise as a prompt for issuing drill/exercise messages

" Messages and Cue Cards: Messages/cue cards are used to provide information to participants concerning simulated conditions or events.

Messages/cue cards are delivered to participants per the timeline by the controller.

o Message/cue cards will inform the participant of an event, conditions in an area, what they are seeing when they arrive or simulate a task or inform them of task completion.

o They are normally delivered to the participant when the information is earned but may be given earlier to keep the scenario on the timeline.

o They may be communicated to the participants using the written message sheet or verbally as determined by the controller. If messages are delivered verbally, the controller must assure no communication error occurs.

o Contingency messages/cue cards are delivered by Drill Coordinator or Facility Lead Controller to keep the scenario on the timeline when a major event has been missed or not completed.

o The scenario should document any expected data for classification, notification, and protective action recommendations (PAR).

o Prepared preliminary notification forms may be included in the evaluator package as an evaluator aid to grade the PI opportunities.

o Contingencies are identified for actions or times where the potential may exist for the progression of the drill/exercise to depart from the scenario.

Drill Controller List: List of controllers, assignments, locations and contact information.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 11 OF 73 6.4.1 The scenario package may contain any or all of the elements listed in this section.

(continued)

" Evaluation Forms: This material provides the demonstration criteria for each objective being evaluated.

" Meteorological, radiological and chemistry data: support data for both onsite and offsite.

Objectives: List of objectives to be demonstrated, applicable facility or organization, and extent of play (anticipated participant response to scenario events developed to provide a measure to assure that the objectives are met).

Summary: Time-line, narrative summary, sequence of events, hypothetical data, messages, and contingency messages.

Controller Instruction: Controller organization, communication network, allowable simulations, precautions, safety considerations, and lessons learned.

" Participant Instruction: General instruction to participants, including safety considerations, controller interface, how data will be available, and response expectations.

Joint Information Center support data: JIC material may be in a separate package from the scenario package.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 12 OF 73 6.5 SCENARIO SECURITY 6.5.1 Scenario security shall be maintained for drill/exercise evaluated objectives and unannounced drills. (e.g., Secure drill manual out of sight when stored at your work location and your work location is unattended, maintain control of drill manual or have other drill controllers assist, do not leave it unattended or open for view by drill participants during an exercise or drill).

6.5.2 Individuals involved in scenario development and drill/exercise control and evaluation need to ensure drill/exercise participants do not have advance information about the scenario to ensure the evaluations are equitably and consistently administrated.

6.5.3 Individuals who assist in the scenario development and validation may not participate as a participant for the associated scenario or drill.

6.5.4 Each individual, except Federal, State, and Local agency representatives, knowledgeable of the scenario scheduled for a biennial exercise are expected to sign a confidentiality agreement. A typical agreement can be found in 2.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 13 OF 73 6.6 CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND EXERCISES 6.6.1 Before the drill/exercise starts:

If offsite agencies are participating ensure objectives and extent of play by offsite agencies have been determined.

Notify facility participants and drill/exercise controllers of their participation and conduct briefs. See guidelines in Attachment 10 for controller/evaluator and observer briefing and Attachment 13 for participant briefing.

Ensure preliminary activities needed for conduct of the drill or exercises are taken. Use Attachment 4 to conduct drill/exercise readiness checks.

Ensure controllers are at their assigned location, at least 30 minutes prior to start of scenario.

Ensure controllers establish drill control communications at least 15 minutes prior to start of scenario.

Inform offsite agencies and/or offsite controllers of the start of the exercise or drill.

Inform the on-shift control room crew and the CAS/SAS operator of the drill and start time and any extent of play which may or may not involve the actual staff.

Make a plant announcement of the drill/exercise start and instructions for non-participants.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 14 OF 73 6.6.2 During the drill/exercise:

Start the drill/exercise at the scheduled timeline and following the Simulator Operations crew taking the shift.

Ensure the simulator events are run according to the scenario timeline and that the data is flowing to the emergency response facilities.

The Drill Coordinator controller may determine the need for modification of scenario information, or if necessary, with concurrence of the Emergency Planning Manager, the suspension or termination of the drill/exercise.

The lead simulator controller will inform the facility controllers when major events are about to occur.

If plant or personnel safety issues develop or ERO performance does not meet expectations, all Facility Lead Controllers shall inform the Drill Coordinator.

The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.

Facility Lead Controllers may resolve discrepancies in data or field information with concurrence of the Drill Coordinator.

Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.

All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.

Controllers will inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participant informs the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.

Evaluators and controllers will maintain a chronological record of sequence of events and participant responses in a sufficient detail in their assigned area to provide an accurate record of activities.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 15 OF 73 6.6.3 Termination of the drill/exercise:

The Drill Coordinator shall obtain concurrence from the Simulator Controller, Facility Lead Controllers, tfie Lead Offsite Controller and any participating agency (local, state, and federal) that all applicable objectives were demonstrated and evaluated.

Once concurrence is obtained, all controllers will agree on a termination time.

Drill/exercise coordinator shall inform the control room and CAS/SAS that the exercise or drill is terminated.

An announcement should be made over the plant paging system that the drill/exercise is terminated.

The lead EOF facility controller will ensure participating federal, state and local agencies and any state or federal agency controller/evaluators are notified that the drill/exercise is terminated.

The Facility Lead Controllers will coordinate the following activities:

Verify all participants, controllers, and evaluators have signed an attendance sheet and collect all the sheets. (Observers may sign a separate attendance sheet if a record is desired. Observers do not get credit for drill participation.)

Ensure that all drill/exercise paperwork is collected from each participant and ensure drill phone lists and all material stamped "This is a drill" is removed.

Hand out drill/exercise critique or feedback sheets to all participants with direction to complete the critique and focus on performance based issues. Collect all completed sheets after the critique is complete.

6.7 DRILL AND EXERCISE EVALUATION 6.7.1 Drills and exercises should be evaluated against criteria identified by the specific objectives.

6.7.2 Other observations of drill or exercise performance that require corrective action should be identified.

6.7.3 Corrective actions should be recommended for any findings identified by the evaluation.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 16 OF 73 6.7.4 Immediately after the drill or exercise, controllers should:

.1 Distribute Comment Sheets to participants following the termination of the drill or exercise.

.2 Forward completed Comment Sheets to the Facility Lead Controller or EP.

6.7.5 EP will compile the information from the evaluation forms, response records, drill data, participant comments, and other drill records and then should conduct a controller debrief to discuss these preliminary findings.

6.7.6 Manager, EP or designee should ensure the Controller debrief remains focused on evaluation of objectives, NOT the development of Corrective Action Plans.

6.7.7 At the controller debrief, determine if the items in the preliminary findings are critique report items, other findings, or not a finding.

6.7.8 The preliminary status of each objective is listed on a "tally sheet" in order to facilitate a synopsis review at the end of the Controller debrief.

6.7.9 Initiation of Nuclear Notifications should be assigned to the cognizant Controller.

6.7.10 Facility Critique - A critique meeting shall be conducted with personnel in each facility at the conclusion of the drill/exercise. Players should be provided the opportunity to self-identify errors and performance deficiencies.

Controllers should then provide additional observations and evaluations.

6.7.11 Drill participants unable to attend the post-drill critique should be provided an opportunity to provide feedback using the Comment Sheet.

6.7.12 Conduct Management Critique in accordance with S0123-XV-ERO-2.

6.7.13 Emergency Supplies - Emergency response supplies and equipment, including forms and procedures, shall be restored and maintained following drills and exercises in accordance with Reference 2.2.1.

6.7.14 Maintenance shall be notified of drill and exercise dates to allow them to schedule emergency tool kit inventories within 14 days following a drill or exercise.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 17 OF 73 6.8 CORRECTIVE ACTIONS/EVENT TRENDING NOTE Per Reference 2.2.9, all SONGS employees and supplemental personnel are responsible for promptly identifying, reporting, and documenting problems by writing an NN prior to leaving the site for the day.

6.8.1 Observations identified as the result of drills and exercises shall be evaluated.

In relation to applicable federal regulations, the SONGS Emergency Plan, and Emergency Plan implementing procedures, and Using the Significance Determination Process (SDP) specified in NRC Inspection Manual Chapter 0609, Appendix B.

.1 Observations are grouped in three categories as follows:

Deficiencies: Items which identify that the EP program or procedures do not conform to the provisions of applicable federal regulations.

Weaknesses: Items of documented performance that could have precluded effective implementation of the Emergency Plan in the event of an actual emergency.

Other Issues: Items not quality affecting or of regulatory concern. These are items noted for trending purposes and actions intended to improve the emergency preparedness program.

.2 EP personnel are to generate Nuclear Notifications (NNs) for issues related to 10CFR50.74(b) planning standards (Reference 2.3.7).

.2.1 Include the following information in the NN:

Is it a risk significant planning standard (RSPS)?

Is it a deficiency, weakness, or other issue?

The Division responsible for resolution.

.3 Disposition an identified weakness, deficiency, or other issue per Reference 2.2.5.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 18 OF 73 NOTE The Risk Significant Planning Standards are 10CFR50.47(b)(4), 50.47(b)(5),

50.46(b)(9), and 50.49(b)(10). All other 10CFR50.57(b) planning standards are not risk significant.

6.8.2 A Risk Significant [50.47(b)] Planning Standard (RSPS)-related drill/exercise performance weakness is corrected within 90 days of.identification or before the next ERO site wide drill/exercise, whichever is sooner (Reference 2.3.5).

6.8.3 A Planning Standard-related drill/exercise performance weakness is corrected within 180 days of identification.

6.8.4 Resolution of other drill/exercise issues (betterment) will be resolved within the next biennial exercise cycle.

6.8.5 Findings identified as Other Issues should be entered into the yearly drill Operating Experience (OE) Rollup Report.

.1 IF a trend indicating a potential weakness is identified, THEN corrective action shall be taken per Reference 2.2.5.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 19 OF 73 6.9 TABLETOP AND MINI-DRILL TRAINING NOTES

1)

Tabletop training is presented in a lecture and/or discussion format without exercising or evaluating the players.

2)

Mini-drill training includes player participation and evaluation, simulating elements of drills or special topics.

6.9.1 Tabletops/mini-drills should be conducted periodically to provide training to Emergency Response Personnel and to correct identified drill weaknesses or deficiencies.

6.9.2 Develop an outline and determine the objectives of the tabletop/mini-drill.

Consider the following topics:

Lessons learned from previous drills, focusing on the "Top Three" past drill weaknesses Facility changes Computer system changes Key personnel changes EPIP changes Training issues Resource materials update Telecommunications changes Administrative changes Emergency planning topics Industry events 6.9.3 Mini-drill preparation should incorporate the applicable elements of Section 6.3.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 20 OF 73 6.10 DRILL AND EXERCISE REPORT GENERATION 6.10.1 The preliminary report for the biennial exercise should be completed prior to the agreed upon NRC exit meeting.

NOTE Remedial Exercises will be required on a case-by-case basis when any of the following conditions associated with the biennial exercise occurs:

Confidentiality is compromised to an extent that broadly affects ERO performance The scenario does not provide the opportunity for demonstration of key skills The scenario is not implemented in such a way that provides the opportunity for demonstration of key skills ERO performance does not provide the NRC with a basis to determine that key skills have been maintained Additionally, the extent of State and Local participation must be sufficient to show that appropriate corrective measures have been taken regarding the elements of the plan not properly tested in previous exercises.

6.10.2 The final biennial exercise report should be approved by the Manager, Emergency Planning and distributed within 30 days of the exercise.

6.10.3 Reports for drills involving the formal evaluation of NRC DEP performance indicators and/or performance objectives should be completed, approved by the Manager-Emergency Planning, and distributed within 30 days of the drill.

6.10.4 Reports for training drills not involving the evaluation of ERO performance (designated objectives or DEP) are not required. Actions may be generated per the corrective action process in EN-LI-102 to address facility, equipment, process or procedure issues identified during the training session.

6.10.5 4 provides an example of a typical drill/exercise drill report to show the desired minimum report content.

6.10.6 The EPM, or designee, will distribute the report electronically to site management team members and emergency response facility leads.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 21 OF 73 7.0 RECORDS 7.1 Drill and Exercise Records - Data records, logs, etc., used by participants to transmit or record information shall be collected by the controllers at the end of the mini-drill, drill or exercise and forwarded to the Facility Lead Controller.

7.1.1 All controllers and participants including trainees, shall sign training attendance records in accordance with Reference 2.2.6.

7.1.2 Attendance records shall be forwarded to NTD for recording attendance.

7.1.3 Additional pertinent records (Response records, data records and logs, participant comments etc.), shall be kept until the end of the current 2-year EP Program Inspection Cycle.

7.1.4 Scenarios used to conduct drills and exercises by EP in accordance with Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements (Attachment 2) shall be maintained in EP files.

7.2 The completed written critique report shall be sent to CDM-SONGS within three months of the date it is signed.

7.2.1 The critique report transmittal shall include the signed critique report containing a list of drill objectives and the drill summary document.

7.2.2 A copy of the written critique report shall be kept on file at EP for a period of six years.

7.2.3 The written critique report should be made available to members of the ERO.

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 22 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 1 Periodic Drill and Exercise Requirements A.

BIENNIAL

1.

FEMA graded exercise - each State within the 10-mile EPZ of a commercial nuclear power site shall fully participate in an exercise jointly with the licensee and appropriate local governments at least every two years (Reference 2.3.2) (EP, OEP).

2.

Integrated NRC Graded Exercise - tests the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements of the Emergency Plan (EP, OEP).

a.

Off-hours activation once every 6 years.

b.

Unannounced exercise once every 6 years.

c.

Federal Agency participation once every 6 years.

B.

ANNUAL

1.

Medical Emergency Drill - participation by some, if not all, of the local medical support personnel and organizations (e.g., physicians, ambulance services, and hospitals) and shall involve one or more contaminated/injured individual(s)(EP, RP, SCE Medical).

2.

Environmental Monitoring Drill - collection and analysis of radiological sample media (e.g., water, air, soil and vegetation) both onsite and offsite (should include record keeping and communications). Does not necessarily include analysis of samples with actual elevated levels of radiation (EP, Chemistry, RP, Environmental Monitoring).

3.

Field Team Communications Drill - communications links between SONGS EOF and State and local Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs) and field assessment teams (OEP, EP).

4.

Fire Drill - participation by Camp Pendleton Fire Department (San Onofre Fire Department).

C.

SEMI-ANNUAL

1.

Health Physics Drills - response to simulated abnormal airborne and liquid samples and direct radiation measurements in the site environs, and analysis of these samples.

Does not necessarily include analysis of samples with actual elevated levels of radiation (EP, Chemistry, HP).

D.

QUARTERLY

1.

Fire Drill - at least one drill per shift per calendar quarter for SONGS Fire Department.

These drills are conducted in accordance with the Firefighters Training Program (Drills meet NFPA Code 600) (San Onofre Fire Department).

E.

MONTHLY

1.

Communications Drill - communication links with Federal, State, and local governments within the plume exposure Emergency Planning Zone in accordance with surveillance procedures. The surveillance procedure, when completed, will serve as a written critique (Operations, EP).

ATTACHMENT 1 PAGE 1 OF 1

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 23 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS (year)

Objective Ref.

Freq Drill Num.

Next Drill Num.

Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 1

Exercise must reach SAE or A

B GE 2

Exercise tests offsite A

B emergency response which simulates conditions resulting in offsite radiological releases which would require protective response by offsites 3

Exercise conducted back-shift L

A between 1800 - 0400 A

6 Y NOTE: Document requests for offsite participation and responses in the COMMENTS Section.

4 Unannounced drill L

A C

6Y N.1.b 5

Exercise conducted under C

6 Y various simulated weather N.1.b conditions 6

Exercise includes participation A

B by 1+ offsite agency 7

Exercise (should) include State A

6 Y of CA participation, w/offsites participating 8

Exercise (should) include A

6 Y Federal Agencies 9

Contaminated/injured person A

A drill w/some local medical B

6 Y support personnel participating 03.02.b.5 C

L.1, L.4, N.2.c, O.4.h 10 Environmental Monitoring Drill, A

A sampling water AND air AND C

soil AND vegetation from onsite N.2.d AND offsite sources, and should include record-keeping AND communications 11 Sampling AND analysis of A

S abnormal airborne samples IIII_

I ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 1 OF 6

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 24 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS __

(year)

Objective Ref.

Freq Drill Num.

Next Drill Num.

Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 12 Sampling AND analysis of A

S abnormal liquid samples 13 Direct radiation measurement A

S in the site environs (may be satisfied by #11 or 12) 14 Field team communications A

A between: EOF-State AND 8.1.3.7 EOF-local EOCs AND EOF-field teams 15 Exercise should include:

B A

accident detection and 03.02.a.1 assessment C

1.1, 1.2 16 Exercise should include:

B A

emergency classification 03.02.a.2 C

D.1, D.2 17 Exercise should include:

B A

notification of onsite and offsite 03.02.a.3 emergency responders C

E.1, E.2, E.3, J.1 18 Exercise should include:

B A

communications 03.02.a.4 C

E.2, E.4, F.1, F.2,H.6 D

8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 19 Exercise should include:

B A

radiological exposure control 03.02.a.5 C

J.3, J.6, K.1, K.2, K.3, K.5, K.6, ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 2 OF 6

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 25 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Objectives SONGS __ (year)

Objective Ref.

Freq Drill Num.

Next Drill Num.

Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 20 Exercise should include:

B A

protective action 03.02.a.6 recommendations C

J.7 21 Exercise should include: staff B

A augmentation 03.02.a.7 C

A.1, A.3, A.4, B.7, B.8, B.9 22 Exercise should include: shift B

A staffing 03.02.a.8 C

B.1, B.2, B.3, B.5 D

Table 2 23 Exercise w/Off-hours staffing L

A (1800 -0400)

B 6 Y 03.02.b.1 NOTE: Document requests for C

offsite participation and N.1.b responses in the (Rev. 1, COMMENTS Section.

Supp. 1) 24 Exercise w/Activation of Joint G

B Information Center Table 4 B

6Y 03.02.b.2 C

G.3, G.4 25 Exercise w/Use of Fire Control B

6 Y Teams 03.02.b.3 C

N.2.b, O.4.d 26 Exercise w/Use of First Aid B

6 Y and/or rescue teams 03.02.b.4 C

K.1, K.2, K.3, K.4, K.5, L.2, O.4.f ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 3 OF 6

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 26 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Obiectives SONGS (year)

Objective Ref.

Freq Drill Num.

Next Drill Num.

Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 27 Exercise w/security personnel B

6 Y providing prompt access for 03.02.b.7 emergency equipment and C

support O.4.d 28 Exercise w/use of backup B

6 Y communications 03.02.b.8 C

F. 1 29 Exercise w/rumor control G

B Table 4 B

6Y 03.02.b.9 C

G.4.c 30 Exercise w/use of emergency B

6 Y power (where not a part of 03.02.b.10 plant safety systems, e.g.,

D TSC) 8.2.1 31 Exercise w/evacuation of B

6 Y Emergency Response Facilities 03.02.b. 11 and relocation to backup ERFs E

3.2 32 Exercise w/ingestion pathway B

6 Y exercise 03.02.b.12 C

J.9, J.11 NOTE: State of CA rotates this G

6Y frequency between nuclear Table 4 sites 33 Exercise w/field monitoring, B

6 Y including soil, vegetation, and 03.02.b.13 water sampling C

1.7,1.8,1.11 34 Exercise w/capability for B

6 Y determining the magnitude and 03.02.b.14 impact of the particular C

components of a release 1.3, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8,1.9, 1.10 ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 4 OF 6

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 2 SO1123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 27 OF 73 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Oblectives SONGS __

(year)

Objective Ref.

Freq Drill Num.

Next Drill Num.

Last Year Scheduled Performed Due 35 Exercise w/use of potassium B

6 Y iodide 03.02. b. 16 C

J.6.c 36 Exercise w/assembly and B

6 Y accountability 03.02.b. 17 C

J.5 37 Exercise w/recovery and B

6 Y reentry 03.02.b.18 C

M.1 38 Exercise with Severe Accident H

3 Y Management 39 Exercise with Hostile J

6 Y Action-Based Scenario 40 Exercise with Extensive K

6Y Damage Mitigation 41 Exercise with B.5.b Time-M 8Y Sensitive Action

- Depressurize and Make Up to Steam Generators (2 hrs) 42 Exercise with B.5.b Time-M 8Y Sensitive Action

- Make up to Spent Fuel Pool from External Source (2 hrs) 43 Exercise with B.5.b Time-M 8Y Sensitive Action

- Spray Spent Fuel Pool from External Source (2 hrs) 44 Exercise with B.5.b Time-M 8Y Sensitive Action

- Manually Operate Turbine-Driven Auxiliary Feed Water Pump (1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />) yy = last two digits of the year xx = last two digits of the drill number zz = specific drill objective number Freq. B=biennial, S=semi-annual, A=annual, Y=years ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 5 OF 6

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 28 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 2 Matrix of Drill and Exercise Objectives SONGS (year)

COMMENTS:

References:

A -

Emergency Plan B -

NRC Inspection Manual, Inspection Procedure 82302, "Review of Exercise Objectives and Scenarios for Power Reactors" (Superseded by NRC Inspection Procedures 71114.01 and 71151. Retained as reference for response to CAR 971100692-8 and AR 970601893, only.

C -

NUREG 0654, "Criteria for Preparedness and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants" D -

NUREG 0737, Supplement 1 E -

NUREG-0696, "Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities" F -

MOSAIC/RCTS commitment (provide commitment number)

G -

FEMA Interim Radiological Emergency Preparedness (REP) Program Manual, August 2002 H -

AR 060200801-01 J -

NRC Bulletin 2005-02: Emergency Preparedness and Response Actions for Security-Based Events K-NN 200105582-19 L -

Annual, unannounced, drive-in response drill, NN 201809145-CA0002 (beginning calendar year 2013)

M -

NN 201866328-CA0001 NOTE:

Review that all major elements are tested within 6 years.

All objective(s) due this year are scheduled.

PREPARED BY:

Emergency Planning Staff Member APPROVED BY:

Manager, Emergency Planning All objective(s) due this year were tested or Nuclear Notification(s) written and the objective(s) rescheduled.

REVIEWED BY:

Emergency Planning Staff Member APPROVED BY:

Manager, Emergency Planning ATTACHMENT 2 PAGE 6 OF 6

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 29 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES NOTE The Scenario Development Team (SDT) is chaired by the Drill/Exercise Coordinator, as designated by the Emergency Planning Manager, who has overall responsibility for the drill and scenario. The team size and members may vary and will be dictated by the desired objectives and extent of play of the drill/exercise. The following are recommended team member responsibilities. Team members will be selected and assigned responsibilities based on their area of expertise 1.0 Emergency Planner/Drill Coordinator Select performance objectives, extent of play, and evaluation criteria.

Responsible for ensuring that all data required to drive the scenario or to enhance ERO participant's demonstration of objectives, is provided in the scenario package.

Develop the scenario narrative, events and expected response.

Identify and coordinate additional resources, as necessary, for participant, controller or evaluator positions (e.g., offsite fire department, emergency medical services, peers from other licensees, federal agents).

Compile scenario data / materials in a standardized format.

Provide a peer review of scenario content to assure expected ERO response and technical content is accurate.

Identify operating experience, lessons learned, or improvement actions to incorporate into the scenario.

2.0 Emergency Planning Staff Assist in the development of the scenario and provide input to the Drill Coordinator.

Coordinate the simulator data capture and deliver to the EP group in a useable format for input to the scenario package.

Schedule simulator development and validation sessions in the Learning Management System.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

Provide a peer review of scenario content to assure expected ERO response and technical content is accurate.

Identify operating experience, lessons learned, or improvement actions to incorporate into the scenario.

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 1 OF 4

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 30 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3.0 Operations Senior Reactor Operator/Certified Fuel Handler Select and verify the accuracy of EALs in the scenario.

Provide details and develop all messages to be given to the operations crews members participating in the drill.

Determine probable and possible operator actions in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that the scenario anticipates actions and all actions are considered.

" Attend Simulator development sessions, as available.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

Create 'normal' Control Room paperwork, (e.g. shift turnover logs, Tech Spec log, Night Orders, and Danger Tag series) as applicable and ensure paperwork indicates "DRILL.".

Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.

4.0 Training Instructor Attend or conduct simulator development sessions.

Provide Simulator capabilities, limitations, and options to model given desired events.

Capture simulated data and prepare a hard copy of the simulator data for the scenario package.

Ensure a qualified booth operator is available to setup and run the simulator for the drill development and validation.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).

For exercises, prepare a hard copy of the simulator data in case of simulator failure.

5.0 Radiation Protection(RP)

Review radiological data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator or other dose models.

Provide details to be included in any radiological messages to be given out during the drill.

Determine probable and possible radiation protection actions in response to scenario events. (This is to ensure the scenario anticipates all possible and probable actions and all such 'paths' are provided for.)

" Attend Scenario development/validation sessions Provide on-site/in-plant radiological data to include re-entry team maps, if it is being demonstrated.

Assist in creating data for off-site monitoring team controllers, to include; plume maps, field team data, and open/closed meter readings.

" Assist in converting off-site data for use by state team controllers (e.g. efficiencies, instrumentation, etc.)

Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 2 OF 4

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 31 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 6.0 Dose Assessment (may be the same RP as above)

Review radiological data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator or other dose models.

Provide details to be included in any Field Monitoring Team or dose assessment messages to be given out during the drill.

Determine probable and possible radiation releases in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that the scenario anticipates all possible and probable release paths.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

Assist in creating on-site/in-plant radiological data to include re-entry team maps.

Create data for off-site monitoring team controllers, to include; plume maps, field team data, and open/closed meter readings.

Assist in converting off-site data for use by state team controllers (e.g. efficiencies, instrumentation, etc.)

Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios such as collection and analysis of samples.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill.

7.0 Maintenance (MM, EM, I&C)

Provide routine maintenance forms (e.g., WOs, PMs, surveillances, work packages etc.) for the scenario equipment.

Provide static information on work-in progress at the time the scenario begins (as required).

Provide details to be included in any maintenance messages to be given to maintenance personnel during the drill.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

Assist in determining probable and possible maintenance actions in response to scenario events. This is to ensure that actions anticipated by the scenario are considered.

Provide or recommend mock-ups to be used to provide realism for applicable maintenance personnel.

Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).

8.0 Joint Information/News Center Representative Develop messages to test the media monitoring, call centers, and/or public inquiry/rumor control of the Joint Information/News Center Provide the applicable controllers with the expected protective actions and probable EAS messages.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

Coordinate media monitoring scripts and expectations with the simulated media participants.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 3 OF 4

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 32 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES 9.0 Engineering (Mechanical, Electrical, and Reactor)

Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field teams.

Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios or scenario content.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).

10.0 Chemistry (as required by the scenario)

Review chemistry data presented by and/or retrieved from the Simulator.

Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field team.

Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned scenario data.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).

11.0 Security / Fire and/or Medical team (as required by the scenario)

Provide details to be included in any messages to be given to the field teams.

Provide and assemble all pertinent data for any assigned supplemental (mini) scenarios.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

Function as a controller/evaluator for the developed drill (as assigned).

12.0 Senior ERO Leader (Preferable CED or SED)

Provide oversight on the Scenario Selection and flow Provide concurrence on initiating events and correct responses for Classification, Notification and PAR related events.

Attend Scenario development/validation sessions.

ATTACHMENT 3 PAGE 4 OF 4

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 33 OF 73 Owner Status Lead Due Comments Completed Description or FIC Date

/ Restraints Date 1

Develop Drill Checklist (A)

-105 Provide Drill date or change of Drill 2

date to Assistant On-Line Work Mgr in

-105 15-Week Work Window (SSR) (A)

Choose Scenario Development Team (A)

-84 Schedule Simulator time for line items 25, 32 and 140 (C)

-84 Coordinate EP Sim. Dev. Sched. w/

OPS & NTD (B)

-84 6

Review Drill Requirements/Objectives

-56 6

(A)

Review NNs/Inspection Reports (A) 7

-56 8

Develop Confidentiality Form (A)

-56 Meet to Develop Original Scope (A)

Draft Mock NRC Team Roster 10

-56 Determine if state will participate on Blue Phone (B)

-49 Determine YPS stations that will 12 participate in drill (B)

-49 13 Develop Drill-Specific Objectives (A) 14 Develop Offsite Objectives (A)-49 15 Develop JIC Objectives (A)

-49 16 Design Basic Scenario (G)

-49 17 Prepare draft Drill Participant Roster 49 (B)

Drill Planning Meeting (P) 18

-49 Sched. Rooms for Controller Debrief 19 (C)

-42 20 Sched. Rooms for Management

-42 Critique (C)

Sched. Room for Controller Pre-drill 21 Brief (C)

-42 22 Sched. Venues for Pre-drill Briefing (C)

-42 23 Sched. Venues for Walkthroughs (C)

-42 Schedule VP/Station Mgr. Pre & Post 42 24 Drill Briefing (C)

-42 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 1 OF 7

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 34 OF 73 Status Due Comments Completed Description or F/C Date

/ Restraints Date 25 Simulator Run #1 (Verification) (G)

-42 26 Drill Planning Meeting (P)

-42 27 Finalize Mock NRC Team Roster

-42 28 Schedule Offsite Controller Briefing (C) 35 Identify Required Drill Controller 29 Positions (B)

-35 30 Schedule Required Drill Controllers (B)

-35 31 Draft/Submit VP letter to Mgr./Supv. (K) 35 32 Notify Meteorologist of Drill (D)

-35 Simulator Run #2 (Validation) (G) 35 34 Identify/Develop Props (G)

-35 35 Identify/Develop Casualty Props (G)

-35 36 Drill Planning Meeting (P)

-35 Email Evacuation Drill EPB to Site Personnel (K)

-28 38 MTCE Develop. Session (P)

-28 39 OPS / SIM Develop. Session (P)

-28 40 Admin. Develop. Session (P)

-28 ENG Develop Session (P) 41

-28 42 Security Develop. Session (P)

-28 Develop Controller/Observer Roster and List (G) 28 Develop Offsite Cue Cards, including 44 additional "rumor control" for the ENC

-28 (G) 45 Inspect Evacuation Signs and Routes (K)

-28 Identify Local Assembly Area 46__

Supervisors (K)

Check Local Assembly Area Signs/E-

-28 kits (K) 48 Develop Patient Algorithms (M)

-28 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 2 OF 7

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO 123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 35 OF 73 Owner Status Ld Due Comments Completed Description or FIC Date

/Restraints Date 49 Drill Planning Meeting (P)

-28 Coordinate SSR with Security for Fire 50 Dept support

-21 51 Identify and Train Vanpool Drivers for 21 Site/Mesa (K) 52 Update Assembly Area Instructions (K)

-21 Email Assembly Area Supv.

Responsibilities (K)

-21 Email to Vanpoolers re: action @ Alert

-21 (K) 55 PRA Analysis of Scenario (P)

-21 Notify GOC of Drill (realtimesm@sce.com) (D) 57 Notify GCC of Drill (John Bocka) (D)

-21 58 Notify SDG&E of Drill (Mike

-21 DeMarco) (D)

Notify ANI of Drill (Ed Everett 860-682-

-21 1301-ext. 238) (D) 60 Notify Saddleback District Office of Drill

-21

& Reserve JIC (D) 61 Drill Planning Meeting (P)

-21 62 Chemistry Development Session (P)

-21 63 Develop/Transmit Communications

-21 Package (N)

Develop Cue Cards/Sequence of 64 Events (G)

-21 65 Develop Evaluation Forms (G)

-21 66 Develop Morning Report / Shift Relief

-21 Forms (G) 67 Develop Participant Comment Sheet

-21 (G)

-21 68 Develop Response Record (G)

-21 69 Develop Instructions to Drill Controllers

-21 (G) 70 Develop Guidelines for Drill Conduct

-21 (G) 71 Develop Objectives Document (G)

-21 72 Develop Extent of Play Document (G)

-21 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 3 OF 7

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO 123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 36 OF 73 Owner Status Lead Due Comments Completed Description or F/C Date

/ Restraints Date 73 Develop Raddose V Database (H)

-21 74 Develop MET Data (H)

-21 75 Develop Survey Maps (Onsite) (H)

-21 76 Develop Plant Data (Cont & Player) (H)

-21 77 Develop Rad Monitor Data (H)

-21 78 DevelopNalidate PIC Data (H)

-21 Develop Survey Maps and Data 79 (Offsite) (H)

-21 Develop Drill Participants Roster (D) 80

-21 81 Check Objectives Against Cue Cards

-21 81_

(G) 82 Develop Chemistry Data (H)

-21 83 Review Survey Maps and Data

-21 83__ (Offsite) (H) 84 Develop Attendance Records (Facility

-21 Positions)(G) 85 Final Review of Scenario Documents

-20 Prior to Copying (I) (P)

Notify Managers of Managers Critique 86 Meeting (D)

-14 87 Sched E50 Classroom for Simulator

-14 Prebrief and Debrief (C) 88 Coordinate Food Service/Catering (D)

-14 (Manager 3 Approval Required) 89 Add Observers to Controller List (I)

-14 90 Notify EOF Personnel of Drill

-14 Date/Time (D) 91 Notify Work Window Manager (D)

-14 Obtain site access for offsite controllers 92 (M)

-14 Develop Participant and Controller e-

-14 mail Lists (E) 94 Update Non-ERP Coloring Books (K)

-14 List of Exempt PA Personnel (K)

-14 96 Coordinate Siren Surveillance. (0.302)

-14 (L)

-14 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 4 OF 7

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 37 OF 73 Owner Status Due Comments Completed Description or F/C Date

/ Restraints Date 97 Complete Moulage Training (M)

-14 98 Issue final EPIP changes (M)

-14 Schedule Venue for Mock NRC 99 Training

-14 100 Drill Planning Meeting (P)

-14 101 Final Review of Plant Data Prior to

-14

__01 Copying (H) 102 Develop Pre-drill Briefing (J)

-12 103 Final Review Pre-drill Briefing package 103_

(J) 104 Develop and test drill recall message

-9 Assemble Controller Notebooks/Data

-8 105 books (1) 106 Email Reminder re: Controllers Meeting

-8 (D) 107 ODAC Pre-Job Briefing (J)

-7 108 Coordinate Closure of 70' lunchroom 7

(Jimenez) (D)

-7 109 Verify Casualty Scene Setup (M)

-7 110 Assemble Observer Package (I)

-7 ill Verify Simulator Setup (L)

-7 112 Notify Edison Operator of drill date/time 7

(D) 113 Notify Local & State Authorities of Date 7

and On-site Sirens (D) 114 Notify TCC (949-587-5500) of Date and 7

On-site Sirens (D)

-7 115 Notify O.C. 911 Center (714-628-7008) 7 of Date and On-site Sirens (D) 116 Notify USMC/State Parks of Date and 7

On-site Sirens (D) 117 Notify Marine Rec. Facility of Date and 7

On-site Sirens (John Preston) (D) 118 Drill Planning Meeting (P)

-5 119 TSC Controller Walkthrough (M)

-2 120 OSC Controller Walkthrough (M)

-2 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 5 OF 7

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 38 OF 73 Owner Status Lead Due Comments Completed Description or F/C Date

/ Restraints Date 121 EOF Controller Walkthrough (M)

-2 OPS / Simulator Controller 122 Walkthrough (M)

-2 123 Sim Cell Walkthrough (M)

-2 124 TSC Pre-Job Briefing (J)

-2 125 OSC Pre-Job Briefing (J)

-2 126 EOF Pre-Job Briefing (J)

-2 127 Brief NRC Resident Inspector

-2 128 Brief On-shift SM

-2 129 Raddose V Computer Operational

-1 Check (M) 130 Pre-Drill CFMS Test (M)

-1 HP Computer Data Entry (M)

-1 131 132 Disable Emergency Recall System 1

0810 Daily Test (M) 133 Pre-Job Controller Briefing (M) 0 134 OPS Crew Pre-shift Briefing (M) 0 135 CONDUCT DRILL 0

Sched. Mgmt. Critique Pre-Meetings as 136 required (N) 1 Post Drill Briefing of VP & Station 137 Manager (N)

Determine Number of Teams 138 Dispatched (N) 1 139 Develop Offsite Notification Timeline (N)

Develop Anticipated/Actual Timeline 140 (N) 1 141 Develop Source Term Projection (N) 2 Correlate Actual vs. Prepared Drill Data 142 (N) 2 143 Controller De-Briefing (N) 2 144 Apply Significance Determination 2

Process to Drill Findings (N) 2 ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 6 OF 7

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 4 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 39 OF 73 Owner Status Lead Due Comments Completed Description or FIC Date

/Restraints Date Develop Management Critique Meeting 145 Package (N) 146 Conduct Management Critique Meeting 7

(N)

Schedule NRC Critique Debrief 147 Meeting (N) 148 Post-Drill E-Kit Survey (N) 14 149 Post-Drill Notebooks Survey (N) 14 150 Submit Attendance Sheets to T2000 14 (N) 151 Update SO123-VIII-0.200 Objective 14 Matrix (N) 152 Post Drill Checklist Meeting (N) 14 153 Develop/Distribute Final Drill Critique 30 Report (N) 154 Archive Records (N) 42 (A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

(E)

Files (F)

(G)

Documents (H)

(I)

(J)

(K)

(L)

(M)

(N)

(0)

(P)

Preparatory Work Preliminary Items Scheduling Notifications Initial Controller Package - PDF Initial Player Package - PDF Files Developing the Scenario and Drill Developing Drill Data Assemble Drill Packages Training Activities Evacuation Drill Preparations Check Misc. Equipment Final Preparations and Drill Post-Drill Activities Drill Specific Misc.

Planning Activities ATTACHMENT 4 PAGE 7 OF 7

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 40 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 1.0 Controllers/Evaluators shall be qualified by completing controller/evaluator training within the last 12 months prior to participating in a drill/exercise.

2.0 Controller general rules Training and mentoring/coaching is not permitted during NRC graded biennial exercises or drills where the EPM determines performance indicators or other objectives may be evaluated.

Controller interface with participants is limited to:

o Messages and communications planned in the scenario o

After the participant has attempted to perform a task, the controller determines the incorrect method should be corrected on the spot (site training drills only) with necessary instructions to maintain the scenario schedule. Coaching for correction on the spot should only be for significant procedure steps or processes and should be noted on the controller timeline.

o Any inject to stop an industrial safety, radiological or security unsafe practice o

To keep the scenario on track or correct information that can negatively impact the scenario o

Communications between controllers shall be performed in a way that does not provide unintended cueing to drill players.

o Any inject determined necessary to advance the scenario in the intended direction must be approved by the Drill Coordinator.

o The individual designated by the EPM to coordinate the conduct of the drill or exercise is the Drill Coordinator. All drill/exercise controllers, evaluators and observers are responsible to the Drill Coordinator.

Drill Coordinator is responsible for:

The safe conduct of the drill/exercise.

Controller and evaluator pre-drill/exercise brief.

Establishing start time for the drill/exercise and coordinate the start with the controller/evaluator staff.

Interfacing with the Facility Lead Controllers to resolve any inter-facility questions concerning the drill/exercise scenario.

The Drill Coordinator should be stationed in an area where they cannot be seen or heard by drill players to prevent unintended cueing to drill players.

Determining the extent, if any, of "free play" that will be permissible on the part of the ERO participants (particularly in the Simulator).

Terminating the drill/exercise upon receiving verification from the Facility Lead Controllers (and State lead controller in an exercise) that the objectives have been demonstrated.

Stopping the drill/exercise if events have occurred which require that resources be directed to the resolution of an actual problem or emergency.

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 1 OF 5

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 41 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 3.0 (continued)

Advising Facility Lead Controllers of unanticipated simulator problems and scenario deviations / time adjustments, as necessary, (Only the Drill Coordinator can authorize adjustments in the sequence of events.)

Ensuring the following handouts are prepared prior to the drill and distributed, as necessary, to the controllers and evaluators during their final briefing:

o List of drill/exercise controllers and evaluators o

List of controller phone numbers o

List of drill/exercise participants for the applicable facility (optional) o Attendance sheets (Facility Lead Controller) o Evaluation checklists o

Scenario, messages, and timeline o

A controller will be assigned to each participating Emergency Response Facility (ERF) to be responsible for all scenario related activities in that facility and will be designated as the Facility Lead Controller.

Facility Lead Controller is responsible for:

All controller, evaluator and observer activities for that facility and its associated ERO team.

Monitoring issuance of scenario messages and completion of scenario inputs with Drill Coordinator Maintaining a comprehensive log of events to aid in compiling event reconstruction for the drill report.

Assuming the roles of simulated representatives for NRC and other agencies not participating in the drill.

Ensuring attendance sheets are completed for the facility.

Modify drill messages if required after approval by the Drill Coordinator.

Summarizing all participant/evaluator/controller comments and evaluations on performance.

Preparing the drill report for their facility.

o Controllers are responsible for:

Verifying or completing controller/evaluator briefing and training.

Maintaining scenario confidentiality and signing a security agreement.

Providing drill injects to the participants and keeping the scenario on track by ensuring that the actions of the participants do not jeopardize the rest of the scenario.

Keeping a chronological timeline of events/problems for the area controlling.

Ensuring the work place and facilities are left in a restored state when the drill/exercise is over.

Attending the facility critique, unless excused ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 2 OF 5

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 42 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION o

Controller Instructions Before the drill/exercise o

Be familiar with the overall exercise scenario and the performance objectives for the assigned area.

o Review the appropriate procedures and protocols.

o Attend the required controller and evaluator briefing.

o Maintain scenario confidentially.

o Report to the assigned location approximately 30 minutes before start time.

o Establish controller communications (bridge line and/or radio approximately 15 minutes before start time.

o Clearly identify yourself as a controller or evaluator at the beginning of the drill/exercise and/or wear controller identification.

o Remind participants to use identification tools (e.g., badges, vests, arm bands).

During the drill/exercise o

Avoid personal conversations with any participant.

o Do not provide information unless it is requested or earned by the participants and then, only within the limits of the scenario.

o Do not give information to the participants regarding event progress or resolution of problems encountered by others. Participants are expected to obtain information through their own resources.

o Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.

o All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.

o Do not accelerate the drill/exercise by providing information ahead of schedule.

o Suspend local play for safety reasons and, if necessary, recommend to the Drill Coordinator the suspension of the whole drill.

o Inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participants inform the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.

o Controller in the simulator should communicate with the EP facility controllers, using the controller phones, to verify the sequence of events are occurring as planned and adequate time is given for objective demonstration and evaluation.

o The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.

o Ensure the use of "This is a drill" in communications to outside of the facility by controllers, evaluators, and participants and coach on-the-spot, if necessary, for plant announcements or communication offsite.

0 Maintain a chronological log and ensure key events and times are captured.

o Log any scenario discrepancies.

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 3 OF 5

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 43 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 6.0 (continued)

After the drill/exercise o

Ensure the facility is restored to a readiness condition.

o Attend meeting held by the Facility Lead Controller to identify control issues that may have affected the performance of participants.

o Distribute and collect copies of participant feedback forms (coordinate with the lead controller in the facility).

o Collect the completed logs and procedure checklists at the end of the drill/exercise.

o If asked for impressions of how things went before the participant self-critique, specific issues or problems should not be discussed.

o Attend the facility critique and provide feedback at the end of the participant self-critique on issues not identified and critiqued by the participants. Evaluate the effectiveness of the participant self-critique o

Summarize notes and prepare for the controller and evaluator debrief.

o Summarize all participantlevaluator/controller comments and evaluations on facility performance for the report.

o Evaluators are responsible for:

Determining gaps or weaknesses in response capability. One or more evaluators will be assigned to each facility.

Evaluating the performance of the entire organization and plan as opposed to that of individuals and focus on results not processes.

Evaluating Individual performance of key decision-makers or of critical tasks (e.g.,

notification, dose assessment) may be evaluated to assess training or remedial training needs.

Objectively observinge response actions and make detailed notes on the sequence of events that can later be analyzed to identify response problems and their cause.

o Evaluator Instructions Before the drill/exercise o

Be familiar with the overall exercise scenario and the performance objectives for the assigned area.

o Review the appropriate procedures and protocols.

o Attend the required controller and evaluator briefing.

o Maintain scenario confidentially.

o Report to the assigned location approximately 30 minutes before start time.

o Establish controller communications (bridge line and/or radio approximately 15 minutes before start time.

o Clearly identify yourself as a controller or evaluator at the beginning of the drill/exercise and/or wear controller identification.

Remind participants to use identification tools (e.g., badges, vests, arm bands).

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 4 OF 5

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VI 11-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 44 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 5 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION 8.0 (continued)

During the drill/exercise o

Avoid personal conversations with any participant.

o Do not provide information unless it is requested or earned by the participants and then, only within the limits of the scenario.

o Do not give information to the participants regarding event progress or resolution of problems encountered by others. Participants are expected to obtain information through their own resources.

o Controllers shall distribute messages and cues as scheduled in the scenario with concurrence of the Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator.

o All controllers will inform the Facility Lead Controller of problems encountered that impact the timeline and completion of major events.

o Do not accelerate the drill/exercise by providing information ahead of schedule.

o Suspend local play for safety reasons and, if necessary, recommend to the Drill Coordinator the suspension of the whole drill.

o Inform the simulator controller of events in the field before the participants inform the operating crew so that simulator fidelity is maintained.

o Controller in the simulator should communicate with the EP facility controllers, using the controller phones, to verify the sequence of events are occurring as planned and adequate time is given for objective demonstration and evaluation.

o The OSC controller will keep the simulator controller informed of the dispatch and return of teams.

o Ensure the use of "This is a drill" in communications to outside of the facility by controllers, evaluators, and participants and coach on-the-spot, if necessary, for plant announcements or communication offsite.

o Maintain a chronological log and ensure key events and times are captured.

o Log any scenario discrepancies.

After the drill/exercise o

Ensure the facility is restored to a readiness condition.

o Attend meeting held by the Facility Lead Controller to identify control issues that may have affected the performance of participants.

o Distribute and collect copies of participant feedback forms (coordinate with the lead controller in the facility).

o Collect the completed logs and procedure checklists at the end of the drill/exercise.

o If asked for impressions of how things went before the participant self-critique, specific issues or problems should not be discussed.

o Attend the facility critique and provide feedback at the end of the participant self-critique on issues not identified and critiqued by the participants. Evaluate the effectiveness of the participant self-critique o

Summarize notes and prepare for the controller and evaluator debrief.

o Summarize all participant/evaluator/controller comments and evaluations on facility performance for the report.

ATTACHMENT 5 PAGE 5 OF 5

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 6 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 45 OF 73 Drill Preparation Flowchart Coordinate / Verify Drill/Exercise Date Determine objectives and extent of play by offsite agencies.

4, Assemble Scenario Development

Team4, Prepare Scenario Select and Notify Drill Participants Participant Brief /

Tabletop I

Select and Notify Controllers

& Evaluators Controller /

Evaluator Training (if needed)

I If desired, Arrange for Offsite Peer Evaluators Submit scenario to NRC Resident Inspector when requested 4

Drill/Exercise Readiness Checklist Attachment 9.8 4

SITE DRILL Drill Report and Facility Leads Lead Facility Corrective Critique of Controller Critique Actions Critique ATTACHMENT 6 PAGE 1 OF 1

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 7 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 46 OF 73 Exercise Preparation Flowchart Coordinate / Verify Determine objectives Submit objectives and Exercise Date offsite agencies.

extent of play to T-360 days T-10 Dag es.

FEMA T-90 days T-2 Dy L

Assemble Scenario Development Team Prepare Scenario Select and Select and Solicit /

Notify Notify Arrange for Exercise Controllers &

Offsite Peer Participants Evaluators Evaluators Participant Brief /

Tabletop F

otole ControllerI Evaluator Training (if needed)4 Submit Scenario Miscellaneous to FEMA at Exercise T-60 days prior to Assignments &

exercise Arrangements Submit scenario to NRC T-60 days prior to exercise Controller / Evaluator Scenario Briefing Drill/Exercise Readiness Checklist Attachment 9.8 FEMA & NRC scenario briefing Exercise Report and Corrective Actions Utility NRC Debrief FEMA debrief Critiques Exit Exit ATTACHMENT 7 PAGE 1 OF 1

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 8 S0123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 47 OF 73 CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING An essential component of a successful drill and exercise program is the selection and briefing of a controller/evaluator organization. Personnel to serve in this organization shall be chosen based on their knowledge in specific areas. It is desirable to use ERO personnel as controllers and evaluators whenever possible.

Quality Assurance personnel observing the drill are not required to complete the controller/evaluator briefing, but should receive the observer guidelines.

Controller Briefing Checklist/Walk-Through Ensure all controllers have signed the current year's Confidentiality Agreement and that the current year's Confidentiality Agreement list is updated.

1 Drill/exercise scenario package Each controller/evaluator receives the scenario material (1)

Briefed on scenario security and signs security agreement for package 2

Review purpose and objectives of the drill/exercise. Include whether coaching from controllers will be allowed and if so when it is appropriate.

Evaluators do not coach.

" Activities for which PI credit will be taken CANNOT be guided or coached.

" Coaching is not allowed during a Graded EXERCISE 3

Review scenario timeline - review expected conditions for EAL, classifications and time frame for facility activation, accountability, protective 0

action recommendations, etc.

4 Bases for scenario events - explain the rationale for each event with respect to industry and previous site experience.

5 Review each player message and controller information sheet contained in the scenario package.(2) 6 Review any past ERO team strengths and weaknesses that should receive special controller/evaluator scrutiny. Discuss any risk significant standards o

that were not met during the last drill/exercise.

7 Drill/exercise ground rules - emphasize the need to not interfere with participant decisions and actions. Ensure each controller/evaluator has o

reviewed Controller Organization and/or Evaluator Organization.

8 Facility and/or participant evaluation checklist from EN-EP-308 - ensure each controller/evaluator understands the objectives for their facility and the 0

proper method for completing the checklists.

9 Review schedule and responsibilities for post-drill/exercise critiques.

E0 10 Review any past controller or participant strengths and weaknesses that should receive special awareness from the controllers.

0 ATTACHMENT 8 PAGE 1 OF 1

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1,2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 48 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 1.0 Controller Training - Training shall be conducted annually for all controllers.

The training should include the following subjects:

Establishing initial conditions and briefing the drill participants Specifying extent of play and activities to be simulated Intervention by controllers to ensure the actions of drill participants do not cause the drill to deviate from the scenario.

Use of cue cards Use of props and staging of simulated plant conditions and events Distribution of data Coaching in order to provide training Prompting of actions to maintain the scenario time line Documentation requirements including all interactions with drill participants.

Adherence to all HP, Safety, and Security rules Evaluation Criteria Evaluation Techniques Critique Process o

Conduct of player debriefings o

Review of identified deficiencies o

Eliciting player comments in the course of a comparison and analysis of anticipated versus actual responses 2.0 Controllers Materials and Meetings - Initial controller packages should be distributed approximately two weeks prior to the drill/exercise.

The initial controller package should contain:

Confidentiality Form Sequence of Events Summary Instructions to Controllers Controller Walkthrough Meeting Schedule 3.0 Upon receipt of the initial controller package, controllers should identify their drill responsibilities in accordance with the summary and sequence of events.

4.0 Controllers should attend the meetings identified on the controller schedule.

5.0 Instructions to controllers should include the following:

Steps for drill or exercise preparation Steps for drill conduct Steps for drill evaluation and record keeping Instructions for correcting and demonstrating proper emergency response Modification of PA announcements and other notifications for appropriate drill response ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 1 OF 2

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 49 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 6.0 Each controller package should contain the following:

Objectives Sequence of events Drill summary List of Controllers and communications information (PAX phone numbers, etc.)

Instructions to Controllers Guidelines for Drill Conduct Response record sheets for note-taking Participant comment sheets Evaluation form Individual cue cards which the controller will distribute Survey data for field team controllers 7.0 Each Facility Lead Controller should be provided a data book from which data shall be used or distributed and should contain the following:

Plant Data Health Physics Data Complete set of cue cards 8.0 The walkthrough should:

Provide detailed orientation of controllers on the particular scenario Highlight critical scenario sequences and review anticipated responses Resolve scenario conflicts or inconsistencies Review the manner of presentation of information or data to players Identify necessary props Identify procedures for review Identify controllers responsibility for evaluating players' performance against specific objectives 9.0 A final pre-drill or exercise meeting should be conducted just prior to the drill or exercise to finalize the preparations, pre-stage controllers and to synchronize controller watches as directed by the Drill Coordinator.

10.0 Late changes to the controller packages should be identified.

ATTACHMENT 9 PAGE 2 OF 2

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 50 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES The following information, as augmented, should be used to instruct controller/evaluators on functions and responsibilities for conduct during drills or exercises. Personnel assigned as controller/evaluators should be proficient in the area they are evaluating and briefed on these guidelines prior to any scheduled drill or exercise.

1.

The controller/evaluator organization is coordinated through a chain of command. Controllers report to their Facility Lead Controller who reports to the Drill Coordinator. This chain of command is vital for accurate and timely information flow and message issue through the controller organization; and allows for rapid dissemination of changes, if required.

2.

Evaluators are individuals assigned to key functional areas to document and evaluate emergency response actions. Evaluators have no responsibility or authority for controlling or impacting scenario simulation.

3.

Written messages are used to initiate, modify, and/or complete events posed by the scenario.

Controllers issue messages to pre-designated individuals, or distribute information sheets at pre-designated locations after demonstration of ability to obtain the information, as stipulated by the scenario timeline. Message/information delivery is assigned to specific controllers responsible for issuing the message. Controllers may ensure that ERO participants understand the content of all messages. There are two types of messages:

" Controlling messages are messages that pose hypothetical events or communicate data necessary to promote a response. Controlling messages are the primary means of implementing scenario events if any automated data source is not available.

" Contingency messages are messages that prevent, correct, or direct certain responses.

Contingency messages should be clearly marked and are to be used by controllers to maintain the scenario continuity or correct the timeliness of scenario activities.

Controllers should always obtain approval from the Drill Coordinator prior to issuing a contingency message and must record times such messages are issued. Contingency messages may be printed on colored paper.

4.

Scenario messages generally include the following, as appropriate:

Sequential number and type of message, either controlling or contingency.

Message Delivery Time - Approximate time the message is delivered.

From - Message origination and controller responsible for delivery.

To - ERO participant or facility to receive the message.

TEXT - Clear, concise verbal or written picture that should prompt a response.

Controller note - Notes including precautions; actions required to be completed by ERO participants before receiving message; subsequent controller actions, and additional information, etc.

Expected response - Generic narrative of expected minimum actions (i.e. inform management of the situation presented, mitigating actions the responder could take, etc.).

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 1 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 51 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES

5.

Controllers must not provide scenario information to the ERO participants or resolve problems encountered, unless ERO participants take actions necessary to obtain information. In the event of incorrect or incomplete responses; or if an ERO participant indicates lack of knowledge of how to proceed, controllers may find it necessary to coach the ERO participant with necessary instructions to maintain the scenario schedule. Prompting or coaching must be noted. When this lack of knowledge on how to proceed occurs in an exercise the participant is expected to be reliant upon his/her resources; however if it is necessary controllers may intercede only after is it determined actions cannot be completed and the action is necessary to advance the scenario as intended. Controllers shall take note and discuss actions during the post drill critique to resolve any confusion after the drill/exercise is terminated.

6.

The controller should confer with their lead to determine whether a prompt should be made. A contingency message indicates the anticipation by the SDT that an inject message in the scenario may be necessary. All prompting must be approved by the Drill Coordinator and must be included in the critique.

7.

Controllers may have responsibilities for issuing time - related process or radiological parameters. This information should only be issued if ERO participants' actions would allow them access to the information if it were an actual event.

8.

Scenario data must not be issued prior to ERO participants performing the necessary actions required to obtain the data.

9.

Scenario material is to be treated as confidential and must not be provided to ERO participants prematurely; i.e., scenario books and messages must not be left unattended.

10.

Scenario events are hypothetical. NO actions or reactions involving operation of plant systems or affecting operability or emergency preparedness should be initiated.

11.

Some ERO participants may insist that events or times are unrealistic. The scenario should be based on real world failures when possible. Controllers have the authority to clarify questions critical to the continuity of the simulation or demonstration of objectives. It may be necessary to state, "This is due to requirements of the scenario for the ERO to demonstrate emergency plan implementation ". Ensure that ERO participants are aware they are being given credit for all actions.

12.

NRC Performance Indicators of classification, notification, and protective action recommendations should be discussed with controllers and times documented by each facility.

Controllers shall not intervene, prompt or provide guidance during these opportunities of the scenario timeline.

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 2 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 52 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES

13.

Do not coach the following if NRC performance indicators are being evaluated and counted:

Classification of emergencies or indications that lead to classification. If indications that an EAL initiating condition exists but is not recognized by the ERO, coaching that the indication exists (not EAL) may occur after the time for classification (15 minutes) has expired and the classification is required for the progression of the drill. Do not coach missed classifications, the ERO as a team should recognize this.

" Timeliness of classification.

State and local notifications of classification or PARs or timeliness of the notification. Do not coach on errors on the notification form or call or the missed time limit.

" Protective Action Recommendations or indications that lead to a PAR or re-evaluation/upgrade of a PAR.

14.

Drills designated as non-evaluated training drills may have mentor/coaches assigned to specific positions to ensure positive training occurs. Coaching may be used to:

Ensure the participant adheres to the communications standard.

Coach or train the participant in the understanding of position responsibility, position procedures, interface with other positions or facilities, how to obtain information, or equipment required for the position.

Identify good performance or areas needing improvement or additional training.

15.

Controllers are not allowed to arbitrarily inject free play into the scenario. Any deviation from the scenario must be approved by the Drill Coordinator.

16.

The controller/evaluator organization must synch clocks to ensure messages are delivered at the prescribed time.

17.

Phone and radio communications associated with the drill begin and end with the phrase "This is a drill". Controllers are encouraged to interrupt and prompt participants with "This is a drill" if not used. Three way communications is the standard during drills.

18.

Controllers and evaluators must ensure that they are at their assigned positions and are easily identifiable to ERO participants.

19.

Controllers are thoroughly familiar with the ERO participant guidelines which establish the scope of simulation and emergency response. When any questions arise during the conduct of a drill or exercise, contact your Facility Lead Controller or the Drill Coordinator for guidance.

20.

As part of the controller evaluator briefing facility controllers should group together in a tabletop to walk-through and validate events and associated control activities.

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 3 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 53 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES

21.

Some reminders:

Maintain professional conduct during drills/exercises and critiques.

Become familiar with the controller/evaluator organization.

Perform a walk-down of the facility and areas you will control/evaluate prior to the drill /

exercise.

Make sure you understand the scenario.

Know what the ERO participants' required actions are.

Give yourself time to set up at your location Controllers shall locate the communications equipment to be used for drill/exercise control.

Position yourself to maximize your effectiveness in issuing messages, observing the ERO participants, or conducting your evaluation without interfering.

Identify yourself to the ERO participants. Wear the identification provided.

Issue messages on time. Make sure that ERO participants understand the content.

Verify that the scenario is running on schedule.

Document demonstration of objectives.

Allow ERO participants reasonable flexibility to perform their functions and demonstrate their ability, knowledge and initiative.

Take accurate, detailed notes on strengths, deficiencies, weaknesses, and improvement items. State facts, not opinions.

Complete any evaluation forms provided. Resist the tendency to draw conclusions.

Attend all scheduled critique functions and be ready to contribute.

Do not leave your scenario package unattended.

Do not leave your post at key times.

Do not criticize ERO participants' actions during the simulation.

Do not allow external influences to distract ERO participants' emergency response.

Do not allow simulation of equipment or supplies if they are actually available, without authorization from the Drill Coordinator.

Do not carry on conversations in the facility that may distract ERO participants.

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 4 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 54 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES BEFORE THE EXERCISE

1.

Read the Exercise Summary and Sequence of Events to understand Cue Card distribution and the anticipated responses.

2.

Read the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct and Exercise Extent of Play to understand what responses are to be simulated, and how far actual responses are to be carried out.

3.

Review procedures to be implemented by participants you will be observing to identify critical steps and error-likely situations.

4.

Note any additional information you think you will need to give the participants, including props and other staging materials. Identify this information to the Exercise Coordinator as early as possible.

5.

Review the Exercise Objectives and Evaluation Form. These are the performance areas you must pay particular attention to during the Exercise.

6.

Ensure that your Radiological and Security access levels are current and adequate for the areas you must enter during the Exercise.

7.

Prior to the day of the Exercise, contact any participants you expect to interact with to coordinate times and locations for briefings, etc.

8.

On the day of the Exercise, assemble and brief any participants who require staging. Review the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct and simulated plant conditions with them.

9.

Direct any participants who are pre-staged without authorization to leave the area.

10.

Inform participants assigned to OSC field teams that they MUST check with a Controller to obtain simulated Exercise conditions. If they are assigned to a team without a Controller, participants must check with a Controller in the OSC for simulated conditions prior to reporting status to other Exercise participants.

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 5 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 55 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES DURING THE EXERCISE

1.

Identify the Exercise participants in your area. Ensure they understand the Guidelines for Exercise Conduct. Participants need to sign attendance sheets to document their participation.

2.

CONFIDENTIALITY is crucial. Ensure that Controller Notebooks and other Exercise data are never left unattended or uncontrolled. Ensure your conversations with other Controllers or Observers regarding the scenario elements and timing cannot be overheard by participants.

Give participants Exercise conditions and plant and equipment status only when they take appropriate steps to EARN the information.

3.

Instruct participants that they are to carry out assignments as follows:

Walk through the assignment, performing such steps as retrieving tools, equipment and procedures, reporting to supervision and the Control Room Simulator (via radio or phone),

and wearing protective gear, WITHOUT manipulating plant equipment or controls, unless directed by a Controller.

Observe all Security, RP, Safety and Administrative controls.

Assume equipment works normally, unless told otherwise by a Controller or indicated by Exercise guidelines, props or signs.

Describe all actions and communications to the Controller or Evaluator observing their response.

4.

Record the actions of Exercise participants on the Exercise Response Record. Try to record a BRIEF OBSERVATION every 2 - 3 minutes. Document thoroughly but do not attempt to formally evaluate participant performance at this time. Note the following:

Time at which information associated with classification or PAR determination is available to Exercise participants.

Time of event classification or PAR determination.

Time of notification, and verbiage used.

Time at which recalled personnel arrive.

Information flow between Exercise participants.

Procedure implementation.

Actions taken in response to Exercise scenario.

Use of "THIS IS A DRILL" with all electronic communications.

Audibility and accuracy of PA announcements.

Location of any defective or muted PA speakers.

5.

Contact the Drill Coordinator or Facility Lead Controller if problems arise, especially if:

Timing of Cue Cards or responses is in question.

Response to Exercise conditions is different from expected Questions arise about how far to carry Exercise responses.

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 6 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 56 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES DURING THE EXERCISE (continued)

6.

Direct RP Technicians to use normal instruments for response inside the Radiological Controlled Area (RCA), and to use Emergency Kit instruments for response outside the RCA.

7.

If required, direct participants to use GMRI canisters marked "Drill Use Only."

8.

OSC Controllers:

Ensure Controllers accompany dispatched teams. Track assignments of teams already in the field, in case they are redirected to locations requiring specific Controllers.

If any additional teams must be dispatched without Controllers, then give them the instructions for participant response listed in item 3, above. Instruct them to contact you from the field if they have any questions, and to report their actions to you before reporting in to the OSC for debriefing.

If there are no radiological survey maps prepared for an area, then indicate that the readings are "as read." If uncertain, contact the OSC HP Controller.

While the participant's instrument is moving closer to the source of radiation indicate the reading as rising, while the participant's instrument is moving further from the source indicate the reading as lowering, and when the instrument is stationary provide the appropriate value.

9.

Remind Observers not to interfere with participants. Their questions should be directed to Exercise Controllers or Evaluators only.

11.

The Exercise will be terminated when all objectives have been tested and play at all locations has reached a logical stopping point. Facility Lead Controllers will be notified about 10 minutes before the Exercise is terminated, and should inform other Controllers and Evaluators.

12.

The Exercise may need to be terminated due to an actual emergency or at the direction of management. If the Exercise is terminated due to an actual emergency, the Shift Manager will declare the event in the Control Room, and notify the facility leaders over the Ivory Phone. If the Exercise is terminated at the direction of management, the Exercise Coordinator will notify the facility leaders over the Ivory Phone. If the Exercise is terminated for any reason, return the facilities to their pre-Exercise condition and wait for further instructions.

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 7 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 57 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES AFTER THE EXERCISE

1.

Conduct a debriefing of participants in your area immediately after the Exercise. This may be done alone or with other Controllers and Evaluators. The following specific items should be discussed:

a.

Brief review of the Sequence of Events and the Exercise Summary.

b.

Statement of any Objectives applicable to your area, and preliminary results.

c.

Brief description of any response findings.

d.

Request for participant response to the items above.

2.

Collect Exercise Participant Comments.

3.

Assist the Facility Lead Controller and Participants in restoring the facility to a ready condition.

4.

Complete the Exercise Evaluation Form as soon as possible.

5.

Explain any unsatisfactory areas.

6.

Note procedures, actions, etc., that worked well or were particularly successful.

7.

Make copies for your own use, then turn in completed original Evaluations, Participant Comments, collected Exercise materials, log sheets, etc., to your Facility Lead Controller as soon as possible after the Exercise. EVALUATION FORMS AND PARTICIPANT COMMENT SHEETS MUST BE TURNED IN AT OR BEFORE CONTROLLER DEBRIEF.

8.

Designated Controllers attend debriefing.

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 8 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 58 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 10 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR GUIDELINES OPERATING EXPERIENCE RELATED TO CONTROLLER PERFORMANCE

1.

From NN 201122755: A Drill Controller intercepted radiological survey information, preventing others in the ERO and the SED from having the opportunity to analyze the information and respond accordingly to determine whether a General Emergency Classification was warranted.

Per NEI 99-02 Rev. 6 and SO123-VIII-0.401, "if a controller intervenes (e.g., coaching, prompting) with the performance of an individual to make an independent and correct classification, notification, or PAR, then that DEP PI Opportunity shall be considered a failure."

2.

Controllers failed to coordinate with Simulator Machine Operator to display changing plant conditions in the Simulator prior to allowing players report their simulated actions. This resulted in confusion and interrupted the flow of the scenario.

3.

Controllers were observed eating and drinking when it was prohibited. Restrictions apply to all personnel involved in drills and exercises.

4.

Use of draft procedure for the Security Leader caused confusion between the OSC and TSC (steps and pages were numbered in a different sequence).

5.

The Chemistry Controller in the Reactor Lab did not ensure the proper sequence of interaction between the Reactor Lab and the Control Room Simulator. Conflicting information is a distraction to drill participants.

6.

Controllers allowed players to simulate an excessive amount of the actions that they described they would do (i.e., obtaining keys and tools; reporting to various plant locations in accordance with EPIPs).

7.

From NN 200503504: Controllers assigned to the Control Room Simulator and JIC need to look more aggressively for OE opportunities and document these findings to aid in improving performance in the CR and ENC.

8.

From NN 200937487: Drill/Exercise Performance opportunities were not included, as the confidentiality of the drill data may have been compromised when drill materials were left unattended prior to the drill by an observer.

9.

From NN 200931482: Controller and Evaluator drill evaluation forms are not completely filled out. It is just as importance to have a complete evaluation record as it is to have complete participant records.

10.

From NN 201023756: Drill controllers aren't always familiar with the subject matter enough to speak to participant's questions objectively. Controllers need to ensure they obtain information specific to the area they are going to cover.

11.

From NN 202405588: During the INPO observed drill it was noted that the Lead Drill Controller could be overheard by the drill participants resulting in unplanned cueing of impending events.

ATTACHMENT 10 PAGE 9 OF 9

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 59 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 11 OBSERVER GUIDELINES Observers must have the permission of the Manager, Emergency Planning or the Facility Lead Controller to observe in the specific facility. The following is a topical guideline from which pertinent topics may be drawn. The chosen content may be provided to observers by email or presentation.

1.

An observer is just that, he/she is to observe. Professional conduct should be maintained during drills and critiques.

2.

Always wear your OBSERVER identification in plain view.

3.

NO interaction with ERO participants is allowed. If you are asked anything by an ERO participant, simply state that you are an observer only. No other statement should be needed as ERO participants have been advised of the role of observers. Only time this will not apply will be for safety issues and concerns. Please notify Facility Lead Controller immediately if a safety issue arises.

4.

Minimal interaction with controllers is allowed. Any questions you may have may be directed to a controller, but controller duties will take precedence over answering your questions, especially during a drill. It is preferred that you simply record your questions and ask them after the drill.

5.

Observers may observe the critique and may participate (i.e., comment or ask questions) after the participants have completed their self-critique. The critique process is a vital part of the drill or exercise to be conducted by the ERO and controller organization. Comments about the critique must be left for the end or may be given to the Manager, Emergency Planning.

6.

Information concerning the level of simulation, interaction between ERO participants and controllers and scenario information needed may be obtained form the Drill and Exercise Coordinator.

7.

Do not carry on lengthy discussions with other observers during the drill in the emergency response facilities. Such discussions should be moved out of the facilities.

8.

Do not interfere with any drill activity. For example, use of the phones, stand in front of a status board, use procedures provided for the ERO participants, etc.

9.

You are eyes and ears only. If your needs exceed that, communicate your needs to the Facility Lead Controller.

10.

If you are an assigned observer, any food or drink provided to the ERO participants will also be provided to you.

11.

If you are being escorted, follow all security requirements (i.e., stay with your escort, etc).

12.

All observers shall comply with site procedures and practices for entry into actual security and radiological controlled areas.

ATTACHMENT 11 PAGE 1 OF 1

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 12 S0123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 60 OF 73 SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT CONFIDENTIALITY is crucial. Ensure that Controller Notebooks, Drill data, and Scenario Details are never left unattended or uncontrolled or discussed with persons not on the active Security Agreement.

[NN 201619612-CA0003]

Personnel listed below acknowledge that they are aware of confidential details of, or possess confidential materials for Emergency Plan Mini-Drills, Drills or Exercises, of which portions may be included in the Emergency Preparedness Cornerstone NRC Performance Indicators.

They understand that any information regarding scenario content may not be disclosed to personnel not yet evaluated until completion of the final use of the scenario in a single evaluation or series of evaluations, as indicated by the End Date.

They understand that report to the NRC of performance based upon compromised scenario information constitutes providing inaccurate information to the NRC and violation of 10CFR50.9.

Scenario:

Start Date:

End Date:

Printed Name Signature i

i ATTACHMENT 12 PAGE 1 OF 1

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 61 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING This section provides information to be provided to drill/exercise participants prior to the drill/exercise.

The information is intended to assist participants in understanding proper drill/exercise conduct protocol as well as the initial plant conditions and equipment status at the start of the drill/exercise. Information will not be provided which discloses any specifics of the subsequent scenario events.

Participants should be encouraged to ask questions about the drill control process, level of simulation, etc. This attachment should be utilized for participant briefings.

Recent changes to the Emergency Plan or Implementing Procedures, and close-of-business or initial conditions should be added to this list prior to presentation/distribution. Discussions of lessons learned and any Risk significant standards that were not met from previous drill/exercises shall be held during participant Briefings.

Participant Briefing Guidelines

" Training and mentoring/coaching is not permitted during NRC graded biennial exercises.

" Controllers, evaluators and observers will wear an identification aid (e.g., badge, vest,)

  • The success of the drill/exercise is largely dependent upon participant responses to the simulated event. Therefore, it is crucial that participants know how they can get and/or request data.

" Participants may not inject "Free Play" or assume that certain things may be simulated or not tested.

If there is any doubt about the level of simulation, ask a controller.

" Do not request information from, or provide information to, someone in an Observer role.

" Drill participants are expected to earn information. For example; an RP Technician will not be provided survey data if he/she doesn't have the meter turned on, and OSC repair teams should have the right tools /procedures to perform the task.

  • Information may be obtained by participants in any of several ways:

o Operators/other participants:

Live data off simulator Controller issued message Operators in field will get data from a controller also in the field.

o Maintenance / Repair Teams in the Field:

All information will be provided by a controller in the field. Each mission shall have a drill/exercise controller with it.

In some cases a mockup may be used. If a mockup is provided, work on the mockup should actually proceed and the controller will inject information if necessary.

o Radiological Protection/Health Physics:

Chemistry Data will be provided by a controller after the sample(s) has been obtained and analyzed (simulated).

Radiological data not driven off the simulator or indications are not available outside the simulator will be provided by a controller. In-plant radiological conditions for repair teams will also be provided by a controller.

Environmental team data will be provided by a controller.

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 1 OF 4

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 62 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING o

TSC, OSC, and EOF:

Data will be transmitted through normal communication paths Live data off the simulator Messages o

Fire, Medical, Hazmat, etc.

Data provided by a controller o

Joint Information /News Center:

Mock media may be used Inject messages may be provided for media monitoring and public inquiry.

" Personnel required to maintain safe operation (i.e., on-shift operators) of the plant will be exempt from drill activities.

" Participants may ask controllers for clarification of scenario data or information on plant conditions not adequately provided by the simulator. Examples are:

o Initial Conditions of systems including:

system status and availability valve line ups chemistry and radiological activity operating history meteorological data operational parameters

  • All drill/exercise communications should be preceded and ended by "THIS IS A DRILL"

" Accept the drill/exercise information as provided. Questions may be asked to clarify the information, but recognize that some events in emergency drills/exercises can seem unrealistic. Remember we are testing how well ERO personnel can implement the Emergency Plan, not the realism the scenario.

" Participants in an evaluated exercise may not ask for the following:

o Information contained in procedures, drawings, etc.

o Determinations of which procedures to use.

o Data not normally available o

Assistance in activating the facilities o

Assistance in performing emergency response o

Assistance in repairing, replacing, or substituting emergency response equipment, i.e.,

telephones, fax machines o

Explanation of scenario events Get the attention of a controller when making key decisions. Make sure the controller understands the basis for your decisions. Keep good, detailed logs.

Maintain a professional attitude. Play the drill/exercise as if it were an actual event.

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 2 OF 4

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 63 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING

" NEVER violate any safety, radiation protection, operation, or security practices during a drill/exercise.

" A controller will inject information at times when something may be simulated. Simulation will be kept to a minimum, but when in doubt - ask.

" NEVER operate any plant equipment as part of drill/exercise activities.

" DO NOT enter high radiation areas. Practice ALARA.

  • Practice proper communication protocols, (three-part, phonetic alphabet, etc.). Think pro-actively.

" Note items for the critique. Both positive and negative items may be presented. Use of a participant observation form is encouraged, although written comments will be received in any format.

" Participants will be informed of a scheduled exercise, but may not be informed of the start time and will not be informed of scenario, expected actions, or any other information that may compromise the exercise. Participants and equipment shall not be pre-staged for the exercise.

" If you disagree with a controller, you may request reconsideration from the Facility Lead Controller.

Under NO circumstances are you to argue or indulge in theoretical discussions with the controller.

" Do not accept any data/instruction from an observer including the NRC observers. All information must be obtained from normal sources or from the controller organization

" Participants must respond to simulated events as if they are real. This includes but is not limited to the following: [As amended by extent of play or controllers]

o Wearing of dosimetry and anti-C's.

o Observing good radiation protection practices o

Minimizing exposures o

Responding to failed instruments in the field o

Reporting hazards to the correct personnel o

Proper contamination control

  • Controllers and observers are exempt from responding to simulated radiological hazards during the drill/exercise.

" All normal site procedures and rules are to be followed when entering the protected area and actual radiological controlled or radiation areas. NO ONE, including controllers, and observers, are exempt from normal station radiological or safety practices.

" Following termination, collect all logs, work sheets, etc.

" Always leave your work area as you found it. The Emergency Response Facilities should be left in an operational status following the drill/exercise.

" A Participant critique will be held following every drill/exercise. This is an important part of the drill/exercise. Identify strengths as well as areas for improvement, however it is important to be "self-critical" to ensure the critique will lead to an improved Emergency Response.

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 3 OF 4

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 64 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 13 PARTICIPANT BRIEFING When personnel accountability is listed as a drill/exercise objective provide the following information regarding exempted personnel:

o Notify the ERO that there are exemptions for the drill o

The exempt personnel list will be provided at the beginning of the drill to the participants needing the information o

The initial report concerning the results of personnel accountability will include the number of exempt personnel.

o The controller may assist in the deletion of exempt personnel from the "missing persons list."

o Personnel on the exempt list will not be tracked or contacted during the search and rescue.

o Exempt personnel lists should be provided to security.

ATTACHMENT 13 PAGE 4 OF 4

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 65 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT Typical report - page 1 (optional, use site distribution and records method)

Letterhead Date:

mm/dd/yyyy To:

Distribution (site specific)

From:

(EPM name)

Subject:

Team X (drill or exercise type/name and date)

File No.

(Site specific)

Letter No.

(Site specific)

This report advises you of the results of our evaluation of Emergency Response Organization Team X performance during the (drill/exercise name and date).

The team (general summation of team performance).

Actions have been entered into CAP to improve the areas identified as needing improvement. These will be followed to completion.

Please contact me or a member of my staff if you have any questions regarding this report.

EP Manager Attachments:

1 Executive Summary 2

Objectives and Evaluation Criteria 3

Areas For Improvement ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 1 OF 3

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 66 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT Typical report - page 2 PERFORMANCE INDICATORS (include all that were determined by scenario)

PI Indications PI PI PI PI ENS PI Opportunity available Declaration Met Notification Met Notification Met NOUE/UE (time)

(time)

(time)

(time)

Alert (time)

(time)

(time)

(time)

SAE (time)

(time)

(time)

(time)

GE (time)

(time)

(time)

(time)

PAR (time)

(time)

(time)

(time)

CLASSIFICATION:

Number of opportunities Number successful (correct & timely)

NOTIFICATIONS: (Short form submissions)

Number of opportunities Number successful (correct & timely)

PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:

Number of opportunities Number successful (correct & timely)

Total Opportunities:

Total Successful:

OBJECTIVES Objectives Met Not Met Met with Comments Overall Objectives Evaluation Criteria EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATIONS AND PARS (EXAMPLES)

NOUE/UE N/A Alert FA1-1 (FC1 300pCi/g)

SAE FS1-1 (RC1 DW 1.68 psid & FC1)

GE FG1-1 (PC 2 SAPs, RC1 & FC1)

PAR PAR - evacuate 2 mile and 5 mile downwind, shelter 10 mile based on wind from 3580 ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 2 OF 3

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 67 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 14 DRILL REPORT When a Health Physics, radiological monitoring, medical emergency or communication drill is being credited within the scope of a larger drill / exercise, the drill may be documented in this report or in a separate report. The communication drill requirement is normally satisfied by scheduled communication tests and is documented per the governing procedure. The following should be included in the report:

The drill being credited An evaluation of objective(s) and evaluation criteria Ensure the following findings are documented in the critique report:

Deficiencies Weaknesses, and Other Issues (betterment)

A summary of actions taken by the ERO, documentation and critique

" Evaluator/Controller credentials (RP Supervisor, Chemistry management, etc.)

Summary of CAP actions

" Summary of other significant items Completed critique/evaluation sheets (SO123-VIII-0.220)

Overall score for the drill or actual emergency and a score for each facility.

ATTACHMENT 14 PAGE 3 OF 3

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 68 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 15 DEFINITIONS Annual - For the purpose of this procedure, annual is once per calendar year.

Biennial - For the purpose of this procedure, biennial is once every two calendar years.

Controller - An individual familiar with the drill/exercise scenario who directs the conduct of the drill by interacting with participants, giving appropriate data when requested, monitoring the progress of the participants with respect to the scenario, and directing the participants if necessary to ensure the scenario follows the intended event sequence.

Critical Task - Tasks that must be performed during a major event to prevent (re)occurrence, reduce loss of life or serious injuries, or mitigate significant property damage, or are essential to the success of the emergency planning mission to protect the health and safety of the general public, licensee staff, plant equipment and the environment.

Drill - A controlled scenario event that is conducted to provide training and practice for the participants. Drills may also include evaluated objectives and demonstration criteria as part of drill and exercise performance (DEP) or to meet periodic performance objective requirements as pre-designated by the scenario. Drills may include one or more emergency response facility and/or may be focused on one or more functional area (i.e., classification, dose assessment, PAR). See HSEEP definitions when communicating with offsite agencies. Most drills conducted with offsite agencies are an exercise per HSEEP guidance.

Evaluators - Personnel, knowledgeable in the duties and action requirements of the personnel they are monitoring, responsible for assessing the conduct of drills or exercises, including the adequacy of participant response to scenario events, the implementation of emergency plans and procedures, and the use of emergency response facilities and equipment.

Exercise - An event that evaluates the integrated capability and a major portion of the basic elements against designated objectives and demonstration criteria. An exercise may involve participation of personnel from State, Local and Federal governments. See HSEEP definitions when communicating with offsite agencies. HSEEP does not use the terms graded or evaluated exercise.

Homeland Security Exercise and Evaluation Program (HSEEP) selected definitions:

(a)

Drill - A drill, a type of operations-based exercise, is a coordinated, supervised activity usually used to test a single specific operation or function in a single agency. Drills are commonly used to provide training on new equipment, develop or test new policies or procedures, or practice and maintain current skills. [A drill will normally test a single function, primarily field activities.]

(b)

Exercise - An exercise is an instrument to train for, assess, practice, and improve performance in prevention, protection, response, and recovery capabilities in a risk-free environment. Exercises can be used for testing and validating policies, plans, procedures, training, equipment, and interagency agreements; clarifying and training personnel in roles and responsibilities; improving interagency coordination and communications; identifying gaps in resources; improving individual performance; and identifying opportunities for improvement.

ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 1 OF 2

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP SO123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 69 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 15 DEFINITIONS (c)

Full-Scale Exercise (FSE) - An FSE is a multiagency, multijurisdictional activity involving actual deployment of resources in a coordinated response as if a real incident had occurred. An FSE tests many components of one or more capabilities within emergency response and recovery and is typically used to assess plans and procedures and a coordinated response under crisis conditions. Characteristics of an FSE include mobilized units, personnel, and equipment; a realistic, stressful environment; and scripted exercise scenarios. [A FSE will normally include command activities, EOCs and field activities.]

(d)

Functional Exercise (FE) - An FE is a single or multiagency activity designed to evaluate capabilities and multiple functions using a simulated response.

An FE is typically used to evaluate the management of Emergency Operations Centers (EOCs), command posts, and headquarters and to assess the adequacy of response plans and resources. Characteristics of an FE include simulated deployment of resources and personnel, rapid problem solving, and a highly stressful environment. [A FE will normally include command activities and one or more EOCs without field activities.]

(e)

Mentor -A mentor (coach) is an ERO member possessing no knowledge of the scenario that trains or coaches a trainee or less experienced ERO member in a position the mentor is qualified.

Observer - An individual that has been identified to monitor the drill and may report observations to controllers or evaluators.

Obiective - A major element of the emergency preparedness program that is selected for performance in a scenario. The objective describes the task, behavior or activity to be demonstrated and provides criteria to measure satisfactory demonstration.

Participant - An individ~ual, trained or being trained in an ERO position, that performs emergency response functions in a drill or exercise in accordance with the Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedures.

Planning Standard - NUREG 0654 categories outline the evaluation criteria used to measure the adequacy of evaluation criteria against the requirements of Title 10 Part 50.47(b) to the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). Certain planning standards are designated as Risk Significant. Risk Significant Planning Standards are concerned with assessment, classification, notification, and protective actions.

Scenario - The controlling document for an emergency drill, exercise, or simulator PI evaluation drill designed to test the capabilities of the ERO.

Tabletop Drill - A structured discussion that is based on a scenario set of conditions and/or objectives for potential emergency response situations among decision makers or responders.

They are a teaching/training aid as well as an opportunity to talk through plans and procedures or discuss new systems. DEP credit may be given in tabletop drills.

Trainee - An individual being trained in the duties and responsibilities of an ERO position.

ATTACHMENT 15 PAGE 2 OF 2

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION EPIP S0123-VIII-0.200 UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 REVISION 17 PAGE 70 OF 73 ATTACHMENT 16 DEVELOPMENTAL RESOURCES EP ACE 040600717 AR 060200801-01 (for SAMG periodic objective)

AR 060901233-01 (for PASS removal)

AR 051100440-01 (for documenting offsites' back-shift drill participation)

AR 040801204-02 (for Drill Records and Critique Report distribution)

AR 050101029-03 (for use of Form EP[123] 20)

AR 070300353-03 (for limits on ERO participation for security drills)

NN 200105582-19 (for Extensive Damage periodic objective)

NN 201421756 (Added note clarifying that "players" included CAS, SAS, Craft, Firefighters, etc.)

NN 201489165 (Corrected typo - Step 6.1.2.1 -'on' should be 'one')

ATTACHMENT 16 PAGE 1 OF 1

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 71 OF 73

SUMMARY

OF CHANGES SO123-VIII-0.200 Rev 17 Author:

RLMcCann PAX:

89281 Location:

D1N NN, Order, or Step, Section, Other Description of Change 50.59 Attachment or Action Page Deleted reference to SO123-VIll-0.401, Emergency Preparedness Performance Indicators

" Added reference to S0123-VIII-0.210, Emergency Planning Drill Objectives and Demonstration Criteria Updated revision date for FEMA REP Manual 0

0 Renamed section from Checklists to Responsibilities Added responsibilities for:

o Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM):

o Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement o

Site Management team o

Drill/Exercise Coordinator o

Scenario Development Team o

Emergency Planning Department staff Section 1 Section 2 Section 5 202405588 Combined the following Steps into new Section 6.1 EP Drill/Exercise Schedule o

6.1.1 Exercise Scheduling o

6.1.2 Drill Scheduling o

6.1.3 Simulator Activity Scheduling o

6.1.4 Moved Step 6.2.1 Objectives into new Section 6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES Combined Steps 6.2.1.1 through 6.2.1.14 for filling out into one step (6.2.5) to update Attachment 2.

Moved Step 6.2.2 Scenario Development into new Section 6.3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT Added section to describe acceptable drill/exercise scenarios

" Added requirement to assemble a Scenario Development Team DNA Section 6.1 Section 6.2 Step 6.2.5 Section 6.3 Step 6.3.1 Step 6.3.4

.1 _______

A. _______________

ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 1 OF 3

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1,2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 72 OF 73 NN, Order, or Step, Section, Other Descriptionof Change 50.59 Attachment or Action Page Moved scenario condition and events instructions from Step 6.2.2.5 to Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Deleted Step 6.2.7 as each controller receives a full scenario package as described in Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Guidelines for Drill/Exercise Conduct moved from Step 6.2.2.5.5 into Step 6.4.1 and Attachments:

o 10 Controller / Evaluator Guidelines o

11 Observer Guidelines o

13 Participant Briefing Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.6 through 6.2.2.5.7 to Step 6.4.1 Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.8 to Step 6.4.1 and Section 6.4 Step 6.4.1 Deleted Steps 6.2.11 through 6.2.15 and moved the instructions to Section 6.6, CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND EXERCISES Deleted Steps 6.2.16 through 6.2.20 and moved the instructions to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation Moved instructions from Section 6.4 Corrective Actions/Event Trending to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation Section 6.6 Section 6.7 202405588 New Attachment describing Scenario Development Team process Moved instructions from Step 6.2.3.1 through 6.2.3.4 into Attachment 3, SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES DNA New Attachment providing a Drill Planning Checklist Deleted Step 6.2.2.4 as this information is captured in, Drill Planning Checklist Step 6.2.9, Notifications and Announcements deleted as the instructions are provided in Attachment 4, Drill Planning Checklist

" New Attachment providing a CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION instructions Moved Steps 6.2.4 Controller Organization and 6.2.5 Controller Requirements/Assignments, into Attachment 5, CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION Added new attachment providing DRILL PREPARATION FLOWCHART Added new attachment providing EXERCISE PREPARATION FLOWCHART 0

Added CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING instructions ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 2 OF 3

NUCLEAR ORGANIZATION UNITS 1, 2 AND 3 EPIP REVISION 17 ATTACHMENT 17 SO123-VIII-0.200 PAGE 73 OF 73 NN, Order, or Step, Section, Other Description of Change 50.59 Attachment or Action Page

" Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER TRAINING guidelines Moved Step 6.2.6, Controller training into Attachment 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING Added new attachment providing 0 CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR guidelines Added new attachment providing OBSERVER guidelines 1 202405588 Added new attachment providing an example DNA 2 SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT Added PARTICIPANT BRIEFING instructions 3 Added attachment providing a DRILL REPORT template Moved instructions from Section 6.5, Written Critique 4 Report to Attachment 14, DRILL REPORT Added new attachment providing DEFINITIONS 5 Renumbered old Attachment 3 6 Document Reviewers:

Name:

EP - Cognizant Supervisor McCann EP Cleavenger EP Kennel CFDM Final Approval:

Lindbeck ATTACHMENT 17 PAGE 3 OF 3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 I

i Page 1 of 62 I

Procedure Usage Requirements Sections Information Use e

The user may complete the task from memory. However, the 0 user is responsible for performing the activity according to the procedure.

Information use documents that contain a specific process order are performed in the given order unless otherwise specified within the document.

Reference Use Review and understand the procedure before performing any All except steps, including the prerequisite section. 0 Have a copy or applicable pages/sections open at the work site.

Use Placekeeping method according to S0123-XV-HU-3.

If any portion of the document is performed from memory, do so in the sequence specified. Perform each step as written, except when an approved process specifically allows deviation.

Refer to the procedure or instruction at least once to ensure completion of the task in accordance with the requirements.

Review the document at the completion of the task to verify that all appropriate steps are performed and documented.

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1.0 RESPONSIBILITIES..........................................................................................................................

2 2.0 ACRO NYMS......................................................................................................................................

4 3.0 PROCEDURE....................................................................................................................................

7 4.0 RETENTION OF RECORDS.....................................................................................................

7 ATTACHMENT 1

Corporate Emergency Director Checklist.....................................................................................

8 2

EOF Manager Checklist.................................................................................................................

16 3

EOF Technical Leader Checklist...............................................................................................

20 4

EOF Security Director Checklist.................................................................................................

23 5

EOF Adm inistrative Leader Checklist.......................................................................................

32 6

EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist......................................................................

40 7

EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist...............................................................................

47 8

EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist......................................................................

53 9

EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist.............................................................................

58 10 Sum m ary of Changes.....................................................................................................................

61 QA PROGRAM AFFECTING 50.59 DNA / 72.48 DNA / 50.54(q) APPLIES / RX DNA Procedure Type EPIP Procedure Owner Deborah Lindbeck

C*01f SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 2 of 62 1.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 1.1 VERIFY level of use requirements on the first page of this procedure.

1.2 The responsibilities of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) ERO personnel are as follows:

1.2.1 Corporate Emergency Director (CED)

Assumes Emergency Coordinator (EC) function from either the Station Emergency Director, or directly from the Emergency Coordinator in the Control Room following activation of the EOF.

Makes decision to notify offsite agencies (non-delegable)

Makes Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) to offsite agencies (non-delegable)

Initiates Site Evacuation (non-delegable) 1.2.2 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications (EAN)

Responsible for advising the CED and preparing offsite notifications.

Responsible for maintaining communications with applicable local offsite agencies and the state.

1.2.3 EOF Manager Responsible for monitoring offsite activities and providing interface with offsite agencies, advising the CED and developing PARs. The EOF Manager, if CED qualified, may fill in as the CED (prior to CED arrival or if the CED falls ill, etc.).

Communicates Technical information to the JIC Director and coordinates approval of press releases between the CED and JIC staff.

Briefs offsite representatives on radiological release and plant status.

Acts as liaison between EOF personnel and interjurisdictional offsite authorities.

1.2.4 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Advises the Emergency Advisors and/or the CED in all Emergency Plan requirements.

Ensures support to various general positions which provide warehouse, auto services and telecommunication support to EOF personnel. Includes communicating with INPO and supporting the OSC Maintenance Coordinator in the procurement of emergency parts and supplies.

REFERENCE USE

j 501 23-VIII-EOF

  • '"*'*'SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists

=SONGS Page 3 of 62 1.2.5 EOF Technical Leader Provides engineering technical updates from the Technical Support Center (TSC) to the CED. Responsible for following the status of the plant, using information from Ivory Phone, the TSC and Critical Function Monitoring System (CFMS).

Monitors the Ivory Phone.

Updates the plant status board to keep EOF staff informed of plant conditions.

Uses the Brown Phone to communicate with the TSC.

1.2.6 EOF Administrative Leader Coordinates provisions for food, transportation and other logistical support for emergency personnel. Acts as a liaison with offsite groups in providing additional resources. Keeps the assembly area personnel informed of emergency status.

Provides administrative and logistical support to support personnel including telephone and facsimile operations, and other coordination activities.

Updates the offsite status board and acts as a runner when needed.

1.2.7 EOF Security Director Provides information on security activities to the Corporate Emergency Director, and acts as liaison to the FBI/Law Enforcement agencies in the Joint Operations Center (JOC), if manned.

Coordinates security activities in the EOF including access control and accountability.

1.2.8 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Directs onsite and offsite monitoring during plume phase and recovery phase.

Advises the Corporate Emergency Director on radiological aspects of activities, including protective actions.

Supports EOF with respect to dosimetry.

Briefs and controls the onsite and offsite monitoring during plume phase and recovery phase.

Assists with keeping ODAC informed of position and results found by the onsite and offsite field monitoring teams.

Performs radiological surveys in EOF to ensure EOF habitability.

REFERENCE USE

j V~L~S01 23-VIIII-EOF

('

  • i ~

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 4of 62 1.2.9 EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers)

Monitors and performs air samples usually within the Emergency Planning Zone (EPZ) from the owner controlled fence out to the EPZ boundary.

Performs environmental sampling during recovery phase.

2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 ACRONYMS ARM:

AWS:

Cal OES:

CAPR:

CED:

CEDE:

CDE:

CFMS CHP CR:

DAC:

DACS EAL:

EAN:

EAO EC:

EDT:

Area Radiation Monitor Administration Warehouse & Supply/Shop California Office of Emergency Services Corrective Action to Prevent Reoccurance Corporate Emergency Director Combined External Dose Equivalent Combined Dose Equivalent Critical Function Monitoring System California Highway Patrol Control Room Derived Airborne Concentration Dose Assessment Computer System Emergency Action Level Emergency Advisor, Notifications Emergency Advisor, Operations Emergency Coordinator Event Declaration Time REFERENCE USE

P'....

SO123-VIII-EOF 1jtj*

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I out Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 5 of 62 2.18 EGL Emergency Group Leader 2.19 ENF:

Event Notification Form 2.20 EOC:

Emergency Operations Center 2.21 EOF:

Emergency Operations Facility 2.22 EP:

Emergency Plan 2.23 EPC:

Emergency Planning Coordinator 2.24 EPIP:

Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure 2.25 EPZ Emergency Planning Zone 2.26 ERDS:

Emergency Response Data System 2.27 ERF:

Emergency Response Facility 2.28 ERO:

Emergency Response Organization 2.29 ERTD:

Emergency Response Telephone Directory 2.30 GCC:

Grid Control Center 2.31 IOC:

Irvine Operations Center 2.32 ISFSI:

Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation 2.33 JIC Joint Information Center 2.34 JOC Joint Operations Center 2.35 KI:

Potassium Iodide 2.36 NRC:

Nuclear Regulatory Commission 2.37 OCA:

Owner Controlled Area 2.38 ODAC:

Offsite Dose Assessment Center REFERENCE USE

I.

S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I SOperations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 6 of 62 2.39 OSL Optically Stimulated Luminescent Dosimeter 2.40 OSSC:

Onsite Security Commander 2.41 PA:

Protected Area 2.42 PAPA:

Protected Area Personnel Accountability 2.43 PAR:

Protective Action Recommendation 2.44 PASS:

Post Accident Sampling System 2.45 PAZ:

Protective Action Zone 2.46 REPCET:

Representative Core Exit Temperature 2.47 RP:

Radiation Protection 2.48 SAMG:

Severe Accident Management Guideline 2.49 SC:

Shift Communicator 2.50 SCBA:

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus 2.51 SCE:

Southern California Edison 2.52 SCP:

Safeguards Contingency Plan 2.53 SED:

Station Emergency Director 2.54 SL:

Security Leader 2.55 SM:

Shift Manager 2.56 SONGS:

San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station 2.57 SRO:

Senior Reactor Operator 2.58 SSAB SONGS Site Access Badge 2.59 SSPF:

South Security Processing Facility REFERENCE USE

J IDISO\\51 23-VIlI-EOF

'i*

~

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I SOperations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 7 of 62 2.60 TEDE:

2.61 TSC:

2.62 VNF:

2.63 YPS:

Total Effective Dose Equivalent Technical Support Center Verbal Notification Form Yellow Phone System 3.0 PROCEDURE 3.1 OBTAIN a copy of the applicable ERO Position Checklist. This checklist may be found in the first tab of each ERO Position Book.

3.2 ACTIVATION AND OPERATION OF THE EOF 3.2.1 3.2.2 Upon declaration of an ALERT or higher classification, EOF personnel shall report to the EOF. ERO positions shall obtain their Position Checklist and follow the instructions contained within.

The Corporate Emergency Director (CED) should declare the EOF activated when the following minimum staff positions have been filled:

Corporate Emergency Director EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications EOF Manager EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator EOF Technical Leader EOF Security Director EOF Administrative Leader EOF Radiation Protection Leader EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers) 4.0 RETENTION OF RECORDS 4.1 COLLECT all paperwork generated in response to the emergency event (e.g., logs procedures, attachments, forms and checklists) AND DELIVER to either the TSC Manager, EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or OSC Emergency Planning Coordinator.

REFERENCE USE

SO123-VIII-EOF

('i

~

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 8 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST Corporate Emergency Director Supplemental Position Instructions Table of Contents Section Title Page Number 2.0 EOF/AEOF Activation 3.0 EV EN T N O TIFICA TIO N S.................................................................................

11 4.0 C R E D IB LE T H R EA T........................................................................................

12 5.0 SECURITY EVENT ACTIVITIES.......................................................................

12 6.0 ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE EOF AT IRVINE OPERATIONS CENTER.......... 13 7.0 RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED AREAS.........................................................

13 8.0 EVENT RECLASSIFICATION/PAR/PAR UPGRADE/RADIOLOGICAL R E L E A S E..............................................................................................................

1 3 9.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION................................................

14 10.0 T U R N O V E R....................................................................................................

.. 14 11.0 EV E N T C LO S EO U T.........................................................................................

15 NOTE

1. Sections 2.0 through 11.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the CED duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:

EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) CED-1, CED-EOF Briefing Guidelines EP(123) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel 0

EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development Controlled set of EPIPs Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD)

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 8

Z t o SO123-VIII-EOF i

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 9 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 1.2 MAINTAIN a log of activities.

1.3 MAINTAIN an open phone circuit with the SED to ensure awareness of changing plant conditions.

1.4 DECLARE the EOF/AEOF activated when minimum staffing requirements are met and EOF personnel are able to perform their emergency response duties.

1.4.1 ANNOUNCE the activation of the EOF to EOF personnel AND PERFORM an Initial EOF Briefing using the Desktop job aide.

1.5 REVIEW copies of completed EP(123) 10, Event Notification Form, and/or EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form.

1.6 INFORM the SED the EOF/Alt EOF is activated and is ready for EC turnover.

1.7 Emergency Coordinator (EC) Turnover 1.7.1 DIRECT EOF Leaders to come to the CED table for EC turnover:

EOF Manager EOF Technical Leader EOF Radiation Protection Leader EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator EOF Security Director EOF Administrative Leader 1.8 DIRECT the SED to begin EC Turnover using EP(1 23) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status.

NOTE SO123-VII1-10, Emergency Coordinator Duties may be referenced for detailed EC duties.

1.9 WHEN EC Turnover is complete, THEN:

1.9.1 PERFORM a Team Update to inform the EOF the EC title is turned over to the CED using CED/EOF Briefing Guidance (Section 2.0, only).

REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 8

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 I

Page 10 of 62 I

Corporate Emergency Director Checklist I Attachment 1 NOTE Emergency announcements must be made by the Control Room (due to need to activate the Emergency Alarms). This is accomplished by either calling the SM and providing instructions or faxing copy of the announcement to the Control Room and providing direction to make the announcement.

1.10 IF NRC Site Team is present in the EOF, THEN NOTIFY the NRC Site Team immediately after completion of notification to local and state authorities.

1.11 Assume the following non-delegable duties:

Decision to notify offsite agencies Making protective action recommendations to offsite agencies Site Evacuation 1.12 CONDUCT periodic EOF briefings (approximately every 30-60 minutes) or following significant changes in plant status.

1.13 DETERMINE AND SUPPORT plant priorities.

1.14 ENSURE that adequate technical and logistic support is available to the station emergency organization.

1.15 ENSURE Offsite Notifications are completed per S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications.

1.16 ENSURE PARs are completed per S0123-VIII-10.3, Protective Action Recommendations.

1.17 PERFORM evacuation of non-essential site personnel per EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel at SAE or higher.

1.18 ENSURE status boards are maintained.

1.19 ENSURE Offsite Organizations in EOF are briefed.

1.20 CONDUCT shift turnover as warranted.

1.21 ENSURE event closeout and recovery per S0123-VII1-10.5, Event Closeout and Recovery.

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 8

JA, 1I)SL S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGS Page 11 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 1.21.1 COMPLETE all checklist items.

1.21.2 ENSURE post-event critiques are conducted in each Emergency Response Facility.

1.21.3 RETURN the workstation to its original condition.

1.21.4 RETURN all document binders to their storage location.

1.21.5 RETURN any emergency response equipment to its original location.

1.2.1.6 PROVIDE all paperwork to the Emergency Preparedness Coordinator.

SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE

1. Sections 2.0 through 11.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the CED duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
1. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
2. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.

Placekeeping is not required.

2.0 EOF/AEOF Activation 2.1 Notifications to California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES) and Yellow Phone System (YPS) Stations 2.1.1 REVIEW, APPROVE, AND SIGN required EP(123) 11 Forms (Verbal Notification Forms) prior to being communicated to CAL OES or YPS Stations.

2.1.2 REVIEW, APPROVE, AND SIGN all EP(123) 10 Forms (Event Notification Forms) prior to being faxed to CAL OES or YPS Stations.

2.2 Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) 2.2.1 DETERMINE PARs in accordance with S0123-VIII-1 0.3.

2.2.2 WHEN conditions require PAR upgrades, THEN UPGRADE PARs.

2.2.2.1 MONITOR Changing wind direction from one Protective Action Zone (PAZ) to another in accordance with S0123-VII1-1 0.3.

2.2.2.2 MONITOR Changing radiological conditions when wind direction impacts PAZ 5 in accordance with SO123-VII1-10.3.

REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 8

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 12 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist I Attachment 1 NOTE

1)

The Emergency Response Position (Shift Manager or Station Emergency Director) who is the EC is responsible for ensuring Non-Essential Personnel are assembled.

2)

The Emergency Response Position (Shift Manager or Station Emergency Director) who is the EC is responsible for ensuring Non-Essential Personnel are evacuated.

3)

The SED may use EP(1 23) EOF-17, (Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel) to assist in the assembly/evacuation process.

2.3 Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel 2.3.1 PERFORM EP(1 23) EOF-1 7, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel.

2.3.2 ASSESS the status and potential for evacuation of Camp Mesa.

2.3.3 EVALUATE the need for evacuation of non-emergency response personnel per SO1123-VIII-10.3:

3.0 EVENT NOTIFICATIONS 3.1 ENSURE the Technical Leader to notify American Nuclear Insurers (ANI) of the declaration of an emergency at San Onofre (refer to Emergency Response Telephone Directory [ERTD] for Phone Number).

3.2 REVIEW AND APPROVE news releases prior to their release. (For Security-related events, direct the Security Director to review news releases prior to their approval).

4.0 CREDIBLE THREAT 4.1 REVIEW EP(1 23) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development, with the Security Director and the SED to develop an appropriate level of response to a credible threat.

5.0 SECURITY EVENT ACTIVITIES 5.1 IF the emergency is a Security Event, THEN CONFER with the Security Director to determine the appropriate time to address EP(123) EC-2, EC Post-Security Event Checklist.

5.2 REFER to S01 23-VII1-10.6 for guidance on declared Security-related events.

REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 8

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: I Page 13 of 62 I Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 6.0 ACTIVATION OF ALTERNATE EOF AT IRVINE OPERATIONS CENTER 6.1 IF conditions exist that prevent access to the EOF as a result of severe weather or other reason, THEN CONSULT with Emergency Advisors to direct activation of the Alternate EOF (AEOF) at the Irvine Operations Center (IOC).

6.2 IF the EOF is already manned, AND IF conditions exist which require evacuation, THEN DIRECT the EOF staff to relocate to the AEOF at the IOC.

6.3 IF any of the hazards listed below affect the EOF, THEN CONSULT with EOF Staff to determine the necessity for relocation of the staff to the AEOF.

High EOF or portable radiation monitor readings Fire in or near the EOF Security hazards which threaten personnel 6.4 TURN OVER EC functions to the SED in the TSC until the AEOF is staffed.

6.5 COLLECT AND TRANSPORT materials and equipment necessary to perform emergency response functions at the alternate facility.

6.6 WHEN time allows, THEN CONDUCT an assessment of emergency response facility status, command and control functions, and key ERO functions using EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist.

7.0 RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED AREAS 7.1 IF the hazard causing an evacuation of the EOF has been eliminated or controlled to a point that will allow use of the EOF, THEN DIRECT the EPC to coordinate re-entry efforts.

8.0 EVENT RECLASSIFICATION/PAR/PAR UPGRADE/RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE 8.1 DETERMINE PARs using SO123-VIII-10.3.

1.

Classification and declaration of an emergency event.

REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 8

110-

'IA" SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 14 of 62 Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 9.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 9.1 BRIEF the following EOF Leads at periodic intervals so that they are aware of current emergency conditions in accordance with form EP(123) CED-1, CED-EOF Briefing Guidelines:

EOF Manager Radiation Protection Leader Technical Leader Emergency Advisor Notification Administrative Leader Security Director ODAC (if not already provided information)

NRC (if present) 9.2 Emergency Response Facility (ERF) Staff Minimization 9.2.1 IF the plant is stable and there is NO threat of escalation, THEN the CED may reduce the staffing in the ERFs to appropriate levels.

10.0 TURNOVER 10.1 Turnover shall NOT prevent timely completion of the primary EC responsibilities of classification, notification and PAR.

10.2 CONDUCT an assessment of notifications in progress prior to turnover of the EC duties.

10.3 EP(1 23) EC-1, Emergency Coordinator Turnover Status, with the relief CED.

10.3.1 IF alternate emergency response facilities have been activated, THEN COMPLETE EP(123) ERO-2, Alternate Emergency Response Facility Status Checklist, AND DISCUSS with the relief CED.

10.3.2 WHEN the off-going CED is relieved of all duties, THEN the relief CED shall announce to EOF personnel over the public address system the following:

Name Assumption of the CED position Emergency Class PAR REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 8

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 15 of 62 I

Corporate Emergency Director Checklist 10.3.3 HAVE the turnover announced to all Emergency Response Facilities via the Ivory Phone.

11.0 EVENT CLOSEOUT 11.1 WHEN conditions have improved and meet the criteria for event closeout, THEN PERFORM actions lAW S0123-VIII-10.5.

REFERENCE USE Page 8 of 8

1Y~Ls~S51 23-VIII-EOF AN¶~Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 16 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:

EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book.

1.2 ASSUME the position of EOF Manager.

1.2.1 SIGN in on the EOF Minimum Staffing Board.

1.2.2 VERIFY communications devices function.

1.3 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP (123) 6.

1.4 LOG onto the computer to receive press releases from the JIC.

Network User ID - enccomm Network Password - NewscenterQ (the last four digits of the password will always be current quarter and current year, e.g. 0113)

Lotus Notes Email ID - ENC Communications Lotus Notes Password - NewscenterQ (the last four digits of the password will always be current quarter and current year, e.g. 0113) 1.5 IF the CED is NOT present, THEN IMPLEMENT the CED appropriate portions of this procedure UNTIL the CED arrives - ONLY IF CED QUALIFIED.

1.6 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN contact with the intrajurisdictional offsite authorities.

1.7 ASSIST Corporate Emergency Director (CED) in setting offsite priorities.

1.7.1 CONSIDER including minimum staffing and facility activation as initial priorities.

1.7.2 CONSIDER including initial and follow-up notifications as on-going priorities.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 4

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 17 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist 1.8 ASSIST 1.8.1 in the activation of the facility.

VERIFY minimum staffing prior to declaring the EOF activated.

CED EOF Manager EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator EOF Technical Leader EOF Security Leader EOF Administrative Leader EOF Radiation Protection Leader EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Teams (Monitors) (Drivers) 1.9 REPORT to the CED when the EOF is ready to assume responsibilities.

1.10 ESTABLISH contact with the JIC Director by calling 7-51502 AND PROVIDE initial conditions including radiological conditions and PAR.

2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 DISMISS EOF personnel not filling positions and instruct them to assemble in a designated area of the building.

2.2 ENSURE the EOF functions are executed in a timely and efficient manner.

2.2.1 COORDINATE and direct all personnel assigned to the EOF.

2.2.2 PROVIDE guidance to key members of the EOF staff.

2.2.3 INFORM the CED of significant activities of the EOF.

2.3 ENSURE offsite communications are being made.

2.3.1 CONFIRM EAN has made contact with offsite Federal, State, and local officials to inform them of the current situation at SONGS.

2.3.2 IF delegated by the CED is his absence from the area, THEN SIGN AND TRANSMIT follow-up notifications following a review.

REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 4

jDso\\ [S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 18 of62 EOF Manager Checklist 2.4 Press Releases 2.4.1 REVIEW press releases.

2.4.1.1 IF the CED has any changes to the press release, THEN COMMUNICATE these changes by phone to the JIC Director at 7-51502.

2.4.1.2 IF there are NO changes required to the email, THEN COMMUNICATE this to the JIC Director via phone at 7-51502.

2.4.1.3 PROVIDE a copy of the approved Press release to the EOF Administrative Leader for distribution throughout the EOF.

2.5 ACT as a liaison for CED for any topics concerning press releases.

2.6 ACT as a liaison to gather and provide information for the JIC.

2.6.1 PROVIDE updates on changes to radiological conditions, PARs, or significant changes in plant or personnel conditions.

2.7 RECORD any JIC requested information AND ASK the EOF Technical Leader (for Operational questions) or the EOF RP Leader (for Radiological questions) to provide appropriate information.

2.8 ASSIST AND ADVISE the CED in formulation of the PAR.

2.8.1 DETERMINE the status of implementation of any previously issued offsite protective actions.

2.8.2 MAINTAIN liaison with the Radiation Protection Leader, Tech Team Leader and Security Director for PAR development.

2.8.3 DISCUSS PARs with ODAC, including explanations of plant conditions.

2.9 ASSIST the EA Notifications in the preparation of Event Notification forms.

2.10 ADVISE the EOF Administrative Leader and the EP Coordinator to perform the following:

COORDINATE site arrival of NRC Have Security ESCORT NRC to Joint Operations Center (JOC).

COLLECT pertinent information (provide list, includes most recent written; Verbal Notifications, EOF layout, etc.).

MEET NRC in JOC AND BRIEF them on the status of the emergency.

ESCORT NRC to EOF, INTRODUCE them to EOF counterparts AND PROVIDE seat assignments.

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 4

15 (I'O SO123-VIII-EOF (3:

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGs Page 19 of 62 EOF Manager Checklist 2.11 ENSURE the EOF and Plant Priorities Board reflects pertinent offsite related activities.

2.12 DEVELOP a recovery plan for the emergency in accordance with S0123-VII1-1 0.6.

2.13 PROVIDE oversight and direction for Evacuation of onsite personnel.

2.13.1 After consulting with the Radiation Protection Leader, DESIGNATE the evacuation route to the EOF Administrative Leader based on wind direction.

2.14 CONDUCT shift turnover with oncoming EOF Manager.

2.15 Upon event termination, ENSURE all EOF Manager materials have been returned to a state of readiness.

2.15.1 COMPLETE all checklist items.

2.15.2 FACILITATE facility post-event critique.

2.15.3 RETURN the workstation to its original condition.

2.15.4 RETURN all document binders to their storage location.

2.15.5 RETURN any emergency response equipment to its original location.

2.15.6 PROVIDE all paperwork to the Emergency Planning Coordinator.

REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 4

I ~

S01 23-VIII-EOF (jN~Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 20 of 62 EOF Technical Leader Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS.

1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:

EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book 1.2 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.

1.3 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.

1.4 ESTABLISH Ivory Phone communications with the Control Room, TSC, and Operations Support Center (OSC).

1.5 INFORM the following persons of the current plant conditions:

CED Emergency Advisor, Notifications EOF Manager 1.6 POST information on Plant Status Board.

1.7 PROVIDE, at a minimum, the following information over the Ivory Phone:

Activation of the EOF Assumption of the CED duties 1.8 PARTICIPATE in facility staff briefings.

2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 NOTIFY the CED and EOF RP Leader of changing plant conditions as notified by the TSC Technical Team and/or CFMS.

2.2 PROVIDE, at a minimum, the following information over the Ivory Phone:

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO1v23-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 21 of 62 EOF Technical Leader Checklist Changes in PARs Major Decisions made by the CED

/_12.3 IF requested by the TSC Technical Leader, THEN COORDINATE call-in of additional engineering personnel.

2.3.1 ACT as technical interface with ODAC.

2.4 SUPPORT PAR recommendations.

2.5 PARTICIPATE in facility staff briefings.

2.6 ASSIST in the development of new or revised operational procedures and strategies for mitigating the emergency.

2.7 OBTAIN AND PROVIDE technical information to the EOF Manager.

2.8 EVACUATION 2.8.1 IF the EOF is evacuated, THEN ENSURE you have the necessary materials before proceeding to the alternate EOF.

2.9 TURNOVER 2.9.1 WHEN a relief EOF Technical Leader arrives at the EOF, THEN:

2.9.1.1 CONDUCT turnover with the oncoming EOF Technical Leader in accordance with Form EP(123) 5.

2.9.1.2 REPORT completion of turnover to the CED.

2.10 RECOVERY 2.10.1 WHEN requested by the CED, THEN RECOMMEND additional personnel and equipment necessary for a recovery organization.

2.10.2 IF additional assistance is required, (beyond that available from SONGS and local agencies, Westinghouse, Bechtel, etc.), THEN OBTAIN aid from other utilities or from INPO.

2.10.3 EVALUATE staffing needs.

2.11 Event Termination/Recovery REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 22 of 62 I

EOF Technical Leader Checklist 2.11.1 WHEN conditions have improved and meet the criteria for event closeout, THEN PERFORM actions lAW SO123-VIII-10.5.

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 23 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST Security Director Supplemental Position Instruction Table of Contents Section Number 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 Title Page INITIAL ACTIO NS......................................................................................................

28 M ANUAL ACCO UNTABILITY....................................................................................

29 EVACUATIO N.................................................................................................................

29 RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED EO F........................................................................

30 RADIO USE DURING A SECURITY EM ERG ENCY...................................................

30 TURNOVER....................................................................................................................

30 EVENT CLO SEO UT.....................................................................................................

31 NOTE

1. Sections 3.0 through 9.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Security Director duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:

EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development EP(123) EOF-18, Emergency Information for Oncoming Personnel 1.2 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.

1.3 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.

1.4 CLOSE EOF steel doors AND ESTABLISH Site Electronic Access System (SEAS) access.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 9

LIiO,.*

SO123-VIII-EOF 1w Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 24 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 1.5 PROVIDE additional security for EOF to limit EOF access to Emergency Response Organization (ERO) members.

2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 IF the emergency is due to a Security Event, THEN PERFORM the following:

2.1.1 REVIEW, EP(123) ERO-5, Credible Threat Plan Development.

2.1.2 SUPPORT discussions with the CED and the SED to develop an appropriate level of response to a credible threat.

2.1.3 Continually ASSESS evacuation routes AND NOTIFY the CED IF any evacuation impediments exist.

2.1.4 IF status of the event is established, THEN CONTACT the Security Leader and Incident Command Post AND ACQUIRE information regarding the following:

Event description (include personnel status and plant status)

Status of Law Enforcement Agencies notifications Known response to requests for assistance 2.2 INITIATE Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, as follows:

Whenever EOF entry/exit card reader is inoperable; For personnel requiring EOF entry who do NOT have an SONGS Site Access Badge (SSAB);

For personnel who have another type of generic badge (e.g., Orange County);

For personnel requiring EOF entry who are assigned to OSC/TSC who do NOT have EOF SEAS access.

2.3 IF notified by the EOF EPC that there are personnel at the ERO Staging Areas, THEN COORDINATE the movement of ERO personnel to the EOF with local law enforcement agencies.

2.4 ASSIST with the review of security event related news releases prepared by the ERO to ensure the following:

2.4.1 IF present in the Joint Operations Center (JOC), THEN GIVE Law enforcement an opportunity to review the news release prior to its approval.

2.4.2 IF there are revisions needed prior to its issuance, THEN PROVIDE the suggested changes to the CED.

2.4.3 PROVIDE a copy of the approved news release to the JOC.

REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 9

ru SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 25 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 2.5 Joint Operations Center (JOC) Liaison and Support 2.5.1 IF the JOC is to be staffed, THEN ENSURE that the CED/SED and the EOF EPC are aware that the JOC will be staffed.

2.5.2 ENSURE the JOC is open and ready for use by responding agencies and personnel.

2.5.3 COMPLETE EP(123) EOF-18, Emergency Information for Oncoming Personnel, AND UTILIZE it to brief JOC responders.

2.5.4 INFORM the CED/SED on the status of JOC staffing.

2.5.5 PROVIDE information to the JOC regarding site security actions associated with the event.

2.5.6 PROVIDE information to the JOC regarding plant conditions throughout the emergency by utilizing the Technical Leader.

2.5.7 INTERFACE with law enforcement personnel responding to the JOC AND PROVIDE periodic feedback to the CED/SED regarding actions taken by the JOC staff.

2.5.8 PROVIDE periodic information to the CED regarding the status of the security response throughout the emergency.

2.5.9 PROVIDE road conditions to the EOF Manager to support PARs.

2.5.10 In the event that the EOF HVAC System is operated in the Isolation mode, INFORM the JOC, staffing may be limited due to the constraints of the system.

2.6 Emergency Response Coordination 2.6.1 ENSURE that the CED is aware when ERO personnel may safely respond to the Station for mitigation and/or recovery actions.

2.6.2 COORDINATE ERO staff movement with the Law Enforcement Agencies to support response activities which may include:

2.6.2.1 The movement of ERO personnel from the North and/or South Staging areas to the site.

2.6.2.2 The movement of personnel to support ERO shift change and/or additional ERO staff.

2.6.2.3 IF the OSC and TSC have relocated to the EOF/E50, THEN COORDINATE site access for ERO staff and OSC teams with the Security Leader and Law Enforcement Agencies.

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 9

S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 26 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 2.7 ASSIST with evacuation of Camp Mesa and Assembly Areas by:

2.7.1 Supporting the Administrative Leader 2.7.2 Contacting the TSC Security Leader to coordinate support with:

Assembly/evacuation of Camp Mesa personnel Assembly/evacuation of non-essential personnel 2.8 IF any hazards listed below affect a major portion of Mesa Area, THEN CONTACT EOF EPC AND RECOMMEND a Mesa Area assembly or evacuation.

High radiation alarms or unexpected high radiation levels on Area Radiation Monitors (ARMs),

building or containment ventilation monitors, portable radiation monitors, or continuous air monitors Spills of radioactive material which may result in excessive personnel exposure Fire in any occupied area Toxic/flammable gases or heavy smoke reported Chemical hazards to personnel High pressure steam or water leaks Security hazards which threaten personnel or equipment safety 2.9 Upon direction of EOF EPC or CED to evacuate/relocate Primary EOF to Alternate EOF at Irvine Operations Center (IOC), or if initially rendered uninhabitable, THEN:

2.9.1 NOTIFY Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator; 2.9.2 CONDUCT a sweep of EOF to ensure all personnel have evacuated; 2.9.3 ENSURE NO Safeguards Information (SGI) material is left unattended; 2.9.4 WHEN EOF evacuation is complete/Building E50 has been secured, THEN NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and Security Leader.

2.9.5 Upon arrival at Alternate EOF in Irvine, NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and Security Leader of your PAX number.

2.10 PERFORM necessary security support functions to facilitate re-entry.

2.11 IF possibility of a bomb or other explosive device exists, THEN ADVISE EOF EPC or CED to announce restrictions of radio transmissions for a 300-foot radius from device location.

REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 9

i'LS9Ž SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 27 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 2.12 CONDUCT turnover with oncoming Security Director per Form EP(123) 5.

2.13 RECORD completion of turnover in Security Director Log, AND REPORT completion of turnover to Security Director and EOF EPC.

2.14 Event Closeout 2.14.1 OPEN EOF steel doors AND RETURN temporary security badges to storage.

REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 9

l *O SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 28 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE

1. Sections 3.0 through 9.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Security Director duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.

Placekeeping is not required.

3.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 3.1 CLOSE AND SECURE large EOF steel doors.

3.2 ESTABLISH security controlled entry/exit to EOF by restricting EOF access to use of a single entry-exit door.

3.2.1 ENSURE personnel responding to EOF scan their SONGS Site Access Badge (SSAB) through Site Electronic Access System (SEAS) card reader.

3.2.2 IF E50 must be used as an alternate OSC or TSC, THEN DIRECT responding OSC/TSC members to the E50 lunch room door for access to the alternate OSC and TSC.

3.2.3 During activation of EOF, REQUEST EOF EPC to assign another person to assist with access and badging duties.

3.2.4 ENSURE classrooms 1-4 are open.

3.2.5 WHEN EOF security doors have been secured and EOF access control has been established, THEN REQUEST EOF EPC to make the following EOF PA announcement:

"All non-emergency response personnel, exit the EOF and report to Classrooms 1 through 4."

"EOF personnel who have NOT logged into SEAS, report to the security office to card into SEAS at this time."

3.3 OBTAIN EOF EPC authorization for access for those persons who do NOT possess photo identification.

3.3.1 Personnel or visitors who do NOT have an SSAB and/or do NOT have EOF access, SIGN-IN on Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, AND PROVIDE photo identification.

REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 9

S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 29 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist I Attachment 4 3.4 IF personnel declare they have consumed alcohol within 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> of reporting to EOF, THEN, DIRECT them to E50 Local Assembly Area (classrooms 1 through 4) to await further instructions.

3.4.1 INFORM EOF EPC or CED.

3.4.2 FORWARD all communications/instructions received from EOF EPC or CED to personnel who have declared alcohol consumption.

3.5 Immediately NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator when NRC personnel arrive on site, providing their names.

3.6 DIRECT news media or other related inquiries to JIC Director at Joint Information Center (JIC) or EOF EPC.

3.7 WHEN directed by EOF EPC or CED, THEN CONFIRM radiological survey conducted by the RP Technicians prior to permitting personnel access to EOF.

3.8 GRANT access to medical casualties delivered to EOF medical treatment room on a priority basis with RP Technician's approval.

3.9 IF notified of an inbound helicopter, THEN INFORM EOF RP Leader and EOF EPC.

3.10 ACT as the primary Security interface within the EOF liaison organization.

3.11 COORDINATE security matters with TSC Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator.

3.12 ASSIST with Site Evacuation AND MONITOR security sweeps of Mesa work areas.

4.0 MANUAL ACCOUNTABILITY 4.1.1 INITIATE Form EP(123) 295, EOF Personnel Accountability, as follows:

Whenever EOF entry/exit card reader is inoperable; For personnel requiring EOF entry who do NOT have an SSAB; For personnel who have another type of generic badge (e.g., Orange County).

For personnel requiring EOF entry who are assigned to OSC/TSC who do NOT have EOF SEAS access.

5.0 EVACUATION 5.1 IF any hazards listed in step 5.2 exist, THEN immediately NOTIFY EOF EPC AND AWAIT instructions.

REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 9

": 1 S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs Page 30 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist 5.2 IF any hazards listed below affect a major portion of Mesa Area, THEN CONTACT EOF EPC AND RECOMMEND a Mesa Area assembly or evacuation.

High radiation alarms or unexpected high radiation levels on Area Radiation Monitors (ARMs),

building or containment ventilation monitors, portable radiation monitors, or continuous air monitors Spills of radioactive material which may result in excessive personnel exposure Fire in any occupied area Toxic/flammable gases or heavy smoke reported Chemical hazards to personnel High pressure steam or water leaks Security hazards which threaten personnel or equipment safety 5.3 WHEN directed by EOF EPC or CED to evacuate/relocate Primary EOF to Alternate EOF at Irvine Operations Center (IOC), OR IF initially rendered uninhabitable, THEN:

5.3.1 NOTIFY TSC Security Leader and OSC Security Coordinator; 5.3.2 CONDUCT a sweep of EOF to ensure all personnel have evacuated; 5.3.3 ENSURE NO Safeguards Information (SGI) material is left unattended; 5.3.4 WHEN EOF evacuation is complete/Building E50 has been secured, THEN NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and TSC Security Leader.

5.3.5 Upon arrival at Alternate EOF in Irvine, NOTIFY OSC Security Coordinator and TSC Security Leader of your PAX number.

6.0 RE-ENTRY INTO EVACUATED EOF 6.1 WHEN requested by personnel coordinating re-entry efforts, THEN PERFORM necessary security support functions to facilitate re-entry.

7.0 RADIO USE DURING A SECURITY EMERGENCY 7.1 IF possibility of a bomb or other explosive device exists, THEN ADVISE EOF EPC or CED to announce restrictions of radio transmissions for a 300-foot radius from device location.

8.0 TURNOVER 8.1 CONDUCT turnover with oncoming EOF Security Director per Form EP(123) 5, Turnover Status.

REFERENCE USE Page 8 of 9

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 31 of 62 EOF Security Director Checklist I Attachment 4 8.2 RECORD completion of turnover in Security Liaison Log, AND REPORT completion of turnover to Security Director and EOF EPC.

9.0 EVENT CLOSEOUT 9.1 OPEN EOF steel doors AND RETURN temporary security badges to storage.

9.2 EOF members LOG OUT of SEAS at the Security Office.

REFERENCE USE Page 9 of 9

501S 23-VIII-EOF (3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs Page 32 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST Administrative Leader Supplemental Position Instruction Table of Contents Section Number Title Page 9.0 A C T IV A T IO N.............................................................................................................

3 8 0...................................................................................................................................

3 8 10.0 SITE AREA EMERGENCY/SITE ASSEMBLY.....................................................

38 0...................................................................................................................................

3 8 11.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION....................................................

38 0...................................................................................................................................3 8

0...................................................................................................................................

3 8 0...................................................................................................................................

3 8 0...................................................................................................................................

3 8 12.0 LOGISTICAL SUPPORT......................................................................................

38 0...................................................................................................................................

3 9 0...................................................................................................................................

3 9 NOTE

1. Sections 9.0 through 12.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Administrative Leader duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER the following contained in position notebook:

EP(123) 5, Turnover Status EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) EOF-5, Reporting Of Accidents EP(123) EOF-6, Notification Of Emergency Contact EP(123) ERO-4, Site And Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script 1.2 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.

1.3 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 8

S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists so1GS Page 33 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 1.4 ASSIST EOF Security Director and EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC) with activation of the EOF.

1.5 ASSIST the EPC with facility set-up.

1.6 COORDINATE the following:

1.6.1 Set-up of the hard-copy distribution boxes.

1.6.2 Distributing/sending FAX messages.

1.6.3 Providing and distributing copies.

1.6.4 Providing Corporate Documentation Management (CDM) support to the OSC and TSC.

1.7 CONSULT with the EPC with questions.

1.8 IF a bomb threat is received, THEN IMPLEMENT S0123-IV-9.6, Bomb Threats.

2.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 2.1 Administrative Support 2.1.1 CONSULT with EPC and other facility leaders to determine the need for resources or support.

2.1.2 ENSURE material is copied and distributed.

2.1.2.1 CONSULT with the EPC with questions on distribution of material.

2.1.3 ENSURE distribution boxes, assigned to Offsite Dose Assessment Center (ODAC), and Offsite Liaison are checked periodically for material to distribute.

2.1.4 COORDINATE food and lodging for Emergency Response Personnel via ERTD Corporate Support contacts.

2.2 CDM Support 2.2.1 REQUEST support from Information Governance (Rosemead) or CDM Pomona at PAX 61633 for assistance with required drawings, manuals, or documents.

REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 8

JII)LS9Ž51 23-VIII-EOF (3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 34 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 2.3 Facsimile Operations 2.3.1 ENSURE material is faxed.

Initial News Release as delivered by the EOF Manager/EPC: FAX to the Joint Information Center (JIC) and the Technical Support Center (TSC).

Subsequent News Releases: FAX to the TSC.

Offsite Dose Assessment Center Notification Forms: FAX as directed by ODAC personnel.

2.4 Recall of Additional Personnel 2.4.1 CONSULT with EOF RP Leader and Security Director to determine safest and most direct route to plant.

2.4.2 INFORM EOF Leaders, TSC Manager, OSC (Emergency Planning Coordinator) and CR (Operations Leader) of relief shift plans (as discussed with CED or EOF Manager).

2.4.3 COORDINATE recall, advising requested recall personnel, including relief shift reporting time and route recalled personnel should take to plant. [NN 201507385]

2.4.4 ENSURE recall of requested personnel is coordinated, as directed.

2.4.5 COORDINATE recall for EOF, TSC, OSC and CR personnel.

2.4.6 OBTAIN a copy of relief rosters from TSC Manager and OSC Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC).

2.4.7 TRACK current staffing and relief staffing.

3.0 EOF TELEPHONE OPERATIONS 3.1 ENSURE incoming messages are delivered directly to EOF personnel (including local, state and federal representatives).

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 8

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 35 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 4.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 4.1 DETERMINE from any ERO Leader whether they are aware of any injuries or fatalities that have occurred.

4.1.1 REPORT injuries or fatalities to EC, CED, Operations Leader, Joint Information Center (JIC) Director and Grid Control Center (GCC) per EP(123) EOF-5, Reporting of Accidents.

4.1.2 NOTIFY emergency contacts per, EP(123) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet 4.2 REPORT phone problems to Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.

4.3 IF conditions exist which require EOF evacuation, THEN ASSIST the EPC with relocation activities to the Alternate EOF at the Irvine Operations Center.

4.4 Upon arrival at the Alternate EOF, ASSIST the EPC with the set up and activation.

5.0 SITE AREA EMERGENCY/SITE ASSEMBLY NOTE

1.

Site Assembly followed by site evacuation is mandatory for all non-emergency response personnel at a Site Area Emergency or higher classification, unless assembly or evacuation exposes personnel to a greater hazard.

2.

Site Assembly is mandatory for Camp Mesa during an Alert classification.

3.

CED will use form EP(123) EOF-17, Guidance for Assembly/Evacuation of Non-Essential Personnel for Assembly and Evacuation.

5.1 COMPLETE EP(1 23) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script.

5.2 COORDINATE with EOF Radiation Protection Leader to identify the following:

5.2.1 Alternate Assembly Area(s) when an assembly area(s) is contaminated or when radiation levels are high near an assembly area.

5.2.1.1 CONTACT affected Assembly Area with relocation information.

5.2.1.2 UPDATE EP(123) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet, with updated location.

5.2.1.3 Parking lot(s) inaccessible due to radiological or other hazardous conditions.

REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 8

J tI'SO\\

SO123-VIII-EOF (3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I S

Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs Page 36 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 5.3 TRACK activation of Site and Local Assembly Areas EP(1 23) ERO-4, Site and Local Assembly Area Tracking Sheet.

5.4 OBTAIN CED review and approval on Assembly Area Coordinators using EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script, forms prior to disseminating information to Assembly Areas. Include the following:

Emergency Classification Radioactive Release in progress Application or Removal of NO eating, drinking, or smoking rule 0

Parking lot or other areas closed due to radiological or other hazardous conditions Evacuation Route direction and need to report to Reception Centers Other plant information appropriate to the event as directed by CED (i.e., PARs issue, PADs implemented, actions planned or underway) 5.5 OBTAIN a head count of carpool riders who need transportation from Assembly Area Coordinators.

5.6 COORDINATE with RP and Security Leaders (SL) to obtain a count of vehicles affected by actual or potential parking lot closures given current or forecast radiological and weather conditions.

5.7 ESTIMATE number of 40 passenger buses that may be required using the following calculation:

5.7.1 Buses Required = (Impacted Vehicles + carpool riders who need transportation)

X 0.03125 5.7.2 Contact number listed in Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD), under Transportation, to request dispatch for needed vehicles.

6.0 SITE EVACUATION 6.1 WHEN a site evacuation has been directed by SED, THEN:

6.1.1 OBTAIN direction from EOF RP leader and EOF Security Director for evacuation via north, south, or normal departure routes.

6.1.2 ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators received PA information AND VERIFY evacuation direction (north, south, or normal departure routes).

6.1.3 ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators hold personnel whose transportation is inaccessible until requested transportation arrives.

6.1.4 ENSURE Assembly Area coordinators contact Administrative Leader when evacuation is complete.

REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 8

J tIPSO SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGS Page 37 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 7.0 TURNOVER 7.1 CONDUCT turnover with oncoming Administrative Leader per Form EP(1 23) 5.

7.2 REPORT completion of turnover to Emergency Planning Coordinator AND RECORD completion of turnover in Administrative Leader Log.

8.0 RECOVERY 8.1 WHEN requested by SED, or CED, THEN 8.1.1 EVALUATE AND REPORT assessment of spare parts and equipment, site documents, and other administrative areas.

8.1.2 RECOMMEND additional personnel and equipment necessary for a Recovery Organization.

REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 8

I......

0..SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists A----SONGS Page 38 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist I Attachment 5 SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE

1. Sections 9.0 through 12.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Administrative Leader duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
2.

Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.

Placekeeping is not required.

9.0 ACTIVATION 9.1 REFER to the Emergency Response Telephone Directory (ERTD), located in the Administrative Leader notebook, as a source of phone numbers during declared emergencies.

9.2 REPORT status of Administrative staffing to the Emergency Planning Coordinator (EPC).

9.3 PROVIDE supplies for other emergency responders.

9.4 REVIEW the checklist periodically during emergency response and following each reclassification.

10.0 SITE AREA EMERGENCYISITE ASSEMBLY 10.1 Continuously UPDATE all EP(123) ERO-6, Assembly Area Briefing Script, forms.

11.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE COORDINATION 11.1.1 Facsimiles received at the EOF may include:

Turnover Status Forms: Deliver to the Corporate Emergency Director or EPC.

Recall Roster: Deliver to the EPC.

Technical Team Data: Deliver to the Technical Leader.

12.0 LOGISTICAL SUPPORT 12.1 Recall of Additional Personnel 12.1.1 IF ERO Leaders request recall of additional personnel, THEN:

12.1.1.1 CONSULT with EOF RP Leader and Security Director to determine safest and most direct route to plant.

REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 8

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SO123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 I

Page 39 of 62 EOF Administrative Leader Checklist 12.2 Administrative Support 12.2.1 IF emergency response personnel may be required on shift for 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, THEN DISCUSS need for the following with CED or EOF Manager:

0 0

0 Work Hours Controls On shift and management personnel recall Food and lodging REFERENCE USE Page 8 of 8

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 40 of 62 I

EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST Emergency Planning Coordinator Supplemental Instruction Table of Contents Section Number Title Page 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING A SECURITY-RELATED NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT AFTER ARRIVING AT THE EOF............................................................

43 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING AN ALERT OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION..43 M ED IA R ES PO N S E TEA M....................................................................................................

44 NOTIFICATIONS AFTER EC TURNOVER TO CED..............................................................

44 R E P E T IT IV E A C T IO N S..............................................................................................................

4 4 EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR OPERATIONS..........................................................

45 E O F H V A C S Y S T E M..................................................................................................................

4 5 ASSIST WITH THE PLACEMENT OF PERSONNEL DURING A RELOCATION OF TSC A N D /O R O SC TO TH E EO F..................................................................................................

45 NOTE

1. Sections 3.0 through 10.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Emergency Planning Coordinator duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 REFER to the following contained in position notebook:

EP (123) 5, Turnover Status EP (123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System 1.2 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.

1.3 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP(123) 6.

1.4 UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).

1.5 REPORT to the CED and review staffing requirements.

1.6 ENSURE leader books are distributed and assist in facility setup.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 7

J E

SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 41 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist I Attachment 6 1.7 ENSURE the FAX clock is synchronized clock to the EOF wall clock (Atomic Clock).

1.8 REMIND personnel to check PAX phones for dial tone and the ringer control is turned on.

2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 Activities to Support the EOF During a Security-Related Notification of Unusual Event after arriving at the EOF:

2.1.1 REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security post.

2.1.2 INTERFACE with and provide information relating to the event to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.

2.1.3 CALL in additional support to provide information to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.

2.1.4 TRACK CED briefings (approximately every 30 minutes).

2.2 Activities to Support the EOF During an Alert or Higher Classification:

2.2.1 REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security post.

2.2.2 CONTACT JIC for activation times and notify the CED and SRO Briefer (to announce over Ivory Phone).

2.3 OBTAIN media response team location, and request Security to send media to that location.

2.4 ENSURE the Emergency Advisor, Notifications initiates offsite notifications immediately following changes of emergency class, upgrade in PAR including additional PAZ(s), start or stop of a radiological release.

2.5 OBTAIN status of offsite sirens from the Telecom Control Center (TCC) in Irvine (PAX 51200).

2.5.1 REVIEW with EOF Manager and advise CED of compensatory actions.

2.6 MAKE brief EOF PA announcement following CED briefings (as directed by the CED).

2.7 Emergency Diesel Generator Operations:

2.7.1 IF normal power is lost, THEN VERIFY proper emergency diesel generator operation.

2.8 EOF HVAC System: (per Attachment 3)

REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 7

I rI~soSO123-VIII-EOF (5*

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists A

SONGS Page 42 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist 2.8.1 ENSURE EOF HVAC system is in the proper mode.

2.9 Assist with the placement of personnel during a relocation of TSC and/or OSC to the EOF.

2.9.1 RELOCATE the following position with their counterparts:

SED/CED Emergency Advisor Operations/SRO Briefer TSC Technical Lead/EOF Technical Lead TSC RP Leader/EOF RP Leader 2.9.2 ASSEMBLE remaining TSC staff in E-50, Classroom 11.

2.9.3 ASSEMBLE OSC staff in E-50, Learning Center A/B.

2.9.4 Additional classrooms may also be utilized.

2.10 IF staffing of the EOF is not progressing as expected, THEN COORDINATE with the Security Director WHEN contacting the ERO staging locations to ensure contact is made and NOT duplicated.

2.10.1 MAKE contact with the ERO Staging locations to determine if there are responders awaiting instruction or assistance in responding to their ERF. The telephone numbers are located in the ERTD.

The north staging location is the CHP Office at San Juan Capistrano.

The south staging location is the CHP Office at Oceanside.

2.10.2 DETERMINE the amount of SONGS ERP that are at each staging location.

ENSURE that you have a name of an ERO contact at the staging location AND MAKE periodic contact with him/her providing status updates.

2.10.3 RECORD information acquired from the staging location.

PROVIDE your telephone number to the staging location contacts.

PROVIDE information regarding the staging locations to the Security Director.

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 7

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 43 of 62 I

EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist I Attachment 6 SUPPLEMENTAL POSITION INSTRUCTION NOTE

1. Sections 3.0 through 10.0 provide supplemental instructions for performing the Emergency Planning Coordinator duties and may be referenced for clarification of duties.
2. Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.
3. The following steps are an enhancement to the position checklist.

Placekeeping is not required.

3.0 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING A SECURITY-RELATED NOTIFICATION OF UNUSUAL EVENT AFTER ARRIVING AT THE EOF 3.1 REPORT to the CED AND REVIEW staffing requirements.

3.2 UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).

3.3 ENSURE leader books are distributed AND ASSIST in facility setup.

3.4 ENSURE the FAX clock is synchronized to the EOF wall clock (Atomic Clock).

3.5 INTERFACE with AND PROVIDE information relating to the event to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.

3.6 CALL IN additional support to provide information to the JIC Director/Spokesperson while they are at the site.

4.0 ACTIVITIES TO SUPPORT THE EOF DURING AN ALERT OR HIGHER CLASSIFICATION 4.1 REPORT to the CED AND REVIEW staffing requirements.

4.2 REMIND personnel to sign-in on the Minimum Staffing Board and to scan their badge on the EOF card reader in the hall by the Security office.

4.3 UNLOCK all emergency response cabinets and equipment (i.e., desk drawers, YPS cabinet, E-kits and CDM cabinets).

4.4 ENSURE leader books are distributed AND ASSIST in facility setup.

4.5 CONTACT JIC for activation times AND NOTIFY the CED EOF Technical Leader (to announce over Ivory Phone).

REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 7

S01S23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists

)SONGS Page 44 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist 5.0 MEDIA RESPONSE TEAM NOTE Prior to JIC activation, a media response team will report to a near site location to manage the media that will report to SONGS. The specific location will depend on the incident and the ability to get to SONGS (i.e., road closures).

5.1 OBTAIN media response team location, AND REQUEST Security to send media to that location.

6.0 NOTIFICATIONS AFTER EC TURNOVER TO CED 6.1 ENSURE the EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications is making notifications per S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications and time requirements are being met.

6.2 ASSIST the EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications with the printed message hand-drafted Event Notification Form (ENF) to ensure sufficient time to meet the 30-minute requirement.

6.3 OBTAIN status of offsite sirens from the Telecom Control Center (TCC) in Irvine (PAX 51200).

6.3.1 REVIEW with EOF Manager and advise CED of compensatory actions.

7.0 REPETITIVE ACTIONS 7.1 ENSURE the CED provides facility briefings about every 30 minutes.

7.2 MAKE EOF PA announcements following:

Event reclassification EOF activation Turnover of EC duties 7.3 ENSURE the proper declaration time and event code are posted on the Plant Status Board.

7.4 CONTACT TSC Manager in TSC AND ASK for the top 3 to 4 priorities the TSC is tracking.

7.5 PLACE these top priorities under Onsite Portion of the Priority Status Board.

7.6 PLACE additional EOF priorities on the Priority Status Board, as directed by the CED.

7.7 OBTAIN offsite siren status from the TCC in Irvine at PAX 51200. REVIEW status with the EOF Manager AND ADVISE the CED of any required compensatory actions.

7.8 REVIEW this checklist frequently, specifically after emergency class changes.

REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 7

S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 45 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist 8.0 EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR OPERATIONS 8.1 IF power is lost and the diesel generator automatically starts, THEN CHECK the diesel for proper operation by:

8.1.1 GO TO EOF Security Office (302 Watch).

8.1.2 REVIEW the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02 for any Alarms or noticeable problems with the Panel.

8.1.3 IF any noticeable problems are found with the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02, THEN NOTIFY the CED and Site Support Services of problems.

8.1.4 IF any portion of the panel is in Alarm, THEN NOTIFY the CED and Site Support Services of Alarms.

8.1.5 REQUEST the Security Force person to notify you at PAX 83811 or 83821 if any Alarms come in on the Diesel Generator Remote Control Panel EOFLOO02.

9.0 EOF HVAC SYSTEM 9.1 WHEN requested by the RP Leader, THEN PLACE the EOF HVAC system in either the emergency filtration or isolation mode using EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System. ASSIST the CED to ensure that the number of personnel in the controlled ventilation area are maintained within permissible limits as described in EP(123) EOF-4, EOF HVAC System, Section 3 Caution statements.

9.2 ENSURE EOF HVAC system is in the proper mode lAW EP(1 23) EOF-4.

10.0 ASSIST WITH THE PLACEMENT OF PERSONNEL DURING A RELOCATION OF TSC AND/OR OSC TO THE EOF 10.1 RELOCATE the following position with their counterparts:

SED / CED Emergency Advisor Operations / SRO Briefer TSC Technical Leader / EOF Technical Leader TSC RP Leader / EOF RP Leader 10.2 ASSEMBLE remaining TSC staff in E-50, Classroom 11.

10.3 ASSEMBLE OSC staff in E-50, Learning Center A / B 10.4 ADDITIONAL classrooms may also be utilized.

REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 7

SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 46 of 62 EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator Checklist 10.5 IF staffing of the EOF is NOT progressing as expected, THEN COORDINATE with the Security Director when contacting the ERO staging locations to ensure contact is made and NOT duplicated.

10.6 MAKE contact with the ERO Staging locations to determine if there are responders awaiting instruction or assistance in responding to their ERF. The telephone numbers are located in the ERTD.

The north staging location is the CHP Office at San Juan Capistrano.

The south staging location is the CHP Office at Oceanside.

10.7 DETERMINE the amount of SONGS ERP that are at each staging location.

10.7.1 ENSURE that you have a name of an ERO contact at the staging location AND MAKE periodic contact with him/her providing status updates.

10.7.2 RECORD information acquired from the staging location.

10.7.3 PROVIDE your telephone number to the staging location contacts.

10.7.4 PROVIDE information regarding the staging locations to the Security Director.

10.8 Communication with Media Response Team and JIC 10.8.1 OBTAIN media response team location from the JIC Communications/Technical Liaison.

10.8.2 REQUEST Security to direct media to the media response team near site location or to the JIC.

REFERENCE USE Page 7 of 7

O SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 47 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL TASKS 1.1 ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:

EP (123) 5, Turnover Status EP (123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP (123) EOF 4, EOF HVAC System EP(123) EOF-9, Radioactive Release Data For Joint Information Center EP(1123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log EP(123) EOF-13, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/instructions EP(123) EOF-14, CDE Thyroid Correction Factor EP(123) EOF-15, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Data Vs. Raddose-V Plume Data EP(123) ERO-3, Authorization To Issue Potassium Iodide EP(123) ERO-9, Response Team Guidelines EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log 1.2 WHEN ready to perform your ERO function, THEN SIGN-IN on the EOF minimum staffing board.

1.3 Test PAX phone.

1.4 REPORT equipment malfunctions to the EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator or Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.

1.5 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log using form EP (123) 6.

1.6 REPORT all radiation monitoring equipment malfunctions to OSC RP Coordinator.

1.7 SET-UP/CHECK air and dose rate monitoring equipment in EOF.

1.8 PERFORM surveys in EOF to assess potential exposure to EOF personnel.

1.9 PROVIDE RP support to individuals planning to approach EOF by air or ground.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 6

SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 48 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist 1.10 CONTACT TSC RP Leader upon arrival AND CHECK on any abnormal radiological conditions, radiation monitor readings, or radiological release.

1.11 ASSIST the EOF Security Director and the EOF Emergency Planning Coordinator with the activation of the EOF.

1.12 ASSIST with PAR development.

1.13 ENSURE Offsite field monitoring teams are dispatched and being controlled in accordance with, EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist.

1.13.1 The EOF RP Leader may retain Field Monitoring Team members in the EOF to assist in EOF activities.

2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 MAINTAIN communications between the TSC and OSC.

(

2.2 CHECK area radiation monitors (e.g., north EOF door, south EOF door, east EOF door and E49 Conference Room) for operability and trends at least hourly.

2.3 POST source term, radiation levels and weather conditions on EOF Radiation Status Board periodically.

2.4 TRACK onsite and offsite field teams by number, location, and dose rate.

2.5 As dose rate data is updated, INDICATE an increasing trend with an up arrow and a decreasing trend with a down arrow.

2.6 ENSURE one Raddose-V computer is being operated in the SLAVE mode.

2.7 Immediately NOTIFY CED, Technical Team Leader, and TSC RP Leader of any changing radiological conditions thought to be significant.

2.8 COMPLETE form EP(123) EOF-9, Radioactive Release Data For Joint Information Center for any changing radiological conditions.

2.9 Declared General Emergency OR a Radiological Release in Progres 2.9.1 IF a radiological release starts or stops, THEN PERFORM the following:

2.9.1.1 NOTIFY the CED of the start or stop of any radiological release and the applicable start/stop times.

2.9.1.2 NOTIFY the EOF Emergency Advisor Notifications of the start or stop of a radiological release and the applicable start/stop times.

REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 6

J I I),SO\\

SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 49 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist 2.9.1.3 MAKE an announcement in the EOF of the start/stop of the radiological release including applicable time.

2.9.2 CONSIDER requesting EPC to place EOF HVAC into Emergency Filtration Mode.

2.9.3 CHECK the 15-minute average "from" wind speed every 15-minutes for possible impact on the EOF and PAR upgrade.

2.9.4 IF conditions require surveys of EOF, THEN PERFORM surveys of EOF are being performed every 30 minutes or more often.

2.9.5 Until surveys are performed showing NO radiological contamination, THEN CONSIDER prohibiting eating and drinking in the EOF.

2.9.6 ENSURE Offsite field monitoring teams briefing/review of offsite field team monitoring information is performed with ODAC.

2.9.7 REQUEST radiological information from onsite and offsite field monitoring teams.

3.0 CHEMICAL OR GASEOUS RELEASE 3.1 IF a chemical or gaseous release is in progress AND IF the wind direction "from" is 135 degrees to "from" 165 degrees, THEN CONSIDER requesting EPC to place EOF HVAC in Isolation Mode.

4.0 EOF DOSIMETER ISSUE 4.1 ENSURE personnel who may receive exposures in excess of 10 CFR 20 limits have authorization from EC/SED.

4.2 MAINTAIN a hard copy exposure and dose-tracking records, form EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log, for all personnel assigned to EOF.

4.3 ENSURE SRDs are issued when dose rates reach 2.5 mR/hr in EOF.

5.0 MONITORING COORDINATION 5.1 PREPARE Offsite Field Monitoring Team briefing lAW EP(123)-EOF-13 (Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/Instructions) and Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing Guidelines (pages 5 and 6 of this attachment).

5.1.1 COORDINATE placement of Field Monitoring Teams with Offsite Dose Assessment Center (ODAC), as time and circumstances permit.

5.2 PERFORM a briefing to the Field Monitoring Team(s) IAW form EP(123) EOF-13 (Offsite Field Monitoring Team Briefing/Instructions).

5.3 PERFORM communication checks with the Field Monitoring Team hand held portable radios.

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 6

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 50 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist I Attachment 7 5.4 STAY in communications with AND DIRECT the Onsite and Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s).

5.5 During the recovery phase RECORD field monitoring survey and sampling data on EP(123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log.

5.6 PERFORM appropriate calculations using field monitoring survey and sampling data lAW S0123-VIII-40.300, form EP(123) EOF-10, Environmental Sample Log, and EP(123) EOF-14, CDE Thyroid Correction Factor, as time permits.

5.7 RECORD Offsite Field Monitoring Team locations and survey data on appropriate map.

5.8 SHARE field monitoring data with ODAC representative.

REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 6

.II*!S,.

SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists A-SONGS Page 51 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist OFFSITE FIELD MONITORING TEAM BRIEFING GUIDELINES 1.0 ACTIONS 1.1 Radio Protocol 1.1.1 ENSURE radio protocol is conducted in the following manner:

1.1.1.1 USE of 3-way communications (REPEAT BACKS).

1.1.1.2 USE of the phonetic alphabet.

1.1.1.3 Do NOT USE slang or profanity.

1.1.1.4 LIMIT use of acronyms and abbreviations.

1.2 ENSURE the Radiation Protection Leader has a cell phone number for the Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s).

1.3 Potassium Iodide (KI) 1.3.1 IF member(s) of the Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s) is allergic or believes he/she may be allergic to KI, THEN CONSIDER possible reassignment of individual.

1.3.2 IF the Offsite Field Monitoring Team have been or will be exposed to a Thyroid CDE in excess of 25 rem, THEN REFER to AND SIGN EP(123) ERO-3, Authorization To Issue Potassium Iodide in preparation of taking KI.

1.4 Meteorological Conditions 1.4.1 OBTAIN AND PROVIDE current and forecast meteorological information to Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s) including the following:

Wind direction(s) and map areas (Sectors) that are or may be impacted Wind Speed Precipitation 1.5 Hazards 1.5.1 ENSURE any current road hazards that are known are included in the briefing such as:

Flooded Roads Closed Roads Traffic Accidents REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 6

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 52 of 62 EOF Radiation Protection Leader Checklist 1.5.2 EMPHASIZE that personnel safety is a higher priority than obtaining surveys and/or samples.

1.5.2.1 IF it is NOT safe to survey/sample from the requested location due to traffic, surroundings, etc, THEN RELOCATE to an area close to the original requested survey/sampling location AND BEGIN survey/sampling.

REFERENCE USE Page 6 of 6

I 501 23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Page 53 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:

EP(123) 6, Emergency Response Log Book EP(123) 10, Event Notification Form EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form 1.2 VERIFY YPS equipment is ready for use.

1.2.1 VERIFY the YPS is operational by calling at least one other Emergency Response Facilities (TSC 37, EOF 35, CR 38).

1.2.2 VERIFY fax clock is set to facility clock. (The Pacific Time Zone at http://www.time.gov can be used as a backup, JAVA animation may need to be disabled.)

1.2.3 TEST fax transmission of YPS and backup fax.

1.2.4 CHECK paper supply to ensure there is enough paper.

1.3 IF YPS equipment is not working properly, THEN CONTACT Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200.

1.4 ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN a log of all decisions and actions required by EPIPs, AND IDENTIFY items requiring feedback.

1.5 SIGN-ON to the Staffing Board.

1.6 OBTAIN emergency status from status boards and ERO leaders and previous ENF/VNFs for the event.

1.7 MAINTAIN the Notification Status Board.

1.8 MONITOR the Yellow Phone using the orator.

1.9 IF transfer of EC duties to Corporate Emergency Director (CED) has occurred, THEN ASSUME responsibility for notifications AND CONTACT TSC EAN to confirm transfer of duties.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 5

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 54 of 62 I

EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist 1.10 WHEN the SED conducts turnover of EC functions to the EOF, THEN REVIEW the status of notifications with the TSC EA, Notifications to determine which facility should complete the notifications.

1.11 COMPLETE Form EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification, based on Event declaration, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release, activation of the EOF/Alternate EOF, and follow-up or close out message requirements.

2.0 CONTINUING ACTIONS 2.1 VERIFY notifications are initiated as soon as possible and NO later than the times indicated below (event declaration/reclassification, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release sets EDT time 0):

NOTIFICATION TIME LIMITS TIME LIMIT NOTIFICATION RESPONSIBILITY EDT + 15 minutes EP(123) 11, Verbal to Local &

EAN State As soon as possible but Red Phone verbal to NRC OPS within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of EDT EDT + 30 minutes EP(123) 10, ENF to Local & State EAN EDT + 90 minutes and every EP(123) 10, ENF Follow-up EAN 60 minutes thereafter (EDT = Event Declaration Time) 2.2 COMPLETE Form EP(1 23) 11, Verbal Notification form (VNF), based on Event declaration, PAR upgrade, start or stop of radiological release and follow-up or close out message requirements (step may be repeated to facilitate completing new forms).

(O 2.2.1 15-Minute Verbal Notification.

2.2.1.1 PREPARE Form EP(123) 11, Verbal Notification Form (VNF).

2.2.1.2 OBTAIN Verbal Notification independent Verification from EOF Manager and approval initials from the EC.

2.2.1.3 PERFORM Blue Phone verbal notification.

2.2.1.4 PERFORM YPS verbal notification lAW S0123-VIII-30.7, Emergency Notifications.

2.2.1.5 REPORT verbal notification status to the EC AND UPDATE notification board with actual times of notification.

REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 5

SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 55 of 62 J EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist 2.2.2 2.2.2.1 2.2.2.2 2.2.2.3 2.2.2.4 2.2.2.5 2.2.2.6 2.2.2.7 2.2.3 2.2.3.1 2.2.3.2 2.2.3.3 2.2.3.4 2.2.3.5 2.2.3.6 2.2.3.7 2.2.3.8 2.2.3.9 2.2.4 2.2.4.1 2.2.4.2 2.2.4.3 2.2.4.4 30-Minute Printed Message.

ENTER AND PRINT Event Notification Form (ENF), EP(123) 10.

OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.

FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.

FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).

RECORD Fax start time on VNF, Section 6.0.

FAX completed VNF to TSC and/or EOF (ref ERTD).

RECORD printed message status on the Notification Board.

Follow-Up Notification PREPARE VNF (Sections 2 and 5 only).

ENTER AND PRINT ENF.

OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.

PERFORM blue and yellow phone verbal notification using VNF Sections 2 and 5.

FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.

FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).

RECORD completion time on VNF, Section 6.0.

FAX completed VNF to TSC.

RECORD message status on the Notification Board.

Close-out Notifications.

PREPARE VNF (Sections 2 and 5 only).

ENTER AND PRINT ENF.

OBTAIN EC approval on both forms.

PERFORM blue and yellow phone verbal notification using VNF Sections 2 and 5.

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 5

SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1 Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 56 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist 2.2.4.5 FAX ENF to all YPS stations by pressing the BATCH TX key followed by the START key on the dedicated FAX Machine.

2.2.4.6 FAX ENF to the California Office of Emergency Services (CAL OES).

2.2.4.7 RECORD completion time on VNF, Section 6.0.

2.2.4.8 FAX completed VNF to TSC and/or EOF.

2.2.4.9 RECORD printed message status on the Notification Board.

2.3 Administrative Actions.

2.3.1 DELIVER one copy of printed message to EOF Administrative Leader for distribution.

3.0 YELLOW PHONE SYSTEM PROBLEMS 3.1 IF there are YPS system problems, THEN CONTACT Telecom Control Center (TCC) at PAX 51200.

3.2 IF nearest YPS is not working or is inaccessible (i.e., equipment malfunction or uninhabitable atmosphere), THEN emergency notifications could be completed using the YPS at other Emergency Response Facilities, or from a safe location using the alternate telephone and fax numbers.

3.2.1 REFER to Verbal Notification Form. EP(123)11 for CAL OES alternate number. (REFER 3.3 to ERTD for Yellow Phone alternate numbers.)

IF Yellow Phone Voice Circuit is completely inoperable, THEN:

3.3.1 Using the alternate number found in the ERTD, CONTACT Orange County (Station 27),

3.3.1.1 READ the VNF information AND 3.3.1.2 INFORM them the Yellow Phone is inoperable.

3.3.1.3 REQUEST Orange County relay the information to the cities of Dana Point, San Juan Capistrano and San Clemente.

3.3.2 INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).

3.3.3 Using the alternate number found in the ERTD; CONTACT the San Diego County EOC (Station 46), USMC Command Center (Station 23), State Parks Dispatch (Station 29),

Edison Generation Operations (Station 42).

REFERENCE USE Page 4 of 5

SO123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists Page 57 of 62 EOF Emergency Advisor, Notifications Checklist 3.3.3.1 READ the VNF information AND, INFORM them the Yellow Phone is inoperable.

3.3.3.2 INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).

3.3.3.3 INFORM the jurisdictions that further updates will be through the Yellow Phone Bridge Line (949-368-3800, access code 0852).

3.3.4 REPORT all phone problems to EOF Telecom Supervisor, facility EPC or TSC Manager.

3.3.5 IF all stations report no message receipt, THEN FAX printed message from another fax machine.

NOTE The following steps will tie an outside phone call directly into YPS. The station must maintain an open line.

3.4 IF a YPS voice circuit fails, THEN CONTACT affected station AND DIRECT them to dial (949) 368-3880 followed by Access Code 0852 to connect to YPS verbal circuit.

3.4.1 IF more than three backup lines are needed, THEN CONTACT affected station AND DIRECT them to dial (949) 368-3800 followed by Access Code 0852 to YPS verbal circuit.

3.4.2 Immediately INFORM Telecommunications Control Center at PAX 51200 of circuit problem.

REFERENCE USE Page 5 of 5

J E~iSON 01 23-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: 1I Operations Facility Position Checklists SI O NsGS Page 58 of 62 EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist I Attachment 9 POSITION CHECKLIST NOTE Steps may be performed in any order or concurrently.

1.0 INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN-IN on the EOF Position Sign-In Board.

1.2 ENSURE the following is contained in position notebook:

EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Equipment Inventory Checklist EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log 1.3 REPORT to EOF Radiation Protection (RP) Leader.

1.4 OBTAIN the Offsite Emergency Vehicle keys, room key, and Ekit key located in EOF key lock box.

1.5 The Offsite Field Monitoring Team (Monitor and/or Driver) PERFORM the following:

1.5.1 IF the seal on Cabinet Door 1 is intact, THEN Portable Action Kits (Black Cloth Brief Case) do NOT have to be inventoried prior to use.

1.5.2 IF the seal on Cabinet Door 1 is NOT intact, THEN INVENTORY the Portable Action Kits (PAKs) prior to use, using EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Equipment Inventory Checklist.

1.6 PERFORM a response check on all count and dose rate instruments.

1.7 PERFORM Radio and/or cell phone checks.

1.8 READ AND ENSURE you understand form EP(123) ERO-3 concerning the issuing of Potassium Iodide (KI).

1.9 NOTIFY the RP Leader if after reading form EP(123) ERO-3, you do NOT believe you can ingest KI.

1.10 ZERO dosimetry (self-reading or electronic).

1.11 COMPLETE dosimetry information form EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log.

1.12 GIVE completed EP(123) OFMT-2, Dosimetry Log to EOF RP Leader.

REFERENCE USE Page 1 of 3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 59 of 62 EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist I Attachment 9 1.13 RECEIVE a briefing from EOF RP Leader prior to leaving the EOF to perform survey and sampling duties.

1.14 LOAD equipment into Offsite Field Monitoring vehicle.

NOTE Provide input to RP Leader due to changing conditions for the following items:

Where to survey and sample To move to other survey/sampling locations Any observed changing radiological and/or meteorological conditions Report any transportation or safety concerns.

2.0 IN FIELD ACTIONS 2.1 The Offsite Field Monitoring Team (Monitor) PERFORM the following:

2.1.1 MAINTAIN contact with the Radiation Protection Leader at least every 15 minutes.

2.1.2 MONITOR dose rates and check dosimetry upon entering what is thought to be the radiological plume every 5 minutes.

NOTE Air Samples should be taken for a total of 48 liters, which is 12 minutes for the default setting for Air Samplers used (running at 4LPM).

2.1.3 TAKE Air Samples as requested by RP Leader.

2.1.4 USE proper contamination controls to prevent cross contamination of samples, instruments, or other equipment.

2.1.5 ENSURE all appropriate survey and sampling information is recorded on EP(123) OFMT-3, Offsite Field Monitoring Team Survey/Sampling Log.

2.1.6 TRANSMIT all sample data recorded on EP(123) OFMT-3 to RP Leader.

2.1.7 IF the dose rate of a sample is greater than 5 mR/hr at 30 centimeters, THEN STORE the sample in back corner of the vehicle.

REFERENCE USE Page 2 of 3

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists S0123-VIII-EOF REV: 1 Page 60 of 62 I

EOF Offsite Field Monitoring Team Checklist NOTE Low level contamination (background to 5,000 cpm above background by direct survey) of Offsite Field Team personnel or vehicle is NOT a reason for having them return to the EOF for decontamination.

2.2 PERFORM a cursory survey of all Offsite Field Monitoring Team members, equipment, and vehicle after exiting what was thought to be the radiological plume and when asked to return to the EOF.

2.2.1 REPORT back results to EOF Radiation Protection Leader.

2.2.2 Upon arrival at the EOF, REMAIN in vehicle until directed otherwise.

3.0 POST JOB-DEBRIEFINGITURNOVER 3.1 PROVIDE a post job briefing to the EOF RP Leader and the oncoming Offsite Field Monitoring Team(s), if available, concerning appropriate issues:

Safety Traffic Gasoline Level Vehicle Contamination Equipment Contamination Vehicle Problems Equipment Problems Radiological status 4.0 REPLENISH SUPPLIES 4.1 PERFORM the following at the end of actual event or drill/exercise:

4.1.1 PERFORM an inventory of the PAKs using EP(123) OFMT-1, Offsite Field Monitoring Equipment Inventory, AND REPLACE any needed supplies or equipment.

REFERENCE USE Page 3 of 3

S0123-VIII-EOF Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists rage 6 I 1 oL 6 Summary of Changes 0 Author:

Genschaw/Remick/'Schmitt

'4" 4~r

~Step eti6n W Description~s 6049.

tl to oOther~"

7

.fCag~2 R

eer )

,~~etp Comments Remove items not contained in CED position Notebook.

Step 1.1 Add Note to ensure direct/timely communication with Jump Ate a

OA.Sholler D

ANtetachet1 ODAC.

Genschaw DNA pNote1a Cleavenger Step 1.16 Revise Network User ID to receive JIC press releases.

Step 1.4 202557982 Delete establishment of Brown Phone communication with TSC.

Step1.4 Delete Control Room decision making monitoring.

Step 1.6 Revise terminology from update to inform for current plant conditions.

Step 1.7 Delete steps that are performed by EAN.

Jump Steps 1.10.1 Sholler D

and 1.10.2 Genschaw DN Delete plant conditions not applicable to Spent Fuel Ceavenge Pool.

Cleavenger Step 2.1 Delete step to print non-existent CFMS parameter information.

Step 2.2 Move information to be provided via Ivory Phone (Changes in PARs and Major decisions made by Step 2.2 CED) from Initial Actions to Continuing Actions.

Move participation in facility staff briefings from Initial Actions to Continuing Actions.

Step 2.5 INFORMATION USE 0 Page 1 of 2

4106-A 'R'KIý S0123-VIII-EOF c

k 16._

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency REV: I Operations Facility Position Checklists soNGs Page 62 of 62 Smayof Changes 0 Comments Revised Administrative Leader Checklist as follows:

" Added TSC as area to provide support.

" Combined all steps regarding performance of recall or shift relief and moved to Section 2.4 for clarity of sequence timing.

" Add step to consult EPC with questions.

" Moved Step regarding receipt of bomb threat to Section 1.0

" Moved Steps in Section 2.1 for clarity of timing of sequence.

" Clarified CDM Support contact information.

  • Removed step regarding Facsimile Instructions.

" Removed steps regarding centralized phone function.

  • Revised step regarding determination of injury or fatality information for clarity.

" Revised step regarding phone problems to allow for generic phone issues.

" Add Note in Section 5.0 to alert Admin Leader of Site Assembly for Camp Mesa requirement.

" Add Note in Section 5.0 for CED's use of EP(123) EOF-17.

" Moved Steps in Section 5.0 for clarity of timing sequence.

" Add Step to ensure Assembly Area coordinators contact Admin Leader of evacuation completion.

" Delete duplicate steps and section from Supplemental Position Instruction section.

Jump Sholler Genschaw Cleavenger DNA

" Step 1.6.4

" Section 2.4

" Step 1.7

" Step 1.8

" Section 2.1

  • Step 2.2.1

" Step 2.3.1

" Section 3.0

" Step 4.1

  • Step 4.2

" Note 2

" Note 3

  • Section 5.0

" Step 6.1.4

" Section 9.0 thru 12.0 Step 1.13.1 Throughout.

Add step to allow RP Leader to effectively use existing personnel resources.

Correct typos and spelling errors.

INFORMATION USE 0 Page 2 of 2 SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX

SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX DOCUMENT REV. #

EC TITLE SO123-VIII-0.100 17 MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF EMERGENCY PLANNING DOCUMENTS SO123-VIII-0.101 0

EMERGENCY RESPONSE EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT SO123-VIII-0.200 17 EMERGENCY PLAN DRILLS AND EXERCISES SO123-VIII-0.201 27 EMERGENCY PLAN EQUIPMENT SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM (EPESP)

S0123-VIII-0.202 11 1

ASSIGNMENT OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL SO123-VIII-0.301 16 EMERGENCY TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING S0123-VIII-0.302 7

ONSITE EMERGENCY SIREN SYSTEM TEST S0123-VIII-0.303 5

PERIMETER PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM (PPAS) ROUTINE TEST SO123-VIII-1 37 RECOGNITION AND CLASSIFICATION OF EMERGENCIES SO123-VIII-10 32 1

EMERGENCY COORDINATOR DUTIES SO123-VII1-10.3 16 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS SO123-VIII-10.5 5

EVENT CLOSE OUT AND RECOVERY SO123-VIII-10.6 SO123-VIII-30.7 S0123-VII1-40.100 SO123-VIII-40.200 S023-VI 11-50.3 SO123-VIII-CR 7

17 19 7

11 0

EMERGENCY RESPONSE ACTIONS FOR A DECLARED SECURITY EVENT EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS DOSE ASSESSMENT RADDOSE-V DOSE ASSESSMENT CORE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) CONTROL ROOM POSITION CHECKLISTS 1

SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES (EPIPs) INDEX DOCUMENT S0123-VIII-EOF Sa123-VIII-JIC Sa123-VIII-OSC SO123-VIII-TSC REV. #

1 0

0 0

EC TITLE EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY POSITION CHECKLISTS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) JOINT INFORMATION CENTER (JIC)

POSITION CHECKLIST EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER POSITION CHECKLISTS EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION (ERO) TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER POSITION CHECKLISTS SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN REFERENCED MANUALS, ORDERS AND TRAINING PROCEDURES INDEX

SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN REFERENCED MANUALS, ORDERS AND TRAINING PROCEDURES INDEX DOCUMENT S0123-EP-1 REV. #

TITLE 9

S0123-XXI-1.11.3 29 SONGS EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTATION EMERGENCY PLAN TRAINING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION EMERGENCY ACTION LEVEL TECHNICAL BASES SECTION 1.0 - PURPOSE EPSD-1 EPSD-1 1.0 EPSD-1 2.0 EPSD-1 3.0 EPSD-1 4.0 EPSD-1 5.0 EPSD-1 5.1 6

2 3

3 5

2 4

EPSD-1 5.2 4

SECTION 2.0 - DISCUSSION SECTION 3.0 - REFERENCES SECTION 4.0 - DEFINITIONS, ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS SECTION 5.0 - EAL TECHNICAL BASES SECTION 5.1 - CATEGORY A -ABNORMAL RAD LEVELS / RADIOLOGICAL EFFLUENT SECTION 5.2 - CATEGORY C - COLD SHUTDOWN / REFUELING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION SECTION 5.3 - CATEGORY E - EVENTS RELATED TO INDEPENDENT SPENT FUEL STORAGE INSTALLATIONS SECTION 5.4 - CATEGORY F - FISSION PRODUCT BARRIER DEGRADATION SECTION 5.5 - CATEGORY H - HAZARDS AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PLANT SAFETY SECTION 5.6 - CATEGORY S - SYSTEM MALFUNCTION EPSD-1 5.3 3

EPSD-1 5.4 EPSD-1 5.5 5

5 EPSD-1 5.6 6

Report and Analysis Summary

Reference:

S0123-VIII-0.100 San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Report and Analysis Summary 10 CFR 50.54(q)(iv)(5)

Document Number: 501 23-VIII-40.100 Rev. 19

Title:

Dose Assessment SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) 202596380-1 Section and Change Description Analysis Summary Change 1 Throughout procedure added additional guidance on source term calculation.

Change 2 Added additional guidance on source term assessment from field readings to Section 6.3 and.

The following information identifies the technical basis for optimizing the procedure; Nuclear fuel has been permanently offloaded on both units and SONGS is no longer authorized to replace fuel in either reactor.

Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.

Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:

- Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)

- Spent fuel cask drop accident

- Spent fuel pool boiling

- Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)

- Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)

Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.

Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. The revisions to the procedure improve the ability of the SONGS Emergency Response Organization to assess and accurately calculate the impact of radiological releases.

This assessment determines that the changes noted in the Summary of Changes do not decrease the effectiveness of the Emeraencv Plan.

PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 9/30/13 DATE: 10/6/13 Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.

EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 1 of 1

Reference:

S0123-VIII-0.100 San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Report and Analysis Summary 10 CFR 50.54(q)(iv)(5)

Document Number: S01123-VIII-40.200 Revision 7

Title:

RADDOSE-V Dose Assessment SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) 202596380-4 Section and Change Description Analysis Summary Change 1 Throughout procedure removed references to SGTR, LOCA, and Thyroid dose as they are no longer applicable at SONGS.

Change 2 Throughout procedure added additional guidance on entering Iodine release rates as Iodine releases are no longer possible at SONGS.

The following information identifies the technical basis for optimizing the procedure; Nuclear fuel has been permanently offloaded on both units and SONGS is no longer authorized to replace fuel in either reactor.

Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.

Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:

- Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)

- Spent fuel cask drop accident

- Spent fuel pool boiling

- Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)

- Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)

Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.

Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. The revisions to the procedure improve the ability of the SONGS Emergency Response Organization to assess and accurately calculate the impact of radiological releases.

This assessment determines that the changes noted in the Summary of Changes do not decrease the effectiveness of the Emerqency Plan.

PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 9/30/13 DATE: 10/06/13 Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.

EP(123)26 Rev0 09/12 Page 1 of 1

Reference:

S0123-VIII-0.100 San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Report and Analysis Summary 10 CFR 50.54(q)(iv)(5)

Document Number: S01123-VIII-0.200 Revision 17

Title:

Emergency Plan Drills and Exercises SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) #: 202405588-8 Section and Change Description Analysis Summary Section 1 Deleted reference to S0123-VIll-0.401, Emergency Preparedness Performance Indicators Added reference to S01 23-VIII-0.21 0, Emergency Planning Drill Objectives and Demonstration Criteria Section 2 Updated revision date for FEMA REP Manual Section 5 Renamed section from Checklists to Responsibilities Added responsibilities for:

Manager, Emergency Preparedness Planning (EPM):

Manager, Safety, Human Performance and Performance Improvement Site Management team Drill/Exercise Coordinator Scenario Development Team Emergency Planning Department staff Section 6.1 Combined the following Steps into new Section 6.1 EP Drill/Exercise Schedule 6.1.1 Exercise Scheduling 6.1.2 Drill Scheduling 6.1.3 Simulator Activity Scheduling Section 6.2 Moved Step 6.2.1 Objectives into new Section 6.2 SELECTION OF DRILL/EXERCISE OBJECTIVES Step 6.2.5 Combined Steps 6.2.1.1 through 6.2.1.14 for filling out into one step (6.2.5) to update Attachment 2.

Section 6.3 Moved Step 6.2.2 Scenario Development into new Section 6.3 SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT Step 6.3.1 Added section to describe acceptable drill/exercise scenarios Step 6.3.4 Added requirement to assemble a Scenario Development Team Section 6.4 During the 2013 INPO EP Review, the team presented a Recommendation for Improvement for weaknesses in drill preparation resulted in an inadequate drill scenario and controller performance issues. It was noted that these weaknesses may adversely impact the ERO's ability to respond to real events and also adversely impact Emergency Planning's ability to accurately assess gaps in ERO performance.

The changes to Revision 17 of S0123-VIII-0.200, Emergency Plans Drills and Exercises were implemented as a result of the findings by the 2013 INPO EP Review team.

A review of the revised document indicates that no information contained in the previous revision was deleted from the procedure. As noted in the Summary of Changes the revision moved sections of the procedure to other locations for better understanding and clarity. The revision also added additional information that better assists the Emergency Planning organization in conducting drills and exercises.

This revision complies with the requirements of 10CFR50 Appendix E, 10CFR50.47b, NUREG 0654 and does not reduce the effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.

EP(123) 26 Rev 0 09/12 Page 1 of 3 EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 1 of 3

Moved scenario condition and events instructions from Step 6.2.2.5 to Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Deleted Step 6.2.7 as each controller receives a full scenario package as described in Section 6.4, SCENARIO PACKAGE Step 6.4.1 Guidelines for Drill/Exercise Conduct moved from Step 6.2.2.5.5 into Step 6.4.1 and Attachments:

10 Controller / Evaluator Guidelines 11 Observer Guidelines 13 Participant Briefing Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.6 through 6.2.2.5.7 to Step 6.4.1 Moved instructions from Step 6.2.2.5.8 to Step 6.4.1 and Section 6.6 Deleted Steps 6.2.11 through 6.2.15 and moved the instructions to Section 6.6, CONDUCT OF DRILLS AND EXERCISES Section 6.7 Deleted Steps 6.2.16 through 6.2.20 and moved the instructions to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation Moved instructions from Section 6.4 Corrective Actions/Event Trending to Section 6.7, Drill and Exercise Evaluation New Attachment describing Scenario Development Team process Moved instructions from Step 6.2.3.1 through 6.2.3.4 into, SCENARIO DEVELOPMENT TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES New Attachment providing a Drill Planning Checklist Deleted Step 6.2.2.4 as this information is captured in, Drill Planning Checklist Step 6.2.9, Notifications and Announcements deleted as the instructions are provided in, Drill Planning Checklist New Attachment providing a CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION instructions Moved Steps 6.2.4 Controller Organization and 6.2.5 Controller Requirements/Assignments, into Attachment 5, CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR ORGANIZATION Added new attachment providincq DRILL PREPARATION EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 2 of 3 W

y EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 2 of 3

FLOWCHART Added new attachment providing EXERCISE PREPARATION FLOWCHART Added CONTROLLER AND EVALUATOR BRIEFING instructions Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER TRAINING guidelines Moved Step 6.2.6, Controller training into Attachment 9 CONTROLLER TRAINING 0 Added new attachment providing CONTROLLER/EVALUATOR guidelines 1 Added new attachment providing OBSERVER guidelines 2 Added new attachment providing an example SECURITY/CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT 3 Added PARTICIPANT BRIEFING instructions 4 Added attachment providing a DRILL REPORT template Moved instructions from Section 6.5, Written Critique Report to 5, DRILL REPORT 5 Added new attachment for EAL TRACKING 6 Added new attachment providing DEFINITIONS 7 Renumbered old Attachment 3 PREPARED BY: Richard Garcia REVIEWED BY: Dan Cleavenger DATE: 10/1/13 DATE: 10/28/13 Refer to SO123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.

EP(123)26 RevO 09/12 Page 3 of 3

Reference:

S0123-VIII-0.100 San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Report and Analysis Summary 10 CFR 50.54(q)(iv)(5)

Document Number: S0123-VIII-EOF Revision 1

Title:

Emergency Response Organization (ERO) Emergency Operations Facility Position Checklists SONGS Nuclear Notification (NN) #: 202557982 Change Descriptions Analysis Summary Revision 1 of this Emergency Plan Implementing Procedure makes the following changes:

Multiple editorial changes Re-ordering of actions Clarifications Removal of duplicate information Deletion of actions that reflect changes in responsibilities following transition to a shutdown Emergency Response Organization Deletion of actions that reflect conditions for an operating plant Deletion of an action that is obsolete given the permanently shutdown condition of SONGS Units 2 and 3 Editorial changes do not result in a reduction in effectiveness in the SONGS Emergency Plan.

Certain procedural actions have been re-ordered.Procedural information is not lost and therefore these changes do not cause a reduction in effectiveness in the SONGS Emergency Plan.

Several changes were made to add information for clarity and improved task performance, and therefore these changes do not cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS Emergency Plan.

Changes were made that remove duplicate information contained in the procedure. Procedural information is not lost, and therefore these changes do not cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS Emergency Plan.

An action for the EOF Technical Leader to establish Brown Phone communications with TSC was deleted. With the optimized ERO, of this procedure has an action for the EOF Technical Leader to establish communication with the TSC via the Ivory Phone. In addition this change does not delete the Brown Phone Communication System required by the SONGS Emergency Plan.

Therefore this change does not cause a reduction in effectiveness SONGS Emergency Plan.

One change deletes plant conditions that are not applicable to the permanently defueled condition of SONGS Units 2 and 3.

This is based on the following information; Nuclear fuel has been permanently offloaded on both units and SONGS is no longer authorized to replace fuel in either reactor.

Following the termination of reactor operations at SONGS and the permanent removal of the fuel from the reactor vessel, classifiable events involving the reactor coolant system (RCS) or secondary system are no longer possible.

Additionally, APPENDIX 15G of the SONGS Final Safety Analysis Report (FSAR) was recently revised and identifies the following postulated accidents that are applicable in a permanently defuel condition:

- Fuel handling accident inside the fuel handling building (FHA-FHB)

- Spent fuel cask drop accident

- Spent fuel pool boiling

- Waste gas system failure (release to atmosphere)

EP(123) 26 Rev0 09/12 Page 1 of 2

- Radioactive liquid waste system leak or failure (release to atmosphere)

Additionally 15G identifies that for all following postulated accidents iodine releases are not applicable twenty months after reactor operation.

Based on the above, the remaining credible release scenarios involve a release from a Fuel Handling Building, and an unmonitored release. This revision to the procedure improves the ability of EOF Technical Leader to assess and respond to credible accident scenarios and does not result in a reduction in effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.

One Change deletes the action to print plant parameter information from CFMS. The information available on CFMS for a permanently defueled facility is extremely limited. This revision to the procedure improves the ability of EOF Technical Leader to assess and respond to credible accident scenarios by removing an obsolete action. Therefore, this change does not result in a reduction in effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.

This assessment determines this revision does not reduce the effectiveness of the SONGS Emergency Plan.

Refer to S0123-XV-109.1, Processing Procedures and Instructions for the types of allowed editorial corrections.

EP(123) 26 Rev0 09/12 Page 2 of 2